FireManual2015 PDF

FIRE
FIRE SAFETY
SAFETY MANUAL
MANUAL
(For Internal Circulation and Reference Only)
JULY, 2015
AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING SERVICES
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
'O
qn. A. dfErws,
cr{.c.vn.
"'-fu
#N'*fi;#;'
Swlfax
{ iale-mall
vt-dl-q
vrfuo-r"r
rrfr Tfi
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan
Htr-flqr E{r$ qqsr, T{ ftd-110
24622796
:011-24641088
:
hqnrtr{
AIRPORTS AUTHORIW OF INDIA
oo3
Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi-110 003
chairman@aai.aero
No.M!/CHMNl2015
.l
August 11,2015
FOREWORD
Emergency services is a'centripetal force in meeting the objective,of safety of lives,
property and maintaining aircraft operation at an airport and plays a vital role in the aviation
industry.
The changing time in the aviation scenario has brought significant development and
concerned in safety parameters and airport Fire Service Department has to stand to meet
the ever changing and challenging taSk.
The fire safety manual has been compiled. which gives a glare of the activities and
capability of airport fire service to meet the national as well as international safety standards.
My congratulations to the Fire Directorate Tea'm which has immensely contributed in
completibn of this important work. My appreciation goes to the contribution of each &
everyone who has been involved with this work and extended necessary assistance,
I am sure that this manudl will be up dated periodically.
U,8.)ol(
rTlyfrq frqrqqg{
3Tfud EqRqcil
Anil Kumar Dutta
Tirtl (go wo \rso)
ffi-r
'Member (Air Navigation Services)
(tlIN
tfim
{-fa
/ Phone: 91-ll-24031969
t F ax : 91
-11
/E-mail
srfufiq
AIRPORTS AUTHORTI OF INDIA

rl*q rrlfr qm ne;u ienaht Btiawan,
r ooo3
Hu(wfu gr{ qqsl ,,q{
Stidarlung Aliport, New Delhl - i|10003
-24629567'
. November 16, 2015
: memberans@aai.aero
MESSAGE
of
Fire Services has compiled a

Fire Safety Mahual containing the detailed information about Airport Fire
'Fire
Safety, Fire
Service and its various activities on the line of
Prevention & Fire Protection.
I am glad to know that Directorate
The information contained in the form of Fire Orders,
i.n
fact, is
guidelines to fire safety standarQs to all and certainly ah established way

to preserve life & property frorn the devastation of fir'e. t hope this
Manual will be very useful.
l, iecord my
*ts'
appreciation
for all the .efforts
undertaken by
^'Directorate of Fire Services team in compiling the'Fire Safety Manual.
'
(A.K.DUrrA)
qrrfrq frflqrffiq srDqwq

PREFACE
The inva-luable asset to an airport or.ganization is its commitment for the
safety of passengers as well as to protect the i.rf.astructure and t[e operation.
The objective is hchieved by the effective & efficient emergency service at an
airport.
Airport fire service haS its presence in over 66 AAI airports and cater the
fire safety requirements in other airports. The responsibility of fire service is
not only to provide, a level of protection to aircrafts / airports but also to train
and prepare a competent fire force to meet the challenges of ever growing
modernization in aviation sectoi.
. Airport fire service ,,.rr. h*d. to medt the standards of National &
International aviation Regulatory Bodibs & meet the competency level to tackle
I am happy to note that Fire Directorate has compiled a Fire, Safety
Manua-l detaiting all-the required information about airporthre service, and iG
activities. The purpose 6f this documdnt is to abreast Aat Employees of various
roles AFS plays in providing fire safety protection and fire saiety awareness,ds
well.
In the present aviation scenario and fast changing development, it thus

becomes not only essential but mandatory for the emergency services
to be on
alert to meet the challengqs of airport safety,
It's a matter e1 -pleasure . that such comprehensive manual has

o:.:,::-It,:1-.-Undoubtedly, this wiu serve as a guide to fire safety
il*:::Y
standards. I wish to put on record my appreciation of tf,e diligent
placed by the team.
MEMBER (OPERATTONSI
vrfrs ritff rffr

RaJiv Gandhi Bhawan
I"\''r
I.E-
.6iqq
5o-{ or.ssr,
r{ ffi-cqoool
Safdarjung Airport, New Dethi - il0003
w,fls :
?8q3?qto
Phorte: 24632950
.*w
: Ec.eq.?Bq,i?Eqo
Fax : 91-11-24632990
t.
otgE .Tq-qrf,
qp51ftq
ANUJ AGGARWAL
Member (Human Resource)
q!F<q.r eq( .tr{gr, T{ fud-110 oo3

Safdarjung Airport New Delhi-110 003
q6s (qsa *iurw)

6rdf,q/Off rce
fi*lrax
91 11-24610840
{-igle,rrla,t
rnpa@aai aero
-24632946
ftqaaqflq qrfrff{oT
rrfi-q rnEli
q{r, 'fr' d-s
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan, C'Block
MESSAGE
It is really a pleasure to know that Fire Directorate has brought out a

comprehensive manual depicting the various activities of Airfort Fire
service in Fire safety not only to aircraft operation but airport infrastructure
and other operational activities.
Fire & Emergency services prays a vitar rore in safeguarding the rives &
property from the devastating effects of fire and thus lead from
the front in
the emergent situations. The Fire safety Manuar records fire safety
standards in the form of Fire orders which I am sure would certainly be
beneficial to all concerned. lt is appreciable that manual also contains
some fire safety tips which will be useful to all.
I wish to put on record my appreciation for the efforts put in by Fire
Directorate team in compiling and bringing out Fire Safety
Manual.
G,,-,,,,
(ANUJ AGGARWAL )
MEMBER (HR)
MESSAGE
Fire service in general is known for its ability to efficiently react to emergency
situations, and Aviation Fire Service in particular requires a high degree of proficiency
and clarity in its functioning to deal with emergency situations due to the criticality of
emergency involving aircraft, where time is of paramount importance. It is imperative
that such services requires utmost clarity in its functioning.
An organizational Manual plays a vital role in bringing clarity in every aspects of its
functioning. Fire Service Directorate has taken a very good initiative by preparing a
Manual, which is seen to cover almost all aspects of Aviation Fire Service, and it is a
laudable attempt.
I have no doubts that this Manual will bring the required clarity amongst the fire
personnel and help the Directorate in its day to day functioning, and most
importantly in the quest for improving its performance to higher standards.
My best wishes and congratulations to the team worked behind this Manual.
(Hareendranathan.E.P)
Executive Director (Technical)
In-Charge Fire Training FTC/FSTC
.-
A. Q. treqq
J.R ALEX
orrlqloo Diuo (tRqler.r)

Exeeutive Director (Operations)
qTfuo-rrT
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF IN.DIA
fiqftc
TeucTq
,"tll-'.ono. trdhr rrldl
irttw 1 ffice : 011 -24621628
rrc-{,
rtusrtrr ea{ cqo. q{ ft"il-rrooos
- fm,z Fax :011-24621$23

{ {orle-maii: edopsaai@aai.aero
qrreq frqnqm;T
Safdariung Airports, New Dethi-1 1 0003
)'
:(
MESSAGE.
The Fire Salely Manual'compiled by Airport Rescue & Fire Services Directorate
.is long awaited. 'In'fact, adoption and implementation of safety: parameters in
persondl and professional work should be the prime objective uf .r.ryorr..
Airport Fire Service is the custo$ian of safety_ to qll aspects of airpprt. and
aircraft operation and the manual conlaihs, slfety standards and, parameters
in the form of Fire Orders as a guide line f6r the safe Airports operation.
' I apprbciate
the contribution of the ofliciars of.Airport-Rescue. & Fire Services

Directoratg who has ,put in extra efforts and,resourc'bs'to compile the
documents
inthe manual.
The Fire Safety Mdnual, I am'sure will proye to be a miiestone in maintaining

the safety standards at airports and.other preryrises and infrastnicture of AAI.
Witl
Best
Wishes
EXECUTTITE
omscToR
(J.P. ALEX|
(oPERATTONSI
aa
'.qI
#\*
o
glTlE Eql-(
qrrfu Eqmqtffi qriYdrl
SUBHASH KUMAR
{5T qclq?D (3ltrflrr)
{--fi-q .riefr r14{,
GENERAL MANAGER (FS)
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan,
($Tfg
{-ia
/ Tele Fax : 91-11-2465 1296
HrE(c,flT 6Erg otqsl,
/E-mail:gmfire@aai.aero
+i
ffi-'tlo
oo3
,ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
AAI fire service department is bringing out the Fire safety manual with an
objective to educate and keep abreast ail the concerned for safe operating
practices and maintaining safer working environment.
Airport hre service besides the principle objective of Rescue & Firefighting
is also involved in fire training and fire safety consultancy to private
or ganization and public.
Airport fire service is firmly committed to safe operating practices and

sustaining safer environment which is duly reflected and represented in
the companion documents.
The aim of Fire Safety Manual is not only to educate the organization
employees about hre safety but also maintaining and functioning in safer
conditions. Besides involving the stake holders for continuous
improvement in the services and satisfaction.
I hope that all employees of the organization will avail & utilize the
guidelines contained in the Fire safety manual and jointly will make
endeavors to make and maintained incident / accident free environment.
G,,.
(SUBHASH KUMAR)
rrfre'rift rrfi
Hs-{cit a+( qsr, r$
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan
ffi-rroool
((TII{ : ti.es.?8(,ll!1o
ffw
Phone : +91-11- 24632950
Fax. +91-11- 24632990
, qq.qq.ruqS?qr,o
Hkkjrh; foekuiRruizkf/kdj.kdk /;s; ,oams;

MISSION AND VISION OF AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
ms;
jk"V ds vkfFkZdfodklvkSjle`f/n esa ;ksxnkudjrsgq;sxzkgd dh lEiw.kZlarqf"V ds
fy;svR;k/kqfudvolajpukmiyC/k
djkrsgq;sfoeku
;krk;krlsokvksavkSjgokbZvM~Mkizca/kuesalqj{kk ,oaxq.koRrk ds mPpreLrjizkIrdjukA
Mission
To achieve highest standards of safety and quality in
air traffic services and airport management by
providing state-of-the-art infrastructure for total
customer satisfaction, contributing to economic growth
and prosperity of the nation.
/;s;
foeku ;krk;krlsokvksa ,oagokbZvM~Mkizca/kuesausr`Rodjrsgq;sfooLrjh; laxBucuuk
,oa 2016 rd ,fk;kizkkar {ks= esaHkkjrdks ,d izeq[k dsUnzcukukA
Vision
To be a world class organization providing leadership in
air traffic services and airport management & making
India a major hub in Asia Pacific Region by 2016.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
SAFETY POLICY OF AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

ESTABLISHMENT: AAI shall conceive, design, develop and effect
changes to the Aerodromes, CNS systems, ATS systems, airspace
and air traffic management and procedures involving all the stake
holders for safe Air Navigation in the sky and for safe aerodrome
operations.
SAFETY PLAN: AAI shall make its country wide Safety Plan, and
revise it periodically throughout all its operational activities for
enhancement of safety.
SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: AAI shall establish SMS- the
safety levels of airspace and all aerodromes, identify hazards and
lay down methods of risk assessments, risk mitigation, safety
measurements, reporting, monitoring and reviewing and shall
endeavor to maintain the safety levels of all aerodromes, ATS and
safety standards of CNS facilities even if the traffic grows.
SAFETY REVIEWS: AAI shall carry out safety reviews regularly at
the specified periods of the ATS and Aerodrome operations, CNS
standards involving the management at station level, region level
and corporate level.
RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACCOUNTABILITIES: AAI shall involve
all its wings (Engg., CNS, Operations, ATM, etc.) by documenting
explicit safety responsibilities and shall evolve a procedure of
accountabilities from top management to the line managers.
SAFETY CULTURE: it shall also involve the other stake holders, the
regulator in the safety promotion in the sky and ground operations
by practicing the laid down procedures leading to a safety culture.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
SCOPE OF MANUAL
The scope of this manual covers the responsibility entrusted to the
department of fire of Airports Authority of India
a. Aerodrome operation at airside and terminal operation of all AAI airports.

b. Licensing of airports and safety management systems at these airports.
c. Guideline relating to equipments operations and manpower manning at
the airports
International Civil Aviation Organization

General Civil Aviation (DGCA) requires all the
operations to obtain certificate and implement
Every airport operation in India is required
(certificates).
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
(ICAO) as well as Directorate

aerodrome open to public for
a safety management system.
by DGCA to obtain licenses
DISCLAIMER
Though all possible care has been taken to ensure accuracy and
consistency, in the event of a conflict between the Fire Safety Manual and
Airports Authority of India orders / instructions on the subject, the latter will
prevail.
Any information given cannot be cited in any dispute or litigation, nor is
it a substitute for a legal interpretation / evidence.
Various circulars / orders memorandum quoted at the end of paragraphs
and chapters may be assessed by logging on to www.aai.aero.
In case any dispute arising as to text or interpretation between the Hindi
version and English version of the circulars, the latter shall prevail.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
NO.
CONTENTS DESCRIPTION
Page
No.
PROFILE OF AIRPORT FIRE SERVICES
1-26
LEVEL OF FIRE PROTECTION (ICAO)
27-37
ARFF ROUTINE ACTIVITIES, RETURNS & REPORTS
38-58
FIRE TRAINING ESTABLISHMENT
59-74
FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION & AUDIT PROTOCOL
75-97
6
7
FEATURES OF FIRE STATION BUILDING & RELATED 98-128

FACILITIES
FIRE PREVENTION & PROTECTION
129-176
PREVENTION OF GRASS FIRE
177-182
RADIO TELEPHONY PROCEDURES
183-195
10
FIRE SERVICE DRILL
196-262
11
263-326
12
STANDARD OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE FOR

RESCUE AND PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENTS
DISABLED AIRCRAFT REMOVAL PLAN
13
FIRE SERVICE UNIFORM
360-374
14
375-384
15
PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST & PRACTICAL

FIREMANSHIP EFFICIENCY TEST
AIRPORT DISASTER PLAN
16
ARFF MANNING NORMS
422-429
17
AIRPORT EMERGENCY PLANNING & PROCEDURE
430-462
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
327-359
385-421
CHAPTER-1
PROFILE OF
AIRPORT FIRE SERVICES
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |1
1.1 OBJECTIVE OF AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIRE SERVICES

The Principle objective of Airport Rescue and Fire Services is to To save
lives in the event of an aircraft accident or incident occurring at, or in
the immediate vicinity of, an airport.
The Rescue and Fire Services is provided to create and maintain survivable
conditions, to provide egress routes for occupants and to initiate the rescue
of those occupants unable to make their escape without direct aid. This also
applies to any other incident where life and property can be saved.
In order to achieve the objective, AAI training establishment imparts
emergency response training to Rescue and Fire Fighters to update their
professional skills and knowledge as well as to meet the deficiency in trained
Fire personnel and human behavior in Fire Services.
1.2 SCOPE
The safety of the passengers is paramount at airports run by Airports
Authority of India. AAIs highly trained Rescue and Fire Services stand ready
to provide rescue and fire protection at all times.
The level of fire protection at an aerodrome shall commensurate with the
largest aircraft at the aerodrome accordance with the ICAOs standards and
recommended practices and DGCA CAR.
Airportfirefighting vehicle respond to the scene of an aircraft accident in
two minutes, not exceeding three minutes and bring the fire under control
within a minute on arrival. This is smoothly followed by rescue and
evacuation efforts to nearby medical facilities.
Thereis an airport emergency plan to co-ordinate the efforts of mutual
aid agency within the airport and its immediate vicinity. The Recue and Fire
Services is responsible for managing the Airport Emergency Plan and deal
the situation accordingly at the aircraft accident or incident as well as safety
of the occupants and avoidance of the fire risks in the terminal building &
other vital installations at the airport.
1.3
PROFILE OF AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIRE SERVICES
Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting Services(ARFF) registers its presence

at operational airports and is under the administrative control of Airports
Authority of India, which is responsible for ensuring that the service provided
is well organized, equipped, staffed, trained and operate in such a manner as
to fulfill its principal objective of Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF).
Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting Services(ARFF)has standardized
activities in conformity to ICAOs standards and recommended practices and
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |2
DGCA CAR for induction of appliances / equipments, manpower, training

and standard operating procedures.
Fire Orders and Circulars are issued & updated for various activities
and services which are related to Rescue and Fire Services.
The Fire Station Building need to be located strategically, so as to
achieve the prime objective of prompt response to provide earliest possible
reconnaissance to aircraft accident/incidents. The constructional features of
fire station buildings also need to be specific for complementing to the
objectives.
To take measures necessary for prevention of disasters, mitigation, and
preparednessand capacity-building in accordance with the guidelines &
Integrate into its development plan and projects and respond effectively and
promptly to any threatening disaster situation
1.4
FUNCTIONS AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIRE SERVICE
1.4.1 Planning, Organizing and Controlling of Human Resources as well as

emergency incidents or accident such as equipment addition &
replacement, staff development, growth & promotion, inspection and
reporting, moral stabilization & improvement. Policy, Decision
Making, Staffing and recruitment.
1.4.2
Budgetary plans with operations & administrative plans and

procedures for effective use of equipments/replacement of old
equipments& Research & Development and also Human Resources
Development.
1.4.3
Laisioning& Coordination with other departments under AAI,

Government & Private Organizations and also Various National &
International agencies for smooth & efficient operations and make
necessary recommendations.
1.4.4
Implementation, Control, Monitoring and Compliance of Statutory,

Mandatory, Regulatory, operability Standards AAI Safety Policy, Fire
orders & operational circularsand maintain code of conduct rules for
Fire Service Discipline& Welfare of Fire Service Personnel through
various welfare activities & suggest ways and means for providing
better and welfare measures.
1.4.5
Audit, Inspection, investigation, analysis & reporting of Fire incident

and accidents.
1.4.6
Maintain Level of Fire Protection at airports and Formulate Policy &

Procedures for efficient Fire Prevention, Protection and Firefighting at
Terminal Buildings, ATS & CNS Installations, Cargo Complex,
Hangers and other Vital Installations.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |3
1.4.7
Advertisement& Market Promotions for Business

related to Fire and Safety Services & Training.
1.4.8
Recognition,
Accreditation
&
Affiliation
of
Fire
Training
Establishment with National and International Institutions.
1.4.9
Organize/Participation of National & International Seminar, Meeting,

Training & Workshop, Exhibitions for induction of modern
technology/ Equipments and Policy.
Development
1.4.10 Manuals& Operational Orders preparation and revision and framing

of technical specification for all Fire Equipments, Test and issue
necessary Standard Operational Procedures.
1.4.11 Toset guidelines for performance appraisal of Fire Officials and
Review the same from time to time by monitoring different
information received.
1.4.12 Dealwith the disciplinary cases, specific vigilance cases and transfer
cases and make recommendations to concern departments for
necessary action.
1.4.13 Deal and recommend Bravery Awards, Meritorious Service Awards,
President of India Award, Gallantry Award and Department Awards
for Fire Service Personnel.
1.4.14 ToProvide assistance to the National Disaster Management Authority
(NDMA)and State Disaster Management Authority (SDMA) by
making available its resources to the National Executive Committee
or State Executive Committee for the purposes of responding
promptly and effectively to any threatening disaster situation or
disaster.
1.4.15 Utilize the resources available with Disaster Management Authorities
at all levels to effectively manage the aviation Disasters, happening
at the airport or away from the airport
1.5
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1.5.1 EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (FIRE TRAINING CENTERS)

1.5.1.1
Headof the Fire Training Establishment.
1.5.1.2
Toassist Member (Operation) in all Administrative, Planning,

Standardization, Organizational Policy Matters related to Fire
Training Establishment, Fire Service Personnel Trainees, and
Human Resources&Equipments.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |4
1.5.1.3
To execute various long-term & short-term plans for infrastructure

developments and Training related.
1.5.1.4
Introduction, Replacement and Provisioning of Fire

Equipment & Appliances for Fire Training Establishment.
1.5.1.5
To develop training plan and prepare the schedule and Training

curriculum of each course in advance.
1.5.1.6
Toformulate annual and five-year plan for fire safety and disaster
training for effective and optimal use of equipment and Human
Resource Development.
1.5.1.7
To formulate budgetary plans for purchasing of new equipment,

replacement of old equipment, Research & Development related to
Fire Training Establishment.
1.5.1.8
To plan & organize an efficient management information services for

managerial competence and successful decision making process.
1.5.1.9
Introducing new technical books, technical magazines, and other

related information including professional membership for the
purpose of teaching aids and training.
Safety
1.5.1.10 To
propose
various
training,
seminar,
workshop
at
National/International level and training of foreign Nationals in Fire
Training Establishment.
1.5.1.11 To deal with disciplinary cases, specific vigilance cases against any
fire official posted at Fire Training Establishment and also maintain
a set of rules, code of conduct rules for maintaining discipline.
1.5.1.12 To keep in touch with Research and Developmental activities
through reputed National / International Institutions/Organization
and agencies.
1.5.1.13 To set guidelines for performance appraisal of subordinate fire staff
posted at Fire Training Establishment and review the same from
time to time by monitoring different information receive from
training centers.
1.5.1.14 To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel posted at Fire
Training Centers, monitor various welfare activities & suggest ways
and means for providing better welfare measures to Fire Service
Personnel and shall ensure implementation of such activities.
1.5.1.15 Evaluateand recommend cases of bravery award, meritorious
service award, president awards, gallantry medals and
departmental awards, for fire service personnel posted at Fire
Training Establishment.
1.5.1.16 To report/review annual confidential reports, PMS- PAR of JGM,
DGM, SM (FS) and other Fire Officials.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |5
1.5.1.17 To Advertise& Market Promotion for Business Development related

to Fire Training Establishment activities.
1.5.1.18 Recognition, Accreditation & Affiliation of Fire Training
Establishment with National and International Institutions
1.5.1.19 To advice for preparation/up-gradation of syllabus for various
courses including addition alterations and updating.
1.5.1.20 To constitute committee for examination board, invigilators and
other related activities to Fire Training Establishment.
1.5.1.21 Framing guidelines for Manuals & other related training matters
and revision & preparing technical specification for all Fire
Equipments, Laboratory and issue necessary Training Operational
Procedures / Standard Operating Procedure.
1.5.1.22 Liaising& Coordination with other departments under AAI,
Government & Private Organizations and also Various National &
International agencies for training.
1.6
GENERAL MANAGER (FS) FIRE TRAINING
1.6.1
To assist Executive Director (Training) and under his guidance to

supervise /monitoring & control over in all Administrative,
Planning, Standardization, Organizational Policy, infrastructure
development, manpower, budget and up-gradation facilities for Fire
Training Establishment, Human Resources, Equipments and other
related matters.
1.6.2
All duties assigned by Executive Director (Training).
1.6.3
To advise Executive Director (Training) for development training

plan and prepare the schedule& Course curriculum of each
course.
1.6.4
Preparation/up-gradation of syllabus for various courses including

addition/ alterations and updation.
1.6.5
To execute various long-term & short-term plans related to Fire

Safety Training.
1.6.6 To formulate and assist for annual and five-year plan for fire safety
and disaster training and human resources development.
1.6.7 To prepare and assist budgetary plans for purchasing of new
equipments, replacement of old equipments, Research & Development
related to training establishment.
1.6.8 To assist to Executive Director (Training) for plan & organize an
efficient management information services for managerial competence
and successful decision making process.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |6
1.6.9 To assist Executive Director (Training) in all administrative & training

plans to be organized and his team at different level within common
policies as well as by the individual procedure and put into action.
1.6.10 Propose new technical books, magazines, professional membership
and other related information for the purpose of training in the form
of teaching & training aids.
1.6.11 Toprepare and revise instructional notes and prcis on various
technical subjects upon requirement.
1.6.12 Setting of question papers for exams of trainees and act as an
examiners for theory and practical.
1.6.13 To check, verify and declare the result.
1.6.14 To pay surprise visit and check parades, drills and tactical exercise.
1.6.15 To inspect stores, equipments, maintenance of workshop, fire fighting
materials, laboratory, appliances, communication equipment, Uniform
and canteen etc.
1.7 JT. GENERAL MANAGER/DY. GENERAL MANAGERE (FS)PRINCIPAL/IN-CHARGE OF FIRE TRAINING CENTER
(FSTC/ FTC)
1.7.1 Toassist General Manager (Training) and under his guidance to
supervise /monitoring & control over in all Administrative, Planning,
Standardization, Organizational Policy, infrastructure development,
manpower, budget and up-gradation facilities for Fire Training
Centers, Human Resources, Equipments and other related.
1.7.2 Shall be over all in-charge of Fire Training Center related to all
administrative, Human Recourses & Finance, training plans,
instructional work including practical & theoretical.
1.7.3 All duties assigned by General Manager (Training).
1.7.4 Preparation of training syllabus for various courses including
addition, alteration and up-dation.
1.7.5 Introduction, Replacement &Provisioning of Fire Safety Equipment &
Appliances for Fire Training Center.
1.7.6 To advise General Manager (Training) for Recognition, Accreditation &
Affiliation of Fire Training Centers with National and International
Institutions.
1.7.7 Shall liaise with Research and Developmental activities through
reputed National / International Institutions/Organization and
agencies.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |7
1.7.8 To advise & formulate budgetary plans for purchasing of new

equipments, replacement of old equipments, Research & Development
related to Fire Training Center.
1.7.9 Introducing new technical books, technical magazines, and other
related information including professional membership for the
purpose of teaching aids and training.
1.7.10 To prepare and revise the instructional notes and precies on various
technical subjects.
1.7.11 Setting of question papers for exams of trainees and act as an
examiner & invigilator for theory and practical.
1.7.12 To make surprise visit and check parades, drills and tactical exercise.
1.7.13 To inspect stores, equipments, maintenance of workshop, fire fighting
materials, laboratory, appliances, communication equipments,
Uniform, Hostel, classrooms and canteen etc.
1.7.14 Framing of guidelines for Manuals & other related training matters
and revision/preparation of technical specification for all Fire
Equipments, Laboratory and issue necessary Training Operational
Procedures.
1.7.15 To assist for advertisement & market promotions for Business
Development related to Fire Training center.
1.7.16 To arrange guest faculties for special lectures from AAI/other
Department and organization.
1.7.17 Topropose for Procurement of Furniture & other related infrastructure
for Hostel, Laboratory, Academic Block, Administrative Building,
Teaching & Training aids, Canteen and consumable items including
stationery, video, slides etc.
1.7.18 To ensure availability/serviceability and adequacy of firefighting
equipment and extinguishing media for training purposes.
1.7.19 To arrange for first aid certification classes for all courses.
1.7.20 To
maintain
&
update
trainee
data
and
arrange
for
recruitment/campus placement/ selection process for private
trainees.
1.7.21 To plan and execute industrial visits/ attachment to City/ Industrial/
Airport Fire Service.
1.7.22 To prepare record of trainees admission & relieving.
1.7.23 Toimpart theoretical & practical classes and Drills etc.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |8
1.7.24 To issue training certificate in due time after completion of training

and declaration of result.
1.7.25 To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various
welfare activities & suggest ways and means for providing better
welfare measures to Fire Service Personnel posted at Fire Training
Center and shall ensure implementation of such activities.
1.7.26 Fire Training Center, Delhi to operate, maintain and be responsible
for fire service benevolent fund raised by fire staff and ensures better
facilitation to fire staff through this fund, within the frame work of
rules.
1.8
ASST.
GENERAL
MANAGER/SENIOR
MANAGER/
MANAGER/ ASSISTANT MANAGER (FS) - INSTRUCTOR
1.8.1 To assist Jt. General Manager/Dy.General Manager (FS)-Principal/

Incharge of Fire Training Establishment and under his guidance to
supervise /monitoring & control over in all administrative, planning,
standardization, organizational Policy, infrastructure development,
human recourses, budget and up-gradation facilities for Fire Training
Centers.
1.8.2 All duties assigned by Jt. General Manager/ Dy. General Manager
(FS)/Principal/in-charge Fire Training Center (FSTC/FTC).
1.8.3 To take the theoretical & practical classes and drills etc.
1.8.4 To prepare and revise the instructional notes and prcis on various
technical subjects.
1.8.5 Toself maintain punctuality with full uniform and supervise/conduct Parade, Fire Drills, Hot Fire Drills, Rescue Drills etc. with assistance
from subordinate instructors/demonstrators.
1.9
SR.SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERVISOR
/SR.
ASSISTANT/ASSISTANT/JR.ASSISTANT
(FS)
DEMONSTRATOR
1.9.1 To assist instructors and under their guidance perform demonstration

/conducting drills on various equipments, Fire drills, Parade etc. and
maintain chain of command system.
1.9.2 To assist in-charge of Fire Training Center in office work as and when
assigned.
1.9.3 Any other work allotted by the in-charge of the Fire Training Center.
1.9.4 To be responsible to account for stock of stores/inventories and their
maintenance as allotted to them.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e |9
1.9.5 To assist and conduct theoretical/practical classes as per requirement

of training.
1.9.6 To arrange Hot Fire Practice/Live Fire Drills/Smoke Drill as per
training schedule.
1.9.7 Responsible for up-keep and proper housekeeping of hostel & training
facilities and painting etc.
1.9.8 Responsible for maintenance and testing of different fire appliances,
equipment gears and should undertake the minor repairs as may be
allotted to each of them.
1.9.9 Liaison with workshop, engineering, human resource deptt.etc. for
maintenance of equipment, building and other infrastructure as
allotted each of them.
1.9.10
Issue uniform and training materials to the trainees and arrange

hostel accommodation of the trainees as allotted each of them.
1.9.11
To enforce strict discipline among the staff and trainees and report to
the
in-charge of Fire Training Center regarding any breach of
discipline
1.10
GENERAL MANAGER (FS) - CHQ
1.10.1
Toassist Member (Operation) in all Operational, Administrative,

Planning and Organizational Policy Matters, related to maintain level of
Fire protection at airports, Fire prevention & Fire Protection at
Terminal & Related Building and Vital Installation, Fire Service
Personnel &Equipments.
1.10.2
Overall supervision and total functions of the Rescue and Fire

Services.
1.10.3
Planning, Provisioning, Standardizing, Discarding and Introduction /

Replacement of Fire Safety Equipment & Appliances.
1.10.4
Toexecute various long-term & short-term plans related to Fire Safety

and Disaster.
1.10.5
To formulate annual and five-year plan for fire safety service as well as
operational and administrative plans/procedures for effective use of
equipments and Human Resource Development.
1.10.6
Toprepare budgetary plans for purchasing of new equipments,

replacement of old equipments, Research & Development, construction
of Fire Station, Emergency Medical Centre and related infrastructure.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 10
1.10.7
To plan & organize an efficient management information services for

managerial competence and successful decision making process.
1.10.8
To organize all administrative & operational plans with team at

different level within common policies as well as by the individual
procedure and put into action.
1.10.9
To assist Regional Fire In-charges, Station Fire in-charges, Airport

Director & Regional Executive Directors in all operational and
administrative policies, issue directives for execution of plans, provide
necessary administrative support and monitor the performance &
ensure the compliance by necessary remedial measure wherever
required.
1.10.10 To propose various factory acceptance test for equipment and plan
training, seminar, workshop at National/International level to Fire
Service Personnel.
1.10.11 To formulate policies, procedures , inspection and testing for Fire
Prevention, Protection & Firefighting at airports, civil enclaves, ACS
installations & vital installations and issue necessary guidelines for
achieving these objectives.
1.10.12 Frame specification for all fire & disaster equipments/appliances, tests
and issue necessary guidelines for similar activities by Region/Airport.
1.10.13 To formulate necessary policies on co-ordination, command and
control at each level of fire service and ensure implementation by
issuing necessary guidelines.
1.10.14 To deal with disciplinary cases, specific vigilance cases against any fire
official, transfer cases and make recommendations to concerned
departments for necessary action and also maintain a set of rules,
code of conduct rules for maintaining discipline in fire safety services
and ensure its implementation.
1.10.15 To act as a committee member of transfer recommendation committee
at
CHQ
Level.
(Transfer
recommendation
committee
i.e.
Operation/HR/Fire shall be constituted as per HRM Circular to deal
with annual transfer cases and headed by Executive Director level.
The
transfer
recommendation
committee
shall
submit
its
recommendation as per laid down policy of HRM for tenure and nontenure station posting to the Member (Ops) for approval keeping in
view the committees recommendation. In case, any deviation from the
recommendations of the transfer recommendation committee on
grounds of operational requirement, administrative exigency/ necessity
etc.Member (Ops) concerned will record session in writing with the
justification).
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 11
1.10.16 Shall prepare detailed transfer profile for Fire Executives due for
tenure/non-tenure stations/other Region;
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Name & Designation of Employee

Employee Number
Date of Birth
Date of joining in AAI
Year of present station posting
Transfer Profile station wise
Tenure Profile station wise
1.10.17 To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various
welfare measures to Fire Service Personnel and shall ensure
implementation of such activities.
1.10.18 To operate, maintain and be responsible for fire service benevolent
fund raised by fire staff and ensure better facilitation to fire staff
through this fund, within the frame work of rules.
1.10.19 To set guidelines for performance appraisal of subordinate fire staff
and review the same from time to time by monitoring different
information receive from Station as well as Regional in-charge of fire
Service.
1.10.20 To deal and recommend cases of bravery award, meritorious service
award, president awards, gallantry medals and departmental awards,
for fire service personnel.
1.10.21 To coordinate joint exercise / activities with other organization like
City Fire Brigade, State Fire Services, Industrial Fire Service, police,
hospital, etc. under Airport Emergency Procedures of airports.
1.10.22 To keep in touch with Research and Developmental activities through
reputed National / International
Institutions/Organization and
agencies like International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), Director
General Civil Aviation (DGCA) National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA), National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), National
Fire Service College (NFSC), National Civil Defense College (NCDC), Fire
Advisor (GOI), Society of Professional Fire Engineers (SPFE), Indian
Aviation Fire Safety Specialist Group (IAFSSG), Institute of Fire
Engineers (IFE), International Aviation Fire Protection Association
(IAFPA), Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS), and other etc. for study
and evaluating the new trends in development and propose
recommendations for introduction in Airport Rescue & Fire Service.
1.10.23 To conduct investigation of fire incident / accidents reports identifying
lapses fixing responsibilities along with and submit recommendations
of remedial measures.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 12
1.10.24
To visit and inspect various stations from time to time for

observation of actual performance of fire staff and equipment and
for ensuring the implementation of various guidelines, policies
and procedures at different level.
1.10.25
To report/review/special comments for the annual confidential

reports, PMS- PAR of JGM, DGM, SM (FS) and other Fire Officials.
1.10.26
To Provide assistance and coordination to the National Disaster

Management Authority (NDMA), State Disaster Management
Authority (SDMA), District Disaster Management Authority
(DDMA) and Airports by making available its resources to the
National Executive Committee or State Executive Committee or
District Executive Committee or Airport Disaster Committee for
the purposes of responding promptly and effectively to any
threatening disaster situation or disaster.
1.10.27
To make surprise visit and check field Fire Station foroperational,

administrative, tactical exercise and over all development of the
station.
1.11 JT.GENERAL MANAGER/DY. GENERAL MANAGER

/ASSTT.GENERAL
MANAGER/SENIOR
MANAGER/
MANAGER / ASSISTANT MANAGER (FS) (CHQ)
1.11.1
To assist General Manager (FS) in all Operational, Administrative,

Planning and Organizational Policy Matters, related to maintain
level of Fire protection at airports, Fire prevention & Fire
Protection at Terminal & Related Building and Vital Installation,
Fire Service Personnel &Equipments.
1.11.2
All duties assigned by General Manager (FS).
1.12
JT. GENERAL MANAGER /DGM (FS) (REGIONAL

HEAD QUARTER)
1.12.1
Toassist Regional Executive Director in all Operational,

Administrative, Planning and Organizational Policy Matters,
related to maintain level of Fire protection at airports, Fire
prevention & Fire Protection at Terminal & Related Building and
Vital Installation, FireService Personnel &Equipments and monitor
the performance & ensure the compliance by necessary remedial
measure wherever required.
1.12.2
Head of the Rescue & Fire Services and overall supervisor of total
functions of the Rescue and Fire Serviceswithin Region and all
duties assigned by Executive Director/General Manager (FS).
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 13
1.12.3

Safety and Disaster.
1.12.4
Toprepare and advise to General Manager (FS)for budgetary plans

of purchasing of new equipments, replacement of old equipments,
research & development, construction of Fire Station, Emergency
Medical Centre & related infrastructure
1.12.5
To advise to Regional Executive Director/Airport Director/General

Manager (FS)for disciplinary cases, vigilance cases of Fire
Personnel and also maintain a set of rules, code of conduct rules
for maintaining discipline in fire safety services and ensure its
implementation.
1.12.6
To implement policies, procedures , inspection and testing for Fire

Prevention, Protection & Firefighting at airports, civil enclaves,
ACS installations & vital installations and issue necessary
guidelines for achieving these objectives.
1.12.7
Planning, Provisioning, Standardizing, Discarding, Introduction/

Replacement and Procurement of Fire Safety Equipment &
Appliances as per allocated budget from CHQ.
1.12.8
Factory acceptance Test / inspection of the material shall be

carried out by CHQ nominated officer.
1.12.9
To act as a member of transfer recommendation committee at

Regional Level (Transfer recommendation committee i.e. Operation
or ATC, HR and Regional Fire In-charge shall be constituted as per
HRM Circular to deal with annual transfer cases and headed by
General Manager level. The transfer recommendation committee
shall submit its recommendation as per laid down policy of HRM
for tenure and non-tenure station posting to the Regional
Executive Director for approval keeping in view the committees
recommendation.
In
case,
any
deviation
from
the
recommendations of the transfer recommendation committee on
grounds
of
operational
requirement,
administrative
exigency/necessity etc. RED concerned will record session in
writing with the justification).
1.12.10
Additional stay by an official posted at tenure station (unpopular

Station) will be counted as stay at non-tenure station.
1.12.11
It should be considered that the prevalent practice of overstaying

by an official at a station (popular) for a longer period should be
discouraged to maintain station discipline and transparency in the
transfer system.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 14
1.12.12
Regional in-charges of Fire Service will prepare detailed transfer

profile for tenure/non-tenure stations;
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
Name & Designation of Employee

Employee Number
Date of Birth
Date of joining in AAI
Year of present station posting
Transfer Profile station wise
Tenure Profile station wise
1.12.13
To act as a member of transfer recommendation committee(a

posting recommendations committee i.e Operations or ATC, HR
and Fire Training in-charge shall be constituted for posting of
Junior Instructor/ Demonstratorat Fire Training Center Delhi/Fire
Service training Center, Kolkata as per HR Circular for
recommendations to concerned RED).
1.12.14
To circulate (within region) the circular for available vacant post at

Fire Training Establishment along with eligibility & selection
criteria i.e. Physical standard, Job knowledge, word of command ,
communication skill, language proficiency & interview.
1.12.15
Theeligibility criteria for posting of Non-Executives (FS) at Fire

Training Establishment is as under;
TABLE 1.1
1.12.16
S.
No.
1
NAME OF POST
ELIGIBILITY CADER
ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
Junior
Instructor
Sr.
(FS)
Demonstrator
Supervisor/Senior
Assistant (FS)
Demonstrator
Assistant
Assistant
(i) Graduate in any discipline

(ii) Qualified
in
Officers
Course
(iii) Age below 50 years
(iv) Good Physique
(i) Graduate
in
any
discipline
in
Junior
(ii) Qualified
Officers Course.
(iv) Good Physique
(i) Graduate
in
any
discipline
(ii) Qualified in Firemanship
Course
(iv) Good Physique
Superintendent
Junior
To obtain prior approval from CHQ for deployment of additional

manpower for operational duty work /special duty work against
sanctioned strength.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 15
1.12.17
To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various

welfare measures to Fire Service Personnel posted within region
maintain industrial relation harmony and shall ensure
1.12.18
To set guidelines for performance appraisal of sub-ordinate fire

staff posted at Region as well Station and review the same from
time to time by monitoring different information receive from
Station/ Region.
1.12.19
To Dealand recommend cases of bravery award, meritorious

departmental awards, for fire service personnel posted at Region/
Station.
1.12.20
Tocoordinate, Liaising and advice to station for activities with other

organization like City Fire Brigade, State Fire Services, police,
hospital, State Disaster Management Authority/District Disaster
Management Authority etc. under Airport Emergency/Disaster.
1.12.21
Toconduct investigation of fire incident / accidents reports

identifying lapses fixing responsibilities along with and submit
recommendations of remedial measures.
1.12.22
To report/review/comments for the annual confidential reports,

PMS- PAR of subordinate Fire personnel.
1.12.23
Topay surprise visit and check Fire Station within region for
observation of actual performance of Fire Staff and equipment,and
for ensuring the implementation of various guidelines, policies and
procedures at different level.
1.12.24
Tomaintain Management Information System

records and equipment/appliances details, etc.
(MIS),
training
1.13 Jt. GENERAL MANAGER / Dy. GENERAL MANAGER/

ASSISTANT GENERAL MANAGER/SENIOR MANAGER/
MANAGER/
ASSISTANT
MANAGER
(FS)
FIRE
STATIONIN-CHARGE
1.13.1
Toassist Airport Director in all Operational, Administrative,

Planning and Organizational Policy Matters, related to maintain
level of Fire protection at airports, Fire prevention & Fire
Protection at Terminal & Related Building and Vital Installation,
FireService Personnel &Equipments and monitor the performance
& ensure the compliance by necessary remedial measure wherever
required.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 16
1.13.2
Head of the Rescue & Fire Services at station and responsible for
overall maintenance and upkeep of appliances/equipments,
inventory control, periodical tests, training programs, fitness of
the fire personnel, enforcement of discipline, leave cases, general
cleanliness/Swatch station, supervision & total functions of the
Rescue & Fire Servicesat station and all duties assigned by Airport
Director/Regional in-charges of Fire Service.
1.13.3
To create software for duty roster and over time/out of pocket

allowance as per operational requirement/guidelines issued by
superior authority and conduct regular drills/hot Fire drill as per
tentative chart, implement & ensure Fire Service Uniform policy. A
specimen (Table) of over time / out of pocket allowance.
OT/OPA Duty performance

against
OT/OPA Duty Hours
Duty on Gazetted Holiday
Normal Duty Hours
Total Duty Hours
Justification and remarks

by Fire Station in-charge
Unit of deployment
Duty Assignment
Leave Record
Course Name
Daily Shift Record
Last Training attended

Year
Designation
Name
TABLE- 1.2
Note: Duty Roster shall be rotated every month to ensure automatic changeover
of shift/personal
1.13.4
To submit indents for consumable Fire Fighting Materials/Stores,

equipment, uniform articles etc.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 17
1.13.5
To update grid map & rescue charts and display in the class
room, control room & Fire Watch Tower.
1.13.6
Toimplement the circular/Fire Safety Manual andinstructions of

Airport Director/Regional in-charges of Fire Service/Executive
Director (Training)/General Manager Fire Service.
1.13.7

Safety and Disaster.
1.13.8
To formulate and advise to Regional in-charges of Fire

Service/Airport Director for budgetary plans of purchasing of new
equipments, replacement of old equipments, construction of Fire
Station, Emergency Medical Centre & related infrastructure.
1.13.9
Toadvise to Airport Director/Regional in-charges of Fire

Service/Regional Executive Director/General Manager (FS)in the
matters of misbehavior to superior or colleague, disciplinary
cases, transfer cases on administrative ground, de-roster,
vigilance cases of Fire Personnel and also maintain a set of rules,
code of conduct rules for maintaining discipline in fire safety
services and ensure its implementation.
1.13.10
To implement policies, procedures, inspection and testing for Fire

Prevention, Protection & Firefighting at airports, civil enclaves,
ACS installations & vital installations and issue necessary
guidelines for achieving these objectives.
1.13.11
To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various

welfare measures to Fire Service Personnel posted at station
maintain industrial relation harmony and shall ensure
1.13.12
To set guidelines for performance appraisal of sub-ordinate fire

staff posted at station from time to time by monitoring different
information system.
1.13.13
To deal and recommend cases of bravery award, meritorious

departmental awards, for fire service personnel posted at Station.
1.13.14
To coordinate and Laisioning for various activities with other

organization like City Fire Brigade, State Fire Services, Industrial
Fire Service, police, hospital, State Disaster Management
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 18
Authority/District Disaster Management Authority etc. under

Airport Emergency/Disaster.
1.13.15
To carry out investigation of Fire incident / accidents reports

indentifying lapses fixing responsibilities along with and submit
recommendations of remedial measures.
1.13.16
To report/review/comments for the annual confidential reports,

PMS- PAR of subordinate Fire personnel.
1.13.17
To pay surprise visit and check Fire Station for observation of

actual performance of Fire Staff and equipmentand for ensuring
the implementation of various guidelines, policies and procedures
at different level.
1.13.18
Tomaintain Management Information System (MIS), training

records and equipment/appliances details, etc.
1.13.19
To organize workshop/training for Fire Personnel/ other stack

holder.
1.14 MANAGER/ASSTTANT MANAGER/JR.EXECUTIVE/SR.

SUPDTT./SUPDTT.
(FS)SHIFT
INCHARGE
(FIRE
STATION)
1.14.1
To assist Fire station in-charge in all Operational, Administrative

and maintain level of Fire protection at airports, Fire prevention
& Fire Protection at Terminal & Related Building and Vital
Installation etc.
1.14.2
All duties assigned by station in-charge of Fire Service.
1.14.3
To implement Fire Service Uniform Policy.
1.14.4
Overall in-charge of the shift, supervision & total functions of the

Rescue and Fire Services including station level training.
1.14.5
To attend any emergency/incident/accidentinfirst turn out ARFF

Vehicle.
1.14.6
Toconduct all periodical tests apart from the routine activities.
1.14.7
To be responsible for coordination with Air Traffic Services (ATC),

Communication Navigational Services (CNS), GFS, Terminal
Management, and operations of ARFF activities.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 19
1.14.8
Toensure
serviceability
&
availability
of
all
Fire
equipments/appliances for smooth operation of shift &
deployment of fire personnel as per roster/requirement and
maintain discipline and enforcement of departmental orders.
1.14.9
To upkeep of station inventory, training records, physical fitness

records, drill records, Hose register, Fire Extinguisher register,
Personnel Protective equipments record, Rescue tools record and
other record etc.
1.14.10
To upkeep MI Room/First Aid Room and liaison with medical

authority.
1.14.11
To inspect fire inspection of Terminal Building, Operational &

Related Building and vital installations etc.
1.14.12
Runway inspection to be carried out as per Operational Circular

No. 5/2011 and whenever fire crew required carrying out runway
inspection, Operational / ATC Vehicle may be utilized. No
ambulance for runway inspection shall be utilized.
1.15
ASSTT. MANAGER/JR.
EXECUTIVE/SR.SUPERINTENDENTTURN- OUT IN-CHARGE
1.15.1
Incharge of one Airport Rescue and firefighting Vehicle and is

responsible for deployment/allocation of crew work &supervision of
upkeep maintenance, operability, availability of extinguishing
media and cleanliness of all equipment on ARFFV & over all
ARFFV under his command or the direction of Station incharge/Shift in-charge.
1.15.2
All duties assigned by shift in-charge of Fire Service.
1.15.3
To be responsible for wearing of full uniform by ARFFV crew

member.
1.15.4
Toverify compatibility of firefighting equipment/appliances under

his charge, adequacy of Fire extinguishing media and availability of
Fire crew.
1.15.5
Toparticipate in station level training / Fire fightingexercises/

rescue drills along with the fire crew and deliver lectures and leads
group discussions occasionally.
1.15.6
Turn out of Firefighting vehicle under his charge with the Fire crew
on board to the site of crash / Fire, keeps contacts with the ATC
through RT or available communication media, briefs the fire crew
about the situation of Fire/ emergency/ drill and positioning of
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 20
ARFFV/ other Fire appliances, directs the rescue, salvaging and

firefighting operation and changing circumstances.
1.15.7
Verifies proper cleaning of the equipment under his charge and

replenishment of extinguishing media for operability after each
operation and gives accounts of operation handled by him and his
fire crew to his superior for drawing up a detailed report.
1.15.8
Responsible for guidance in Firefighting operations & Rescue

operation in co-ordination with the in-charges of other ARFFVs and
shift/station in-charge in case of incident/accident/ emergency
and take appropriate action.
1.15.9
To ensure safe travel to the site via shortest but safest route &
guides for proper approach and observe for any casualty during
approach with ARFFV and passes necessary message to Fire
Control Room and Air Traffic control Room and directs line of
action enroute, brief crew member and direct the ARFFV
movement, positioning etc.
1.15.10 To keeps vigil towards movement of the aircraft, accident site,

assess continuously development and alerts, if necessary & bring
Fire under control and simultaneously deploy crew for rescue work.
1.15.11 In case attendance of emergency, responsible for guidance to crew
in firefighting operations in co-ordination with the in-charges of
other ARFFVs.
1.15.12 ProvideFire and Safety coverage to the airports and its installations
and shall lead the rescue team and conduct rescue operation
adopting effective strategy at emergency grounds.
1.15.13 Manage and control Fire Service personnel. Guiding subordinates
in all fire service works.
1.15.14 Maintain and upkeep Fire Service vehicles, equipment, ground
exercises and maintain proper records/ registers and returns.
Conduct day- to day activities.
1.15.15 To keep ARFF Vehicles and ambulances with crew in mounted
position during aircraft movement.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 21
1.16
SENIOR SUPDTT. / SUPDTT./SUPERVISOR/SENOR

ASSISTANT/ASSISTATN/JUNIOR ASSISTANT (FS)
CREW MEMBER OF ARFFV
1.16.1
Tocheck/cleanall the Firefighting & rescue equipments, tools,

hose, branch coupling, and Personnel Protective equipments&
verify its operability and also check availability of extinguishing
media and replenishes the extinguishing media after each
operation.
1.16.2
To participate regularly in Fire Fighting and rescue

exercises/operation, Squad drill, Hot Fire Drill, Rescue Drill,
Ladder Drill, group discussions to maintain physical fitness and
professional proficiency as per tentative activity chart.
1.16.3
All duties assigned by turn out in-charge of ARFFV.
1.16.4
To be report on time with wearing of full operational uniform with

Fire Fighting/Gum- Boot, Safety Helmet by ARFFV crew members
as per Fire Service Uniform Policy.
1.16.5
To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements through maintaining

mounted position on Airport Rescue and Firefighting Vehicle from
station/predetermined position.
1.16.6
To perform Office/maintenance of Fire Equipment, Fire

extinguishers, Fire Prevention & Fire Protection System
(Riser/Hydrant/Sprinkler, Pump etc.) work during lean hours, as
and when required / duty assigned by turn-out in-charge/Shift incharge/Station in-charge.
1.16.7
To assist ATC in runway inspection, clearance of obstruction etc.

in case of shortage of ATC Officials.
1.16.8
To maintain proper discipline at duty place under the CDA

rules/regulation policy of AAI and standing departmental orders.
1.16.9
All other kinds of outdoor work related to Fire Fighting /Rescue

operational work, as assigned by superiors.
1.17
1.17.1
SUPDTT./SUPERVISOR/SENOR ASSISTANT
CREW MEMBER OF THE AMBULANCE
(FS)
To check/clean Ambulance & Medical kit, Oxygen Cylinder,

Stretcher etc. rescue equipments and verify its operability and also
check the availability of proper quantity of medical
accessories/medicine as per Fire Safety Manual.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 22
1.17.2
To participate regularly in Fire Fighting and rescue

exercises/operation, Squad drill, Hot Fire Drill, Rescue Drill,
Ladder Drill, Ambulance Drill, Group Discussions to maintain
physical fitness and professional proficiency as per tentative
activity chart.
1.17.3
All duties assigned by Control Room in-charge/Shift in-charge

/Station in-charge.
1.17.4
To be report on time with wearing of full operational uniform with

Fire Fighting/Gum- Boot, Safety Helmet as per Fire Service
Uniform Policy.
1.17.5
To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements through mounting on

Ambulance from station/predetermined position.
1.18
SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERINTENDENT/
SUPERVISOR - FIRE WATCH TOWER
1.18.1
To assist Shift in-charge/ARFFV in-charge in all Operational

matters related to Rescue & Fire Fighting and level of Fire
Protection.
1.18.2

Management, and operations of ARFF activities.
1.18.3
All duties assigned by shift in-charge of Fire Service.
1.18.4
Tocheck all communication facilities available at Fire Watch Tower

& ensure the serviceability of each & every equipment.
1.18.5
Before leaving the duty place, communicate to Shift in-charge for

proper reliever.
1.18.6
To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements and complete

maneuvering area.
1.18.7
In case of aircraft emergency, follow the proper procedure to deal

with emergency in co-ordination with Shift in-charge/Station incharge/ATC.
1.18.8
To maintain the record of each & every aircraft movement.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 23
1.19
SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERINTENDENT/
SUPERVISOR - FIRE CONTROL ROOM
1.19.1
To assist Shift in-charge/ARFFV in-charge/Building Fire Control

Room/ATC, in all Operational matters related to Rescue & Fire
Fighting Services within Airport & surrounding vicinity of Airport
&Building Fire Prevention & Protection System and level of Fire
Protection.
1.19.2

Management, City Fire Services, Hospitals, Ambulance Services
and operations of ARFF activities.
1.19.3
All duties assigned by shift in-charge of Fire Service/Station incharge/Airport Director.
1.19.4
To check all communication facilities available at Fire Control

Room & ensure the serviceability of each & every equipment.
1.19.5
Before leaving the duty place, communicate to Shift in-charge for

proper reliever.
1.19.6
To assist ATC in runway inspection, clearance of obstruction etc.

in case of shortage of ATC Officials.
1.19.7
To maintain the record of each & every aircraft movement/routine

activities, drills & maintenance of equipments/Log Books as per
Fire Safety Manual.
1.19.8
In case of aircraft emergency/related other emergencies, follow

the proper procedure to deal with emergency in co-ordination with
Shift in-charge/Station in-charge/ATC.
1.19.9
To ensure serviceability of all Fire equipments/appliances for

smooth operation of shift & deploy of fire personnel as per
roster/requirement and maintain discipline and enforcement of
departmental orders
1.19.10
To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements and complete

maneuvering area.
1.20
SUPERINTENDENT/ SUPERVISOR MI ROOM/

FIRST AID ROOM
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 24
1.20.1
To check/clean MI/First Aid Room& Medical kit, Oxygen

Cylinder, Hospital/Fracture Beds, Stretcher etc. Medical
equipmentsas per list and verify its operability and also check
availability of proper quantity of medical accessories/medicine as
per Fire Safety Manual
1.20.2
All duties assigned by Control Room in-charge/Shift in-charge

/Station in-charge.
1.20.3
To report on time with wearing of full operational uniform with

Fire Fighting/Gum- Boot, Safety Helmet as per Fire Service
Uniform Policy.
1.20.4
To maintain the record of each & every /routine

activities/Medical kit/Medical Equipments/Medicines/Hospital
list/Doctors list as per Fire Safety Manual.
1.20.5
To check all communication facilities available at MI/First Aid

Room & ensure the serviceability of communication facilities and
also upgrade the telephone numbers of Hospitals/ Doctors
/Ambulance Services etc.
1.20.6

GFS, Terminal Management, Hospitals, Ambulance Services,
Aircraft Operators and operations of ARFF activities.
1.21
ASSIST.GENERAL MANAGER/ SENIOR MANAGER /

MANAGER
/ASSTT.
MAMANGE
(FS)
FIRE
PREVENTION
1.21.1
Toassist Fire Station in-charge/Shift Station in-charge/

Engineering
Electrical/Electronic
Department/Airport
Director/Terminal Management in related to, Fire prevention &
Fire Protection at Terminal & Related Building and Vital
Installation, FireService Personnel &Equipments and monitor the
performance & ensure the compliance by necessary remedial
measure wherever required.
1.21.2
All duties assigned by shift/station in-charge of Fire Service.
1.21.3
To report on time with wearing of full operational uniform as per

Fire Service Uniform Policy.
1.21.4
To implement the circular/Fire Safety Manual related to Fire

prevention & Protection.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 25
1.21.5
ToConduct First aid Fire Fighting training to AAI Officials & stake
holder.
1.21.6
To conduct/organize Building Evacuation Drill

Schedule/Directed by the Fire Station in-charge.
1.21.7
To co-ordinate State/City Fire Services for

Prevention & Protection Evacuation Drill etc.
1.21.8
To ensure for Hot /Cold Work Permit for any alternation /

renovation/extension/New work in Terminal & Related Building
and Vital Installation building.
1.21.9
To check/ensure proper display of Fire Safety Signage in

Terminal & Related Building and Vital Installation.
1.21.10
To check & ensure proper housekeeping in Terminal & Related

Building and Vital Installation.
1.22
DY.GENERAL
MANAGER/ASSTT.
GENERAL
MANAGER/SENIOR MANAGER/MANAGER (FS)
AVIATION SAFETY CHQ/RHQ
1.22.1
To audit & inspection of ARFF Vehicles/equipments/

communication facilities/Rescue Tools/Personnel Protective
equipments and Fire Prevention & Protection Systems in
Terminal & Related Building and Vital Installation building as
per check list of Fire Safety Manual/ Aviation Safety Manual.
1.22.2
To report & follow up for any shortcomings in the safety

standards at airports as per ICAO/DGCA/ AAI Safety Manual/
Fire Safety Manual/ Aviation Safety Manual and also ensure its
implementations.
1.22.3
To assist Executive Director (Aviation Safety)/In-charge Aviation

Safety in Region for all Matters related to Fire Safety
Assessment.
1.22.4
All duties assigned by Executive Director (Aviation Safety)/Incharge Aviation Safety.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
as
per
Building
Fire
P a g e | 26
CHAPTER-2
LEVEL OF FIRE PROTECTION
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 27
2.1
INTRODUCTION
2.1.1
The principal objective of a Rescue and Fire Service is to save lives in

the event of an aircraft accident or incident occurring at, or in the
immediate vicinity of, an airport. The Rescue and Fire service is
provided to create and maintain survivable conditions, to provide
egress routes for occupants and to initiate the rescue of those
occupants unable to make their escape without direct aid.
2.1.2
The Rescue and Fire Service must exits all times for extinguishing
Fire and Rescue work at the time of aircraft incident / accident or
any emergency.
2.1.3
The Rescue and Fire Fighting may also vigil though discharge of
accumulated electrostatic charges at the time of ground contact or
during fuelling operations.
2.1.4
The provision of emergency exits and their availability to be opened

from the inside and outside the aircraft is of primary importance in
Rescue and evacuation operation at the time of incident / accident.
2.1.5
The most important factors bearing on effective rescue in a survivable

aircraft accident is the training received the effectiveness of the
equipment and the speed with which personnel and equipment
designated for rescue and Fire Fighting purposes can be deployed.
2.1.6
The provision of adequate and special means of dealing promptly

with an aircraft accident or incident occurring at, or immediate
vicinity of, an airport assumes prime importance because it is within
this area that there are the greatest opportunities of saving lives.
2.1.7
The extent of aircraft fires which may effects the rescue is influence
largely by the quantity and deposition of fuel carried by the aircraft
and the location of any fuel release as the result of the accident or
incident.
2.1.8
Theproposal set out here under concerning these services are

intended as a general guide, to be applied to the fullest extent
practical.
2.1.9
Where an aerodrome is located close to water/sea/swamp areas, or

difficult terrain/environment and where a significant portion of
approach or departure operations takes place over these areas,
specialist rescue services and firefighting equipment/appliances
appropriate to the hazard and risk shall be available.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 28
2.2 ADMINISTRATION
2.2.1
The Rescue & Fire Service at an airport should be under the

administrative control of Airports Authority of India.
2.2.2
TheRescue & Fire Service should be responsible for ensuring that the
service provided is organized, equipped, staffed, trained and operated
in such a manner to achieve the principal objectives of saving lives in
the event of aircraft incident/accident and achieve response time.
2.2.3
Coordination between Rescue & Fire Service at an airport and

supporting agencies i.e. local fire department, police force, central
industrial security forces posted at airport, ambulance, district
administration, disaster management authority, hospitals, coast
guard for sea area etc.
2.2.4
A detailed grid map of airport & immediate vicinity should be

provided for the use of airport services concerned related to detailed
information concerning topography, access roads, location of water
supply etc. The grid map should be available/display in the Fire
control room, fire watch tower, air traffic control tower, class-rooms,
MI
Room/fire
station
etc.
including
ARFF
Vehicles/Ambulance/Supporting vehicles to respond an aircraft
accident/incident/emergency/ mock drill. The copy of the grid map
should also be distributed to supporting agencies.
2.3 AIRPORT CATEGORY

2.3.1 The level of protection to be provided at an aerodrome should be based
on the dimensions of the aeroplane normally using the airport as

adjusted for their frequency of operations.
2.3.2 The airport category for Rescue & Fire Services should be based on the
overall length of the longest aeroplane normally using the airport and
their maximum fuselage width.
airport category should be determined from Table-2.1 by

categorization the aeroplanes using the airport, by first evaluating
their overall length and second, their fuselage width. If, after selecting
the category appropriate to an aeroplanes overall length that
aeroplanes fuselage width is greater than the maximum width in
column 3 of Table-2.1 for that category, then the category for that
aeroplane is actually on category higher.
2.3.3 The
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 29
2.3.4 Airport should be categorized for RFF purposes by counting the
aeroplane movements in the busiest consecutive three months of the

yearwhen the number of movements of the aeroplane in the highest
category normally using the airport is 700 or greater in the busiest
consecutive three months, then that category should be the airport
category and when the number of movements of the aeroplanes in the
highest category normally using the airport is less than 700 in the
busiest consecutive three months, then the airport category may be
one less than highest aeroplane category as per Table-2.1. and also
shall not be less than one category below the determined category.
2.3.5 The movement of aeroplane based on the take-off or landing scheduled
non-scheduled and general aviation operations should be counted in

determining the airport category.
2.3.6 Availability of ARFF Services including level of protection and watch
hours will be notified through aeronautical information publication

and any temporary change in the status of service will be notified
through NOTAM.
2.3.7 During the anticipated periods of activity the airport category may be
reduced to the highest category of aeroplane planned to the use the

airport during that time irrespective of number of movements.
2.4 AERODROME CATEGORY FOR RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING

TABLE 2.1
AERODROME
CATEGORY
(1)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
AEROPLANE OVERALL LENGTH

(2)
0 m up to but not including 9 m
MAXIMUM FUSELAGE
WIDTH
(3)
2m
2m
3m
4m
4m
5m
5m
7m
7m
8m
P a g e | 30
2.5 AIRPORT CATEGORY FOR ALL CARGO AEROPLANE

TABLE-2.2
AERODROME
CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RE-CLASSIFICATION OF AERODROME CATEGORY FOR ALL CARGO

AEROPLANES
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
a.
All cargo aeroplanesis an aeroplane operated for the transportation of the

goods without passengers.
b.
The level of protection at aerodromes used for all cargo aeroplane may be
reduced accordance with Table -2.2
c.
The airport category for cargo aircraft is based on the need to protect only the
area around the cockpit in the critical area concept.
2.6 MINIMUM NUMBER OF ARFF (ACFT/RIV) AMBULANCE&

PERSONNAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS
TABLE-2.3
AERODROME
CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TABLE 2.4
RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING

VEHICLES (ACFT/RIV)
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
SN
AIRPORT
CATEGORY
BA
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 &2
3 &4
5 &6
7
8
9
2
3
6
9
12
15
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
SPARE
BA
Cylinder
2
2
3
4
5
6
AMBULANCE
( 4- STRECHER)
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
4
4
AMBULANCE
(6 - STRECHER)
2
2
3
3
AIR
COM
PRO
SUIT
SPARE
PRS
PDS
HYD
UNIT
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
6
9
12
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 +1
1 +1
2 +1
3 +1
4+ 1
5 +1
1
1
2
3
4
5
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
P a g e | 31
10
18
18
6 +1
6 +1
2.7TYPE OF EXTINGUISHING AGENT

a.
Both principal and complementary agents should be provided/available

at an airport.
b.
Principal agents produce a permanent control i.e. for a period of several

minutes or longer.
c.
Complementary agents have rapid fire suppression capacity but offer a

transient control which is usually only available during applications.
(A) PRINCIPAL EXTINGUISHING AGENTS:
(i)
A foam meeting the minimum performance level B as per ICAO

specifications
or
(ii)
A foam meeting the minimum performance level C as per ICAO

specifications
or
(iii)
A Combination of these agents.
(B) COMPLEMENTARY EXTINGUISHING AGENTS:

(i)
Dry chemical powders as per ICAO specifications.
(ii)
Other extinguishing agents with same firefighting capabilities.
2.8 AMOUNT OF EXTINGUISHING AGENTS

2.8.1
The amount of water & water for foam production and the
complementary to be provided on the ARFF Vehicles should be
accordance with the airport category under Table -2.4
2.8.2
The minimum amount of extinguishing agents are based on the

average overall lengths of aeroplanes in a airport fire category as per
Table-2.4
2.8.3
The amount in Table-2.4 have been determined by adding the

quantity of extinguishing agents which are required to obtained a
one minute control time in the practical critical area as per ICAO
and the quantity for extinguishing agents which are required for
continue control of the fire thereafter and/or for possible complete
extinguishment of the fire.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 32
2.8.4
2.8.5
Control time is the time required to reduce the initial intensity of

the fire by 90 percent.
Where operations by aeroplanes larger than the average size in a
given category are planned, the quantity of water shall be recalculated and the amount of water for foam production and the
discharge rate for foam solution shall be accordingly.
2.8.6
The quantity of foam concentrates separately provided on vehicles

for foam production shall be in proportion to the quantity of water
provided and the foam concentrate selected.
2.8.7
The amount of foam concentrate should be sufficient to supply at

least two full loads of such quantity of water where sufficient
additional water supply are immediately available to the ensure
rapid replenishment of the water contained carried.
2.8.8
The amounts of water specify for foam production are predicated on

an application rate of 5.5 liter/min/m2performance level B and 3.75
liter/min/m2 for a foam meeting performance level C.
2.9 MINIMUM USAUBLE AMOUNTS OF EXTINGUISHING AGENTS

TABLE-2.5
AERODROME
CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FOAM
MEETING
PERFORMANCE
LEVEL B
FOAM
MEETING
PERFORMANCE
LEVEL C
COMPLEMENTARY
AGENTS
WATER
(L)
WATER
(L)
DISCHARGE
RATE FOAM
SOLUTION/
MINUTE
(L)
DRY
CHEMICAL
POWDERS
(KG)
DISCHARGE
RATE (KG/
SECOND)
160
460
820
1700
3900
5800
8800
12800
17100
22800
160
360
630
1100
2200
2900
3800
5100
6300
7900
45
90
135
135
180
225
225
450
450
450
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
4.5
4.5
4.5
230
670
1200
2400
5400
7900
12100
18200
24300
32300
DISCHARGE
RATE
FOAM
SOLUTION/
MINUTE
(L)
230
550
900
1800
3000
4000
5300
7200
9000
11200
Table 2.5 is given the guidelines for the calculation of the quantities of
water and discharge based on the largest overall length of aeroplane in a
given category.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 33
2.10
MAXIMUM QUANTITIES OF EXTINGUISHING AGENTS BASED ON

LARGEST DIMENSION OF AN AEROPLANE (PERFORMANCE
LEVEL C APPLICATION RATE 3.75 L/M/M2)
TABLE-2.6
ARFF
Cat
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
L
(m)
9
12
18
24
28
39
49
61
76
90
W
(m)
2
2
3
4
4
5
5
7
7
8
(K1+W)
(m)
12+2
12+2
14+3
17+4
30+4
30+5
30+5
30+7
30+7
30+8
=14
=14
=17
=21
=34
=35
=35
=37
=37
=38
AT=
Lx
(k1+W)
(m2)
126
168
306
504
952
1365
1715
2257
2812
3420
AP =
2/3 x
Ap
(m2)
84
112
204
336
635
910
1143
1505
1875
2280
Foam meeting performance level C

Discharge Q1
Q2
Q
Rate (L)
(Liters) (Liters) (liters)
(Apx 3.75)
(l/m/m2)
315
315
0
315
420
420
113
533
765
765
230
995
1260
1260
731
1991
2381
2381
1786
4167
3413
3413
3413
6826
4286
4286
5529
9815
5644
5644
8579
14223
7031
7031
11953
18984
8554
8550
16245
24795
KEY WORDS:
Largest theoretical length of Aeroplane = L (meters)

Fuselage width =W (meters)
Total width of protection area = (k1 +W) meters
Theoretical Critical Area AT= (meters)2
Practical Critical Area AP =(meters)2
Total Quantity of water required = Q (liters)
The water required to control of the fire in the practical critical area =
Q1(liters)
The water required after control of the fire = Q2 (liters)
Discharge Rate (L) = Liters/min/meeters2
2.11
CRITICAL AREA FOR CALCULATING QUANTITES OF WATER
2.11.1
The critical area is a concept for rescue of the occupants of

aircraft. It differ from other concepts in that, instead of attempting
to control & extinguish the entire fire, it seeks to control only that
area of fire adjacent to the fuselage.
2.11.2
The objective is to safeguard the integrity of the fuselage and

maintain tolerable conditions for its occupants.
There is a need to distinguish between the theoretical critical area
within which it may be necessary to control the fire and the
practical critical area which is representative of actual aircraft
accident condition.
2.11.3
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 34
2.11.4
The theoretical critical serves only as a means for categorizing

aircraft in terms of the magnitude of the potential fire hazard in
which they may become involved. It is not intended to represent to
average, maximum or minimum spill fire size associated the
overall length of the aircraft and as the other dimension a length
which varies with the length and width of the fuselage.
2.11.5
An aircraft with the fuselage length equal to or greater than 24

meter in wind condition of 16 to 19 km/h and at right angles to
the fuselage, the theoretical critical area extend from the fuselage
to a distance of 24 meter upwind and 6 meter downwind and
forsmaller aircraft a distance of 6 meter on either side is adequate.
2.11.6
The primary importance for amount of water required for Q2on the
basis of maximum gross mass of the aircraft, maximum passenger
capacity of the aircraft, maximum fuel load of the aircraft and
previous experience.
2.12 THE VOLUME OF WATER FOR Q2

TABLE-2.7
AIRPORT
CATEGORY
THE WATER REQUIRED AFTER CONTROL OF THE FIRE (Q2) =

PERCENTAGE OF WATER REQUIRED TO CONTROL OF THE FIRE
IN THE PRACTICAL CRITICAL AREA = Q1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
27
30
58
75
100
129
152
170
190
2.13 STORAGE OF EXTINGUSHING MEDIA

2.13.1
The quantity of principal and complementary extinguishing

media to be provided in the ARFF Vehicles should be in
accordance with airport categories Table- 2.1
2.13.2
A reserve stock of foam compound should be 200 percent in the

store of operational vehicle as per determined airport categories
Table-2.1 and additional amount of 30 percent for fire practices.
2.13.3
The shelf life of foam concentrate is maximize by proper storage,

conditions, maintenance factors, temperature changes, extreme
high
or
low
temperature,
evaporation,
dilution
and
contamination by foreign materials. Generally, the life span of
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 35
foam concentrate shall be five years. However, in case foam

concentrate exceed five years period, the same shall be tested
prior to use.
2.13.4
A reserve stock of complementary agents (Dry Chemical Powder)

should be 100 percent in the store of operational vehicle as per
determined airport categories Table-2.1 and additional amount
of 20 percent for fire practices and life span of Dry Chemical
Powder shall be five years.
2.13.5
Generally, the life span of Dry Chemical Powder shall be five

years when stored under proper storage conditions. However, in
case Dry Chemical Powder exceed five years period, the same
shall be lab tested prior to use.
2.13.6
Where a major delay in the replenishment of the supplies is

anticipated, the amount of reserve storage should be increased
subject to following circumstances:
Location of ARFF service (may be remote)
Availability of supplies.
Delivery times.
Customs considerations.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
2.13.7
The principal and complementary agents should be available full

quantity of amount at all times in the operational ARFF vehicle.
2.14 RESPONS TIME

2.14.1
To achieve response time of two minutes and not exceeding

three minutes to the end of each runway, as well as to any other
part of the movement area, in optimum conditions of visibility
and surface conditions.
2.14.2
Response time is considered to be the time between the initial

call to the ARFF service and the time when the first responding
vehicle is) in position to apply foam at a rate of at least 50
percent of the discharge rate specified in Table-2.4.
2.14.3
Determination of realistic response time should be made by

ARFF vehicles operating from their normal location and not from
position adopted solely for test purpose.
2.14.4
Consideration of response times should also be given to landing

& take-off areas for the exclusive use of airport.
2.14.5
Any other vehicle required to deliver the amounts of

extinguishing agents specified in Table-2.4 should arrive in
three minutes and no more than four minutes from the initial
call so as to provide continuous agents application.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 36
2.14.6
To meet the operational objective as nearly as possible in times

of traffic/apron congestion or in less than optimum conditions of
visibility, it may be necessary to provide guidance, equipment,
access routes and /or procedures for ARFF vehicles. These may
include navigation equipment installed in the vehicle such as
2.14.7
Driver enhanced vision system (DEVS) with on-board navigation

equipment utilizing global navigation satellite system to provide
the driver with the vehicles location thus serving as an aid in
navigating to the accident site.
2.14.8
Tracking using digital radio data link to assist the vehicle driver
in locating and navigating to the accident site, thereby reducing
driver communication workload and improving situational
awareness.
2.14.9
Low visibility enhanced vision using forward looking infrared

(FLIR) device (or other comparable state of art low visibility
enhanced vision technology) by a sensing thermal radiation
instead of visible light to improve visual awareness in smoky,
foggy or dark environment.
2.14.10
In addition, other suitable provisions such as bypass access

roads as well as the provision of ground movement guidance
instructions by radiotelephone from air traffic control based on
surveillance radar, accident site location by air traffic control
and a collision avoidance facility either from equipment installed
in the ARFF vehicle or provided by surveillance radar from air
traffic control.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 37
CHAPTER-3
ARFF ROUTINE ACTIVITIES,

RETURNS & REPORTS
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 38
3.1
DRILLS & EXERCISES
3.1.1
Inorder to achieve the pre-requisites for ARFF services, it is

necessary to maintain a routine schedule of activities i.e.
Daily/Weekly/Monthly/ Quarterly/Half/Yearly drill exercise and
performance test etc.
3.1.2
Tokeep Fire Station clean and

professional appearance at all time.
3.1.3
Fire personnels should be in uniform as per Uniform Policy.
3.1.4
To check functionality of appliances / ARFF Vehicles / Ambulance.
3.1.5
To check serviceability of all communication system / PA system /

Crash bell.
3.2
presentable
and
maintain
DAILY DRILLS & EXERCISES
3.2.1
Checks& Inspections of appliances, tools and equipment etc.
3.2.2
Squad Drill for team work.
3.2.3
Drills ARFF Vehicle/Ambulance/Stretcher/RescueTools/BA set
3.2.4
Ladder/Proximity Suit for practice and coordination.
3.2.5
Cleaning of ARFF Vehicle and Ambulance.
3.2.6
Cleaningof the Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE).
3.2.7
Lecture / Classes.
3.2.8
Knotspractice for rescue operation.
3.2.9
Gym for physical fitness.
3.2.10
Games/ Sports for mental &physical fitness.
3.3
TANTATIVE ACTIVITY CHART OF FIRE STATION
3.3.1
The activity chart of Fire Station should be prepared as per the

schedule mentioned in tentative chart for Morning & Afternoon
shifts.
The chart should be displayed Fire Station Control Room & Notice
Board of the Fire Station.
3.3.2
3.3.3
Inspectionof tools and equipment shall be carried out by Fire

Station-in-charge, once in a week after maintenance.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 39
3.3.4
Schedule of activities may be adopted so that attendance to

aircraft movement is not hampered and other periodic activities
are also accommodated.
3.3.5
Efforts should be made to cover maximum practical oriented

during lectures, group discussion. However, theoretical topics
from latest journal, training material etc should invariably be
included for lectures.
3.3.6
Roll call and inspection of tools &equipments, reporting should be

carried out in each shift on time.
DAILY DRILL CHART

TABLE -3.1
DAY
MON
45 Minutes
30
Minutes
45 Minutes
45
Minutes
45
Minutes
45
Minutes
45
Minutes
30
Minutes
Roll Call,
Crew
distribution,
checking of
tools
equipments.
and reporting
- do -
Squad
drill
Appliance drill
Maintenance
Rescue
drill
Lecture
Knots &
lines
Gym
- do -
- do -
- do -
Amb.
drill
- do -
Lecture
Gym
- do -
- do -
- do -
First Aid
- do -
Lecture
Gym
- do -
- do -
- do -
BA Set
drill
- do -
- do -
Gym
- do -
-do -
- do ( WET )
Dry Drills with
complementary
agent
RFFV Drill
- do -
- do -
- do -
Gym
- do -
- do -
Rescue
drill with
ladder
Rescue
Operation
- do -
- do -
TUE
WED
THU
FRI
Combination
- do drill
SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN-CHARGE WITH DATE
SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN-CHARGE WITH DATE
SAT
Gym
3.4
WEEKLY INSPECTION & EXERCISES
3.4.1
Inspection of First-Aid items.
3.4.2
Housekeeping of Fire Station.
3.4.3
Inspection of Fire Extinguishers.
3.4.4
Turnout and Target Hit Practice.
3.4.5
Wearing of Breathing Apparatus and Fire Proximity Suit Practice.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 40
3.4.6
Delivery Hose laying practice with different Branch and dragging

the hose with pressure.
3.4.7
Suction Hose Fittings practice.
3.4.8
Rescue Drill Exercise.
3.5
MONTHLY EXERCISES/ DRILL
3.5.1
Hot Fire Practice should be conducted under different simulated

conditions and also in night and rain.
3.5.2
HotFire Drill should be practiced in Fire Pit or available Aircraft

Simulator with Foam / complementary agent. The minimum
quantity of Fuel shall be used for each fire drill is 100 liters of
Diesel and 5 Liters of Petrol.
3.5.3
After Hot Fire Drill foam and dry chemical powder should be
flushed system properly and replenishment the same.
3.5.4
Rescueoperation and Triage area should be practiced.
3.5.5
Operational tactics and maneuvering of ARFF Vehicles and

Ambulance.
3.5.6
Status of crash gates to be checked / inspected and entry Must be

made in respective register andMaintenance of crash gates shall
be done by Engineering Civil Wing.
3.6
QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE TESTS
3.6.1
Ropes& lines test
3.6.2
Hose test
3.6.3
Pump test & Priming test (Throw & discharge test) of ARFF
Vehicle.
3.6.4
Fire Prevention Inspection
3.6.5
Water supply Inspection
3.6.6
Airport Familiarisation / Topographyas per grid reference.
3.6.7
Speed,Acceleration and Break Test

E&M staff in coordination with ATC.
3.6.8
Stretcher testing
3.7
to be cariedout along with
HALF YEARLY EXERCISES/ DRILL
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 41
3.7.1 Table top exercise to be conducted once in six months, except during
that six month period when a full scale exercise is held.
3.8
YEARLY EXERCISES
3.8.1 Partial emergency exercise to be conducted in the intervening years to

reaffirm rectification of any outsatnding issues found during the
previous exercise.
3.9
TWO YEARS EXERCISE / DRILL
3.9.1 Building evacuation drill involving all internal & external agencies to
be conducted at interval not exceeding two years and if any
deficiencies found during the building evacuation drill should be
corrected.
3.9.2 Full scale emergency exercise involving all internal & external agencies
as per local emergency procedures to be conducted at interval not
exceeding two years and if any deficiencies found during the full scale
emergency exercise should be corrected.
3.9.3 All full scale exercise should be conducted either at onsite as well as
offsite boundary of the airports. Representative from CHQ / RHQ will
attend the emergency drill for evaluating the effectiveness and
efficiency.
3.10 RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED AT FIRE STATION
3.10.1 LOG BOOKS
3.10.1.1 Vehiclesand equipment shall be maintained by Control Room incharge and shall be signed by shift In-charge countersigned by Fire
Station In-charge every day.
3.10.1.2 AirportDirector shall also check and sign these log books once in a
month.
3.10.1.3 Regional In-charge of Fire Service / General Manager (Fire Service)
shall also check at the time of inspection.
3.10.2
HISTORY BOOKS
3.10.2.1 History Books shall be maintained by Fire Station Incharge in

coordination with E&M Section for all equipment.
3.10.3
DEFECT REGISTER
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 42
3.10.3.1 DefectRegister shall be maintained at Fire Station and shall be
recorded every day by the concerned Turn out Incharge, control

room in-charge and Shift Incharge. This register shall be also
signed by E & M maintenance staff after noting down the defects for
remedial action.
3.10.4
DAILY DUTY CHARTS
3.10.4.1 Daily Duty Charts shall be prepared by shift In-charge for

distribution of crew on different vehicles. The chart shall have
approval of Fire Station In-charge. These duty charts shall be
preserved for a period of 3 months. No change in duty chart shall
be allowed without approval of Fire Station in-charge.
3.10.5
OCCURRENCE
BOOK
3.10.5.1 Occurrence Book shall be maintained at fire station for all kinds of
any Emergencies, Incidents and Accidents by Control Room incharge and verified by the Shift Incharge.Fire Station In-charge
shall also check and countersigned.
3.10.6 EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTER LOGBOOK & STOCK REGISTER

3.10.6.1 Emergency Medical Center Logbook shall be maintained by duty
assigned personnel and signed by shift In-charge.
3.10.6.2 Stock of First Aid items and medicines shall be maintained.
Inspection of medicines and record shall maintain by duty assigned
personnel and to be counter signed by Shift Incharge / Fire Station
Incharge.
3.10.6.3 Regional In-charge of Fire Service / General Manager (Fire Service)
shall also check at the time of inspection.
3.10.7 DRILL REGISTER
3.10.7.1 All drills shall be recorded and signed by drill commander and shift
In-charge and shall be checked by Fire Station In-charge every day.
3.10.8 STOCK REGISTERS
3.10.8.1 Stock position of all equipment, extinguishing media, Hose, Branch,
Breathing Apparatus set, Fire Proximity suit, Fire extinguishers,
and Rescue Equipments etc. shall be maintained and updated at
every Issue/Receipt, by shift-in-charge duty vetted by Fire Station
In-charge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 43
3.10.8.2 Consistentwith requirement & cost involve, a simple procedure with

minimum record keeping is suggested ;
(i)
Receipt and inspection of stores.
(ii)
Layout and preservation of stores.
(iii)
Issue of stores
(iv)
Review of consumption pattern.
(v)
Stock verification.
(vi)
Disposal of surplus, scrape and obsolete items.
3.10.8.3 Inward Register to keep the record of all incoming receipts which
shall contain the information;
(i)
Date of receipt of documents in store.
(ii)
Purchase order No. & date.
(iii)
Description of materials.
(iv)
Name of Suppliers.
(v)
Quantity mentioned in purchase order.
(vi)
Quantity actually received and condition.
(vii) Any discrepancy.
3.10.9 STATION INSPECTION/ ORDERS REGISTER
3.10.9.1 The register containing Fire Service Orders/ Instruction issued
locally or from RHQ/ CHQ shall be maintained by shift in charge as
per Table- 3.2 Copies of instruction may be pasted at serially
numbered pages leaving sufficient space for compliance entries at
the end.
3.10.9.2 STATION ORDER
TABLE-3.2
SR.
DATE OF RECEIPT
NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Compliance report:
LETTER/ORDER
NO.
SUBJECT DETAILS SIGN OF SHIFT IN

CHARGE
Instructions were read out/explained on ____in 1st, 2nd & 3rd shift. Action initiated on____& completed on
SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE
.
3.10.10
3.10.10.1
SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION

CHARGE
IN-
OFFICER INCHARGE FIRE STATION LOG BOOK:

Whilecarrying out daily routine programmers at Fire Station, it
would be imperative to monitor the performance of each
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 44
equipment and staff for evaluation and improvement by Shift Incharge andFire Station In-charge shall therefore witness /
monitor all the activities of Station. He shall maintain a Log
Book to record specific observations every day and shall also
take remedial measure as deemed fit.
3.10.10.2
Airport Director/ Regional Executive Director/Regional Fire incharges/ General Manager (Fire) ensures to visit Fire Station
and witness the activities. He may record his observations in
the Fire Station Log Book.
3.10.11
TRAINING REGISTERS OF FIRE SERVICE PERSONNEL:
3.10.11.1
3.11
Training records of Fire Service personnel shall be maintained

in training register by in Fire Station in Charge.
RETURNS AND REPORTS
3.11.1 The Following Returns / Reports should be uploaded on AIMS

(Airport Information Management System) of intranet facilities.
TABLE -3.3
STATION
SR.
NO.
1
2
3
DATE
MONTHLY HOT FIRE DRILL
PARTICULARS
OBSERVATIONS/ REMARKS
DATE OF PRACTICE
FIRE CALL RECEIVED FROM
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION ( INTERCOM /
TELEPHONE/WALKIE TALKIE/ VHF/RT/ OTHERS )
4
SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLE TURN OUT TIME
1ST ARFFV / RIV TURN OUT
2ND ARFFV TURN OUT
3RD ARFFV TURN OUT
4TH ARFFV TURN OUT
5
AMBULANCE TURN OUT TIME
1st AMBULANCE
2ND AMBULANCE
3RD AMBULANCE
4TH AMBULANCE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 45
6
REACHED TIME TO THE SCENE OF FIRE
1ST ARFFV / RIV AT
2ND ARFFV
3RD ARFFV
4TH ARFFV
1st AMBULANCE
2ND AMBULANCE
3RD AMBULANCE
4TH AMBULANCE
7
DISTANCE COVERED
PAVED (KM)
UNPAVED (KM)
TERRAIN CONDITION
8
9
10
11
12
13
FIRST JET TIME OF EXTINGUISHING MEDIA

PROJECTED ON FIRE
RESPONSE TIME
FIRE CONTROLLED TIME
FIRE COMPLETELY EXTINGUISHING TIME
TIME TAKEN TO PUT OUT THE FIRE (10 8)
14
PRE-BURN TIME
(TIME BETWEEN STARTING FIRE & FIRST JET)
WEATHER CONDITION
15
SURFACE AREA OF FIRE
16
MATERIAL USED TO CREATE FIRE
DIESEL (LTRS)
PETROL (LTRS)
17
EXTINGUISHING MEDIA USED TO PUT OUT THE FIRE
WATER (LTRS)
FOAM COMPOUND (LTRS)
COMPLEMENTARY AGENT (KGS / LTRS)
18
RESCUE CONDUCTED
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 46
19
EXERCISE CONDUCTED IN THE PRESENCE OF
20
EFFICIENCY OF PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT
21
REMARKS OF SENIOR OFFICER PRESENT ON

THE SCENE
TIME SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLE RETURNED TO
FIRE STATION
22
23
24
REPLENISHMENT TIME OF SAFETY SERVICE

VEHICLE
RESCUE & FIREFIGHTING VEHICLE WITH REGN.
NO. THAT WERE NOT RETURNED OUT OF FIRE
PRACTICE WITH REASON
25
BRIEF SUMMARY ( TO BE FILLED IN-CHARGE,

FIRE STATION)
26
DETAILS OF FOAM COMPOUND AVAILABLE

AFTER HOT FIRE DRILL
27
DETAILS OF COMPLEMENTARY AGENT (DCP /

CO2) AVAILABLE AFTER HOT FIRE DRILL

SIGNATURE OF STATION IN- CHARGE
TABLE 3.4
STATION
DATE
MONTHLY SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLES
SR.
NO
VEHICLE
SERVICEABILITY
STATUS
S
U/S
DEFECT DETAILS
Remarks by
Tech Dept.
ACFT/RIV/
Water Tender
1.1
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
1.2
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
1.3
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
1.4
Make:
Model:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 47
Reg. No.
1.5
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
1.6
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
1.7
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
1.8
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
1.9
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
2
3
4
RESCUE STAITRS
MOBILE
COMMAND POST
AMBULANCE
4.1
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
4.2
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
4.3
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
4.4
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.
4.5
Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

TABLE-3.5
STATION
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
DATE
P a g e | 48
MONTHLY SERVICEABILITY RESCUE TOOLS & EQUIPMENT

SR.
NO
PARTICULARS
COMPRESSOR
1.1
Make:
Model:
1.2
Make:
Model:
Make:
Model:
2.2
Make:
Model:
2.3
Make:
Model:
Make:
Model:
3.2
Make:
Model:
4.1
4.2
5.1
5.2
SERVICEABILITY
STATUS
S
U/S
DEFECT
DETAILS
REMARKS
BY TECH
DEPT.
B.A. SPARE
CYLINDER
3.1
DATE OF
INDUCTION
B.A. SET
2.1
QTY
FIRE
PROXIMITY
SUIT
Make:
Model:
Make:
Model:
LIFTING &
PULLING
MACHINE
Make:
Model:
Make:
Model:
POWER
DRIVEN SAW
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 49
6.1
Make:
Model:
6.2
Make:
Model:
6.3
Make:
Model:
7.1
7.2
8.2
8.3
HYDRAULIC
UNIT
(
INCLUDING
SPREADER /
CUTTER )
Make:
Model:
Make:
Model:
INFLATABLE
LIGHTING
TOWER
Make:
Model:
Make:
Model:
11
LIFTING BAG
Make:
Model:
JUMPING
CUSHION
Make:
Model:
Other
12
Other
13
Other
10
TABLE 3.6
STATION
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
DATE
P a g e | 50
COMMUNICATION FACILITIES AT FIRE STATION
SR
NO
PARTICULARS
STATUS
SERVICEABLE
UNSERVICEABLE
DEFECT
DETAILS
ACTION TAKEN /
REMARKS
DIRECT
TELEPHONE WITH
CITY CODE AND
TELEPHONE NO.
0____________
HOT LINE
FIRE STATION TO
ATC TOWER
FIRE STATIN TO
CITY FIRE
CONTROL ROOM
EPABX AS PER AAI TELEPHONE POLICY

CONTROL ROOM
EPABX NOS.
WATCH TOWER
EPABX NOS.
SHIFT INCHARGE
EPABX NOS.
FIRE STATION
INCHARGE
EPABX NOS.
EMC ROOM
EPABX NOS.
TERMINAL
BUILDING FIRE
CONTROL ROOM
EPABX NOS.
CARGO BUILDING
FIRE CONTROL
ROOM
EPABX NOS.
VHF(AM SET)
WALKIE TALKIE
(WT) - (NOS.)
BATTERY CHARGER
FOR WT SET (NOS.)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 51
FIRE BELL
SIREN
PA SYSTEM
10
INTRANET /
INTERNET
TABLE 3.7
STATION
DATE
MONTHLY INCIDENT & ACCIDENT RETURN
SRN
O
DAT
E
TIME
FRO
M
T
O
NAME OF
THE
EMERGENC
Y / STANDBY /
INCIDENT
CALL
GIVE
N
BY
TYPE OF
AIRCRAFT
OR BUILDING
OR
INSTALLATIO
N INVOLVED
PASSENGE
RS
ON BOARD
CAUSALIT
Y IF ANY
ACTIO
N
TAKEN

TABLE 3.8
STATION
DATE
AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT
SN
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
PARTICULARS DETAILS
AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT DETAILS
DATE AND TIME OF AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT
MESSAGE RECEIVED FROM
ESTIMATED TIME OF LANDING/TAKE OFF (ETA/ETD)
RUNWAY IN USE
CRASH SITE LOCATION (ON/OFF AIRFIELD)
LOCATION OF ACCIDENT SITE WITH GRID REFERENC
DISTANCE OF CRASH SITE FROM RESPONSE PLACE (FIRE
STATION/STANDBY POSITION) IN (KM)
TYPE OF AIRCRAFT
AIRCRAFT OPERATOR/OWNER
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
OBSERVATION
P a g e | 52
1.1
0
1.1
1
1.1
2
1.1
3
1.1
4
1.1
5
1.1
6
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.
6.
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
7.
S.N
o
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.1
0
7.1
1
PURPOSE FOR WHICH AIRCRAFT IN USE

PASSENGER ON BOARD (POB)
CREW ON BOARD
FUEL ON BOARD (FOB) / ENDURANCE BEFORE ACCIDENT
TYPE, AMOUNT & LOCATION OF CARGO
NUMBER
OF
HANDICAPPED/DISABLED/SICK/INJURED
PASSENGER ON BOARD
NUMBER OF INFANTS/FEMALE PASSENGERS ON BOARD
STATE OF PREPAREDNESS OF ARFF SERVICES
NORMAL POSTION IN FIRE STATION
LOCAL STANDBY
WEATHER/VISIBILITY STANDBY
FULL EMERGENCY
NATURE OF TROUBLE REPORTED BY PILOT BEFORE
ACCIDENT
TYPE OF ACCIDENT
CRASH WHILE TAKE OFF
CRASH WHILE LANDING
CRASH ON RUNWAY
AIR COLLISION WITH AIRCRAFT / AIR COLLISION WITH
HILL
COLLISION ON GROUND WITH
AIRCRAFT FIRE ON GROUND WITHOUT CRASH
AIRCRAFT FIRE WHILE REFUELING
CRASH ON LAND
CRASH ON WATER/SEA
DANGEROUS GOODS ACCIDENT/INCIDENT
ALARM & MOBILIZATION
TYPE OF EMERGENCY DECLARED BY ATC IF ANY
TIME OF EMERGENCY NOTIFIED BY FIRE CONTROL ROOM
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION USED BY AIR TRAFFIC
CONTROL (ATC)
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION USED BY FIRE CONTROL
ROOM (FCR)
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION USED BY FIRE WATCH
TOWER (FWT)
TIME OF MESSAGE GIVEN TO CITY FIRE BRIGADE
THROUGH ATC / FIRE CONTROL ROOM/FIRE WATCH
TOWETR
TIME OF MESSAGE GIVEN TO AMBULANCE SERVICES
TIME OF MESSAGE GIVEN TO MEDICAL SERVICES
RESPONSE BY AIRPORT RESCUE & FIRE SERVICES ACCIDENT SITE
ARFF VEHICLES
TIME OF
TIME OF
NAME OF
TURN OUT
REACHING
VEHICLE INCHARGE
RIV
ACFT I
ACFT-2
ACFT-3
ACFT-4
AMBULANCE -1
AMBULANCE-2
AMBULANCE-3
AMBULANCE-4
WATER TENDER
NO.OF
CREW
AIRCRAFT RESCUE STAIRS
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 53
7.1
2
7.1
3
8.
S.N
o
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
9.
S.N
o
9.1
9.2
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15
S.N
o
16.
17.
18.
18.
1
18.
2
18.
3
18.
4
19.
S.N
o
19.
1
19.
2
19.
3
19.
4
20.
S.N
o
MOBILE COMMAND POST

OTHER VEHICLE
RESPONSE BY STATE / CITY /DEFENCE/OTHER FIRE SERVICE
FIRE TENDER VEHICLES
TYPE OF
TIME
TIME OF
NAME OF
NO.OF
VEHICLES
OF
REACHING
VEHICLE
CREW
TURN
INOUT
CHARGE
FIRE TENDER-1
FIRE TENDER-2
FIRE TENDER-3
FIRE TENDER-1
ANY OTHER SPECIAL SERVICE
VEHICLE
RESPONSE BY AMBULANCE SERVICESERVICE
AMBULANCE
TYPE OF
TIME OF TURN OUT
TIME OF REACHING
VEHICLE
S
AMBULANCE-1
AMBULANCE-2
WEATHER & TERRAIN CONDITION FOR FIRE FIGHTING AND RESCUE
OPERATION AND EMERGENCY SERVICES VEHICLE
DISTANCE OF AIRCRAFT FROM APPLIANCES (METERS)
APPROXIMATELY AREA EFFECTED (SQUARE METERS)
TIME OF FIRST JET EXTINGUISHING MEDIA PROJECTED ON AIRCRAFT
RESPONSE TIME
FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS
TYPE OF VEHICLES
USED
TYPE OF
EXTINGUISHIN
MEDIA USED
APPROX.
QUANTITY
USED
METHOD OF
APPLICATIO
N
DIRECTION
OF
APPLICATI
ON
CONTROL TIME
TIME OF COMPLETE EXTINGUISHMENT
RESCUE & FIRST AID
TIME OF RESCUE STARTED
MEANS OF ESCPE USED FOR RESCUE (MAIN DOOR/EMERGENCY EXIT/CUT
THROUGH AREA)
TYPE OF RESCUE TOOLS USED
TIME OF RESCUE OPERATION FINISHED
DETAILS OF CASUALTIES RESCUED FROM THE AIRCRAFT
PRIORITY
NUMBER
IMMEDIATE CARE (RED COLOUR TAG) PRIORITY -I

DELAYED CARE (YELLOW COLOUR TAG) PRIORITY - II
MINOR CARE (GREEN COLOUR TAG) PRIORITY - III
DECEASED / DEATH (BLACK COLOUR TAG) PRIORITY - 0
TOTAL NUMBER OF CASUALTIES
CASUALTY TRANSPORTATION
NAME OF AMBULANCE
NUMBER OF
NAME OF
SERVICES
CASUALTY
HOSPITALS
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
REMARKS
P a g e | 54
TRANSPORTED
20.
1
20.
2
20.
3
20.
4
20.
5
20.
6
21.
S.N
o
21.
1
21.
2
21.
3
21.
4
21.
5
22.
S.N
o
HELICOPTERS (DEFENCE/COAST GUARD/PRIVATE ORGANIZATIONS (ETC.)

ORGANIZATION
TYPE/CALL
TIME OF
USED FOR
NUMBER OF
SEARCH/
/STATION
SIGN
ARRIVAL
CASUALTIES
RESCUE
RESCUED
COMPLETE
D TIME
ORGANIZATION/STAT
ION
TYPE/CALL
SIGN
22.
1
22.
2
22.
3
22.
4
23.
S.N
o
WATER RESCUE
TIME OF
ARRIVAL
NUMBER OF
CASUALTIES
RESCUED
NUMBER OF
CASUALTIES &
DESPATCH TO
HOSPITAL
OTHER DETAILS
SALVAGE OPERATION
NAME OF ITEM
APPROX. COST
SALVAGE
OPERATION
STARTED
SALVAGE
OPERATION
COMPLETED

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN-CHARGE
NOTE:
Additional sheet may be used wherever required.
TABLE-3.9
STATION
DATE
FIRE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
S.No.
1.
DESCRIPTION
DATE & TIME OF INCIDENT
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
OBSERVATION
P a g e | 55
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
24.1
24.2
24.3
25.
S.No.
25.1
25.2
25.3
26
26.1
26.2
26.3
27.
MESSAGE RECEIVED FROM

LOCATION OF INCIDENT
REACHED AT SCENE OF FIRE
FIRE OBSERVED AT
SIZE OF FIRE
HEIGHT OF FLAMES
COLOUR OF FLAME/SMOKE
DISTANCE OF INCIDENT SITE
TYPE OF EXTINGUISHER /MEDIA USED
TIME WHEN MEDIA USED FIRST
TIME TAKEN TO BE EXTINGUISH FIRE
TIME OF EVACUATION
TIME OF EFFECTING RESCUE
TIME OF SALVAGE
MATERIAL INVOLVED IN FIRE
APPROXIMATELY AREA INVOLVED IN FIRE
POSITION OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM &
POWER RATING
STATUS OF DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
STATUS OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
ITEMS REMOVED FOR FIRE FIGHTING/RESCUE
OPERATION/ SALVAGE
NAME OF ORGANIZATION/DEPARTMENT
NAME AND DESIGNATION OF USER WHERE FIRE
INCIDENT
NUMBER OF CASUALTIES
MINOR INJURIES
MAJOR INJURIES
DEAD
CASUALTIES DESPATCHED TO HOSPITAL
NAME
NUMBER OF PERSONS
NAME OF HOSPITALS
REGISTRATION NUMBER OF AMBULANCE
NAME OF PERSONS ACCOMPANYING WITH THE

CASUALTIES
28
TIME WHEN PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN
29
TIME FOR SEALING THE AREA FOR FINAL
INVESTIGATION
30
TIME WHEN AREA WAS OPEN FOR REPAIR
SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN- CHARGE
SIGNATURE OF INVESTIGATING OFFICER
SIGNATURE OF AIRPORT DIRECTOR
TABLE 3.10
STATION
LOCATION OF ACCIDENT INDICATE THE LOCATION OF ACCIDENT WITH RESPECT TO FIRE STATION
AND THE ROUTE FOLLLOWED
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
1
2
3
4
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 56
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN- CHARGE
SIGNATURE OF ATC IN-CHARGE
SIGNATURE OF AIRPORT DIRECTOR
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 57
TABLE 3.11
STATION
DATE
AIRCRAFT
AIRPORT
ANY OTHER
EMERGENC
BUILDING FIRE &

EMERGENCY
FUEL SPILLAGE
FULL EMERGENCY
WEATHER /
VISIBILITY STAND
BY
LOCAL STAND BY
STATION
S.No
MONTHLY REPORT OF CALL OUT / STAND BY DETAILS OF FIRE SERVICES
SIGNATURE OF FIRE SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN-CHARGE
TABLE 3.12 (AS PER CHECK LIST, CHAPTER-7)

FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION INSPECTION RETURN Fire prevention and protection Inspection at Terminal Building, Technical
Building, CNS Installation BuildiSngs, Cargo Complex and Aircraft Hangers
should be carried out in accordance with Fire Prevention & protection
Chapter -7 check list for Fire Detection, Alarm System, Fire Hydrants
(wet/dry), Automatic Sprinkler System, Fire Pumps, Fire Extinguishers,
Engine Driven Generator.
TABLE 3.13
ANNUAL REPORT ON MIS DATA OF MANPOWER AS ON JANUARY EACH
YEAR
SN
NAME
DOB
DESIGNATION
QUALFICATION
ACADEMIC
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
TECHNICAL/TRAINING
TRANSFER
PROFILE
P a g e | 58
CHAPTER 4
FIRE TRAINING ESTABLISHMENT
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 59
4.1 OBJECTIVES OF FIRE TRAINING ESTABLISHMENTS

4.1.1 To establish themselves as international centers of excellence for fire
safety education and training.
4.1.2 Provide a progressive system of appropriate academic and vocational
qualification to aviation fire service personnel.
4.1.3 Create a skilled, competent and updated fire service for the
organization to meet the operational requirement.
4.2 COURSES
4.2.1 REGULAR COURSE
4.2.1.1
Basic Fire Fighting Training Course (Four Months).
4.2.1.2
Basic Fire Fighting Training Course (Six Months)
4.2.1.3
Firemanship Course.
4.2.1.4
Junior Fire Officer Course.
4.2.1.5
Fire Officer Course.
4.2.1.6
Refresher Course I
4.2.1.7
Refresher Course II
4.2.1.8
Refresher Course III
4.2.1.9
Junior Executive Course
4.2.1.10
Senior Fire Officer Course
4.2.2 SPECIAL COURSE

4.2.2.1
RT Handling Course.
4.2.2.2
First-Aid Fire Fighting Course.
4.2.2.3
Breathing Apparatus Training Course.
4.2.2.4
Airport Fire Safety Management Course.
4.2.2.5
Disaster Management Course.
4.2.2.6
Emergency Operation Center Management Course.
4.2.2.7
Incident Command Management Course.
4.2.2.8
Aircraft Simulator Training Course.
4.2.2.9
Ship Simulator Training Course.
ELIGIBILITY, NOMINATION AND DURATION OF COURSE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 60
TABLE-4.1
S.
NO.
1.
COURSE
Basic Fire Fighting
Training Course
2.
Basic Fire Fighting

Training Course
2.
Firemanship Course
3.
Jr. Fire Officer Course
ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
Newly Recruited candidates
by
AAI
or
Other
organization/Private
Candidates for the post of
Junior Assistant/Fireman/ Jr.
Technician
Newly Recruited candidates
by Other Organization for the
Fireman/
Jr.
post
of
Technician/
Private
Candidates
Passed Basic Fire Fighting

Course
DURATION
NOMINATION
Four Months
CHQ
Six Months (Four

Months Training at
training Center & Two
Month attachment with
the City Fire Service
and Airport Fire
Service.
CHQ
Five Weeks
Passed Firemanship Course

Five Weeks
RHQ/APDCHENNAI &
KOLKATA
RHQ/APDCHENNAI &
KOLKATA
CHQ
4.
Fire Officer Course
Passed Jr. Fire Officer / Junior

Executives Course
Six Weeks
5.
Refresher Course-I
Passed Basic Training Course
Four Weeks
6.
Refresher
Course -II
Passed Firemanship Course
Four Weeks
7.
Refresher
Course - III
Passed Junior Fire Officer

Course
Four Weeks
8.
Junior Executive
Course
Newly
Recruited
Executives
9.
Senior Fire Officer

Course
RT Handling Course
Passed Officers Course
11.
First-aid Fire Fighting

Course
One or Three Days
12.
Airport Fire Safety

Management
Pilot, Cabin Crew, Flight

Attendant,
Airline/Cargo/Hotel/
Commercial Staff
Senior Fire Service Executive
Fifteen Days
CHQ
13.
Breathing Apparatus
Training Course
Fire Personnel
Five Days
14.
Disaster Management
Course
Emergency Operation
Center Management
Course
Incident Command
Fire Personnel
Five days
RHQ/APDCHENNAI &
KOLKATA
CHQ
Fire Personnel
Five days
CHQ
Fire Personnel
Five days
CHQ
10.
15.
16.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Fire
Fire Service Executive/ Staff
Twelve
Weeks
RHQ/APDCHENNAI &
KOLKATA
RHQ/APDCHENNAI &
KOLKATA
RHQ/APDCHENNAI &
KOLKATA
CHQ
Fourteen Weeks
CHQ
Five Days
EXECUTIVECHQ AND
NONEXECUTIVESRHQ
PRINCIPALFTC & FSTC
P a g e | 61
17.
18.
Management Course
Aircraft Simulator
Training Course
Ship Simulator
Training Course
Fire Personnel
Five days
Fire / Ship Personnel
Five days
CHQ/
RHQ/APDCHENNAI &
KOLKATA
PRINCIPALFTC & FSTC
TRAINING MODULE STRUCTURE

TABLE-4.2
S.
NO.
COURSE
PHYSICAL
TRAINING
DRILLS
&
PRACTICALS
THEORY
PROJECT
WORK
1.
Basic Fire Fighting

Training Course
35 %
35 %
30 %
NIL
2.
Basic Fire Fighting

Training Course
35 %
35 %
30 %
NIL
2.
Firemanship Course
35 %
35 %
30 %
NIL
3.
Jr. Fire Officer

Course
30 %
30 %
30 %
10 %
4.
Fire Officer Course
30 %
30 %
30 %
10 %
5.
Refresher Course-I
35 %
35 %
30 %
NIL
6.
Refresher
Course -II
35 %
35 %
30 %
NIL
7.
Refresher
Course - III
Junior Executive
Course
35 %
35 %
30 %
NIL
25 %
25 %
25 %
25 %
Senior Fire Officer

Course
RT Handling Course
20 %
20 %
20 %
40 %
30 %
70 %
11.
First-aid Fire
Fighting Course
10 %
70 %
20%
NIL
12.
Airport Fire Safety

Management
10 %
Industrial Visits
90 %
NIL
13.
Breathing Apparatus
Training Course
10 %
70 %
20 %
NIL
14.
Disaster
Management Course
10 %
60 %
30 %
NIL
15.
Emergency
Operation Center
Management Course
10 %
60 %
30 %
NIL
16.
Incident Command
Management Course
10 %
60 %
30 %
NIL
8.
9.
10.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
NIL
P a g e | 62
17.
Aircraft Simulator
Training Course
20 %
70 %
10 %
NIL
18.
Ship Simulator
Training Course
20 %
70 %
10 %
NIL
4.3
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR COURSE AND EXAMINATION
4.3.1
Physical, Squad Drill, Fire Appliances Drill, BA Set Drill, Fire Proximity
Suit Drill, Ladder Drill, Rescue Drill, Practical and Theoretical Classes
shall be conducted as per training schedule.
4.3.2
Squad Drill and Appliances Drill shall commensurate with the level of
the course.
4.3.3
Guard of Honor and Command Practice shall be conducted up to the

level of Junior Officer Course.
4.3.4
Mock Fire Station activity shall be conducted once in week for all
courses. During the activities all the participation shall be assigned the
roles and the responsibility of the different fire personnel working at a
Model Fire Station.
4.3.5
The Project work as per Table 4.2 for different courses shall be allotted
at the beginning of the training and to be monitored by Project Guides
at the end of every week & with suitable instructions mentioned in the
weekly dairy maintained by the Project Guide.
4.3.6
The Format for preparation of Project allotted shall be as under

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
Cover page & title page

Bonafide certificate of project guide.
Abstract
Table of contents
List of tables
List of figures
List of symbols, abbreviations and nomenclature
Chapters
Appendices
References
The table and figures shall be introduced in the appropriate
places.
The dimension of the project report should be in a4 size and with
proper binding using standard presentable cover.
The project report content should be minimum in 200 pages and
maximum 300 pages and printed in black letters & the text for
printing should be identical.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 63
4.3.7
The topic of project shall be allotted by the principal and the topic
based on latest technology development in the field of fire
engineering.
4.3.8
Duration of each theoretical & practical module shall be defined as

per training curriculum.
4.3.9
Schedule for each course shall be prepared in advance and

communicated to General Manager (Fire Training) in details like
timing, faculty, examination date, etc.
4.3.10
Use of unfair means/offence/ unethical practice by the trainee, shall

be noted seriously by invigilator and informed to the Principal and
action shall be initiated by the Principal as & when required.
4.3.11
Instructors shall prepare lesson plan with the help of teaching aids
and deliver the lectures with the help of Power Point Presentations.
4.3.12
Instructors allowance for executives posted

Establishment shall be as per HR Circular.
4.3.13
The medium of instructions in the course shall be Hindi and/or

English language.
4.3.14
The setting of the question paper will be two tier i.e. question paper
shall be prepared by course coordinator in consultation with training
in-charge and shall be submitted to the principal in sealed cover for
final selection. The language of the question paper shall be bi-lingual,
Hindi & English only.
4.3.15
After completion of examination, the invigilator shall allot dummy

numbers to the answer sheets & seal the answer and dummy sheets
in separate envelopes. The dummy sheets shall be opened only at the
time of preparation of final result.
4.3.16
The training in-charge shall distribute the answer sheet to the faculty
for evaluation under his supervision & monitoring. After rechecking
the answer sheets by training in-charge, the same shall be submitted
to the principal for counter signature.
4.3.17
On submission of course result by the training centers, Fire

Directorate, CHQ, shall release the result.
4.3.18
Principal shall be nominated one of the Faculty / Instructor as a

Course coordinator and he shall be look-after all the activities
including medical etc.
4.3.19
Technical Books & Computer with internet facilities should be

provide to trainees to develop and enhancement of technical
knowledge and also upgrade the library with providing the New
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
at
Fire
Training
P a g e | 64
Technical Books, BIS, NFPA, Manuals & subscribe the technical

magazine from professional bodies.
4.3.20
Training video shall be shown to trainees at the time of theoretical

classes and also upgrade the video library.
4.3.21
Proficiency parameter for Executives should be checked yearly by

Board constituted from CHQ.
TABLE 4.3
S.N.
PARAMETERS
PRESENTATION
SKILLS
COMMUNICATION
SKILLS
LECTURE
DELIBERATION
SKILL
KNOWLEDGE OF
THE SUBJECT
WORDS OF
COMMAND
KNOWLEDGE OF
THE SQUAD
DRILL
KNOWLEDGE OF
THE FIRE DRILL
KNOWLEDGE OF
APPLIANCES
DRILL
PHYSICAL
EFFICIENCY TEST
UNIFORM
BEARING
PERSONNEL
GROOMING
PERSONALITY
FEEDBACK
ANALYSIS OF THE
TRAINEES
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Excellent
Very
Good
Good
Satisfactory
Poor
Remarks
4.3.22
Drills shall be conducted as per guidelines mentioned in the Drill

Chapter 10.
4.3.23
Driving Training shall be provided for those Trainees only who

possess Heavy Driving License and Operational training on ARFF
Vehicles to all trainees.
4.3.24
Engagement of Guest Faculty (Internal/External) for various courses

being conducted at both Fires Training Establishment shall be
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 65
considered as & when required. It is to ensure that topic/lecture of

Subject is to be sent well in advance to the guest faculty.
4.3.25
Honorarium for Guest Faculty shall be as per HR circular.
4.3.26
The examination for theoretical module shall be completed after

completion of each module.
4.3.27
Practical & Viva Voce examination test module shall be conducted at

the end of course and undertaken by the Board of the Examination.
4.3.28
First Aid Training shall be providing to trainees by AAI Doctors/Other

Paramedic services.
4.3.29
Grading shall be awarded for Attendance as well as Physical Fitness

Test (PET) Module as per Chapter-14.
4.3.30
Final result shall be based on the individual module grading.
4.3.31
The final marking shall be based on module wise exam evaluation @

100 marks each module. Similarly, final 10 practical test shall be
based on events wise exam evaluation @ 20 marks each for total
numbers of events e.g. Squad Drill, Ladder Drill, Rescue Drill, Pump
Drill, CFT Drill, Pump Operation, Knots, RT, BA Drill, Proximity
Suits.
4.3.32
The objective type questions of 40 marks in each module shall

comprise from fill in the blanks, multiple choice, True & False &
Match the columns only. Each of above heading will be of 5
questions @ 2 marks.
4.3.33 Passing marks in Theoretical and practical Examination.

TABLE 4.4
S.NO
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
OF EXAM
MARKING
PATTERN
PER
MODULE/EVENT
PASSING MARKS FOR

GENERAL CATEGORY
THEORETICAL
EXAM
DRILL
AND
PRACTICAL
EXAM
PHYSICAL
EFFICIENCY
TEST
PROJECT WORK
VIVA-VOCE
ATTENDANCE
DISCIPLINE
@ 100 Marks each

Module
@ 20 Marks each
in 10 practical
event
PET/PFET as per
Chapter 14
50%
50
50
50
50
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
PASSING
MARKS FOR
RESERVE
CATEGORY
40%
60%
60%
80%
80%
60%
60%
90%
100%
60%
60%
90%
100%
P a g e | 66
4.3.34 Repeat Examination

TABLE 4.5
S.
NO.
EXAMINATION
FAILED
RE-APPEAR FOR
EXAMINATION
1.
PHYSICAL
EFFICIENCY TEST
DRILLS
&
PRACTICAL
THEORY
(ALL
MODULES)
THEORY (ONE OR
MORE
MODULES
BUT
NOT
ALL
MODULE)
Full course
2.
3.
4.
5.
PROJECT
PRESENTATION
VIVA-VOCE
&
Full course
Full course
Two chances for
Repeat after Main
Examination
One chance for
Repeat after Main
Examination
REMARKS
(i) The Reappear Examinee shall be
communicated to the respective
RED/APD by the principal of the
concerned Training Center for
communication to the individual
candidates accordingly.
candidates
from
Other
(ii) The
Organization/ Private candidates
shall have to pay full course
charges for S.No. 1, 2 & 3.along
with Hostel & Mess charges and
for S.No. 4 & 5 have to pay Mess
& Hostel Charges.
4.3.35 Board of Examination

TABLE 4.6
CHAIRMAN
GENERAL MANAGER (FIRE SERVICE) /

GENERAL MANAGER (FIRE TRAINING)
MEMBER
JOINT GENERAL MANAGER / DEPUTY GENERAL MANAGER (FS) - FTC, NEW

DELHI / FSTC, KOLKATA OR NOMINATED BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (FIRE
TRAINING)
MEMBER
JOINT GENERAL MANAGER / DEPUTY GENERAL MANAGER (FS)

NORTHERN , WESTERN, SOUTHERN, EASTERN, NORTH-EAST,
KOLKATA/CHENNAI AIRPORT OR NOMINATED BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
(FIRE TRAINING)
4.4. DISTRIBUTION
SESSION
OF
THEORETICAL
AND
DRILL
&
PRACTICAL
DISTRIBUTION OF THEORETICAL CLASSESS

TABLE 4.7
S. NO.
1
2
3
DESIGNATION
Principal
Course Coordinator
Other Faculty
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
LECTURE (%)
10
30
60
P a g e | 67
DISTRIBUTION OF DRILL / PRACTICAL SESSION

TABLE 4.8
S. NO.
1
2
3
4
DESIGNATION
Principal
Senior Manager
Manager/ Asstt.
Manager
Demonstrator
(Non-Executives)
PRESENCE IN
THE FIELD (%)
5
75
100
REMARKS
100
Practical facilities to be provided

for daily training by demonstrators
4.4 TIME SCHEDULE FOR TRAINING CENTERS

TABLE 4.9
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
.4.5
ACTIVITIES
PHYSICAL TRAINING / YOGA
SQUAD DRILL
BREAKFAST
THEORY
LUNCH
FIRE DRILL/PRACTICAL/PROJECT
TEA
SPORTS/GYM
DINNER
TIME
FROM
0600
0700
0815
0930
1300
1500
1705
1800
1930
TO
0645
0800
0915
1245
1430
1700
1730
1900
2130
LABORATORY
4.5.1 The laboratory shall be well equipped for facilitation of Testing and
Performance Evaluation of Fire Extinguishers and Fire Extinguishing
Media.
4.5.2 The laboratory shall be accredited to the National and International
Organizations and also provide facility for Research and Development
work.
4.5.3 The communication laboratory shall consist of Communication
Equipments like RT set, walkie-talkie for hands one experience and
learning for the participants.
4.5.4 The laboratory shall be comprise of various models of Passive and
Active Fire-Fighting Installations like Fire Alarm& Detection system,
Sprinkler System, Hydrants, Pumps, DCP System, Water Mist System
and Other latest clean agents systems to familiarize participants on
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 68
Design, Construction, Installation, Commissioning, Testing, Operation

and Maintenance aspects of these systems.
4.6
ANCILIARY TRAINING FACILITIES
4.6.1
SIMULATORS
4.6.2
DRILL TOWER
4.6.3
FIRE PIT
4.6.4
PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST GROUND
4.6.5
MOBILE FIRE TRAINING SIMULATOR/FIRE TRAY
4.6.6
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
4.6.7
DISASTER EQUIPMENTS
4.7
APPLIANCES
4.7.1 AIRFIELD CRASH FIRE TENDER (ACFT)

4.7.2 RAPID INTERVENTION VEHICLE
4.7.3 WATER TENDER
4.7.4 TURN TABLE LADDER
4.7.5 HYDAULIC PLATFORM
4.7.6 RESCUE STAIRS
4.7.7 MOBILE COMMAND POST
4.7.8 AMBULANCE
4.7.9 PORTABLE FIRE PUMP
4.8
FIRE TRAINING EQUIPMENTS
4.8.1 FIRE FIGHTING HOSE

4.8.2 DIFFERENT BRANCHES AND NOZZLES
4.8.3 DIFFERENT COUPLINGS
4.8.4 STAND PIPES, COLLECTING HEADS AND SUCTION HOSE FITTINGS
4.8.5 BREACHING, ADOPTORS, MISCELANEOUS HOSE FITTINGS AND RAMPS
4.8.6 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
4.8.7 RESCUE TOOLS
4.8.8 CUTTING TOOLS
4.8.9 ROPES AND LINES
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 69
4.8.10 LADDERS
4.8.11 FIRE PROXIMITY SUITS
4.8.12 BREATHING APPARATUS SET
4.8.13 BA COMPRESSOR
4.8.14 EMERGENCY LIGHTING
4.8.15 FIRST AID EQUIPMENTS
4.8.16 PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS
4.8.17 HYDRANT SYSTEM
4.8.18 SPRINKLER SYSTEM
4.8.19 DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM
4.8.20 CHEMICLA & BIOLOGICAL SUITS
4.8.21 SMALL GEARS
4.8.22 MISCELANEOUS EQUIPMENTS

4.8.23 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA
4.9 TRANSPORT FACILITIES
4.9.1 Transport facilities shall be provided for trainees to visit industrial
tour and other related training works etc. In case of medical sickness
Ambulance shall be provided.
4.9.2 One vehicle shall be provided to the in-charge of the training center
for official work.
4.10 PHYSICAL AND MENTAL FITNESS FACILITIES
4.10.1 GYM EQUIPMENTS
4.10.2 OUTDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES
4.10.3 INDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES
4.10.4 RECREATIONS
4.10.5 SWIMMING POOL
4.11 ESSENTIAL & OTHER SERVICES

4.11.1 ESSENTIAL POWER SUPPLY
4.11.2 WATER SUPPLY
4.11.3 RO SUPPLY FOR DRINKING WATER
4.11.4 COMMUNICATIOON AND FAX FACILITIES AS PER TELEPHONE POLICY
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 70
4.11.5 PHOTOCOPIER MACHINE AND COLOUR PRINTER

4.11.6 COMPUTER AND LAPTOP
4.11.7 SCANNER
4.12
GENERAL GUIDELINES
4.12.1 Trainee shall have to report one day in advance from the commensurate
of course.
4.12.2 AAI Trainees shall have to report along with dungaree, Gumboot, Belt,
Helmet, Barrette Cap & PT Kit (white T-shirt, white Short, white PT
Shoes & white Shocks) and Private /Other Organization Trainees shall
also have to report with dungaree and PT Kit (white T-shirt, white Short,
white PT Shoes & white Shocks) as prescribed.
4.12.3 Junior Assistant (FS) appointed by AAI and undergoing Basic Training
Course shall be entitled for stipend during training period as per HR
Policy. The payment of stipend to the trainees shall be released by RED
(ER/NR) for FSTC/FTC.
4.12.4 Departmental candidate once nominated shall have to attend the course
at the training centre. Not reporting for the course after nomination
shall be viewed seriously and disciplinary action shall be initiated
against the person except medical ground/any specific occasion subject
to proper recommendation from the Airport Director/Regional Executive
Director. Maximum two exemptions can be granted to a nominated
official in most genuine case.
4.12.5
No smoking and consumption of alcohol is prohibited and rules to

strictly enforce at the training center.
4.12.6
An inspection committee consisting two members constituted for

conducting surprise inspection at training center. Surprise inspection
is to be conducted once in fortnight.
4.12.7
Trainees shall have to follow all instructions issued at training centre

from time to time during the course and expected to follow all laws and
legal requirements. Participant shall be himself/herself solely
responsible for any breach of law or failure to meet any legal obligation
by him/her.
4.12.8
Participants shall be advised to take care of their personal belongings

and training centre shall not be liable for any loss or damage in this
regard.
4.12.9
Participant found absent from the course without permission shall be

immediately relieved from the training. The action taken report in this
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 71
regard shall be forwarded to the Directorate of Fire Service for the

necessary information.
4.12.10 The Training Staff / Executives shall remain present on the duty
throughout their respective shifts. When there is no drill/other
activities, on such days the staff/Executives shall use the free time for
preparing of the next module/course and upkeep of the
equipments/appliances.
4.12.11 For deployment of instructors/Demonstrators for extra duty (OT/OPA)
at training establishments, prior approval with justification has to be
obtained from General Manager (FS/Training).
4.12.12 The Honorarium for External and Internal Faculty for the training
programmes shall be as per HR Circular.
4.12.13 All Trainees shall be required to submit a Medical and Physical Fitness
Certificate in the prescribed format.
4.12.14 All Trainees shall have to submit an Indemnity Bond as per format.
4.12.15 Private / Other Organization Trainees shall have to bear expenses for
any kind of Medical Treatment during the training period.
4.12.16 Any Trainee found medically unfit during the course, shall be relieved
from the training.
4.12.17 Trainee shall be readmitted in the training course after submission of a
fitness certificate from a registered medical practitioner.
4.12.18 All course material made available by the training centers is
exclusively for the participants for training purpose. The training
centers shall reserves all rights to such materials. No course materials,
or any part thereof, shall be copied in any form without the written
consent of the Course Co-coordinator. No course material is to be
copied, reproduced, disseminated or used for external use.
4.12.19 Trainees shall pay due regard to the Infrastructure & Facilities
provided and use these with due care and responsibility. Adequate
recovery shall be made from the participant towards any loss or
damage arising out of willful act or negligence by the participant
resulting in damage to any of the training facilities or equipments.
4.12.20 Trainees shall have to follow all instructions issued at Training Centre
from time to time during the course and expected to follow all laws and
legal requirements. Trainees shall be himself/herself solely responsible
for any breach of law or failure to meet any legal obligation by
him/her. Training Centre cannot be held responsible for that in any
way.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 72
4.12.21 Trainees found absent from the course without permission shall be
immediately relieved from the training.
4.12.22 The admission for Private Candidates shall be on the basis of merit
and guidelines of the HR policy for selection of Junior assistant Fire
service & others and discretion of Executive Director (Fire Training).
4.12.23 Fire Training Establishment shall have to maintain proper individual
records & particulars of each Trainee in soft copy i.e. Name, Fathers
Name, Date of Birth, Educational/Professional/Technical Qualification
and Training, Contact Number & Address etc.
4.12.24 Trainees shall be asked to give their feedback at the end of the course
in the form of Evaluation Sheet.
4.13
COURSE FOR REGISTRATION FOR PRIVATE

ORGANIZATION / FOREIGN CANDIDATES
OTHER
4.13.1
All Correspondence/Request/Application relating to Foreign Trainees

shall be forwarded to the Executive Director (Fire Training) for further
processing.
4.13.2
Foreign Trainees shall be required to pay all fee and other charges in
US Dollar $ only calculated on the basis of the exchange rate
prevailing on the day of payment except Nepal & Bhutan Country.
4.13.3
All Correspondence/Request/Application relating to Private/ Other

Organization Trainees shall be processing by the Fire Training
Establishment.
4.14
COURSE DEVELOPMENT UNIT & STANDARD TRAINING PACKAGE

AND REVIEW OF THE SYLLABUS
4.14.1
The Course Development Unit & Standard Training Package and

Review of the Syllabus shall be established and a committee may be
constituted for the same.
4.15
ISO CERTIFICATION AND INTERNATIONAL / NATIONAL BODY

ACCREDITATION/CERTIFICATION
4.15.1
The Training Center Establishment shall be acquired Certifications

and accreditations from National / International Bodies.
4.15.2
The Training Center Establishment shall also have maintained &

renew all certification time to time.
4.16
POSTING OF FIRE STAFF AT TRAINING CENTERS
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 73
4.16.1
Posting of Non-Executives for Fire Training Establishment shall be as

per guidelines contained vide clause 1.12.13, 1.12.14 and1.12.15.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 74
CHAPTER 5
FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION &

AUDIT PROTOCOL
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 75
5.1
INSPECTION GUIDELINES
5.1.1 Inspection shall be carried out by officers of Fire Services from

Corporate Headquarters and Regional Headquarters.
5.1.2 Local inspection shall be carried out by the Airport Director for the
administrative and operational efficiency of the fire service.
5.1.3 General Manager (FS) or his authorized /nominated executive shall
carry out surprise inspection / audit to verify follow up action of the
any fire station.
5.1.4 The Inspection Report shall be prepared in three copies; one each to be
retained for further follow-ups at stations, at the Regional Headquarter
and with the Directorate of Fire Service at the Corporate Headquarter.
5.1.5 Corrective actions on shortfall / underperformance be identified, the
immediate remedial actions be taken by the concerned Airport and
Regional Offices. One copy of the report of Inspection of each airport
under their command with steps taken to improve is to be submitted
to CHQ.
5.1.6 Inspections are a means to identify and eliminate or reduce hazards
which might result in life or property loss. Inspections also ensure that
fire protection, fire prevention system and life safety are maintained in
good working condition.
5.1.7 All airport fire service vehicles / appliances shall be equipped with
Radio Telephony (RT) equipment to permit direct communication with
the airport fire service units, ACFT (Airfield Crash Fire Tender) and air
traffic control (ATC) tower.
5.1.8 Inspecting officers shall assess; the actual status of fire appliance,
manpower and other support facilities at stations such as the short
comings and pin-point responsibilities, the gap between the desired
performance and the actual performance. The desirable level of fire
service facilities and follow up towards achieving this.
5.2
TYPES OF INSPECTION
5.2.1 Inspections are categorized in three types of inspection: random

surprise inspections and regularly scheduled /periodic inspections and
Best Fire Station Inspection.
5.2.2 Surprise inspection process is used; its focus should be on a distinct
identifiable problem or deficiency or on assuring compliance with
specific directives, procedures, policies, or guidelines.
5.2.3 Periodic inspections are scheduled in advance and the unit to be
inspected receives prior notice of the inspection. The inspection
addresses items that are for the most part a matter of record.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 76
5.2.4 Best Fire station Inspection is scheduled in advance and the unit to be
inspected receives prior notice of the inspection. The inspection
addresses overall performance of the Fire Station (performance,
efficiency, station up-keep, Fire appliances & equipments, records etc.)
5.3
INSPECTION PROCESS
5.3.1 When a scheduled inspection is being conducted the inspection team

should meet to review any ongoing concerns and state the objectives
and the process for the inspection. The inspection must be organized,
formal, and specific to the unit being inspected. To ensure success,
inspectors must develop a protocol for conducting the inspection that
describes the process for interviewing personnel; identifies the
percentage of records, actions, or items that will be inspected; and
includes a checklist to organize the process.
5.4
INSPECTION PROTOCOL
5.4.1 The inspection protocol will typically involve direct observation of work;
evaluation of observed work process as compared to the departments
policies, procedures, and directives; external reference materials and
resources; and personal interviews of staff. The complete process must
be impartial and constructive and the inspectors must convey this
attitude during the inspection procedure.
5.4.2 Inspecting staff are deputed to inspect work / procedure to ensure that
work procedures are according to established standards and to stop
doing further work procedure on wrong /spoiled systems
5.5
INSPECTION REPORT
5.5.1 Once the airport inspection / field survey is completed, all interviews,
observations, tests, and records reviewed need to be consolidated into
a report. The report must be a useful document that provides
constructive observations for improvement and also include credit for
the unit or personnel where their actions are particularly good or
exemplary. A part of the inspection process is to determine any
existing weakness in the departments policies, procedures,
regulations, and practices.
5.6
AUDIT OBJECTIVE
Fire safety audits are conducted with the following objectives
5.6.1 To carry out a systematic, critical appraisal of all potential hazards

involving personnel, airport services and operation.
5.6.2 To ensure that fire safety system fully satisfies the legal requirement,
AAI fire order, ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization), DGCA
(Directorate General of Civil Aviation), etc.
5.7
SCOPE OF FIRE SAFETY AUDIT
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 77
5.7.1 Identify all significant fire hazards

5.7.2 Identify the people who may be at risk from each hazard
5.7.3 Evaluate if existing control measures reduce risk to a tolerable level.
5.7.4 Determine the additional control measures required.
5.7.5 Availability of adequate means of escape from the premise in case of
fire.
5.7.6 Availability of adequate/ suitable fire detection and fire fighting
facilities.
5.7.7 Availability of suitable emergency plan detailing responsibilities and
actions of key personnel.
5.7.8 Training, information and instruction to all occupants of premise
about fire safety.
5.7.9 Upkeep and testing of all fire safety equipment and precautions.
5.7.10 Evaluation of staff competency during checklist process.
5.8
AUDIT SCHEDULE / FREQUENCY
5.8.1 All AAI owned aerodromes / civil enclave where Fire service vehicle /
fleet are available shall be audited once in two year. Fire safety
Directorate at CHQ shall prepare fire safety audit schedule for the year
in the month of January.
5.9
AUDIT REFERENCE DOCUMENT
Audit team leader is required to produce an audit checklist from the

reference document used during the audit, such as
ICAO Annex. 14, ICAO Doc 9137; Part 1, Part 7, Part 5
DGCA Aerodrome License Circular / CAR Requirements
National Building Code (NBC) Requirement
CHQ guidelines; Fire Orders, Circulars
5.10 BEST FIRE STATION INSPECTION PROCEDURE: As per check list.

5.11 RECORD RETENTION
Audit document / inspection report should be retained as per
requirement of Corporate HRM Circular No. 3/2013; letter No.
A.60011/12/2013 - HRPC dated 06.03.2013.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 78
5.12
FIRE SAFETY AUDIT CHECKLIST
TABLE NO: 5.1

No
AUDIT CHECK POINT
LEVEL OF PROTECTION TO BE PROVIDED
1.
Is the Fire Service compliance with the

aerodrome license?
Is the minimum useable amount of water for
fire extinguishment maintained?
Is the minimum foam compound available for
the depletion of two loads of water carried on
the vehicles?
Is the minimum required complementary agent
available on the vehicles?
Is the quantity of available foam compound,
compliance with the level of foam used?
Does this programme include all areas of the
aerodrome?
AIRPORT FACILITIES AFFECTING RESCUE
AND FIRE FIGHTING SERVICES
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
C
14
15
16
Are there sufficient quantities of water available

at airports? Any fire Hydrants available at the
Airport?
Are there adequate emergency access roads /
service road /Emergency Gates on the airport?
Are these maintained?
Are these gates accessible to the emergency
vehicles?
Is there any additional water available for fire
fighting on the airport?
Is the pressure in the hydrants sufficient to
enable rapid filling of vehicles?
Does the aerodrome have an appointed fire
prevention officer/s?
COMMUNICATION AND ALARM
REQUIREMENTS
Yes
Status
Remarks
No
N/A
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Is the alarm system tested regularly?

Adequate communication facilities exist for
direct communication between fire station,
watch tower and ATC?
Are there any Hot Line between ATC Tower and
Airport Fire Service?
Adequate communication facilities exist to
communicate in an emergency from watch
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 79
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
D
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
tower to fire crew.

Is the quantity sufficient to enable
communication between vehicle operators?
Control personnel and rescue operators?
Is there any telephone or other type of system
available to summon assisting parties to the
aerodrome emergency procedure/plan?
Are these equipment tested regularly?
Is the result of these tests properly recorded?
Are there any Hot Line between City Fire
Service and Airport Fire Service Control Room?
Whether RT is fitted in each ACFT?
Direct
a) Station
In-charge
(Fire
Telephone
Service(Office)
b) Station In-charge (Res)
EPABX with Station
In-charge
of
Fire
zero dial
Service Office
P.A.System
Fire Station control room,
watch tower
Walkie-Talkie Fire control room CFTs, Shift
I/c
VHF
FCR, Incharge room, watch
tower, CFTs
Fire Bell
ATC, Fire station
Siren
Fire station ATC
RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING VEHICLES
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Are the vehicles tyres of an off road type?

Does the foam induction system work properly?
Is the rescue equipment maintained?
Does all the fire appliance valves operate
properly?
Are the rescue equipment maintained?
Is there any record available to substantiate
the serviceability of the required pieces of
equipment?
Is the vehicles foam carrying capacity as
required to discharge two loads of water?
Does all emergency lighting operate properly?
Can the vehicles achieve the required speed
within the prescribed time frame?
Can the vehicle reach the threshold of the
furthest runway and discharge half of its
contents within the required times?
Does all brakes operate properly?
Whether RT is fitted in each ACFT?
Whether ACFT accelerator test conducted by
schedule
Is there any record to substantiate the test
conduction
Equipment for Rescue Operations
No
N/A
Remarks
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Yes
P a g e | 80
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
Adjustable Wrench
Axe. Rescue, Large Non-wedge or aircraft type
Axe, rescue, Small Non-wedge or aircraft type
Cutter bolt, 61cm
Crowbar, 95cm
Crowbar, 1.65cm
Chisel, cold 2.5cm
Flashlight/hand lamps
Hammer 1.8kg.
Hook, grab or salving
Saw, metal cutting or hacksaw, heavy duty,
complete with spare blades.
Ladder, extending (of over-all length
appropriate to the aircraft types in use)
Rope line, 15m length
Rope line, 30m. length
Pliers, 17.8cm. side cutting
Pliers, slip joint 25cm.
Screwdrivers, assorted (set)
Snipers, tin
Chocks, 15cm. high
Chocks, 10cm. high
Powered rescue saw complete with two blades;
or pneumatic rescue chisel complete- plus
spare cylinder, chisel, and retaining spring
Seat belt / harness cutting tool
Gloves, flame resistant pairs (unless issued to
individual crew member)
Breathing apparatus and spare cylinder
Inflatable lighting tower
Hydraulic or pneumatic forcing tool
Medical first aid kit
Tarpaulin
Fan for ventilation and cooling
Protective clothing / fire suit
Stretcher
Goggles
Helmet
Fire fighting shoes / Safety shoes / gumboot
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING & RESPIRATORY
EQUIPMENT
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks.
Are protective clothing and protective

equipment available in sufficient quantity and
sizes?
Does fire fighter have access to protective
gloves?
Does every fire fighter have fire resistant
boots?
Does every fire fighter have fire hoods?
Are there sufficient Breathing Apparatus sets?
Are these sets tested regularly?
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 81
79
80
G
81
82
83
84
85
86
H
87
88
89
90
91
92
I
93
94
95
96
97
98
J
99
Are there any records to substantiate the

above?
Are there any records to substantiate this?
- BA hydraulic test
- Record for testing
- BA compressor to refill SCBA set
- Standard Operation Procedure (SOP)
for PPE wearing/refill of SCBA set/etc.
AMBULANCE AND MEDICAL SERVICE
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Proper housekeeping in Extinguishing agent

store room/ handling procedure displayed on
wall.
Is the complimentary agent compatible with
the primary extinguishing agent?
Is the storage facility of the supplementary
230% extinguishing agent adequate?
(Both primary & supplementary).
Was the viscosity of the foam tested?
Are there any records to this effect available?
Is copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) of foam available?
FIRE STATION
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Display of AAI Safety Policy in fire station?

Does the airport have a fire station?
Can the fire station house all the vehicles?
Are there sufficient facilities available as per
fire order- 4?
Is grid map displayed in fire station, watch
tower &ACFTs.
All runway inspections shall be logged in the
runway inspection log book
PERSONNEL
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks.
Does the airport have Emergency Medical

Centre (EMC) or a first aid room as required?
Is the EMC or first aid room suitably
equipped?
Are there any medical supplies or first aid kits
available on the fire engines?
Are the medical supplies on the airport
regularly checked for expiry dates?
Is all fire personnel certified in first aid
training and subsequent renewal of the same?
Are adequate numbers of first aid boxes
provided? Give location details
EXTINGUISHING AGENT
CHARACTERISTIES
Are all fire service personnels / members

examined and certified annually for Physical
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 82
100
101
102
103
Efficiency Test & Practical Firemanship

Efficiency Test?
Are sufficient fire personnel available to utilize
the fire vehicles ACFT / ambulance effectively?
Are there personnel available to utilize the
rescue equipment simultaneously with the fire
fighting process
Records of fire personnel PET & PFET
Total number of fire fighting personnel
JGM /DGM
AGM (FS) / Senior Manager(FS)
Manager(FS)
Assistant Manager(FS)
Junior Executive(FS)
Sr. Superintendent /Supdt (FS)
Supervisor(FS) / Senior Asstt(FS)
Assistant(FS)/ Junior Asstt(FS)
Number of fire fighting personnel per shift
104 Is fire service organizational chart and duties

& responsibilities of fire service personnel
displayed.
EMERGENCY ORGANISATIONS
K
105 Does the airport have an Airport Emergency
Plan (AEP) / Disaster Management Plan
(DMP)?
106 Does this plan contain a grid reference chart,
which includes a 10 kilometer radius from the
aerodrome?
107 Did the prescribed emergency exercise take
place as per fire order no. 01?
108 Did the emergency drills carried out in night
time / bad weather?
109 Can rescue &fire fighting operations be
performed up to the 10 km. radius from the
airport?
110 Does all fire personnel are familiarized with all
area of airport vicinity as per grid reference
chart.
AIRCRAFT FIRE FIGHTING AND RESCUE
L
PROCEDURES
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
111 Does the fire fighting personnel know the

appropriate techniques to enter or break into
an aircraft structure?
112 SOP / SOG for handling fuel spillage/ fire
hazard during refueling is established in
coordination with fuel supplier / oil companies
/ ATC
113 Does all personnel know how to initiate the
appropriate fire fighting techniques for an
aircraft wheel fire?
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 83
114 Does all firemen know how to position the fire

appliances to achieve the best possible fire
fighting capability at a potential aircraft
accident?
115 Are clearly defined instructions available for
immediate reaction to an aircraft accident?
M TRAINING RESCUE OPERATION IN
DIFFICULT ENVIRONMENT
116 Is a process defined to address possible
unforeseen scenarios such as swampy areas,
large masses of water or a possible accident at
sea?
117 Does the airport have agreements with the
other bodies including State Fire Services?
TRAINING
N
118 Is there any programme of induction training
119 Did all the fire personnel trained in different
courses /refresher course at AAI fire training
establishments?
120 Is individual records kept of all fire/ safety &
related training?
121 Does the personnel, periodically or at least
annually have live/ hot fire drills?
122 Are fire prevention training / first aid training
for other organizations /units/ licensees
records available?
123 Is all fire fighting vehicle drivers certified as
competent on the vehicle entrusted to them?
124 How many fire personnel / employee trained
in dangerous goods handling / transportation
certification (from IATA), Hazards Awareness
Training, Accident / Incident Investigation,
Analysis, reporting Training?
125 Do fire service executive / officers attended
training Safety management System (SMS)
126 Are all fire crew familiar with the aircraft
emergency exits? is there any aircraft
familiarization of fire crew in last two years.
127 What infrastructural facilities with audiovisual support are available for training?
128 Whether visits to safety institutions/
industries/organization are arranged
FOAMING OF RUNWAYS FOR EMERGENCY
O
LANDINGS
129
130
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Is the aerodrome capable of providing runway

foaming?
If yes, can the vehicles be replenished before
the aircraft is allowed to land?
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 84
runway foaming.
AIRCRAFT FUELLING PRACTICES
131 Does the fire-crew do periodic inspection on

the aircraft fuelling processes?
132 Does the refueling personnel offload the fire
extinguishers during refueling and placing the
strategically?
133 Are all refueling personnel adequately trained
in first aid fire fighting.
134 Does the Airport Management have copies of
the refueling personnels competency
certificates?
135 Are all the refueling vehicles inspected
periodically and certified as safe?
136 Does the Standard Operating Procedures for
fuel refueling available?
137 Is all fuel on the aerodrome stored in
appropriate containers or storage facilities?
AVAILABILITY OF RESCUE AND FIRE
Q
FIGHTING INFORMATION
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
138 Is all the relevant information pertaining to the

fire services in the Aerodrome Manual
139 All fires are reported and recommendations
completed promptly
140 Any MoU / mutual aid scheme with any
neighbouring industry / local fire brigade.
141 Whether the accident data for the last five
years for accident available
142 Copy of Documents / Plan / Manual/ Fire

order available at fire station
1. Airport Emergency Plan
2. Disaster Management Plan
3. Building Evacuation Plan
4. Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan
5. Anti Hijacking Plan
6. Bomb Threat Contingency Plan
7. Aerodrome Manual
8. SMS Manual
9. Fire Safety Manual
R
143
144
145
146
147
148
10.
SOP/ SOG
RECORDS IN RESPECT OF FIRE SERVICE

ACTIVITIES AND EQUIPMENT
Records in respect of fire service activities and
equipment is maintained at airports / fire station
Log book
Occurrence Book
Drill Register
Defect Register - Vehicles & Equipment
Vehicle Log Book
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 85
149 Fire Service Personnel job related data

150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
collection and records
Hose Register
Extinguishing Media (Foam /DCP) Register
Training Register
Extinguisher Register
History Book/ Register
Inspection Register
Expenditure Register
First-Aid Log Book
Work Permit System register
Stock Register / EMC stock register
Daily duty charts
Runway inspection log book
Return / report
a. Hot Fire Drill
b. Serviceability
c. Incident/Accident
d. Fire Prevention Inspection
e. Building fire incident investigation
f. Investigation Report
g. Aircraft accident report
162 Are written safe operating procedures (SOP)
available for all operations?
FIRE PREVENTION & PROTECTION

SYSTEM
163 Fire Prevention & Protection system are tested

as per Fire Prevention & Protection Chapter.
AVAILABILITY & ADEQUACY OF TRAINED
T
MANPOWER FOR AERODROME
OPERATIONS
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Availability & Adequacy Of Trained Manpower

For Aerodrome Operations, ARFF,
maintenance
165 Any other observation
166 HOUSEKEEPING
164
167 Are all the passages, floors and the stairways

in good condition
168 Whether walkways / area under staircase are
clearly marked and free from obstruction
169 Has training centre elaborated good
housekeeping practices and standards and
made known to the employees / training on 5
S system to all employees?
170 Are there any working conditions which make
the floors slippery? If so, what measures are
taken to make them safe?
171 Is there any system of periodical cleaning and
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 86
replacing the lighting fittings/ lamps in order

to ensure that they give the intended
illumination levels?
5.13 AUDIT CHECKLIST OF FIRE TRAINING CENTRES

TABLE 5.2
No AUDIT CHECK POINT
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
12
C
13
14
15
ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE
Does the fire training centers have an updated

organizational charts/ diagram
Is there an organizational relationship between
DGCA or any other form of Government and the
training centre?
Are supervisory and functional lines of
responsibility described?
Does the centre have job descriptions for
operational staff / training instructor?
Do the job descriptions clearly indicate the
qualifications, responsibilities, functions and
reporting hierarchy of each staff member
indicated on the diagram?
Does the centre have the required authorization
to operate from the government
Are there approvals for training activities?
The training institute / centre shall appoint an
accountable manager who has corporate
authority for ensuring that all training
commitments can be financed and carried out
as per the standards stipulated.
Display of AAI Safety Policy in Training Centre?
INTEGRATION IN THE AVIATION SECTOR
Does the training centre have frequent contacts
with the airports, region to analyze the training
needs, professional performance and potential
development of training programmes.
Are the policies and procedures to analyze the
training needs in the airports / region / aviation
sector
Are there MoU / agreements with the industry/
City fire brigade/ institutes, in general
FACILITIES AND TECHNOLOGY SUPPORTING
TRAINING
Do the facilities and equipment meet the
training needs
Are the facilities and equipment up to date
Is the feedback from trainees and clients
positive
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Status
Remarks
Yes No N/A
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
P a g e | 87
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Are the primary classrooms large enough to

accommodate the type of training provided
Are lighting and window coverings adjustable
so that projected audio-visual aids are easily
viewed from all trainee positions
Do the heating, ventilation and air conditioning
system provide a comfortable environment
Is there a standard electrical installation for use
of computer equipment and projection
equipment with sufficient outlets. Electrical
back-up system.
Are the training facilities namely hostel,
canteen, purified / drinking water availability
maintained in good condition.
Is CCTV arrangement provided at training
centre to monitor security issue.
The training institute shall appoint sufficient
number of instructor (subject wise) to plan and
perform knowledge (theoretical) training,
practical training and assessment in accordance
with the approval of the institute
Whether the training manual is approved
Whether the syllabus given in the training
manual is as per the ICAO/ DGCA
Whether the students are subjected to medical
examination by a doctor having at least MBBS
degree, before they are admitted.
Are the desks and chairs are suitable and
comfortable
Are whiteboards / boards suitable or
appropriate, IT based teaching aids.
Library has national / international standards
e.g.
BIS, DGCA, ICAO, NFPA, FAA, etc.
TRAINING DELIVERY
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Is the specialized equipment required for

practical exercises consistent with equipment
currently used in the workplace
Is the specialized equipment regularly evaluated
to ensure that students receive training on
equipment they are likely to encounter in the
workplace
Does the centre have:
Rescue and fire fighting simulators
Breathing Apparatus Gallery
Foam / DCP testing Laboratory
Other necessary equipment for laboratory
Is there a lesson plan
Are there adequate training materials
Is there sufficient interaction between
instructors and trainees
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 88
33
Whether the library is equipped with

photocopier and sufficient number and
computers with access to internet facility for
student
34
Whether sufficient training aids, demonstration

equipment and study materials are available to
facilitate complete comprehension of the
instructions given to the student.
Whether the size of the class room is
appropriate to accommodate 60 students at a
time.
Whether visits to safety institutions/
industries/ organizations are arranged
Are all the instructors / demonstrator trained
RECORD KEEPING
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Does the centre have established requirements

for training record keeping (final examination
scores, mastery test, student records, proper
attendance of each students)
Are there procedures in place
Upon review of some records, is there
consistency to the system
Are trainee records for the past five years
updated, organized and accessible
Are appropriate forms being used
Are the results of tests being recorded
Do instructors submit reports after each course
delivery
Have the instructor reports been verified
Are workplace accidents, near-misses, injuries,
and illnesses reported and investigated?
Fire Service Personnel job related data

collection and records
INSTRUCTORS
Does the training centre have the control and

capability to ensure that instructors meet all
requirements in each training programmes
Is regular training provided so that instructors
keep pace with regulatory changes and
developments in their area s of expertise
Is on-going training is not available, is there
another method in place for instructors and
assistants to keep pace with regulatory changes
and other developments
Does the training centre have sufficient and upto-date library materials and reference
documents?
Is there a formal instructor evaluation system in
place
Does the system include direct observation of
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 89
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
instructors by training management staff

Are instructors evaluated on a yearly basis and
is this documented and the records maintained
by the training centre
Does the centre have appropriate facilities for
instructor like quality printer, scanner,
computer / laptop, workstation, bookcases and
files, etc.
Does each instructor have their own desk with
sufficient space to allow them to prepare course
materials
Whether instructor ensures the followings in
satisfactory manner;
i)
Medical standards of the student.
ii)
Lesson plan and class room notes
iii)
Adequacy of reference books in the
library
iv)
Presentation of question bank,
sanctity of examination system
v)
Proper attendance of student
vi)
Security clearance of foreign students
before admitting them for course
Enclose the list of instructor and guest
lecturers, subject wise along with their
qualification, instructional and practical
experience.
TRAINING DESIGN AND DEVLOPMENT
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Has the centre established a training design and

development methodology? Has training centre
has accredited from national / international
bodies.
Has the training centre set up a course
development unit (CDU) and is this unit
operational.
What is the training plan for the next two years?
Give details.
TRAINING QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Yes
No
N/A
Remarks
Has the training centre established an adequate

quality control system
Does the training centre have a formal feedback
system in place
Are training centre policies and procedures
documented and up to date
Does the centre have a plan to follow
recommendations and implement improvements
identified from previous audits
Are quality assurance procedures documented?
(for training policy, course development,
instructional delivery & scheduling, training
aids and facility maintenance)
IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATION
MANAGEMENT
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 90
67
68
69
70
71
72
K
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Does the training centre have a plan to follow

recommendations and implement improvements
identified from previous audits?
Is there any system of internal inspection and
who does the inspections
FIRST AID
Are adequate numbers of first aid boxes
provided? Give location details
Is there any first aid / ambulance room
Are qualified /trained first aid are available in
each shift
How many persons are trained / given
refreshers training in first aid in a year
HOUSEKEEPING
Are all the passages, floors and the stairways in
good condition
Whether walkways are clearly marked and free
from obstruction
Has training centre elaborated good
housekeeping practices and standards and
made known to the employees?
Are there any working conditions which make
the floors slippery? If so, what measures are
taken to make them safe?
Is there any system of periodical cleaning and
replacing the lighting fittings/ lamps in order to
ensure that they give the intended illumination
levels?
Has training on 5 S system delivered /
imparted to all employees of training centre
Is proper housekeeping and hygiene maintained
at canteen / kitchen?
Overall hygiene and housekeeping at training
centre
5.14 SURPRISE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

TABLE 5.3
Station:
S. SPECIFIC FEATURES
NO
1
TURN OUT & GENERAL

DISCIPLINE OF FIRE CREW
Turn out
Squad drill / appliance drill
General discipline
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Category:
OBSERVATION
RECOMMENDATION
P a g e | 91
Uniform
GENERAL UPKEEP OF FIRE

STATION
Rescue resources, extinguishing

agents, water storage
Copy of grid map, zoning map,

aerodrome charts displayed.
PERFORMANCE OF
APPLIANCES
Operation & Rescue tool
ACFT
Operation of monitor / sidelines
AMBULANCE SERVICE
Ambulance details; model,

make, registration no. and
others
Maintenance of first aid box &

other accessories&Maintenance
of stretcher & its fitment
Medical First Aid facilities
COMMUNICATION
Availability of communication
facilities
Serviceability of communication
systems/ equipments
Binocular and other necessary

accessories.
FIRST AID ROOM/ MI

CENTER
General cleanliness of rooms/
beds
a
b
Serviceability of medical
equipment oxygen cylinder
Availability of medicine & other
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 92
first aid accessories

7
a
8
9
a
b
c
10
a
11
RECORDS & DOCUMENTS

Previous surprise inspection
observation and corrective
action
MAINTENANCE
OF FIXED
FIRE
FIGHTING
INSTALLATION
AND
FIRE
ALARM
&
DETECTION
SYSTEM
Stores
Availability of extinguishing
agent
DCP / AFFF
Housekeeping / general upkeep
at stores
Serviceability and maintenance
of other accessories
AIMS (AIRPORT
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM)
Record of AIMS
COPY OF DOCUMENT / PLAN

/ MANUAL AVAILABLE AT
FIRE STATION
Airport Emergency Plan
b
c
Fire Safety Manual

Building Evacuation Plan
Disaster Management Plan
Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan
Anti hijacking Plan
Bomb Threat Contingency Plan
Aerodrome Manual
Safety Management System

Manual
Remarks
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 93
List of Observations
Signature of
inspecting
authority
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Date of inspection
P a g e | 94
5.15
BEST FIRE STATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

TABLE 5.4
STATION:
DATE:
EVALUATION OF FIRE STATIONS FOR BEST FIRE STATION YEAR_______

AIRPORT_______________________
DATE_________
S.No CRITERIA
TOTAL
MAX.
MARKS
MARKS MARKS OBTAINED
1.
TURN OUT & GENERAL DISCIPLINE OF FIRE
30
-CREW
a.
Turn out
-10
b.
Squad Drill
-10
c.
Command
--
2.
a
b
GENERAL UPKEEP OF FIRE STATION

Cleanliness
Basic Amenities
20
3.
a.
b.
c.
MAINTENANCE OF APPLIANCES
ACFTS
Rescue Tools
High Mast Lights/Portable Generators
30
----
-10
10
10
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f
5.
PERFORMANCE OF APPLIANCES & CREW

Operation and Rescue Tools
Speed Acceleration
Maximum Speed
Brake Efficient Test
Operation of Monitor
Operation of sidelines
MAINTENANCE & USE OF RESCUE
EQUIPMENTS
Operation & Wearing of BA sets
Wearing of Proximity Suits & Rescue Operation
Maintenance & Serviceability of BA Sets &
Rescue Operation
60
-----30
-10
10
10
10
10
10
--
----
10
10
10
PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE OF CREW

Knowledge of Fire Engineering
Knowledge of Appliances
Knowledge of Crew positioned at Fire Control
Room
Knowledge of Crew positioning at Watch Tower
Knowledge of Duty Officer
50
----
-10
10
10
--
10
10
AMBULANCE SERVICE
Maintenance of Ambulance
Maintenance of First Aid Box and other
Accessories
Maintenance of Stretcher and its fitment
Loading and unloading of causality
40
---
-10
10
---
10
10
a.
b.
c.
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e
7.
a.
b.
c.
d.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
REMARKS
10
10
10
P a g e | 95
8.
a.
HOT FIRE DRILL USING MAJOR APPLIANCES

Response Time
b
c.
d
e.
f.
g.
9.
a.
d.
Positioning of Vehicles
1st Effective Jet & Control Time
Control of Fire
Complete Extinction
Coordination of Crew
Rescue of Causality
MOCK DRILLS
Hitting of Target
Priming and Drawing water from open source
---20
---
10
10
10
10.
a.
b.
FIRE DRILL USING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

Operation Technique
Time taken to extinguish
20
---
-10
10
11.
Communication
20
--
a.
Serviceability of communication equipment,

use of Proper
Use of Proper Phraseology, Receipt and
comprehension
--
10
--
10
50
---
-10
10
--
10
d.
FIRST AID ROOM/CASUALTY CENTRE

General Cleanliness of Rooms /Beds
Serviceability of Medical Equipment & Oxygen
Cylinder.
Availability of medicine & other first aid
accessories
Availability of stand by stretchers.
--
10
e.
Knowledge of FAR F/F.
--
10
13.
a
MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS & DOCUMENTS

Records of equipments, appliances
Fire Drills & Exercises/ Training, Station Order
Book
30
Occurrence Register Emergency Procedure
10
Aircraft Rescue Charts.
10
14.
a.
b.
ADEQUACY OF WATER SUPPLY

Serviceability of Hydrants
Maintenance of Static Tanks in Operational
Area
20
---
-10
10
15.
FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEM
20
--
a.
b.
Serviceability of System
Response of Crew to its alarm
---
10
10
b.
12.
a.
b.
c.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
60
--
-10
--
10
10
10
10
10
P a g e | 96
16.
PROVISION & SCHEDULE OF SERVICEABILITY,

CHECK OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN
TERMINAL BUILDINGS
10
10
17.
a.
b.
c.
STORES
Upkeep of Stores
Proper Storage of Serviceable / unserviceable
Stored/ Charged of BA Cylinders
30
----
-10
10
10
18.
a
b
SMOKE CHAMBER & SMOKE EXTRACTION

Rescue of Casualty
Smoke extraction
10
19.
a.
b.
DRILL
Ladder drill
Rescue from roof top (20 feet)
20
---
20
a
b
c
STATION LEVEL TRAINING

Class Room & Training Aids
Training Provided to Other Agencies
Familiarization of Aircrafts
30
TOTAL
600
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
P a g e | 97
CHAPTER 6
FEATURES OF FIRE STATION&

EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTER
BUILDING & RELATED
FACILITIES
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 98
6.1 FIRE STATION LOCATION

6.1.1 The location of Fire Station is of primary importance in achieving
response time in optimum weather conditions. Therefore, Fire Station
should be so located that it has direct access to Runway, Apron and
other locations in maneuvering area without any obstructions and with
minimum number of turns.
6.1.2 In order to achieve least possible time, Fire Station should be located
near the mid-zone of active runway, so that both ends of runway are
equi-distant, as far as possible.
6.1.3 Where more than one runway is to be catered, provision of two fire
station buildings is recommended. However, a single location can be
selected, if it satisfies criteria laid down in 1.2.
6.1.4 Response trails of CFTs are also recommended while selecting the
location for Fire Station.
6.1.5 Fire Station building of 14 m height shall be at a distance of not less
than 175/250 mtrs from entre line of the runway depending upon the
width of the runway strip but not beyond any other building of equal
or more height at the airfield.
6.1.6 The fire station building should be constructed on apron side, as far as
possible, to avoid frequent runway crossing by CFTs and Fire Crew.
6.1.7 The fire station building including the watch tower shall not pose any
visual obstruction to ATC (Aerodrome Control Tower), towards the
runway approaches.
6.1.8 NOC shall be obtained for the proposed construction at the selected
site as per the laid down procedure.
6.1.9 Fire Station Building should also satisfy its secondary purpose of
providing reconnaissance to airfield installations and apron in case of
fire. Distance to these installations should also be taken into account
while deciding location of Fire Station.
6.1.10 The location shall provide unobstructed vision
maneuvering area to the watch tower of fire station.
of
complete
6.1.11 Due consideration should also be given to future development plan of

the aerodrome.
6.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION FEATURES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 99
(As per Drawing)
6.2.1 Fire Station should be able to house self-contained rescue and

firefighting unit with appropriate facilities for protection of vehicles,
crew members and such operational services as are necessary to
ensure their continuous ability for effective and immediate response in
an emergency.
6.2.2 Configuration of fire Station building should conform to the model plan
enclosed.
6.2.3 Number of bays to be provided are as below:
TABLE 6.1
CATEGORY
NO. OF BAYS
1 to 4
5&6
to 9
10
8
10
6.2.4 Each bay shall measure not less than 15X6X5.5 meter. There shall be
no projection in the garages within this area.
6.2.5 The floor of the fire station garages shall have minimum load carrying
capacity of 60 tons and shall be elevated at least 18 inches from the
surrounding with suitable gradient so that water can flow out of the
station.
6.2.6 Garages shall be open in front and rear for easy access from both
directions. Shutters should be provided in front & rear of each garage.
6.2.7 Stations where round the clock shift operation is maintained shall not
have provision of shutters in the garage. However, stations with one or
two shifts operations shall have shutters with the provision of powered
or easy manual operation.
6.2.8 A slope shall be provided in front & rear of each garages, for rolling
start and momentum of vehicles.
6.2.9 A hard stand should be provided in front of garages extending up to
120 in front (Runway) side and minimum 60 at the rear, throughout
the length of fire station building with minimum load carrying capacity
of 60 tons.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 100
6.2.10
There should be a drainage channel in front & rear of the garage,
suitably covered with grills of adequate strength to sustain CFT load.
6.2.11 The surface finish of floors should be resistant to oil, grease and foam
concentrate.
6.2.12 There should be a provision of 2 meters roof projection in front & rear
of garages.
6.2.13 Provision of Smoke Extraction System of suitable capacity in the
garage should be made.
6.2.14 Provision of Battery Charging System be adequately made in the
garage for charging electrical appliance /equipments/appliance
batteries.
6.2.15 Watch tower of fire station should satisfy condition at 1.10 above
Height of W/T shall not exceed 14 meters. (Airport Ground Level) with
a clear vision for complete maneuvering area.
6.3
OCCUPANCY TO BE PROVIDED IN EACH FLOOR AS

BELOW
6.3.1 Ground Floor: Control Room, Crew Room, Pantry, Store Rooms,
Office of shift-in-charge, Toilets and Bathrooms, Hose Repair Shop,
Foam Store.
6.3.2 First Floor: Office, Officers Room, Class Room including Library &
Toilets, Recreation and Staff Room.
6.3.3 Second Floor: Equipment Room
6.3.4 Third Floor: Watch Tower.
6.3.5 All rooms should be plastered with sound proof material to reduce
noise level.
6.3.6 Prevention of heat and cold shall be achieved by using proper
insulating material.
6.3.7 All the electrical fittings should be shock proof and properly secured.
6.3.8 Watch Tower should be provided with tilted-antiglare glass all round,
with a suitable platform outside the tower for maintenance purpose.
6.3.9 All lights in watch tower should be properly shaded in all directions so
as to project light on floor and not in horizontal direction.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 101
6.3.10 Fire Station should be connected to the secondary (stand-by) electrical

power supply
6.3.11 A cycle/scooter stand should be provided at one end of fire station,
outside the garages for the Fire Crew.
6.4
EMERGENCY ACCESS ROADS
6.4.1 Fire Station should be connected with proper approach roads, to

runways, apron and undershoot/overshoot areas with minimum
number of turns.
6.4.2 The approach roads connecting fire station to runway and to apron
should be of 24 feet width and should have a minimum load carrying
capability of 60 tons or twice the weight of heaviest CFT at the station,
whichever is greater.
6.4.3 Emergency access roads connecting fire station to under
shoot/overshoot areas should be 16 feet wide with 4 feet semi-metaled
borders on both sides. The load carrying capacity of these paved roads
shall be not less than 60 tons or twice the weight of heaviest CFT at
the station, whichever is greater.
6.4.4 The approach road shall run throughout the length of runway at a
minimum distance of 75 feet from runway edge up-to airfield
boundary.
6.4.5 Standby points shall be marked at rendezvous locations on the
approach roads passing throughout the length of runway and shall be
connected to runway at each point.
6.4.6 Beyond airfield boundary efforts should be made to provide at least a
semimetal road up to a distance of 1000 feet or up to the nearest
available road. The provision of this road should be made by AAI incoordination with local authorities.
6.4.7 All location should be decided by a co-ordination team consisting of
representatives of Operations, Air Traffic Management, Engineering
and Fire Services Department.
6.5
WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE FIGHTING
6.5.1 There shall be adequate water supply arrangement at the fire station,
so as to refill the CFTs in case of emergency.
6.5.2 Total quantity of water shall be distributed in static/underground and
overhead tanks and shall not be less than 4 to 6 times the capacity of
CFTs available at station for meeting the operation.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 102
6.5.3 The capacities of water supply indicated below shall be maintained at

respective categories of airfields;
TABLE 6.2
CAT
NO. OF
CFTS
MINIMUM
CAPACITY OF
OVERHEAD
TANK
15,000 ltrs
MINIMUM
CAPACITY OF
STATIC
TANK.
25,000 ltrs
1 to 4
5 to 6
25,000 ltrs
50,000 ltrs
7 to 10
50,000 ltrs
1,00,000 ltrs
REMARKS
Depth of static tank

may be maintained
between 2 mtrs to 5
mtrs.
6.5.4 There should be a provision of wire mesh above static tank with
openable lids at different location for the purpose of cleaning of
tank & filling of water into CFTs. The static tank should be
rectangular rectangular or circular in shape. Hard station of
adequate strength shall be provided around the static and overhead
tank for parking of CFTs.
6.5.5 There should be provision of hydrant near the static tank.
6.5.6 Arrangement should be made to keep both water facilities topped
up at all times.
6.6. FIRE PIT

6.6.1 There shall be at least one fire pit at each station for carrying out
monthly Hot Fire Drills.
6.6.2 The measurement of Fire Pit should be in accordance to the category of
the airfields. Following measurements are recommended;
6.6.3 Category 1 to 4, the size will be (30X20X1) feet, segmented in the
middle widthwise by 1 feet high brick border.
6.6.4 Category 5 to 10 the size will be (60X30X1) feet, segmented in the
middle by 1 feet high brick wall both longitudinally and width-wises.
6.6.5 Proper drainage arrangements shall be provided in the Fire Pit, by
raising the level of Fire Pit by 6 inch above ground level.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 103
6.6.6 Location of Fire Pit should be at the farthest and remotest point within
airfield boundary.
6.6.7 No pit shall be constructed in approach path and within basic strip.
6.7 SITE PLANNING& APPROVAL

6.7.1 Location of Fire Station Building, water supply, approach road, Fire Pit
and other infrastructure facility will be marked on drawing by GM (FS)
at Planning stage and shall have approval of DTE of ATM/ARA
Planning/CNS.
6.7.2 The design features indicated above are basic and minimum. However,
specific requirement for each Fire Station may be considered on case
to case basis which should have approval of Directorate of Fire Service.
6.8 EMERGENCY ACCESS GATES FOR SAFETY SERVICE

VEHICLES
Emergency Access gates shall be provided in the boundary wall to

achieve faster response to undershoot/overshoot areas, in line to
runway ends as per specification and drawing enclosed.
6.8.1 SPECIFICATION OF EMERGENCY ACCESS GATE FOR
SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLE
Response from safety Service vehicles to undershoot/overshoot areas

is predominantly a major factor to provide timely reconnaissance to
any aircraft incident/accident. As these areas are considered to be
accident- prone zone, it is considered necessary to provide suitable
emergency access gates towards the appropriate areas through the
operation wall so as to achieve shortest possible response time.
6.8.2 TYPE OF GATE
In view of the security risk, it is recommended that only steel gates
with fully covered panels shall be provided at each emergency access
point. The gate shall have two doors, hinged on security wall with a
provision of rollers and lock. Obstruction fencing on the top of gate
panel in the form of straight steel spikes and bent spikes shall also be
provided.
6.8.3 DIMENSIONS OF GATES
(i)
The dimension of the gate shall be in consonance with road leading up

to gate which has been specified in Specification of Fire Stations.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 104
(ii)
(a)
Accordingly, the dimensions shall be:

Opening on wall
5 mtr.
(b)
Width of each panel
2.4 mtr.
(c)
Protrusion of hinges
0.1 mtr.
(d)
Height of panels
2.4 mtr.
(e)
Material of gates structure
Tubular Steel
(f)
Straight steel spikes on the top of the gate 120 mm
(g)
Height of gate including spikes & wheels
2.6 mtr.
(h)
Diameter of tubes
5 cm
(i)
Thickness (gauge) of structural material
not less than 1 mm
(j)
Thickness of flat panels welded tubular

not less than 2 mm
structure
Suitable size double angle iron shall be used as frames, properly
welded to tubular structure and panels.
(k)
(iii)
The gate shall be mounted on hinged in such a way that least possible
torsional forces are applied for opening and closing. At the same time,
it should be ensured that there is no security risk for entries of wide
animals from the gap between wall and gate or road & gate.
(iv)
There shall be provision of bolts & lock in the middle of the gate.
(v)
The gate shall be painted with yellow color and a photo luminescent
paint strip in the middle. There shall be provision of road leading to
outside the gate up to 1000 mtr. Or nearest possible road whichever is
less.
(vi)
The keys of the gate shall be available with each turn out of CFTs
therefore; the number of keys shall be equal to the number of CFTs
available at station.
6.9
MAINTENANCE & REPAIRS

The routine programme for maintenance and repairs of the gate shall
be maintained which includes periodic painting, greasing and oiling, so
that the moveable parts of the gate do not get rusted. No grass shall be
allowed to grow under and around the gate
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 105
.
Responsibility of checking and operation of gate shall be with Airport
Fire Station.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 106
6.10 OTHER OPERATIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE

6.10.1 COMMUNICATION
TABLE 6.3
S.NO
FACILITIES
LOCATION
01.
PA System
To all rooms & garages operable from control

room/watch tower/ Officer in-charge of Fire
Station.
02.
Fire Bell
Fire station garage

operable from ATC Tower/Fire Watch Tower/Fire
Control Room
03.
Hot Line
04.
Direct Landline
(i) Between ATC & fire station control room

(ii) Between fire control room & city fire brigade
As per AAI Telephone Policy.
05.
EPABX
As per AAI Telephone Policy.
06.
AM sets (VHF)
One number in each operational CFTs and one

base set shall be installed in watch tower/control
room.
07.
FM set
Cat VII &above : 8 Nos.

Cat V & VI
: 6Nos.
Cat IV &Below : 4 Nos.
(with battery charger)
08.
Internet /
Intranet
Incharge Fire Station & Shift In-Charge
6.10.2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

1. Building to be provided with 3 phase connection.
2. Provision of flood lights on the roof for illuminating front & rear drill
yard.
3. Tube lights for illumination of garages and rooms.
4. Emergency electrical connection to entire installations.
5. Lights in watch tower shall be properly covered from all around so as to
project light on floor and not in a horizontal direction.
6. Provision of heaters, water coolers, air coolers and room air
conditioners.
7. Large capacity air compressor for filling CFT Tyres.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 107
8. All electrical fittings should be shock proof and properly secured to with
stand vibrations.
6.10.3
REQUIREMENT OF FURNITURE & OTHER ITEMS
FOR FIRE STATION
Category-wise details are given as perTable from 6.4 to 6.5
6.10.4 MISCELENEOUS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Desktop / Laptop Computer should be provided to Fire Station-incharge /Shift In-charge.

Xerox& Fax machine to be provided at fire station.
Projector with screen for class room.
TV, DVD with cabinet for class room.
PVC teaching board for class room.
Mike & Speaker for training class room.
Binocular for watch tower.
Mega phones 2 numbers.
As far as possible, provision for landscaping in fore and rear
courtyard of fire station be made to reduce noise pollution and
beautification
6.11 DRILL TOWER

Adjacent to each Fire Station, provide a Drill Tower as per standard
drawing for airport category 6 and above stations as well as both Fire
training Establishments.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 108
ALMIRAH
(STEEL)
LOCKERS
RACKS
WATER
COOLER WITH
Semi
circle
table
with
slanting
top 1 (As
per
design of
ATC
Tower)
1
Small
1 (4
feet
height
Sr.
Executive
Table 1
Hose
repair
Room*
Office
Big 2
(one
with
safe)
-
Big 2
Store
Big 1
Control
Room
Crew
Room
Large 2
Big 2
35
Long
Bench 5
Pantry
10
Dining
table for
10
persons
As per
sanctioned
manpower
and space
shall be
accommodate
for Dungaree,
Safety Boots,
gumboots,
helmet and
other PPEs
-
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
PA SYSTEM &
CALL BELL
ROOM A/C
PA system shall be provided at Watch tower, Fire Control Room, Incharge Room and speakers to be
provided at Garage, Crew room, class room of fire station.
TABLE
Equipment
Room
Incharge
Room
CHAIR
REVOLVING
Watch
Tower
CHAIR WITH
ARMS
LOCATION
TABLE : 6.4 FURNITURE & OTHER ITEMS FOR FIRE STATION

CATEGORY: 8 & ABOVE
P a g e | 109
Class
Room
30**
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 110
Incharge
Room
Executiv
e Table 1
Hose
repair
Room
Office
Big 2
(one
with
safe)
-
Big 2
Store
Big 1
Control
Room
Crew
Room
Large 2
Big 2
20
Long
Bench 3
As per
sanctioned
manpower
and space
shall be
accommodat
e for
Dungaree,
Safety
Boots,
gumboots,
helmet and
other PPEs
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
2. Call bell to be provided at Sr. Manager/Manager (FS) room.
Small
1 (4
feet
heigh
t
PA SYSTEM
& CALL
BELL
1. PA system to be provided at all locations as per specification of fire station.
WATER
COOLER
ROOM A/C
TABLE
CHAIR
REVOLVING
1
Semi
circle
table
with
slanting
top 1 (As
per
design of
ATC
Tower)
RACKS
Equipmen
t Room
LOCKERS
ALMIRAH
(STEEL)
Watch
Tower
CHAIR WITH
ARMS
LOCATION
TABLE : 6.5FURNITURE & OTHER ITEMS FOR FIRE STATION

CATEGORY: 7 & BELOW
P a g e | 111
Pantry
Dining
table for
6
persons
Class
Room
20**
TABLE : 6.6 GYM EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE STATION

CATEGORY - 6 & BELOW
SNo
A
B
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
F
1.
2.
3.
F
G
GYM EQUIPMENT NAME

MULTI GYM: 6- STATION WITH 6 STACK
HEAVY DUTY COMMERCIAL TREADMILL
OTHER MACHINES
Multi Bench (incline, decline, flat) with bar holder
Double Bar with pulls-ups
Squat Rack
Ab Board
BAR
Squat Bar
6 feet
Multi Bench Bar
5.6 feet
Other Bars
5 feet
4 feet
3 feet
Dumbbell Rods
15 inch
12 inch
PLATES (RUBBER COATED)
2.5 lbs.
5 lbs.
10 lbs.
15 lbs.
20 lbs.
30 lbs.
40 lbs.
DUMBBELLS
15 lbs.
20 lbs.
25 lbs.
Dumbbell Racks (Two Tier)
Plate Tree (Plate Rack)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
QTY.
01 Set
01 SET
01
01
01
01
No.
No.
No.
No.
01 No.
01 No.
01 No.
02 Nos.
01 No.
02 Nos.
06
06
04
04
04
02
02
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
2 Pairs
1 Pair
1 Pair
01 No.
01 No.
P a g e | 112
TABLE :6.7GYM EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE STATION

CATEGORY- 7 & ABOVE
SNo
A
B
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
F
1.
2.
3.
F
G
GYM EQUIPMENT NAME

OTHER MACHINES
Squat Rack
Ab Board
BAR
Squat Bar
6 feet
Multi Bench Bar
5.6 feet
Other Bars
5 feet
4 feet
3 feet
Dumbbell Rods
15 inch
12 inch
2.5 lbs.
5 lbs.
10 lbs.
15 lbs.
20 lbs.
30 lbs.
40 lbs.
DUMBBELLS
15 lbs.
20 lbs.
25 lbs.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
QTY.
02 Set
02 SET
01
01
01
01
No.
No.
No.
No.
01 No.
01 No.
01 No.
02 Nos.
01 No.
02 Nos.
06
06
04
04
04
02
02
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
2 Pairs
1 Pair
1 Pair
01 No.
01 No.
P a g e | 113
TABLE :6.8GYM EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE TRAINING CENTER
SNo
A
B
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
F
1.
2.
3.
F
G
GYM EQUIPMENT NAME

OTHER MACHINES
Squat Rack
Ab Board
BAR
Squat Bar
6 feet
Multi Bench Bar
5.6 feet
Other Bars
5 feet
4 feet
3 feet
Dumbbell Rods
15 inch
12 inch
2.5 lbs.
5 lbs.
10 lbs.
15 lbs.
20 lbs.
30 lbs.
40 lbs.
DUMBBELLS
15 lbs.
20 lbs.
25 lbs.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
QTY.
03 Set
03 SET
02
02
02
02
No.
No.
No.
No.
02 No.
02 No.
02 No.
04Nos.
02No.
04 Nos.
10
10
08
08
08
04
04
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
4 Pairs
2 Pair
2 Pair
02 No.
02 No.
P a g e | 114
LOCATION
6.11.1 Emergency Medical Centre shall be located (near gate of airport or fire station)
preferably near main exit.
6.11.2 Due consideration should also be given to future development plan.
6.11.3 Emergency Medical Centre Building shall be constructed on apron side as far as
possible to avoid frequent runway crossing by duty crew and other responding
agencies.
6.11.4 The building shall not pose any visual obstruction to ATC and fire Station Watchtower
especially on both approaches and hence NOC should be obtained.
6.11.5 Emergency Medical centre Building shall be connected with proper approach roads to
runway, apron and city side.
6.12 DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION

6.12.1 Configuration of Emergency Medical Centre Building should confirm to the model
plan enclosed.
6.12.2 The building shall be single story of minimum 3.5 meter clear height between ceiling
and floor.
6.12.3 There is no specific color code for building as such symmetry may be maintained with
the color of terminal building or fire station.
6.12.4 Slanting roof with false ceiling shall be provided in cold & heavy rainy areas.
6.12.5 Details of First Aid Room is given below:
TABLE 6.9
SN
Category
No. of Wards
Size of Wards
1
2
VI& Below
VII to X
1
1
10 mtrs. X 7 mtrs.
10 mtrs. X 15mtrs.
No. of Bed (Patient &

Fracture)
10 ( 8 + 2 )
20 16 + 4)
6.12.6 An exit shall be provided each towards airside & city side as shown in model plan.
Ramps up shall be provided by the side of each exit for easy movement of wheel chair
and stretcher carrier etc.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 115
6.12.7 A hard stand shall be provided in front & rear of the building up to 30 feet with
minimum load carrying capacity 15 tones. There shall be provision of Doctors Room,
Patient wards (attached toilet & bathroom with nurse cabin) casualty dressing, patient
waiting room, store room, ladies and gents toilets, parking, water cooler area, pantry
room etc. as per plan.
6.12.8 All room shall be plastered with soundproof material to reduce noise level to 65 db&
below.
6.12.9 Doctor Room, equipment store room, wards, patient dressing room should have
adequate air conditioning system.
6.12.10 All rooms including wards shall have double door / window panels, one
wooden/composite prefabricated to maintain thermal insulation and other made of wire
mesh. Wooden is recommended for cold climate area.
6.12.11 Provision of anti-mosquito / insect light shall be made in each room.
6.12.12 There shall be provision of air curtain blower at entry & exit door for decontamination
purpose.
6.12.13
Storeroom shall have a provision of shelves.
6.12.14
Bathroom shall have decontamination arrangement with hot & cold water
shower and hot air.
6.13 WATER SUPPLY

6.13.7 There shall be continuous supply of drinking water with proper filtration &
treatment.
6.13.8 There shall be provision of cold and hot water in all bathrooms.
6.14 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
6.14.7 Electrical installation shall be provided as per requirement of medical centre
with suitable plug-in connection for life saving equipments near each bed.
6.14.8 EMC shall emergency backup current supply.
6.14.9 A PA system shall be provided in the building.
6.15 PARKING
Parking shall be provided in front & rear of building as per drawing attached.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 116
6.16 COMMUNICATION
Emergency Medical centre shall have at least one PABX/EPABX, one direct line and
aFM Set for duty operator.
FM Set for duty operator.
TABLE NO: 6.10
LIST OF CONTENTS FOR MERGENCY MEDICAL CENTRE
S.No
NAME OF
ITEMS
1
2
3
Hospital Bed
Mattresses
Bed Sheets
White
Pillow
Pillow Cover
Blankets (Soft)
Fracture Bed
Curtain stand on
wheels
(threefeet)
Fridge
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Room Heater
blower
Gyser
Towel
I/V Stand
Simple Side
Almirah for
patient (small)
Revolving stool
Observation
/examination
table
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV&
BELOW
3
5
26
CAT
V
CAT
VI
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
CAT
IX &ABOVE
5
6
34
5
6
70
8
10
78
9
12
108
12
16
154
16
26
21
1
1
22
34
28
1
1
58
70
64
1
1
58
78
72
2
2
84
108
96
3
2
122
154
138
4
2
100
Ltr.
3
165
Ltr.
5
165
Ltr.
5
220
Ltr.
5
220
Ltr.
5
220
Ltr.
5
1
4
3
5
2
8
5
6
2
8
5
6
2
10
8
10
2
20
9
12
2
25
10
16
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
2
3
2
3
2
P a g e | 117
TABLE NO: 6.11

RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT
S.No
NAME OF
ITEMS
Resuscitation
a) Ambubag
b)laryngoscop
c)Endotracheal
tube (size 31/2 to
9) d)facemask
(size 0,1,2,3)
Airway
resuscitator tube
(s type)
Oxygen cylinder
with flow meter
tubing and
facemask with
trolly 10.2 litre
capacity
Foot operated
manual suction
apparatus
Electrical suction
machine
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV &
BELOW
1
CAT
V
CAT
VI
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
CAT
IX & ABOVE
10
P a g e | 118
TABLE NO: 6.12

EQUIPMENT FOR CLINICAL EXAMINATION
S.No
NAME OF ITEMS
Stethoscope (with
aphragm& bell)
Sphygmomanometer
(dial type)
Diagnostic Set
Percussion hammer
Torch medium (or
powerful pen torch)
Collapsible light
weight stretcher
Tounge depressor
pediatric type
BP Apparatus
Mercury type
Splints
Snake bit kit
Electro cordio
graphic apparatus
Intravenous infusion
packs
Suction devices
Oxygen
concentrator
machine(small
Plastic bags for
coffins
Blood sugar testing
set (electronics)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV&
BELOW
2
CAT CAT CAT

V
VI
VII
CAT
VIII
CAT
IX& ABOVE
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
11
16
32
52
52
72
2
2
1
4
4
2
4
4
2
6
6
2
6
6
2
8
8
2
10
1
-
15
2
1
15
2
1
20
2
2
20
2
2
20
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
4
1
6
50
100
100
200
200
200
P a g e | 119
TABLE NO: 6.13

SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
S.No. NAME OF
ITEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Surgical drum 9
Compact set of
scalpel dressing
scissors,spoon
thermometer
Kidney tray with
cover 10size
Vacuum suction
set
Strap tourniquet
Automatic
ethylene inhaler
Low pressure
tubing each 1
meter
Feeding cup
Eye cap
Safety pins
Plastic measure
jar 100 ml
Soap solution
Rubber sheet 2x1
meter (MC
entosh rubber
sheet
Surgical gloves
(sterile
disposable)
Catgut sterile
chronic size 0
Catgut sterile
chronic size 2/0
150 cm long
straw in tube
Sature tray Set
Needle holder
Needles
Threads
Suture cutting
scissor
Toothed/Nontooth forceps
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV &
BELOW
1
1
CAT
V
CAT
VI
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
CAT
IX & ABOVE
1
2
1
2
2
3
2
3
2
4
4
2
10
4
10
4
20
6
20
6
30
8
10
40
4 doz
6
10
40
4 doz
6
12
50
6 doz
6
3
10
2 doz
4
6
6
20
20
3 doz 3 doz
6
6
2
3
2
6
2
6
2
10
2
12
2
16
12
20
20
30
30
30
12
20
20
30
30
30
12
20
20
30
30
30
P a g e | 120
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
18
19
20
Cotton gauge/
Bandage
Bowl 3 to 4
Syringe 5 ml
Tray with lid
(SS) 8 to 9
Forceps astray
S.S 16cm long
Forceps
dissecting plain
12.5 cm
Needle holder
TABLE NO: 6.14

DISPOSABLE
S.No NAME OF
ITEMS
1
4
5
7
8
10
Plastic
syringessterile
different size 2ml
& 5 ml
Needle
hypodermic
sterile disposable
different sizes 24
& 26 No.
Nasal catcher,
pedtric& medium
size
Ryles Tube
Suction catheters,
pedtric& medium
size
Gibbons catheter
adjustable
(sterile)
Urine Bag
(Sterile)
IV Fluids (sterile
poly packs) 5 %
glucose DNS NS
& RL
End Tracheal
Tubes (with
adaptors)
Plastic Bag with
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV &
BELOW
1 Doz
CAT
V
CAT
VI
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
CAT
IX & ABOVE
2
Doz
2
Doz
3 Doz
3 Doz
3 Doz
1 Doz
2
Doz
2
Doz
3 Doz
3 Doz
3 Doz
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
4
2
4
12
20
20
20
20
20
12
12
20
20
20
20
12
12
20
20
20
20
12
12
12
20
20
20
P a g e | 121
11
paper linning
Infusion Sets
(Sterile)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
12
12
20
20
20
P a g e | 122
TABLE NO: 6.15

BANDAGES
S.No NAME OF
ITEMS
1
2
3
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Bandage crepe 10
cm
Bandage Elastic
adhesive 6x3cm
Bandage loose
coven
uncompressed
60X4 cm
Bandage
triangular
compressed
Gauge loose
woven
unmedicated
60X3 cm
Gauge medicated
dressing 10cm
square in the
form of single
dressing of
different sizes
Sterile Cotton
wool 50gm
Assorted rolled
Bandages
Bandage Strips
Tissue Paper for
Hand & face
Creamer air wire
splints
Water gel burn
dressing
(12 X 16)
( 8 X 18 )
(4X6)
Rib Belt male
(medium size)
Rib Belt Female
(medium size)
Clavicle strap
(medium size)
Ankle Brace
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV &
BELOW
6
CAT
V
CAT
VI
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
CAT
IX & ABOVE
20
20
20
30
30
20
20
20
30
30
12
24
24
30
30
30
12
24
24
30
30
30
12
24
24
30
30
30
12
10
10
20
20
20
12
12
20
20
20
12
6 roll
24
12
roll
6
20
20
roll
12
20
20 roll
20
20 roll
24
12
roll
6
12
12
10
10
15
15
20
1
2
1
1
3
3
4
2
3
3
4
2
5
5
5
3
5
5
5
3
5
7
8
3
4
P a g e | 123
17
18
19
(medium size)
Spoon splint
(Medium size)
StaxMalled
(medium Size)
Wrist & Foreign
Splint (right)
Large size
10
10
10
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
CAT
IX & ABOVE
TABLE NO: 6.16

INJECTIONS TO BE USED BY DOCTORS
S.No NAME OF
ITEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Adrenalin (1:
1000) 1ml amp
Atrophinesulphate
0.6 mg in 1 ml
Mephentime
Decadron/
dexamethasons
Lignocaine
Lasix 20 mig
Avil/
phenergon
Decriphylline
Diclofenae sodium
Tramedol
Ondem
Effcorline
Soda bicar
Calcium
Gluconate
Ethamsylate
25% dextrose
NTG (emsolol)
Dopamine
CAT
IV &
BELOW
2
CAT CAT
V
VI
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
CAT
V
CAT
VI
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
50
50
30
50
50
30
50
50
40
50
50
40
CAT
IX &
ABOVE
50
50
40
TABLE NO: 6.17TABLETS/CAPSULES

S.No NAME OF
ITEMS
1
2
3
Ibuprofem
Croc in
Stemetill 5 mg
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV &
BELOW
40
40
20
P a g e | 124
4
5
6
7
8
Avil 25 mg
Nimesulide 1
Sosrbitrate
Diclofemac
sodium
Theo-astalin
20
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
20
20
20
20
20
TABLE NO: 6.18

OINTMENT/LOTION
S.No NAME OF
ITEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
(a)
(b)
(c)
Savlon Lotion
IodexSpary
Silverex
Neosporine eye
oint
Ciplox eye drop
Nebasudt power
Modicreme
Xylocaine jelly 2
% ointment
Ethyl chloride
spray
Endry eye drop
Asthaline inhaler
Xyllometazoline
nasal drop (adult)
Nebulizer with
fluids
Salbutmol (vail)
Duoline (AMP)
Ipravent (AMP)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
CAT
IV&
BELOW
1
1
1
1
CAT
V
CAT
VI
CAT
VII
CAT
VIII
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
4
5
2
2
4
5
2
2
CAT
IX&
ABOVE
5
6
3
3
1
1 pkt
1
1
2
2 pkt
2
2
2
2 pkt
2
2
2
2 pkt
2
2
2
2 pkt
2
2
3
3 pkt
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
4
3
1
4
3
1
4
3
2
6
6
2
6
6
2
6
6
P a g e | 125
DOCTOR
ROOM
WARD
NURSE
ROOM
NURSE
ROOM
DRESSING
ROOM
STORE
MEDICAL
ITEMS
WAITING
CUM
DISPERSAL
ROOM
STAFF
LOCKERS
WATER
COOLER
AREA
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
1
2
1
1
COOLER
WITH
ZERO B
ROOM A/C
BIG WITH
FRONT
FIXED
CHAIR
WITH ARM
LOCKER
Small
ALMIRAH
Big
3.5x2
feet
4.5x2.5
feet
TABLE SIZE
5x2.5
feet
REVOLVIN
G CHAIR
CHAIR
WITH ARM
CHAIR
WITHOUT
ARM
LOCATION
TABLE NO: 6.19

FURNITURE AND OTHER ITEMS FOR EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTRE
(CATEGORY V & BELOW)
10
6
1
P a g e | 126
TABLE NO: 6.20

FURNITURE AND OTHER ITEMS FOR EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTRE
Doctor
room
Ward
Nurse
Room
Nurse
Room
Dressing
Room
Store
medical
items
Waiting
cum
dispersal
room
Staff
Lockers
Water
cooler
area
Fire
Staff
Room
4
2
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
20
ROOM A/C
WATER
COOLER
WITH
ZERO B
FILTER
Small
ALMIRAH
BIG WITH
FRONT
FIXED
GLASS
CHAIR
WITH ARM
LOCKER
ALMIRAH
Big
3.5x2 feet
4.5x2.5
feet
TABLE SIZE
REVOLVIN
G CHAIR
CHAIR
WITH ARM
CHAIR
WITHOUT
ARM
5x2.5 feet
LOCATION
(CATEGORY VI & ABOVE)
4
1
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 127
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 128
s
\
t
*
*
-$
/>
-t'
.
vuoo!?
*
F
/
a- i
t
t
i
I
tr,
\/ j
EJ
j
I
U
!
.-1
FI
--
4F
,-J
rl
arl r:
z
-t
{l
i-,1
ql
'--l
I
I
!
o
T
e
tl
I
I
ri
,^l
r,
Vr
a.l
r\-,/
*l
\I
tt-t
1ii
td
H-'
i
.
"'L.t.;
-.
t :/-
a
o
I
I
t
)
\
le
.6-
co
(,r
'5
d
I
8.
q
a
jr
E$
c
E
7.
o.
!1
!rr
=l
o8
3d
r4
.J
,
!
}
t
t
$
a
1
al
v
!"\i
.?
<--(7rtt*
:\,
-;;"'sV*-*- *-..)
e sa;r'ls OlgP&t ''ooi1
!"
'M )
R1y.?
AnrarurP . l5
FIRE PET {r'ixr ol-tDER ri o: 4 o; zsot)
Materials
t
t
: F ire Briclis ,& Cler:t ellt 0n \\'alls

as well as tloor
t-
;
I
I f'ce
t
n
{
U
I
I
J
J
J
alf f ect
r)
ril;ove
J
J
J
groilild
Icvct "t
J
J
J
J
i1il1
\Ltlllll icr e i
i lrci l,cl,''
icv e I o I ta ni
1.,. I l: l'-.
Itrtll
-t
tLLt
lbr
be lt:'rY
gi'() Liild
level
I 1cc1
tcct
/-. t-.
.,\
rrrrr-rrrrn'h rn:lrJ rtl'rrr
rlt.l {-in' r-''i'l )"-l lrrt
drain
6 MM TH AL..
CHEQUERED PLATE
MS STR. AS / DSGN
TERRACE FL.LVL.
THIRD FL.LVL.
20 MM TH. FIRERATED
CEMENT BONDED
PARTICLE BOARD
SECOND FL.LVL
6 MM TH AL..
CHEQUERED PLATE
OPENABLE SHUTTER
FIRST FL.LVL.
GR.LVL.
PARTICLE BOARD
TERRACE FL.LVL.
THIRD FL.LVL.
SECOND FL.LVL
FIRST FL.LVL.
GR.LVL.
TERRACE FL.LVL.
THIRD FL.LVL.
SECOND FL.LVL
PROPOSED FIRE
DRILL TOWER
FIRST FL.LVL.
GR.LVL.
A.G. JOSHI
ASST.GM.(ARCH.)
ASSISTANT MANAGER (DRG./PLG.)
KALPANA SETHI
JT.G.M. (ARCH.)
MGR. (ARCH.)
SEPT. - 2014
DATE
E.D(PLG)
A--
1 : 200
G.M. (ARCH.)
ANUPAM KUMAR
C-BLOCK, RAJIV GANDHI BHAVAN,

SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT , N. DELHI.
DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING
ELEVATION & SECTIONS
SCALE
JOB NO
DRG NO
MS LADDER
MS STR. AS / DSGN
20 MM TH. FIRERATED
CEMENT BONDED
PARTICLE BOARD
W
6 MM TH AL..
CHEQUERED PLATE
OPENABLE SHUTTER
6 MM TH AL..
CHEQUERED PLATE
FLOOR
PROPOSED FIRE
DRILL TOWER
A.G. JOSHI
ASST.GM.(ARCH.)
ASSISTANT MANAGER (DRG./PLG.)
KALPANA SETHI
JT.G.M. (ARCH.)
MGR. (ARCH.)
SEPT. - 2014
DATE
E.D(PLG)
A--
1 : 200
G.M. (ARCH.)
ANUPAM KUMAR
C-BLOCK, RAJIV GANDHI BHAVAN,

SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT , N. DELHI.
DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING
PLANS
SCALE
JOB NO
DRG NO
CHAPTER -7
FIRE PREVENTION &

PROTECTION
(TERMINAL BUILDING, ATS, CNS INSTALLATION
BUILDINGS, CARGO COMPLEX & HANGERS)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 129
7.1
INTRODUCTION
7.1.1 Airport terminal building, ATS/CNS installation building and Airport

Hanger are classified under Business-cum-Assembly and storage &
hazardous based on the classification of building and hence are
required to comply with proper fire prevention and fire protection,
confirming to high hazard occupancy as per National Building Code
(NBC) and also as per National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
7.1.2 Majority of our airports building have come under Municipal limits
hence NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATE (NOC) must be obtained from
Municipal Corporation / local authorities to avoid any litigation.
7.1.3 Airport Fire Service have also become binding on safety of occupants
and avoidance of fire risks to equipments, building and vital
installations, hence the design of fire protection and fighting system
from planning stage to installation work to be approved from
Directorate of Fire Service and also testing of fire prevention and
protection equipment and stage wise inspection to be carried out by
this Directorate.
7.1.4 Insurance of building and valuable equipments has been found one of
the ideal ways to minimize the risk of loss by such eventualities and to
reduce the premium of insurance, it is mandatory to have proper fire
protection cover.
7.1.5 While the direct losses can be safeguarded by way of insurance, the
indirect losses which are normally in multiples of direct losses can be
reduced only if proper fire protection is provided as it is always easy to
knock-down fire at initial stage than wait for fire brigade.
7.1.6 Besides above in view of increasing fire incidents in Terminal
buildings, Technical /ATS buildings and other vital installations the
nature of fire likely to be encountered in this type of multifunctional
occupancy and ongoing public awareness, it is imperative to evolve a
suitable yardstick and standard of fire protection.
7.1.7 Since all airports have almost identical unit with identical surface
functions barring a few, it was felt necessary to evolve a uniform scale
of fire prevention and fire protection.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 130
7.1.8 Building fire protection systems have been categorized into Active
measures and Passive measures. Active measures involved the control
of smoke spread, detection and alarm that informs the occurrence of a
fire and triggers sort of counteraction towards fire extinguishment and
Passive measures are concerned with building structure integrity,
compartmentation. Passive fire protection measures are proactive
approach taken at building design stage.
7.1.9 Housekeeping or maintenance of orderly cleanliness is a basic factor in
fire safety. Good housekeeping practices, both indoors and outdoors,
by disposal of unwanted combustibles, limitation or segregation of
combustibles, reduce the danger of fire.
7.2
SCOPE
7.2.1 This order gives the guidelines of fire prevention and protection at
Terminal building, Technical building, CNS installation building, Cargo
Complex and aircraft hangars. Also includes inspection / testing
checklist of fire prevention and protection system.
7.2.2 Categorization of Airport Building based on occupancy, equipment,
storage and hazardous.
7.2.3 Site planning and Building Design and Construction based on Fire
Safety Point as per National Building Code of India (NBC)
7.3
CATEGORIZATION OF BUILDING
7.3.1 Categorization of Airport Terminal Building

7.3.1.1 Major: - Airfield operational category 7 to 9 with passenger facilities
more than 500.
7.3.1.2 Intermediate: - Airfield operational category 5 to 6 with passenger
facilities more than 200 but less than 500.
7.3.1.3 Small: - Airfield operational Category 3 to 4 with passenger facilities
more than 100 but less than 200.
7.3.2 Categorization of ATS Building
7.3.2.1 High rise building: - Above 15 meter in height
7.3.2.2 Low rise building: - Less than 15 meter in height.
7.3.3 Categorization of CNS Installation
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 131
7.3.3.1 Major: -Building with area more than 365 sq meters and sub divided
in 6 or more compartments/rooms.
7.3.3.2 Intermediate: -Building with area more than 150 sq meters and
less than 365 sq meter area and divided in 3 to 5 compartments.
7.3.3.3 Small: -Building with less than 150 square meters within one or two
compartments.
7.4
CATEGORIZATION OF AIRCRAFT HANGER
7.4.1
Group 1: - [group of hangers having at least one criteria]
7.4.1.1 An aircraft access door height over 8.5m

7.4.1.2 An undivided area within the hanger which could be subject to loss
by a single fire because of the lack of sub division (single fire area)
larger than 3715 sq meter.
7.4.1.3 Provision for housing an aircraft with a tail height over8.5 meters.
7.4.2.
Group 2:- [group of hangers having both of the following criteria]
7.4.2.1 An aircraft access door height of 8.5 meter

7.4.2.2 A single fire area which may vary from 465 sq meters upwards but
may not be larger than 3715 sq meter
7.4.3
Group 3:- [group of hangers having:]
7.4.3.1 A hanger having an access door height of 8.5 meter or less.

7.4.3.2 A single fire area varying from 465 sq meters up to 2790 sq meter.
7.5
CATEGORIZATION OF CARGO BUILDING
7.5.1 Single occupancy cargo building:

A single occupancy cargo building is one that accommodates a single
user and may involve export, import or a combination of both.
7.5.2 Multiple occupancy cargo building
A multiple occupancy cargo building is accommodates a number of
users.
7.6
SITE PLANNING OF AIRPORT BUILDING FOR FIRE SAFETY
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 132
Decisions need to be made early in the design or planning process for

a new Airport building to provide an effective and safe design from a
fire safety point. Consideration need to be given to both Active and
Passive Fire Protection.
7.6.1 Traffic and Transportation Patterns
Response time for fire tender/vehicle and other emergency vehicle is a
vital consideration in designing a building or site.
All roads,
thoroughfares and traffic congestion patterns should be reviewed and
considered for new site projects so that emergency vehicles have
limited response time and distance.
7.6.2 Fire Service Access
Fire apparatus/equipments are a major consideration in new
construction. The fire service personnel must be able to get hose lines
to all portions of the building. Buildings may require that Fire
Tender/ vehicle, Rescue Tender, Hydraulic Platform access roads need
to be wide enough to support the equipment used by the fire service.
They also need to be able to support the weight of Fire Tender/Rescue
Tender/ Hydraulic Platform. Access roads are needed for emergency
uses are designated as fire lanes and vehicle parking is prohibited.
7.6.3 Fire fighting water suppliers
The lack of water supply severely hampers fire fighting operations.
Adequate quantity of Water supply for different category of Airport
building shall be maintained in static/ underground tanks as per
National Building Code / National Fire Protection Association to be
available for fire service to fight a fire in a building.
7.7
TYPE OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
7.7.1 The constructions of building are divided into three basic types.
TABLE 7.1
Type
Construction
Type I
Fire Resistive construction
Type II
Complete non combustible construction i.e. element of structure,
floor and wall
Type III
Traditional Ordinary construction i.e. non combustible walls with
combustible floors
Type IV
Structural members which are portion of walls are of approved
non-combustible or limited combustibles material.
Type V
Structural members which are wholly or partially of wood or other
approved combustible material.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 133
7.7.2 Approval of non-combustible or limited combustible materials with

sufficient fire resistive relating to withstand the effect of fire and
prevent its spread should be as per National Building Code/NFPA.
7.7.3 Other type of construction has also been used for consideration
wherever applicable to meet the local climate conditions with latest
fire protection system as per National Building Code/ National Fire
Protection Association.
7.7.4 Materials used for construction shall conform to the specifications
issued by Bureau of Indian Standards specification/ International
standards.
7.8
STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION
7.8.1 The priority of Structural Fire Protection is to carry out search & rescue
operation without the building collapsing and prevent disproportionate
damage to property.
7.8.2 Structural fire protection shall be achieved by controlling spread of fire
& smoke by compartmenting, stability of structure exposed to a fire
during the escape period and preventing building materials due to
expose from high temperature.
7.8.3 If fire protection systems are to be disrupted, ensure procedures are
incorporated to maintain equivalent levels of fire protection and provide
formal notification to the facility while systems are down.
7.8.4 Hydrant system designinstallation shall have to comply with
NFPA/NBC Standards.
7.8.5 In new construction the fire pump must be in a separate room from
other mechanical and electrical equipment. Pump room shall be
normally located detached in the compound of the building and shall be
preferably 6 meters away from the building. Where this is not feasible,
the pump room can be located inside the building provided it is
segregated from the remainder of the building in accordance with
regulations and access to the pump room outside of the building shall
be either direct or through a passage which has opening to pump room.
7.8.6 Fire main pumps shall start automatically below jockey pump start
pressure. Pumps shall be manually shut down. Main and diesel fire
pump of such capacity to be provided to support 3 to 4 hydrants at a
time.
7.8.7 Provide jockey pumps to supply not less than 3.0 lps (liter per second).
The jockey pump should have DG back up. Jockey pump shall
maintain pressure as required to prevent the fire pump from operating
to maintain system pressure.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 134
7.9
MEANS OF ESCAPE
7.9.1 All buildings should be designed such that occupant could escape to
the place of ultimate safety this should be in the open air where
dispersal, away from the building, can be achieved when fire occurs
and to ensure that the routes are;
7.9.2 Adequate number and dimensions of escape routes/emergency exists
should be provided.
7.9.3 Travel distance should be limited & acceptable and walking speed
under normal conditions within crowded area is between 0.7m/s and
0.9m/s. Where escape is possible in more than one direction , direct
travel distance shall not be exceed 30 meters to place of safety with a
minimum angle between exit routes of 45 degree. The maximum escape
time should be 2 min.30 sec. with a total evacuation time of 15
minutes.
7.9.4 Escape routes should be protected from fire & smoke.
7.9.5 Fire exits plans will be conspicuously posted on each floor showing
clearly the routes to appropriate exits. Direction toward exits from
interstitial spaces. Provide emergency lighting for adequate egress
illumination in the event of a power outage.
7.9.6 Signage with relevant wording in English, Hindi and local language.
7.9.7 Free, non- obstructed.
7.9.8 Smoke Control System.
7.9.9 Protected from automatic sprinkler system.
7.10 EXIT DESIGN
7.10.1 The exit design should be as per National Building Code and NFPA.
7.10.2 An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway(S) to an internal
staircase or external staircase or to a verandah or terrace(s), which
have access to the street or to the roof of a building or a refuge area. An
exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building
at the same level.
7.10.3 Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as exits.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 135
7.10.4 Every exit, exit access or exit discharge shall be continuously

maintained free of all obstructions or impediments to full use in the
case of fire or other emergency.
7.10.5 No building shall be so altered as to reduce the number, width or
protection of exits to less than that required.
7.10.6 Exits shall be clearly visible and the route to reach the exits shall be
clearly marked and signs posted to guide the occupants of the floor
concerned. Signs shall be illuminated and wired to an independent
electrical circuit on an alternative source of supply. The sizes and
colours of the exit signs shall be in accordance with good practice. The
colour of the exit signs shall be green.
7.10.7 Fire doors with 2 hr fire resistance shall be provided at appropriate
places along the escape route and particularly at the entrance to lift
lobby and stair well where a funnel or flue effect may be created
inducing an upward spread of fire to prevent spread of fire and smoke.
7.10.8 All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a
building or to an exterior open space leading to a street.
7.10.9 Exits shall be so arranged that they may be reached without passing
through another occupied unit.
7.10.10The travel distance to an exit from the dead end of a corridor shall not
exceed half the distance specified in following table except in assembly
and institutional occupancies in which case it shall not exceed 6m.
7.10.11Exits shall be so located that the travel distance on the floor shall not
exceed the distance given in table
7.11 Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction
TABLE 7.2
Sr.No Group of occupancy
Maximum Travel Distance Construction
Type 1 & 2 (m)
Type 3 & 4 (m)
i
Residential (A)
30
22.5
Ii
Educational (B)
30
22.5
iii
Institutional (C)
30
22.5
iv
Assembly (D)
30
30
V
Business (E)
30
30
Vi
Mercantile (F)
303
30
Vii
Industrial (G)
45
30
Viii
Storage (H)
30
30
ix
Hazardous (J)
22.5
30
7.11.1 For fully sprinklered building, the travel distance may be increased by
50 percent of the values specified.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 136
7.11.2 Ramps shall be protected with automatic sprinkler system and shall be
counted as one of the means of escape.
7.11.3 Construction of type 3 or 4 is not permitted.
7.11.4 No exit doorway shall be less than 1000 mm in width except assembly
building where door width shall be not less than 2000 mm in height.
7.11.5 Emergency / Fire Exit doorways preferably shall open outwards, that
is away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel along any exit.
No door, when opened shall reduce the required width of stairway or
landing to less than 900 mm; overhead or sliding doors shall not be
installed.
7.11.6 Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs a landing
equal to at least the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway
at each doorway; the level of landing shall be the same at that of the
floor which it serves.
7.11.7 Exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve
without the use of a key.
7.11.8 Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion
regarding the direction of exit.
7.11.9 A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.
7.11.10Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
7.11.11No gas piping or electrical panels shall be allowed in the stairway.
Ducting in stairway may be permitted if it is of 1 hr fire resistance
rating.
7.11.12The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 250 mm for
internal staircase of residential buildings. This shall be 300 mm for
assembly, hotels, educational, institutional, business and other
buildings. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a
manner to prevent slipping.
7.11.13External stairs shall have straight flight not less than 1250 mm wide
with 250 mm treads and risers not more than 190 mm. The number
of risers shall be limited to 15 per flight.
7.11.14Handrails shall be of a height not less than 1000 mm and not
exceeding 1200 mm. There shall be provisions of balusters with
maximum gap of 150 mm.
7.11.15All occupants exposed to the fire environment must be able to evacuate
to a safe area within 90 seconds of alarm.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 137
7.11.16Alternative route
beprovided.
leading
to
protected
escape
route
should
7.11.17Travel distance of exits and their location must be such that the
occupants of the building can safely escape without being overcome by
the effects of fire.
7.11.18Phase construction as necessary to ensure blocking of exits is
minimized or avoided. If exits are blocked during construction provide
alternate exit routes during each phase of construction and identify
them on the construction drawings.
7.12
COMPARTMENTATION
Fire compartments should be included in building design to limit fire
and
smoke spread so that people have longer time to escape.
7.12.1 Factors affecting the level of compartmentation

7.12.2 Occupancy load
7.12.3 Building type or purpose
7.12.4 Fire load
7.12.5 Height of building
7.12.6 Active fire protection system
7.12.7 Burning characteristics of materials
7.12.8 Compartment Sizes shall be depends on the fire load, purpose of the
Building and building height.
7.13CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT
7.13.1 Compartment walls, floors, separations and lobbies should be
constructed such that all joints are completely fitted with noncombustible materials to prevent the passage of smoke or flame.
7.13.2 The load bearing capacity of the compartment element should beability
to carry the load without collapsing.
7.13.3 The integrity of the element should have ability to resist the
development of cracks or perfections to allow passage of smoke and
flame from one side to the other side of the element.
7.13.4 The insulation should have ability to prevent heat transfer from one
face to the other face of the element.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 138
7.13.5 In false ceiling, only fire retardant (e.g. metallic) materials should be
used. Wherever inflammable false ceilings, including frame work, the
planning and design of adequate/ appropriate replacement should be
commenced forthwith.
7.13.6 False ceiling should be compartmentalized to the possible extent as per
fire zoning of the building.
7.13.7 Where physical compartmentation is not possible (example like watch
tower, adjutant building, etc.) consideration may be given to installation
of automatic water curtains (drencher system) or pressurization system
for achieving the objective of compartmentation.
7.14
SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
7.14.1
The primary objective of smoke management system is to reduce the

hazard due to smoke by control of its movement.
7.14.2
Factors that effect the smoke movement
7.14.2.1 Low rise building: In low rise buildings, the influences of the fire, such
as heat, convective movement and fire pressures are the major factors
that cause smoke movement.
7.14.2.2 High rise buildings: In high rise buildings, the same factors are
complicated by the stack effect, which is the vertical neutral air
movement through the building caused by the differences in
temperatures and densities between the inside and outside air.
7.14.2.3 The stack effect is influenced by the effect of wind pressure which
modifies the natural air movement within a building to shift up & down
the building.
7.14.3 Smoke Control
7.14.3.1 Pressurization of staircases.
7.14.3.2 Effect of Pressure difference across barrier
7.14.3.3 Single injection system
7.14.3.4 Multiple injection system
7.14.3.5 Smoke logged system
7.14.3.6 Passive and Active smoke extraction system The National Building Code
has specified the smoke control system.
7.15
VENTILATION SYSTEM
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 139
7.15.1 Ventilation is an essential part of the tactical and strategic objective of

modern fire extinguishment.
7.15.2 Ventilation requirement
7.15.3 For respiration of occupant.
7.15.4 To dilute inside air to prevent vitiation by body odours.
7.15.5 To remove any products of combustion or other contaminates in air.

7.15.6 Provide heat balance to prevent discomfort injury and fire.
7.15.7 Ventilation design: The ventilation design and planning should be as per
National Building Code and NFPA.
7.16
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
7.16.1 Fire Protection requirements of air conditioning systems should be in

accordance with National building Code.
7.16.2 There shall be separate ducts for supply and return air. Carrying return
air through false ceiling must be avoided unless it is boxed exclusively
for return air.
7.16.3 Fire dampers should be provided in Air Handling Unit (AHU).
7.17
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
7.17.1 Electrical installation and equipment in building must conform to

requirement laid down in accordance with National Building Code.
7.17.2 The power cables to various appliances, AC units, Computers/
Distribution boards etc. should be adequate size / rating and properly
protected against mechanical damage etc. (preferably run through cable
tray).
7.17.3 No loose and exposed cable should be permitted. No work shall be
permitted without proper three- pin plug, socket.
7.17.4 No wire should be laid in PVC flexible conduit only metal conduit should
be used.
7.17.5 Sufficient air space should be ensured for the cable at duct crossing
locations.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 140
7.17.6 No joint in cable or wire should be permitted beyond the main electrical
panels. The extension cords shall be maintained in good condition
without splice, deterioration or damage.
7.17.7 Proper rated switch gears (MCB/MCCB) should be used. Wire fuse
should not be permitted and only HRC fuse should be used.
7.17.8 One control gear (Switch Gear/MCB/MCCB) should not control more
than one appliances. Overloading of electrical circuits must not be
allowed.
7.17.9 All the wires and cable should be FRLS Type.
7.17.10Proper earth connection of electrical appliances should be ensured and
IS code of practice on earthing IS 3043 -1987 should be followed for all
electrical system / installation.
7.17.11All electrical boxes should be closed to prevent the possibility of contact
with combustible materials.
7.17.12Electrical works shall be carried out by qualified personnel only.
7.17.13Place insulating mats in front of electrical switch board and have the
rubbers gloves periodically checked.
7.17.14Always treat circuit as live until you have ensured them to be dead/
isolated.
7.18
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
Lightning protection shall also be considered and included in the
building plansasperNational Building Code.
7.18.1 The tall lighting masts, terminal buildings and aerobridges should be
earthed permanently, with proper size of earthing conductor.
7.18.2 Provision of lightning protected structures at remote bay areas.
7.19
FIRE PROTECTION AT TERMINAL BUILDING
7.19.1 Automatic fire detection system should be installed in all areas used
by public except those where passenger and staff will be present all the
times during the use of building as per National Fire Protection
Association.
7.19.2 Automatic sprinkler system is required to be provided in the terminal
building as per NBC.
7.19.3 All furniture, fixture, floor and wall coverings should be made of low
flammability ratings or non combustible material.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 141
7.19.4 All shafts, stairwells, subways and vertical openings should have
minimum one hour fire resistance for their structure.
7.19.5 Subways and links should have smoke compartmentation design and
each compartment being no greater than 90 meters long and fitted with
smoke stop doors held open on electromagnetic catches.
7.19.6 Hydrant system/wet riser should be provided for fire protection of

terminal building.
7.19.7 Fire pump of such capacity to be provided to support 3 to 4 hydrants at
a time.
7.19.8 Water supply of minimum overall capacity should conform to National
Building Code.
7.20
FIRE PROTECTION AT ATS & CNS BUILDING
7.20.1 Automatic fire detection and alarm system should be installed CNS
installation building.
7.20.3 All shafts, stairwells, subways and vertical openings should have
minimum one hour fire resistance for their structure.
7.20.4 Fire extinguishers should be installed as per BIS standards.
7.20.5 Riser/ Fixed fire fighting installation should be provided for ATS
building as per NBC.
7.21
FIRE PROTECTION AT CARGO COMPLEX
7.21.1 Proper aisles are required in storage areas to permit access by materials
handling equipment.
7.21.2 Hot work operations (like welding, cutting, grinding or any such job
which creates splatters or flame, etc) should be prohibited in storage
areas. If hot work conducted in storage occupancy, extraordinary
precautions must be taken to prevent ignition of the stored material.
Hot work permit/ permit to work should be issued.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 142
7.21.4 Lighting and heating appliance should be installed with proper

clearance between lighting fixtures & storage and observed NFPA 70/
Indian Electricity Rules.
7.21.5 Smoking should be prohibited in storage areas.
7.21.6 Fire hydrants should be installed outside the cargo building as per
standard.
7.21.7 Automatic sprinkler system should be provided as per NFPA 13. All fire
protection equipment including hydrants, fire pump, extinguisher,
alarm system must be properly inspected, tested & maintained.
7.22
FIRE PROTECTION AT AIRCRAFT HANGERS
7.22.1
Specification for Fire Protection System in different groups of hanger

should be as per National Fire Protection Association and NBC.
7.22.2
The maximum floor area should be protected by Foam water deluge

system within aircraft storage and maintenance areas.
7.22.3
The spacing of the sprinkler heads should be same as per extra high
hazard of National Fire Protection Association for aircraft storage and
maintenance in the Hangers.
7.22.4
The discharge from sprinklers heads should be calculated on a

maximum variation of 15% above the required discharge rates in litres
per minute per square meter and no variation below the required
discharge rate specified.
7.22.5
Extra sprinkler heads should be installed where there is any

interference to sprinkler discharge and the pattern of distribution for
maximum and effective floor coverage.
7.22.6
The discharge devices for foam water system must be able to generate
foam supplied from concentrate under pressure and should be of the
air aspirating type.
7.22.7
The deflectors of the discharge devices should be able to produce

discharge patterns similar to those of standard sprinkler heads.
7.22.8
The minimum orifice size of the discharge device should be as per

National Fire Protection Association for used with the type of foam
concentration.
7.22.9
The discharge rate should be not be less than 8 litres per min/sq.meter
of floor area for air-aspirating system & 6.5 Litres min/sq. meter of floor
area for non-aspirating system.
7.22.10 The discharge rate of foam compound for supplying the system for a
minimum period of 10 minutes plus a 100% reserve kept.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 143
7.22.11 Where foam concentrate feeder pipes run below ground level or have a
run of more than 15 m above ground, then the concentrate within the
pipe should be pressurized to ensure that there is no delay in foam
application.
7.22.12 The control valves tanks and injection equipments should be outside of
aircraft storage and maintenance areas where ambient climatic
conditions will not adversely affect the performance of the system.
7.22.13 Where monitors nozzles are use, they should be provided with
individual manual shutoff valves for each nozzle.
7.22.14 The water supply should be sustaining the discharge rate at sufficient
pressure for the above operation for a minimum of one hour except
where foam water systems and secondary fire protection are installed,
then the duration of the water supply can be reduced to 45 minutes.
7.22.15 The system installed for primary fire protection should be actuated by
detectors.
7.23
FIRST AID FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

First aid fire fighting appliances are required to be provided at all
Terminal Building, Technical/ATS Building, Communication Navigation
Surveillance Installation Building and Aircraft Hanger.
7.23.1
Guidelines for Installing fire extinguisher

The basic guidelines for determining number, location, type and sizes
are provided in IS: 2190. The calculation based on IS:2190 shall be
done by Station in charge of fire services / Regional in charge of fire
services for terminal /technical/CNS Installation building and Aircraft
hanger etc. for different station.
7.23.2
Inventory Maintenance
7.23.2.1
Each officer in charge / station in charge of Fire Service /Regional incharge of Fire Services shall maintain fire extinguishers register besides
normal stock register as per Fire Order No.-1
7.23.2.2
Each extinguisher shall be serially numbered with type, Date of

purchase, Date of monthly inspection, Quarterly maintenance test,
Date of refilling and year of Hydraulic test before displaying in the
building/Area/ Unit etc.
7.23.3
Maintenance of Fire Extinguisher
7.23.3.1
Airport Fire Service shall be responsible to

extinguishers for the facilities that belong to AAI.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
maintain
all
the
P a g e | 144
7.23.3.2
Wherever Airport Fire Service personnel are not available Regional In

charge of Fire service shall maintain inspection, training, hydraulic
testing, checking, etc.
7.23.3.3
Maintenance should include an examination of the extinguishers

mechanical parts, the extinguishing agent and the expelling means.
7.23.3.4
Repairs to the extinguisher must be made immediately or a

replacement extinguisher provided.
7.24.4
Display of Extinguisher
7.24.4.1
Extinguisher should be displayed in accordance with IS: 2190.
7.24.4.2
Extinguisher should be located at a convenient and visible location.

Wall hanging of extinguishers should be done in such a way that their
location does not become obstruction to the public or occupier.
7.24.4.3
Provision of stands should be made to install extinguisher as far as

possible instead of wall hanging, especially in passenger lounge.
7.24.4.4
Extinguishers should preferably be provided outside the room and on

escape routes.
7.24.4.5
Distance of a nearest extinguisher should not be more than 22 M. from

any place of protection.
7.25
TESTING /INSPECTION
7.25.1
Automatic fire detection/Alarm system serviceability shall be ensured in

each shift. Any malfunction should be immediately brought to the
notice of the electrical maintenance deptt for rectification and logged in
the log book, maintained in the building fire control room.
7.25.2
Detailed checks of fire detection and alarm system (under simulat

conditions) to be carried out in such a fashion so as to cover all zones
and all detectors within a quarter.
7.25.3
Similar checks shall also be carried out for pill boxes within the
respective zones within quarter.
7.25.4
Details of such checks as indicated above be recorded along with

corrective action, where taken in separate register.
7.25.5
Fire Hydrant system wherever provided be physically checked in such a

fashion that all hydrant points are checked for functional operations at
least once in a week. During this check, Hose pipes coupling and branch
shall also be checked and corrective action may be taken immediately.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 145
7.25.6
Detailed checks of Hydrant point so roster that each hydrant points

should be checked at least once in a quarter to ensure that it with stand
the required pressure. These detailed checks should be conducted by
fire prevention wing.
7.25.7
Sprinkler system should be checked for functional operation once in

every week.
7.25.8
All first aid fire fighting appliance should be rostered so that each
appliance is checked and tagged for the date on which tested.
7.25.9
Station in charge of Fire Service / Regional in charge of Fire Service

shall ensure inspection, maintenance, testing, recharge as per standard
procedure.
7.25.10
Inspection shall be carried out as per inspection checklist [ANNEXURE

I; (Page no. 1 to 34)] at fire protection system installed.
7.25.11
Testing /inspection checklist [ANNEXURE II] is mandatory before taking

over of the fire fighting system of AAI building fire protection system.
This inspection checklist shall be sent to RHQ and CHQ.
7.25.12
Regional In charge, Fire service [Jt.GM (FS)/ DGM (FS)] and Fire
Incharge, Chennai Airport and Kolkata airport shall also forward
consolidate reports w.r.t. Annexure I, quarterly to Directorate of Fire
Service, CHQ, New Delhi.
7.26
FIRE PREVENTION
7.26.1 Joint monthly inspection by a team comprising of executives from fire, civil
and electrical/ electronic engineering should be carried out to ensure
pruning of loose cables / wires to avoid short circuit. The fire fighting
installation and fire safety arrangement in the building should be
inspected as per CHECKLIST TABLE of the fire prevention and
protection system and report should be placed to the concerned
department head.
7.26.2
The team should also check functioning of the fire dampers, in the AHU
i.e. testing and inter- locking with blower motor.
7.26.3
The inspection team should also identify inflammable material stored at

fire risk locations to ensure that the same area got removed/ relocated.
7.26.4
Record of these instructions should be kept in a separate register, to be

maintained by the Fire Service Department In- charge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 146
7.26.5
Periodic exercises be undertaken to familiarize the fire staff at the

airport to enable them to have easy access to the terminal/technical
/CNS Installation building and Aircraft hanger etc.
7.26.6
Officer in-charge of the respective airports to undertake an in-depth

survey, annually, to assess the adequacy/augmentation of fire fighting
facilities such as;
7.26.6.1 Water supply sources for Fire Fighting

7.26.6.2 Capacity of water storage tanks for Fire Fighting
7.26.6.3 Hydrant, Wet risers and Sprinkler System
7.26.6.4 Fire Detection/ Alarm system
7.26.6.5 First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances
7.26.6.6 Any other Fire Fighting Equipment /Accessories to combat fire or to
ensure effective fire protection.
7.27
WORK PERMIT SYSTEM
7.28.1
Hot / cold work permit system should be issue to all contractors

working within airport boundary. A copy of format as per Chapter-8
which must be issued to fire station for taking necessary precautions.
7.28.2
Any work in the nature of preventive / breakdown maintenance,

condition Monitoring, excavation work, etc. where the work is to be
performed by personnel other than operations will require hot / cold
work permit.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 147
TABLE 7.1
STATION PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS.
INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE, AND RECHARGE.
YEAR:_________ INSPECTOR NAME :_______________ SYSTEM : ________________
LOCATION : _______________________________________________________________________
EXTINGUISHE
R LOCATION
BUILDING/
FLOOR AREA
EXTINGUISHE
R
TYPE
SERIAL
NUMBE
R
DATE OF
PURCHAS
E
USE (M) FOR

MONTHLY
INSPECTIONS.
USE (Q) FOR
QUARTERLY
INSPECTIONS.
USE (DM) FOR DAILY
MAINTENANCE
CHECK.
USE (QM) FOR
QUARTERLY
MAINTENANCE TEST.
USE (R) FOR
EXTINGUISHER
RECHARGE
USE (H) HYDRAULIC
TESTING.
REMARK
S
NOTE:
Signature of Inspector
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 148
TABLE 7.2
STATION FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.
MONTHLY TESTS.
YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM :
____________________________________________________
LOCATION :
____________________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable
Inspector
Name
Load
voltage
For drycell
batteries
Note:-
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 149
TABLE 7.3
QUARTERLY TESTS.
YEAR:_______________ SYSTEM :
_____________________________________________________
LOCATION :
_______________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
Inspector Name
Function
Fuses
Interfaced
equipment
Lamps and LEDs
Primary (main)
power supply
Transponders
Supervisory signal
devices except
tamper switches
Off-premises
transmission
equipment
Notes:___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 150
TABLE 7.4
ENGINE- DRIVEN GENERATOR
WEEKLY INSPECTIONS
YEAR:________________ SYSTEM : ___________________________________________
LOCATION :
______________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
Inspec
tor
Name
Notes:___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________
TABLE 7.5
QUARTERLY INSPECTIONS
YEAR:________________INSPECTOR NAME____________ SYSTEM : _____________
LOCATION :_________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
Inspector Name
Radiant energy fire
detector
Supervisory signal
devices
Water flow devices
Note:-
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 151
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________
TABLE 7.6
SEMI-ANNUAL INSPECTION
YEAR:_____________INSPECTOR NAME_____________ SYSTEM : ____________
LOCATION : ______________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
Inspector Name
Sealed lead- acid battery
Control panel trouble signals
Emergency voice/alarm
communication equipment
Remote annunciators
Air-sampling initiating devices
Duct detectors
Electromechanical releasing devices
Fire extinguishing system switches
Fire suppression system switches
Fire alarm boxes (manual stations)
Heat detectors
Smoke detectors
Guards tour equipment
Interface equipment
Alarm notification appliances
Note:___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 152
TABLE 7.7
MONTHLY TESTS.
YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM :
____________________________________________________
LOCATION :
____________________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
Inspector
Name
Lead-acid
battery
Load
voltage
For drycell
batteries
Note:-
TABLE 7.8
WEEKLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM : _______________________________________________
LOCATION :
_______________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
Inspector
Name
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 153
Control
equipment for
fire alarm
systems
unmonitored for
alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals.
Fuses
Interface
equipment
Lamps and LEDs
Primary
(main)power
supply
Note:___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
TABLE 7.9
ANNUAL TEST
QUARTERLY INSPECTIONS
YEAR:________________INSPECTOR NAME___________________ SYSTEM : ____________________
LOCATION : __________________________________________________________________________
Control Equipment: Fire Alarm systems Monitored for
Alarm, supervisory; and Trouble signals.
Functions
Fuses
Interfaced Equipment
Lamps and LEDs
Primary (main) power supply
Transponders
Batteries-Fire Alarm Systems
Lead-acid type-charger test(replace battery as needed)
Nickel-Cadmium type-charger test (replace battery as
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Yes
No
N/A
P a g e | 154
needed)
Discharge Test (30min)
Sealed lead acid type-charger test( replace battery as
needed)
Discharge Test (30min)
Fiber-Optic Cable Power
Control Unit Trouble Signals
Emergency Voice-Alarm Communications Equipment
Remote Annunciators
Initiating Devices
Duct Smoke Detectors
Electromechanical releasing device
Fire extinguishing systems(s) or suppression system(s)
switches
Fire-gas and other detectors
Heat-detectors
Fire alarm boxes (manual stations)
All smoke detectors- functional.
Smoke detectors-sensitivity.
Interface equipment
Alarm notification appliances
Audible Devices
Speakers
Visible Devices
Notes
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
________________
TABLE 7.10
STATION FIRE HYDRANTS
ANNUAL TEST AND MAINTENANCE.
YEAR:_________INSPECTOR NAME________________ SYSTEM : ______________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________
Residual hydrant location:-_____________________________________________________
Static hydrant location _______________________________________________________
Static pressure(residual hydrant):__________________________psi (bar)
Residual pressure (residual hydrant):________________________psi(bar)
Nozzle size (flow hydrant):________________________________in (mm)
Available water flow:_______________gpm (L/min) at______________________psi (bar)
Y = Satisfactory
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
N= Unsatisfactory (explain below)

P a g e | 155
Lubricate operating nut.

Lubricate packing.
Lubricate thrust coller.
Operate the fire hydrant with water discharging for not
less than one minute
Note.
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
TABLE 7.11
WET HYDRANTS QUARTERLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:__________INSPECTOR NAME________________ SYSTEM : ___________________
LOCATION : ___________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date.
Inspector name
Hydrants are accessible.
Hydrant outlets are slightly more
than hand-tight
There are no leak in the top of the
hydrant when hydrant valve is
opened.
There are no leak in the gasket
under the caps when hydrant valve
is opened.
There are no cracks in the hydrant
barrel.
Operating lugs is not worn and does
not have rounded corners.
Coupling is not damage
Check hose box, if provided, to
assure all equipment is in good
condition, (Hoses, Branch, Hose-box
key, condition of hose box)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 156
Notes:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
TABLE 7.12
DRY HYDRANTS QUARTERLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:____________INSPECTOR NAME_______________ SYSTEM : ____________________
LOCATION : ___________________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
N= Unsatisfactory (explain
below)
Date.
Inspector name
Hydrant outlets are slightly more
than hand-tight
There are no leaks in the hydrant.
There are no cracks in the hydrant
barrel.
Operating lugs in not worn and does
not have rounded corners.
Hydrant threads are not damage.
Operating wheel not damage.
Notes:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
______________
TABLE 7.13
MONTHLY INSPECTION.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 157
YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM :
________________________________________________
LOCATION : ___________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
Inspector Name
Check Hose boxes to make sure they are not damaged and equipment is in
good condition
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Note:__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
TABLE 7.14
STATION AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
ANNUAL INSPECTION AND TESTS
DATE:___________ INSPECTOR NAME : ______________SYSTEM:_____________________
LOCATION : _______________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
N= Unsatisfactory (explain on reverse) N/A = Not applicable
General Condition
Inspect sprinklers, sprinkler piping, pipe, head, air release valve and seismic
braces to make sure they are in good condition.
Maintain Valves
Valves should be maintained, including exercising each valve and lubricating
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 158
each valve stem.

Clean strainers
Shut the water supply valve and remove the strainer for through cleaning
Dry pipe system
Trip test the dry pipe valve. Record the time from opening the test valve until
the dry pipe valve trips.
Internally inspect dry pipe valve.
Test air pressure maintenance device.
Inspect/test low-temperature alarm in valve room (if provided)
Preaction Sprinkler System
Trip test the preaction system.
Internally inspect preaction valve.
Test automatic air pressure maintenance device (if provided) at time of trip
test.
Inspect/test low-temperature alarm in valve room (if provided)
Deluge Sprinkler System
Trip test the deluge system
Record time from activation of detector until water is discharged.
Check to see that water discharge pattern is adequate.
Record water pressure at hydraulically most remote sprinkler.
Record water pressure at deluge valve.
Internally inspect deluge valve.
Insect/test low- temperature alarm (if provided).
Note:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE 7.15
DATE:_________ INSPECTOR NAME : ________________SYSTEM:_____________________
LOCATION : __________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Date
N= Unsatisfactory (explain on reverse) N/A = Not applicable
Inspector Name
Dry pipe system
Test quick-opening devices and accelerators, if provided
Low-point drains should be drained thoroughly after any system trip.
Deluge system
Test fire detection system for proper operation.
Preaction System
Test fire detection system for proper operation
Remarks:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 159
Note
_______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE 7.16
STATION AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
QUARTERLY INSPECTION AND TEST.
YEAR:________INSPECTORNAME_________________ SYSTEM : ____________________
LOCATION:______________________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date.
Inspector name
Main Drain Test
Record the static water supply pressure in psi (bar) as indicated
on the lower pressure gauge.
Open the main drain and allow water flow to stabilizer
Record the residual water supply pressure while water is flowing
from the main as indicated on pressure gauge.
Fire Department Connections
Verify connection is visible and accessible, not damaged, caps or
plugs are in place, identification sign is in place, and automatic
drain working properly.
Wet Pipe System flow Alarm
Test water- flow alarms by opening the test valve.
Dry pipe priming level
Check dry priming water level by opening the test valve and
checking for a small amount of water to discharge. If no water
flows out of the test line, add priming water.
Dry Pipe System Low-Air Pressure Alarm
Close the water supply valve and carefully open test valve and
carefully open test valve to reduce air pressure slowly. Confirm
operation of low- pressure alarm, record air pressure at which
low-pressure alarm activated, close test valve, allow air pressure
to rise to normal, then open water supply valve.
Dry Pipe System Flow Alarm
Open the alarm bypass valve.
Quick opening Device
Test in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
Preacation System Flow Alarm
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 160
Deluge System Flow Alarm

Control valves
Close valves and reopen until spring or tension is felt-back valve
1/4 turn.
Hydraulic Nameplate
If system was hydraulically calculated, assure nameplate is
legible and securely attached to riser.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______
TABLE 7.17
MONTHLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:_________ SYSTEM : _______________________________________________________
LOCATION :
_______________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Da Inspe Valv
te
ctor
es
Name open
,
Lock
ed,
or
Tam
per
N= Unsatisfactory
Alarm Valves
No
No
Valves
leak phys
in
age ical
approp
dam
riate
age
positio
n
(explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Spare
Alarm Devices
Wa Rema
Sprin
ter
rks
klers
Pre
No
No
availa phys
ss.
electrical
ble in
Psi
ical
loose
proper dam connection (ba
numb
r)
age
/failure
er
Note:-
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 161
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
TABLE 7.18
WEEKLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:_____________ SYSTEM :
_______________________________________________________
LOCATION :
_________________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Dat Ins
Valves
e
pect Sealed
or
Na
se Un
me
ale sea
d
led
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

Alarm
Dry pipe
Precation
Delug
Re
Sprinkl valves
Valve
Valve
e
mar
ers
Valve
ks
O No
O No Air
Wate
Air
Wate Water
Press
K t
K
t
pres r
pres
r
Psi
OK
OK sure pres
sure Pres
(bar)
sure
sure
P a g e | 162
Note:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
_______________
TABLE 7.19
STATION -
FIRE PUMPS
YEAR______________ INSPECTOR : _____________SYSTEM:___________________________
LOCATION : _________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory
Pump manufacturer and model:__________________________________________________

Type:
Centrifugal
Turbine
Controller manufacture and model:_______________________________________
Rated capacity:______________________gpm (L/min)
Water supply source:______________________________________________________________
Rated Pressure:_______________psi (bar)_______________rated speed:______________rpm
Power:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Electric:
Diesel:
P a g e | 163
Automatic starts performed 6 times.

Automatic start functions properly.
Automatic stop functions properly.
Automatic start:_________psi (bar)
Automatic stop:_________psi (bar)
Manual starts performed 6 times.
Manual starts functions properly
Manual stop function properly.
Manual start:______psi (bar)
Manual stop:______psi (bar)
Remote start functions properly
Remote stop functions properly
Remote start:__________psi (bar)
Remote stop:__________psi (bar)
Automatic starts performed 6 times
Timer reset and graph paper changed?
Test data and flow charts completed. (Attach all water-flow charts, performance curves, etc)
Fire pump electrical power readings recorded at each flow condition?
Fire pump motor speed:___________ rmp.
Fire pump discharge flow:__________ gpm (L/min).
Jockey pump operational
Jockey pump appears properly aligned.
Jockey pump valves open
Jockey pump turn-on___________psi (bar)
Jockey pump turn-off____________psi(bar)
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE 7.20
STATION FIRE PUMPS
YEAR________ INSPECTOR : ____________SYSTEM:________________________
LOCATION : ______________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable
All Pumps Hydraulic system
Suction pressure gauge: ___________psi(bar)
Discharge pressure: ________________psi (bar)
Pump starting pressure from pressure switch in
controller:_________________
Psi (bar)
Pump run time from controller:_______________ minutes
Suction line control valves are sealed open.
Discharge line control valves are sealed open.
Bypass line control valves are sealed open.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 164
All control valves are accessible.

Suction reservoir is full.
Pump shaft seal dripping water (1 drop per second.)
System is free of vibration or unusual noise when running.
Packing boxes, bearings, and pumps casing are free of overheating.
Electric fire Pumps Only
Isolating switch is monitoring abnormal power.
Normal-phase rotation pilot light is on.
Reverse-phase rotation pilot light is off
Oil level in vertical motor sight glass is in normal range.
Diesel Fire pumps only
Diesel tank is 2/3 full.
Batteries are fully charged.
Battery charger is operating properly.
Battery terminal are clean.
Battery state of charge is checked.
Battery pilot lights are on
Battery-failure pilot light are off.
Engine- running-time meter is recording pump operation properly.
Oil level in right-angle gear drive is normal.
Diesel engine oil level is full.
Diesel engine water level is full.
Water-jacket piping is drip tight.
Diesel engine water hose is in good condition.
Fire pumps- Annual Inspection (cont.)
Solenoid valve is operation correctly.
Bearing and valves are lubricated.
All Pumps-controls
Casing relief valve is free of damage.
Pressure-relief valve is free of damage.
All valves, fittings, and pipe of are leak tight.
Condensate drain trap is clean.
Fire pump controller power is on
Transfer-switch normal pilot light is on
Jockey pump is operational.
Jockey pump controller power is on.
Jockey pump controller is set on auto.
Fire pump shaft coupling appear properly aligned.
Packing glands appear properly adjusted.
Test header control valve is closed.
Test header is in good condition.
Test header valve and caps are in good condition.
Test header valve swivel rotation is nonbinding.
Bypass control valves are open.
Control valves are sealed/not tampered.
Control valves are locked/tampered.
Control valves are properly tagged and identified.
Flow meter control valve are closed.
Relief valve and cone are operational.
Relief-valve pressure properly adjusted.
Note:_____________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 165
Signature of Inspector.
TABLE 7.21
STATION FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
SEMI-ANNUAL TESTS.
YEAR_______________SYSTEM:_____________________________________________
LOCATION : ______________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date
Inspector name.
Lead-acid battery discharge test.
Lead-acid batter load voltage test.
Lead-acid battery specific gravity.
Sealed lead-acid battery load
voltage test.
Radiant energy fire detectors.
Valve tamper switches.
Water flow devices
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 166
TABLE 7.22
STATION FIRE PUMPS
SEMI-ANNUAL TESTS.
YEAR____________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : _____________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date
Inspector name.
Operate manual
starting means.
Operate safety
devices and alarms.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE 7.23
STATION FIRE PUMPS
MONTHLY TESTS.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 167
YEAR________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Monthly
Date
Inspector
name.
Exercise
isolating
switch and
circuit
breaker.
Test
antifreeze to
determine
protection
level.
Test
batteries for
specific
gravity or
state of
charge.
Test circuit
breakers and
fuses for
proper
operation.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
TABLE 7.24
STATION FIRE PUMPS
WEEKLY OPERATING TESTS
YEAR______________SYSTEM:___________________________________________
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 168
LOCATION : ______________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date
Inspector name.
Operate fire pump for 10 minutes (30 min for
diesel pump).
Check packing gland tightness (slight leak at
no flow).
Record suction pressure from gauge in psi
(bar).
Record discharged pressure from gauge in
psi (bar).
Roust gland nuts if necessary.
Check for unusual noise or vibration
Check packing boxes, bearings, or pump
casing for overheating
Record pump starting pressure.
Observe time for motor to accelerate to full
speed (diesel and stem pumps).
For reduced-voltage or reduced-current
starting, record time controller is on first
step.
Record time for diesel engine to crank.
Record time for diesel engine to reach
running speed.
Check oil pressure gauge, speed indicator,
water and oil temperature while engine is
running.
Check heat exchanger for cooling water flow.
Record steam pressure for stem-operated
pumps.
Check water tank float switch.
Check solenoids for proper
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________
TABLE 7.25
STATION FIRE PUMPS
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 169
YEAR________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
N = Unsatisfactory (explain below)
Lubricate pump bearings.
Lubricate coupling.
Lubricate right angle gear drive.
Grease motor bearing.
Replace flexible hoses and connector
Replace oil at 50 hours or annually.
Calibrate pressure switch settings.
Check accuracy of pressure sensors.
Clean pump room louvers.
Replace circuit breakers or fuses (every 2 years or as needed).
Remove water and foreign material from diesel fuel tank.
Rod out the heat exchanger or cooling system.
Fire pump controller in service.
Jockey pump controller in service.
Fire alarm panel normal.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
TABLE 7.26
STATION FIRE PUMPS
WEEKLY INSPECTION (CONT.)
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________
Pilot lights for batteries are on
or battery failure pilot lights
are off
All alarm pilot light are are
Record engine running time
from meter.
Oil level is normal in rightangle gear-drive pumps.
Crankcase oil level is normal.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 170
Cooling water level is normal.

Electrolyte level in batteries is
normal.
Batteries terminals are free of
corrosion.
Water-Jacket beater is
operational.
Fore steam-driven pumps,
steam pressure is normal.
Examine exhaust system for
leaks.
Check lube oil heater for
operation (diesel pumps).
Drain condensate trap of
cooling system.
Check for water in diesel fuel
tank.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
____
TABLE 7.27
STATION
FIRE PUMPS
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date.
Inspector name
Heat in pump room is 40F (4.4 C)
or higher
Intake air louvers in pump room
appear operational.
Pump suction, discharge, and
bypass valves are open.
No piping or hoses leak.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 171
Fire pump leaking one drop of

water per second at seals.
Suction line pressure is normal.
System line pressure is normal.
Suction reservoir is full.
Controller pilot light (power on) is
illuminated.
Transfer switch normal power light
is illuminated
Isolating switch for standby power
light is closed.
Reverse-phase alarm light is not
illuminated.
Normal-phase rotation light is
illuminated.
Oil level in vertical motor sight
glass is normal.
Diesel fuel tank is at least 2/3 full.
Controller selector switch is in
auto position.
Voltage reading for batteries (2) are
normal.
Charging current reading are
normal for batteries.
TABLE 7.28
STATION FIRE PUMPS
MONTHLY INSPECTION
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date.
Inspector name
Remove battery
corrosion and
clean battery
case.
Check battery
charger and
charger rate.
Equalize charge
in battery
system.
Exercise
isolating switch
and circuit
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 172
breaker.
Inspect clean,
and test circuit
breakers.
Note:__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
TABLE 7.29
STATION FIRE PUMPS
QUARTERLY INSPECTION
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date.
Inspector name
Check crankcase breather on diesel
pump for proper operation.
Check exhaust system clearance to
combustibles to prevent fire hazard.
Check battery terminals to assure
they are clean and light.
Check electrical wiring for chafing
where subject to movement.
Check operation of safety devices
and alarms.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 173
Note:__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________
TABLE 7.30
STATION FIRE PUMPS (DIESEL ONLY)
QUARTERLY INSPECTION
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date.
Inspector name
Clean strainer.
Clean filter.
Clean dirt leg.
Clean crankcase breather.
Clean water strainer of cooling
system.
Examine sire insulation for breaks
or cracks.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 174
Note:__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________
TABLE 7.31
STATION FIRE PUMPS (DIESEL ONLY)
SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________
Y = Satisfactory
Date.
Inspector name
Clean boxes, panels, and cabinets.
Test all safeties and alarms for
proper operation.
Note:__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
TABLE 7.32
STATION FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 175
FIRE PUMPS
YEAR________________SYSTEM:_________________________________________
LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________
Pilot lights for batteries are
on or battery failure pilot
lights are off.
All alarm pilot light are off
Record engine running time
from meter.
Oil level is normal in rightangle gear-drive pumps.
Crankcase oil level is
normal.
Cooling level is normal.
Electrolyte level in batteries
is normal.
Battery terminal are free of
corrosion.
Water- jacket heater is
operational.
Fore steam- driven pumps,
steam pressure is normal.
Examine exhaust system for
leaks.
Check lube oil heater for
operation (diesel pumps).
Drain condensate trap of
cooling system.
Check for water in diesel
fuel tank.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 176
CHAPTER 8
PREVENTION OF GRASS FIRE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 177
8.1 SCOPE
This document deals with:
Causes of grass fire
Behavior of grass fire
Grass fire prevention measures
Grass fire fighting and precautions
Work permit system

8.2 CAUSES OF GRASS FIRE
8.2.1 Careless / Unsafe Act: smoking has been recorded as a cause in number
of cases and usually during construction work of civil and electrical
nature using hot work processes. The labour employed in such works, do
not follow any fire prevention precautions due to lack of knowledge nor
are they briefed by any authority adequately in advance. Basically
incident of grass fires resulting from carelessness is attributed to poor coordinates with fire department.
8.2.2 Very pistol cartridge / crackers: it used for aircraft signaling and bird
scaring usually leave burning remains on the grass, resulting in fires.
Similarly flares dropped from crackers / balloons used during festival
season are also well known cause of grass fires within the airfields.
8.2.3 Malicious act: act by inhabitants neighboring the long stretch of airfield
area have also been recorded which are rather on increase in recent past.
8.3
BEHAVIOUR OF GRASS FIRE

Often these fires are taken lightly and are dealt very casually using
conventional firefighting method. Such method often do not give timely
fire control; due to hot and high wind conditions, the proportion of fire
takesplace within a short span of time. Whereas those who jump to fight
these fires on war footing basis usually add to panic and unwarranted use
of ACFTs.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 178
8.3.1 Conventional methods to fight these fires are found to be inadequate due
to fluctuating high wind conditions at airfields, therefore it becomes
difficult to contain these fires as per choice and the fires often take
alarming proportion treating safety of vital installation.
8.3.2 It has been found that a grass of one feet (30 cm) height can usually jump
across a barrier of two feet (60 cm) vide in high wind conditions which is
normally prevalent at airports. At the same time taller the grass, the
higher would be sustenance of fire due to increased amount of fuel and
heat.
8.3.3 These fires can neither be controlled from up wind direction nor for any
other direction effectively.
8.3.4 At times of radiation from such fires is good enough to initiate
spontaneous combustion in nearby flammable materials while flames and
smoke may interfere with functioning of navigational aids.
8.3.5 Burning of exposed electrical cables are very common due to grass fires,
resulting in many other operational difficulties like non-availability of
navigational and landing aids.
8.4
GRASS FIRE PREVENTION MEASURES

In order to control fires selectively, ensuring safety of vital installation
and to avoid panic overconfidence and over fatigue to crew and
equipment, it is advisable to use proper fire prevention planning at each
airfield. Basic for such plans are given as under:
8.4.1
No grass should be allowed to grow adjacent to apron, runway lights,

ARP area, signal area, ACS units, Fuel depots and hangers up to a
distance of 6 feet (1.8 m). This area should be semi-metallic or covered
with loose soil / sand.
8.4.2 Grass should not be allowed to grow more than 1 feet (30 cm) at any area
including remotest corners and not more than 6 inches (15 cm) in basic
strip around apron taxi tracks, runways, fuel depots, hangers, ACS units,
runway lights from a distance of 6 to 12 feet. Grass cutting contractor
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 179
must be made obligatory to chop the grass of entire area uniformly and
not as per his choice.
8.4.3 Hot work / cold work permit should be issued, as per sample enclosed to
all the contractors working within airfield boundary, copy of which must
be issued to fire station for taking necessary permission.
8.4.4 Hot work permits will be issued for all works using naked flames or
electrical arching. Cold work permits shall be issued for all other works
including digging and civil construction work.
8.4.5 All cables wires must be imbedded at least 1 feet (30 cm) below the
ground or should pass through RCC ducts. If the cables are laid above
ground, the earth adjacent to cables should be dug up, leaving no grass
around cable up to 3 feet (90 cm) each side and the grass beyond this is
not more than one feet (30 cm) high.
8.4.6 Fire exercise should be carried out after taking aforesaid precaution. Grid
maps at fire station should invariably indicate grassy area with green
colour.
8.4.7
Fires with malicious origin can be abandoned, if all vital installations are
protected as per above including cables and lights and the entire area is
bifurcated in small segments by 4 feet wide path made of loose soil or
semimetal. This width is applicable only when the height of grass does
not exceed 1 feet and the terrain is even. In case taller bushes, the width
of bifurcation zones shall also be increased proportionately using
approximation formula W= (H x 2 +2) feet.A watch however must be
maintained on fire spread.
8.4.8 Fire prevention inspection should invariably be carried out by fire staff at
regular intervals for all vital installations as per above.
8.4.9 In case of fire the CFT should preferably be parked on paved surface and
fire fighting should be attempted with side lines or fire beaters. Use of
self defense nozzles should be made only when fire is of smaller
dimension and the topography of the area is not likely to impair the safety
of vehicle and crew.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 180
8.4.10 Co-ordination among officer in-charge of various units is highly desirable

in ensuring proper fire prevention at airfield.
8.4.11 Burning of grasses / bushes should not be carried out in the airport
premises / boundary.
8.5
WORK PERMIT SYSTEM
8.5.1 Hot work permit to be issued

1.5.2.1 Any work being undertaken at higher temperature than normal
temperature, in the vicinity of high fire hazards.
1.5.2.2 Any work using naked flame.
1.5.2.3 Any work using high voltage arching (440 volts and above).
1.5.2.4 Any work using strong chemicals which may cause exothermic
chemicalreaction with surrounding material.
1.5.2.5 Loading / unloading of radioactive material.
1.5.2.6 Refilling of poisonous, corrosive & flammable gases.
1.5.2.7 Refilling of oxygen bottles.
8.5.2 Cold work permit to be issued
8.5.2.1 Any work using low voltage arching
8.5.2.2 Refilling of flammable liquids.
8.5.2.3 Digging of earth, construction, cable lying.
8.5.2.4 Testing of equipments in operational area, with defined hazards.
Note: Routine works undertaken at pre-determined locations need not be issued
with any permit, such as refueling of aircraft and fuel depot, cooking in canteen/
restaurants, repairs/ maintenance in hanger and MT pool
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 181
TABLE - 8.1

FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT
HOT/ COLD WORK PERMIT
AIRPORT:..
Permit No.
Date: _____/_____/_______
Building: _____________
Floor: __________________
Work permit is issued to M/s. ____________________________ __________________for
carrying out hot / cold work as per details given hereunder.
S.No
1
Items
Nature of work
2
3
4
5
Details of work
Location
Date & Time of work
Name & Contact Number of
work Supervisor
6
7
8
Jr. Engineer / Asst. Manager

Contractor
Quantity of fuel to be used
12
Type of fuel/ combustible to

be used
Electrical supply location
Voltage
Temperature & pressure to be
used in work
Any other radiation hazard
13
14
15
16
Fire Prevention taken

Precaution required
Number of persons at work
Any other details
10
11
Signature of Contractor
Details
Sign.of JE/ AM / Mgr (Project/Engg)
Recommendation by Incharge fire service indicating standby / alert/ prevention required.

Signature
Inchage fire service
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Signature
Project / Engg. Executive
P a g e | 182
CHAPTER 9
RADIOTELEPHONY
PHRASEOLOGY
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 183
9.1
TRANSMITTING TECHNIQUE
9.1.1 The following transmitting techniques will assist in ensuring that

transmitted speech is clear and satisfactorily received:
9.1.2 Before transmitting, listen out on the frequency to be used to ensure
that there will be no interference with a transmission from another
station.
9.1.3 Be familiar with good microphone operating techniques;
9.1.4 Use a normal conversational tone, and speak clearly and distinctly;
9.1.5 Maintain an even rate of speech not exceeding 100 words per minute.
When it is known that elements of the message will be written down
by the recipient, speak at a slightly slower rate;
9.1.6 Maintain the speaking volume at a constant level;
9.1.7 A slight pause before and after numbers will assist in making them
easier to understand;
9.1.8 Avoid using hesitation sounds such as er;
9.1.9 Be familiar with the microphone operating techniques.
9.1.10 Suspend speech temporally if it becomes necessary to turn the head
away from the microphone;
9.1.11 Depress the transmit switch fully before speaking and do not release
it until the message is completed. This will ensure that the entire
message is transmitted;
9.1.12 The transmission of long messages should be interrupted
momentarily from time to time to permit the transmitting operator to
confirm that the frequency in use is clear and, if necessary, to permit
the receiving operator to request repetition of parts not received.
9.1.13 Microphone position near the mouth should be changed and correct
distances should be maintained all the time. Change of position of
mouth can result in over modulation and consequent distortion if it
brought too close to the mouth.
9.1.14 An irritating and potentially dangerous situation in radiotelephony is
a stuck microphone button. Operators should always ensure that
the button in released after a transmission and the microphone
placed in an appropriate place ensuring that it will not inadvertently
be switched on.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 184
9.2
STANDARD WORDS AND PHRASES

The following words and phrases shall be used in radiotelephony
communications as appropriate and shall have the meaning given
below.
TABLE 9.1
Proword /
Phrase
Meaning
ACKNOWLEDGE
Instruction to a station to acknowledge that it has heard

a message
AFFIRM
Yes or Correct or I agree
APPROVED
Permission for proposed action granted
BREAK
I hereby indicate the separation between portions of the

message
I hereby indicate the separation between messages

BREAK BREAK transmitted to different aircraft in a very busy
environment.
CANCEL
Ignore my previous message. Cancel a message or part of

a message or transmission
CHECK
Examine a system or procedure
CLEARED
Authorized to proceed under the conditions specified
CONFIRM
Confirm message or portion indicated
CORRECT
You are correct or what you have transmitted is correct
CORRECTION
an error has been made in transmission. The correct

version follows.
DISREGARD
Ignore the last transmission or specified part
HOW DO YOU
READ
What is the readability of my transmission?
E.T.A.
Estimated time of arrival
E.T.D.
Expected time of departure
GRID REF
Used before every group of grid references
I SAY AGAIN
I repeat for clarity or emphasis
I SPELL
Used when spelling out a word
LONG
MESSAGE
I am about to relay a message, are you ready to receive it
MAINTAIN
continue in accordance with the conditions specified or in
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 185
its literal sense

NEGATIVE
No or That is incorrect or Permission not granted
OUT
This exchange of transmission is ended and no response

is expected
OVER
This is the end of my transmission to you and a reply is

expected.
READ BACK
Repeat this entire transmission back to me exactly as you

received it.
RECLEARED
A change has been made to your last clearance and this

new clearance supersedes your previous clearance or
part thereof
ROGER
I have received your last transmission satisfactorily.
SAY AGAIN
Say again all or portion indicated of your last

transmission
STAND BY
I am not ready to receive your transmission or I will call

again shortly
SEND
I am ready to receive your message.
URGENT
MESSAGE
I have a message requiring priority but I am not in any

personal danger.
UNABLE
I cannot comply with your request, instruction or

clearance
WILCO
Your last message (or message indicated) is understood

and will be complied with.
Communication is difficult. Transmit (or I am

WORDS TWICE transmitting) each phrase twice. (May be used as an
order, request or for information purposes).
WRONG
What you have said is wrong. Correct version is ............
VEHICLE MOVEMENT PROWORDS

MOBILE
On way to incident
ARRIVED
Arrived at incident
IN SERVICE
Able to respond to another incident if required
RETURNING
Returning from an incident
STATIONED
Returned to station
OUT IN AREA
Vehicle on radio contact in own brigade area
Prowords are used to keep transmission clear and brief.

Note:- The phrase GO AHEAD has been deleted, in its place the use of the
calling aeronautical stations call sign followed by the answering
aeronautical stations call sign shall be considered the invitation to proceed
with transmission by the station calling.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 186
9.3
TRANSMISSION OF LETTERS
9.3.1
To expedite communications, the use of phonetic spelling should be

dispensed with if there is no risk of this affecting correct reception
and intelligibility of the message.
9.3.2
With the exception of the telephony designator and the type of

aircraft, each letter in the aircraft call sign shall be spoken separately
using the phonetic spelling.
9.3.3
The words in the table below shall be used when using the phonetic
spelling.
Note:- Syllables to be emphasized are underlined
TABLE 9.2
LETTER
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
9.4
WORD
Alpha
Bravo
Charlie
Delta
Echo
Foxtrot
Golf
Hotel
India
Juliet
Kilo
Lima
Mike
November
Oscar
Papa
Quebec
Romeo
Sierra
Tango
Uniform
Victor
Whiskey
X-ray
Yankee
Zulu
SPOKEN AS
AL FAH
BRAH-VOH
CHAR LEE
DELL TAH
ECK OH
FOKS TROT
GOLF
HO TELL
IN DEE AH
JUE LEE ETT
KEY LOH
LEE MAH
MIKE
NO VEM BER
OSS CAH
PAH PAH
KEH BECK
ROW ME OH
SEE AIR RAH
TANG GO
YOU NEE FORM
VIK TAH
WISS KEY
ECKS RAY
YANK KEY
ZOO LOO
TRANSMISSION OF NUMBERS
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 187
9.4.1
When the language used for communication is English, numbers

shall be transmitted using the following pronunciation.
9.4.2
The syllables printed in capital letters are to be stressed; for example,

the two syllables in ZE-RO are given equal emphasis, whereas the
first syllable of FOW-er is given primary emphasis
TAABLE 9.3
NUMERAL OR NUMERAL
ELEMENT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Decimal
Hundred
Thousand
PRONUNCIATION
ZE -RO
WUN
TOO
TREE
FOW-er
FIFE
SIX
SEV-en
AIT
NIN-er
DAY-SEE-MAL
HUN-dred
TOU-SAND
9.4.3
All numbers except as specified in 5.3; shall be transmitted by

pronouncing each digit separately.
TABLE 9.4
Aircraft call signs
Transmitted as
AIC 238
Air India two three eight
VT- JSL
Victor Tango Juliet Sierra Lima
Flight levels
FL 180
FL 200
Transmitted as
Flight level one eight zero
Flight level two zero zero
Headings
100 degrees
080 degrees
Transmitted as
heading one zero zero
heading zero eight zero
Wind direction and speed

200 degrees 70 knots
Transmitted as
wind two zero zero degrees seven zero
knots
Transponder codes
2 400
Transmitted as
squawk two four zero zero
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 188
4 203
squawk four two zero three
Runway
27
30
Transmitted as
runway two seven
runways three zero
9.4.4
All numbers used in the transmission of altitude, cloud height,

visibility and runway visual range (RVR) information, which contain
whole hundreds and whole thousands, shall be transmitted by the
word HUNDRED or THOUSAND as appropriate.
TABLE 9.5
ALTITUTE
800
3 400
12 000
TRANSMITTED AS
eight hundred
three thousand four hundred
one two thousand
Cloud height
2 200
4 300
Transmitted as
two thousand two hundred
four thousand three hundred
Visibility
1000
700
Transmitted as
visibility one thousand
visibility seven hundred
Runway visual range

600
1 700
Transmitted as
RVR six hundred
RVR one thousand seven hundred
Channel
118,000
118.005
Transmitted as
ONE ONE EIGHT
ONE ONE EIGHT
ZERO FIVE
ONE ONE EIGHT
FIVE
ONE ONE EIGHT
118.025
118.100
9.4.5
9.5
DECIMAL ZERO
DECIMAL ZERO
DECIMAL ZERO TWO
DECIMAL ONE
While runway inspection when it is felt that the information may

prove useful to tower / aircraft or whenever a controller deems it
necessary, information that water is on a runway shall be passed to
aircraft using the terms :DAMP:, WET, WATER, PATCHES or
FLOODED according to the amount of water present.
TRANSMISSION OF TIME
When transmitting time, only the minutes of the hour should normally be
required. Each digit should be pronounced separately. However, the hour
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 189
should be included when any possibility of confusion is likely to result. The

following example illustrates;
TABLE 9.6
Time
0920 (9:20 A.M)
1643 (4:43 P.M)
9.6
Transmitted as
ZE-RO NIN- er TOO ZE-RO
WUN SIX FOW- er TREE
ESTABLISHMENT AND CONTINUATION OF COMMUNICATION
9.6.1 If there is doubt that a message has been correctly received, a

repetition of the message shall be requested either in full or in part.
TABLE 9.7
Phrase
SAY AGAIN
SAY AGAIN ... (item)
SAY AGAIN ALL BEFORE
(the first word satisfactorily received )
SAY AGAIN ALL AFTER....
(the last word satisfactorily received)
Meaning
Repeat entire message
Repeat specific item
Repeat part of message
Repeat part of message
Example:
TABLE 9.8
From
TWR
F/S
TWR
F/S
SAY AGAIN ALL
BETWEEN
...AND...
To
F/S
TWR
F/S
TWR
Message
Full emergency, Indian Airlines B737 Heavy
smoke in cargo hold, persons on board 69,
endurance 0130 landing rwy ... within 6
minutes
Say again POB and endurance only
POB 69, endurance 0130
Rogar
Repeat part of message.
9.6.2 When an error is made in transmission the word CORRECTION shall

be spoken, the last correct group or phrase repeated and then the
correct version transmitted.
9.6.3 If a correction can best be made by repeating the entire message; the
operator shall use the phrase CORRECTION I SAY AGAIN before
transmitting the message a second time.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 190
9.7
INSTRUCTIONS
9.7.1 MOVEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

Drivers on first call should identify themselves by their vehicle call
sign, state their position and intended destination (and possibly
required route)
Example:
Tower - CFT 1 -
present position fire station, request proceed to

taxiway HOTEL to attend a fire call.
CFT 1 Tower-
Proceed to taxiway Hotel via Kilo and Alpha
The controller, if too busy to give instructions, will reply standby or

wait. This means that the driver should wait until the controller calls
back. The driver shall not proceed until permission is given.
When there is conflicting traffic the controller may reply HOLD
POSITION. This means that the driver shall not proceed until the
controller calls back with permission. All other replies should contain
clearly defined point to which the driver may proceed; this may or knot
be the intended destination. If it is not the intended destination drivers
must stop at this point and request permission before proceeding
further.
Example,
TowerCFT
Request proceed to hanger 3
CFT Tower
short of Runway 14.
Proceed via Kilo Alpha cross Runway 09 hold
Tower CFT
14.
Via kilo alpha cross 09 hold short of Runway
CFT Tower
Cross Runway 14 continue to hangar 3
Tower CFT
crossing
Tower CFT
Runway 14 vacated.
CFT Tower
ROGER.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 191
Permission to proceed on the apron may include such instructions

regarding other traffic as are thought necessary to safe operations.
9.7.2 Final Approach and Landing
An aircraft reports FINAL when it turns onto final within 7 km (4 nm)
from touchdown. If and when the turn onto final is made at a greater
distance, a LONG FINAL report is made. If the aircraft is making a
straight in approach a long final report is made at about 15 km (8 nm)
from touchdown.
9.7.3 Aerodrome Control Vehicles
Theexpeditious movement of vehicles plays an essential supporting
role in the operation of an aerodrome. Wherever possible the areas in
which vehicles and aircraft operate are segregated. However, there are
many occasions when vehicles need to move on the manoeuvring area
for maintenance purposes or it direct support of aircraft operations.
Procedures governing the movement of vehicles vary widely from
aerodrome to aerodrome, but certain factors to be taken into account
when driving on an aerodrome are common to all:
a. In general aircraft are by no means as manoeuvrable as ground
vehicles.
b. The visibility from an aircraft cockpit for ground movement purposes is
often restricted compared to that from a ground vehicle.
c. Therefore, when vehicles are operating in close proximity to aircraft,
drivers should be extremely vigilant and comply in full with local
procedures and ATC instructions.
d. Correct RTF operating technique must be observed by all users. It is
important that a continuous listening watch is maintained by all
vehicles on the movement area, not only in case of further instructions
from the control tower, but also so that drivers can be aware of the
movements and intended movements of other traffic, thereby reducing
the risk of confliction.
9.7.4 Crossing Runway
Drivers should note carefully the position to which they may proceed,
particularly where the intended route involves crossing a runway.
Some aerodromes may gave procedures that will allow vehicles to
proceed to a holding point on the movement area and then request
runway crossing instructions. Under no circumstances shall a driver
cross a runway unless positive permission has been given and
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 192
acknowledged. A runway vacated report shall not be made until the

vehicle is clear of the designated runway area.
Example,
Tower
CFT
Request proceed to maintenance base.
CFT
27.
Tower
Proceed via India and bravo hold short of Runway
Tower
CFT
Via India and bravo hold short of runway 27.
Tower
CFT
Holding short runway 27.
CFT
Tower
runway.
Cross-runway 27 to taxiway mike report vacated
Tower
CFT
Crossing runway 27.
Tower
CFT
Runway vacated.
Tower
CFT
Continue on mike to maintenance.
If a vehicle is operating on the runway it shall be instructed to leave

the runway when it is expected that an aircraft will be landing or
taking off
CFT
Tower
Vacate runway 27, take next right, report vacated.
Tower CFT
WILCO
Tower
CFT
Runway 27 vacated
CFT
Tower
ROGER
When vehicle is moving on the movement area it may be necessary to

inform the vehicle of a potentially dangerous situation and to instruct
it to stop.
9.7.5
CFT
Tower
Tower
CFT
Stop immediately
Stopping
Traffic Information
To pass traffic information from ATC to Fire Watch Tower/ Fire Station:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 193
Example: Traffic Indian Airlines Airbus 320 (three two zero) long final
Runway 28
To acknowledge from fire station/fire watch tower:
Example: Traffic insight or looking out
9.7.6
COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS AND VISUAL SIGNALS
9.7.6.1 At aerodromes all vehicles employed on the maneuvering area shall

be capable of maintaining two way radio communications with the
aerodrome control tower, except when the vehicle is only occasionally
used on the maneuvering area and is:
i.
Accompanied by a vehicle with the required communications

capability or
ii.
Employed in accordance with a pre- arranged plan established with

the aerodrome control tower.
9.7.6.2 When communications by a system of visual signals is deemed to be

adequate or in the case of radio communication failure, the signals
given hereunder shall have the meaning indicated therein:
TABLE 9.9
Light signal from aerodrome Meaning
control
Green flashes
Permission to cross landing area or to
move onto taxiway
Steady red
Stop
Red flashes
Move off the landing area or taxiway and
watch out for aircraft
White flashes
Vacate maneuvering area in accordance
with local instructions.
9.7.6.3 In emergency conditions or if the signals in previous para are not
observe, the signal given hereunder shall be used for runways or
taxiways equipped with a lighting system and shall have the meaning
indicated therein.
TABLE 9.10
Light signal
Meaning
Flashing runway or taxiway lights Vacate the runway and observe the
tower for light signal.
9.8
TEST PROCEDURE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 194
9.8.1 On the air radio tests when necessary should be short (not more than
10 seconds) do not interfere with other communications.
i.
Test transmission should take the following form:

a) The identification of the aeronautical station being called
b) The aircraft identification
c) The words RADIO CHECK and
d) The frequency being used
ii.
Replies to test transmission should be as follows

a) The identification of the station calling
b) The identification of the station replying
c) Information regarding the readability of the transmission.
iii.
The readability of transmission should be classified in accordance

with the following readability scale.
TABLE 9.11
REDABILITY PROWORDS
Readability
Strength
Unreadable
Reading Intermittently
Readable with difficulty
Readable
Perfectly Readable
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 195
CHAPTER -10
FIRE SERVICE DRILLS
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 196
10.1 INTRODUCTION
10.1.1
The standard drill set out in this drill manual are for the purpose of
achieving uniformity in the basic training of personnel in the use of
their appliances and equipment and ensuring that the appliances and
equipment may be used with speed, efficiency, confidence and without
confusion.
10.1.2
It also important reference documents that provides comprehensive

guidance on the implementation and management of all training and
development activities at station level.
10.1.3 In natural or technological disasters, people could be trapped in the

wreckage of their homes or places of work. Many of them could die
unless rescued quickly. Although specialized dog teams and
sophisticated listening devices are available to help search for trapped
people, the bulk of rescue work is done by local first responders: fire,
ambulance and police personnel who are trained and certified.
10.1.4 The use of drill within the fire service is as a foundation for good
discipline, especially self discipline. Good drill when exercised on a
parade does much to ensure the corporate unity of the membership.
Much of the drill done today is either ceremonial or implemented as a
core part of training in the Fire Service. Fire Service discipline is
enhanced by drill, as it requires instant obedience to commands.
10.2 AIM OF DRILL
10.2.1 To produce a Fire Service member who is proud, alert and obedient.
10.2.2 Achieving uniformity in the basic training of personnel in the use of
their appliance and equipment.
10.2.3 To aid in disciplinary training by instilling habits of precision and
response to the leaders orders.
10.2.4 To provide the basis of teamwork.
10.3 BASIC PRINCIPLES
10.3.1 PURPOSES OF DRILL (Kavayad ka nihitarth)
Drill has many purposes, contrary to popular belief. Drill accustoms
individuals to working as a member of a team- a team moving
confidently together in unison. Drill is also used to move a unit from
one place to another in a standard, orderly manner. Drill improves
morale by developing team spirit. It also gives younger petty officers
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 197
the confidence of command and experience in giving proper

commands.
10.3.2 METHOD OF INSTRUCTION
(Nirdeshan Vidhi)
10.3.2.1 Instruction is to be simple, concise and interesting so that it is easily

learnt and remembered. Instruction should also be consistent, and the
same instructor, if possible, should be used to carry out the complete
sequence of training for a particular squad. Thus each person can
receive the maximum amount of personal supervision. Periods of
instruction are to be short, to avoid the instructor or trainee becoming
over tired. The squad is always to be stood easy when the instructor
is explaining the details of movement. A program of instruction is to be
varied to avoid monotony and consequent loss of interest.
10.3.2.2 The full value of drill depends on the way in which it is carried out.
Drill is exacting. To teach it successfully on instructor must have the
following qualities.
Patience
Enthusiasm
Motivate squad a will to learn
Consistency
Set yourself and the squad a standard
Humanity Understand the squads problem, never

humiliateindividual members of the squad
Personality -
Never lose your temper
control them fully
Application
Be alert and smartemergency.
As a drill instructor you must impress your

squad with your personality and always
Have a good systematic method of instruction
based on common sense application
Characterized by sharp quick thought,
energetic, quick inmovement & prepared for
Example
Members will always imitate their instruction. It is by example that they will
learn most.
Therefore:FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 198
a. When drilling a squad, stand at attention

b. When moving, march as you would wish your squad to march
c. When demonstrating do so accurately
d. Do not use bad language
e. Be faultless tuned out
f. Never exaggerate a movement of drill
10.4 SEQUENCE OF TRAINING
10.4.1
(Prashikshhan Anukram)
The following sequence is to be adopted:-
a. The instructor is to name the exercise.

b. The instructor is to demonstrate the movement.
c. The instructor is to explain the movement stating in simple language
the relevant details
d. The trainees are to carry out the exercise in slow time or by numbers.
Individual faults are to be corrected by the instructor.
e. The trainees are to practice the movement. After improvement they are
to carryout the movement in quick time, Judging the time
10.4.2
FALL IN PROCEDURE (Khade hone ka tarika):
a) 1 to 5 men
single line (Elbow Dressing)
b) 6 to 8 men
two line
(Full Arm Dressing)
c) 9 and more men
three line.
(Full Arm Dressing)
All movements on the parade will be performed smartly and correctly.

When the members of Fire Service form up on parade for any purpose, they
fall-in in three ranks unless the numbers are insufficient. Five men will fallin in single rank. Six to eight men in two ranks and nine or more in three
ranks
10.4.3
FILE AND RANKS
10.4.3.1 whenever squad will move in left and right there is always move in
file and when in forward and rear word will always in Ranks
10.4.3.2 WORDS OF COMMAND
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
(Aadesh shabdavalee)
P a g e | 199
All words of command must be clear and powerful since the way in which
they are given affects the reaction which they inspire. A word of command is
divided into three parts:
a. Introductory (AARAMBHIK) - The introductory words of command
serve to generally advise personnel of an intention, this is given in i.e.
MOVE TO THE RIGHT IN THREES (TEENO TEEN DAHINE
CHALEGA)
b. Cautionary (SATRATAKA) This is to be given as a loud, extended
call and for a large parade may need to be made to last several seconds
- i.e. RIGHT (DAHINE)
c. Executive (Nishpadan) Command which is to be given distinctly,
high pitched and sharp command i.e. TURN.. (MUR)
When issuing the command, vocal inflection is varied so that the
preparatory command is given less emphasis, and the most emphasis is
placed on the command of execution
Often there is no need for an introductory word of command i.e.
SQUAD.SHUN and occasionally there is no cautionary i.e. FORWARD
10.4.3.3 CAUTIONARY WORDS OF COMMAND (SATRAKATA
AADESH)
Before a squad is turned in any direction the instructor should indicate

that direction by a word of command. The diagram below show how this is
done.
SQUAD-- WILL ADVANCE
Move to Left
Move to Right
- in Threes
- in Threes
SQUAD-- WILL RETIRE
The Advance is the primary direction of movement, regardless of which

direction the soldiers are actually facing (similar to a ships bow (front end))
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 200
The Retire is opposite the advance, against the primary direction of

movement (similar to a ships stern (rear))=
The Left is to the left of the Advance (similar to a ships por
The Right is to the right of the Advance (similar to a ships starboard)
10.4.4
Four Directions
10.4.4.1 Parades consist of four directions:1. Will advance
(Aage Badhega)
2. Will retire
(Pichhe Loutega)
3. Turn to left
(Bayen Chalega)
4. Turn to right
(Dahine Chalega)
10.4.4.2 MOVING THE SQUAD IN FOUR DIRECTIONS:

a) Squad will advance .. By the right (Squad aage badhega Dahine se)
b) Squad will retire .. By the left (Squad pichhe lautega ... bayen se)
c) Move to the right, in threes, by the left (Teeno teen Dahine chalega
..bayen se)
d) Move to left, in threes, by the right (Teeno teen bayen chalega ..
dahine se)
10.4.4.3 APPLICATION OF WORDS OF COMMAND (Adeshanntmak shabdo
ka prayog)
a. Individuals should be tangent how to control a squad by the following
method:
Form the squad and all words of command should be given at the halt.
Demonstrate to the squad all word of command at the halt.
Now conduct the squad while they give elementary words of

command insisting on clarity and power from each person.
b. When an order is given to personnel on the March, the executive word

of command is to be given one pace before the movement is to be
made, so as to give the individual time to control his forward
momentum before carrying out the new order. This pace is known as
the Check Pace and its use is shown in the following order.
Dal
Squad
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Dahine Chalega
Turn to right
Dahine mud
Right TURN
P a g e | 201
ArambhikSatrakata
(Introductory)
Nishpadan
(Cautionary)
(Executive)
c.
The Cautionary word Turn to right is to be given when the right fast is
forward on the ground; the executive word Right turn is to be given
when the right heel next strikes the ground. Individual then check their
momentum on the next pace forward by the left foot and carry out the
turn with the right foot and then start march with left foots.
d. All words of command and particularly the words, squad halt or quick
march must be given short, quick and loud.
e. For uniformity, the pause between the introductory and the cautionary
words of command is to be equivalent to 2 beats in the cadence (rhythm)
of slow or quick time: the pause between the cautionary and executive
words of command is to be the equivalent of one beat of slow or quick
time (in each case depending upon whether the movements are to be
made in quick or slow time). Thus when as squad is moving, the last
word of the caution is to be given as one foot touches the ground, this is
to be followed by a pause while the other four completes its pace and
finally the executive words is to be given as the first foot again touches
the ground.
NOTE: - There is only one person in charge of a parade at a time.
Changing this person is very ceremonious. This is to make it obvious to
the squad who is currently in command and therefore to whom to pay
attention.
10.4.4.4 SEQUENCE OF INSTRUCTION (Anudesh Anukram)
10.4.4.1
Explanation (Batlana)
Explain what you are about to teach and why it is necessary.
10.4.4.2
Demonstration (Kar ke dikhana)

Break this down:
Complete demonstration, shouting out the words of command.

Demonstration by numbers, pointing out important details.
Another complete demonstration.
1. Any doubt (Shanka samadhan)-After giving the first demonstration

by numbers, as the squad if they have any questions and do so after
each successive demonstration by numbers.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 202
10.4.4.3 Practice (Abhyas)After each demonstration by numbers practice the

squad in that movement, checking faults. Finally after demonstrating
the whole movements practice the squad, judging the time.
10.4.4.4 Bear two factors in mind
The comfort of the squad make sure that they are not looking in to
the sun non into the teeth of a gale.
The formation in which they will learn most quickly.
Formation
Use
Straight Line
Three ranks, open order, inclined
10.5
10.5.1
Foot drill
saluting at the halt.
SQUAD DRILL
(Pared abhyas)
10.5.1.1 Squad drill must be considered from two aspects, firstly as a valuable
training exercise and secondly as a means whereby groups of men may
be moved about quickly and in an orderly manner.
10.5.1.2 When members of the service form up on parade for any purpose they
will fall in three ranks, unless the numbers are in sufficient. Five men
will fall in single rank. Six to eight men will fall in two ranks, nine or
more men in three ranks.
10.5.1.3 Any command consisting of one word must be preceded by a
cautionary word and the cautionary part of a command must be given
slowly and distinctly, the final or executive part, which in general,
should consists only of one word, must be given sharply and quickly
as in the following examples Squad Halt; Quick March. A pause of
one second should be made between the cautionary word and the
executive word.
10.5.1.4 Men should frequently be practiced in giving words of command and
care must be taken to acquire the correct timing. In the elementary
stages of training open order should be adopted for all movements so
that the instructor may observe each member of the squad.
10.5.1.5 Whenever drill movements are executed when marching the command
of execution (MARCH) is given as the left foot strikes the ground if the
movement is to the left and as the right foot strikes the ground if the
movement is to the right. All steps, marches and movement are to be
executed in the quick time cadence of 120 steps per minute unless
stated otherwise.
10.5.2
Position of Attention (Sawadhan)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 203
ATTENTION- Heels together with feet at angle of 45 degrees; knees

straight; body erect; head up, shoulders level and square to the front,
down and moderately back; arms hanging easily from the shoulders.
Palms of the hands turned towards the thighs, hands partially closed,
backs of the fingers lightly touching the thigh, thumb close to the
forefinger; eyes looking straight to the front. Breathing should not in
any way be restricted.
10.5.3
10.5.4
Stand at ease (Vishram)

Stand at - Ease. Keeping the legs straight, the left foot is carried
about 300 mm to the left, so that the weight of the body is rested
equally on both feet. At the same time the hands are carried behind
the back; the back of the right hand is placed in the palm of the left,
the fingers and thumb being allowed to grasp it lightly and the arms
being allowed to hand easily to their full extent.
Stand easy (Aram se)
a. Stand Easy Men are permitted to move their limbs but without
quitting their ground, so that on coming to Attention, there is no
loss of dressing.
b. Note:The command stand Easy is only given to men standing
Ease. Men Standing Easy who receive a caution such as Squad
will assume the position of Stand at Ease.
c. The marker or right hand man is first placed by means of the
command Marker(s) Fall - in. On the order Fall in the remainder
fall in one after the other on the left of the marker in three ranks in
the At Ease position, dressing by the right, with a distance of 750
mm between ranks; intervals between files is obtained by dressing
with intervals.
d. A file consists of three members of the squad, one in the front rank
covered by two in the rear ranks.
A blank or incomplete file will always be the second file from the left. If
there are only two in the file, the centre rank will be left blank; if one
man only, he will take up a position in the front rank.
10.5.5
Right Dress(Dahine Saj)

a. (If it is necessary to correct the dressing, the command Right
Dress will be given).
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 204
b. RIGHT DRESS- To align the crew, the command is (Dahine Saj)

Right DRESS!
c. The individual (except right marker) will take a long step (left) as 45
inches forward on by number shouting 1, on number 2 shouts,
right step will join the same, again shouting 2 right foot of
individual will take 15 short step to rearward. On shouting number
3, left foot of individual will take 45long left step towards rear
which will be the original position and on one the right foot will join
the left at original position.(When alignment is correct the
commander gives the command) similar action will followed by
entire.
d. EYES FRONT: At the command Eyes Front, everyone drops their
arm smartly to their side, without slapping the leg and snaps head
forward at same time. Each man in succession from the directing
flank looks to his front as soon as he has his dressing; the men in
the front rank at the same time cut their arms to the side.
e. Close Order Dress. Where space is limited the order Close Order
Dress to the Right (or Left) is given. The drill is as in Right (or Left)
Dress above except the right or left arm is not used but a
shoulder to shoulder dressing is taken. Each man in succession,
from the directing flank, looks to his front as soon as he has his
dressing.
10.5.6
From the right number (Dahine se ginati kar) :

The right hand man of the front rank calls one, the next two and so
on in succession to the left, the numbers being called out sharply and
distinctly. Members in the middle and rear rank will note and adopt
the number of the file in the front rank.
10.5.7
Sizing (Kadwar) :
Personnel parading in squads should, for formal parades or public
displays, be arranged in height order, to render a smarter unit
appearance.
Tallest on the flanks; shortest in the centre, in three ranks Size. The
squad turns right, break off and arrange themselves, according to their
height, in the same rank, the tallest on their nearest flank, and take
up their dressing by the right, at the position of Attention.
Note: the instructor will then number the squad and will correct any
irregularities in sizing by order numbers to exchange position as
necessary. When all necessary exchanges have been made, the
instructor will again number the squad in order to identify individuals
in their final positions.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 205
10.5.8
Dismiss(Visarjan):
Dis-miss. The squad turns to the right, and after a brief pause, break
of quietly.
Note: Members of a parade which is dismissed by an officer will not
salute.
Step forward/backward March (..Kadam aage/pichhe badh):
Forward (or Step Back) ---March. Each man steps forward (or
backward) the number of paces ordered, commencing with the left foot.
Length of pace to be 750 mm.
Note: - this movement is restricted to not more four paces forward or
backward.
10.5.9
10.5.10 Opening and closing of squad (Khulee line/ nikat line chal):
Open Order - March. The front rank takes one and half paces
forward and the rear rank two paces backwards. As soon as the paces
are completed, the squad will dress by the right. Close order March. The action of the front and rear ranks is reversed and the
squad will then dress by the right.
Notes:
10.5.10.1 the order Open OrderMarch may be given to men in two ranks when
the front rank will step forward two paces.
10.5.10.2 During drill in Open Order, markers and blank files will not alter their
positions unless the ranks are changed.
10.5.10.3 Men moving forward or backward will keep the arms close to the side.
10.5.11 Side step (Baju chal):
Right (or left) step MARCH- At the command MARCH the right ( left)
foot is moved 12 inches to the right (left) then the left (right) foot is
moved 12 inches to the right (left), left (right) knee straight. The
cadence is continued at quick time. The side step is executed from the
halt only and for short distances.
10.5.12 March and pace (chal or kadam
Every instructor should know the rates of marching, lengths of pace and
marching/timing of foot drill that are laid out below:
Length of Pace:
(Tej chal)
Quick march
(Daur ke chal)
Double march
(100 cms.)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
30 inches
40
(75 cms.)
inches
P a g e | 206
(Chhote kadam) Stepping Short

21 inches
cms.)
(Baju kadam)
Side way March
12 inches
cms.)
(Kadam aage/pichhe) Stepping forward/backward 30 inches
cms.)
(53
(30
(75
10.5.13 RATES OF MARCHING

The numbers of paces to the minute for marching are: Slow Time
70 paces to the minute
Quick Time
Double Time
A drummer using a metronome may be used to beat the correct time
when drill instruction is being carried out. Trainees are to note the
time carefully, after which they are to be marched to the time
indicated; the drummer is to tap out the correct timing at intervals as
a check.
10.5.14 Turning by numbers (Ginti se mudna):
10.5.14.1 Turning to the Right One: Keeping both knees straight, the body
erect and the arms steady at their sides, the men turn to the right on
the right heel and left toe, raising the left the left heel and right toe in
doing so. Two: The left heel is brought smartly up to the right without
stamping the foot on the ground.
10.5.14.2 (Byeain mudega by number Ek) Turning to the Left- by number One.
The men turn as the right but on the left heel and right toe. (By
number Do) By number Two. The right heel is brought smartly up to
the left without stamping the foot on the ground.
10.5.14.3 About turn - One: The men turn fully about to the right to face in the
opposite direction as described for turning to the right. Two. The left
heel is brought smartly up to the right without stamping the foot on
the ground.
10.5.15 Mark Time (Kadam Taal):
10.5.15.1 MarkTime. The order Mark Time is given as the left foot passes the
right. The left foot completes its pace, after which the time is
continued, without advancing by raising each foot alternately about
150 mm, the knees being raised to the front and arms steady at the
sides. At the halt, the word of command is Quick Mark- Time.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 207
10.5.15.2 For WARD (Aage Badh): The order Forward is given as the left foot is
coming to the ground. A check pace with the right foot is completed
and men move off again with the left foot at the previous pace and
time.
10.5.16 The Halt(Tham):
Squad - Halt. The command Halt is given as the left foot is being
raised, and the Halt is completed in two marktime paces. To
execute the halt take one more step after the command HALT then
bring the heels together at the position of attention.
10.5.17 Words of command on the march(Chalte Hue Aadesh):
The following tables show when to give words of command to men on
the move:
Right Turn the Cautionary Order is given as the right foot passes
the left.
Squad - Halt the Order is given the next time the right foot passes
the left.
About Turn the Cautionary Order is given as the left foot passes the
right.
Left - Turn
the Order is given bet time the left foot passes the right.
Mark - Time (kadam Tal)

For - ward The Cautionary Order is given as the left foot is coming to
the ground.The Order is given the next time the left foot is coming to
the ground.
Note: the interval between the Cautionary Order and the Order given
above is based on quick time. The instructor should bear words of
command, so that the order is received by the squad on the correct
foot.
10.5.18
10.5.18.1
Marching in squad(Squad me chalna):

Before a squad is ordered to march, the directing flank must be
indicated by the caution, by the Right (or Left). Each man preserves
his position in the general alignment by an occasional glance towards
the directing flank. The directing flank when in line will normally be
the original right flank.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 208
10.5.18.2
Quick--- March. The squad step off together with a full pace of 750
mm, with the left foot, in quick time. The arms, which should be as
straight as their natural bend will allow, should swing naturally from
the shoulders, hands reaching as high as the waist line at front and
rear. The hands should be kept closed but not clenched; thumbs
always to the front pressing downwards with the thumb will tend to
keep the elbows form bending.
10.5.18.3
Quick March(Tez Chal):

Quick--- March (Tez Chal): The squad step off together with a full pace
of 750 mm, with the left foot, in quick time. The arms, which should be
as straight as their natural bend will allow, should swing naturally
from the shoulders, hands reaching as high as the waist line at front
and rear. The hands should be kept closed but not clenched, thumbs
always to the front pressing downwards with the thumb will tend to
keep the elbows form bending.
10.5.18.4
The Halt (on the move)(THUM KAR Ke):

Squad---Halt. The command Halt is given as the right foot passes the
left. The left foot completes its pace, and the right foot is brought
smartly in line with it without stamping.
10.5.19
Right (or Left) ---Turn(Dahine / Bayeen Mur):
10.5.19.1
Each man turns on the left (or right) foot without checking the pace.
About---- Turn. Each man turns about on his own ground in three
paces. The fourth pace will be a full pace of 750 mm to march away in
the new direction.
10.5.19.2
Note:- When turning on the march, the arms will be kept to the sides
at the point of the turn. The proper execution of turning on the march
depends entirely n the way in which the word of command is given,
e.g. in turning to the right the caution Right is given as the right foot
passes the left, and the executive order Turn when the right foot
passes the left the next time. The next pace(left foot ) will be in the
original direction for the purpose of checking the forward movement of
the body. The body is now turned and a full pace taken with the right
foot in the new direction.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 209
10.5.19.3
In Turning About, the cautionary and executive orders are given on

two successive beats as the left foot passes the right. The next pace
will be a full pace t the old front with the right foot, the turn being
made during the next three paces, the fourth pace being a full pace
with the right foot in the new direction. Whilst the turn is being made
the man will remain on the same ground, the knees being raised in
Marking Time and the arms kept by the side.
10.5.19.4
In the case of a squad with a single blank file, marching in line, the
blank file will make a check pace and two mark time paces on the
word About thus gaining his position in the new front rank before the
turn is completed.
10.5.19.5
During drill in Open Order, guides and blank files will not alter their
positions unless the ranks are changed.
10.6
10.6.1
10.6.2
10.7
10.7.1
10.7.2
10.7.2.1
Changing direction by wheeling (Ghumate huaye Disha Badalana):

Squad in file
Right (or Left) ---Wheel.(dahine / bayee ghum) The inner man of the
leading file moves round a quarter of the circumference of a circle
having a radius of I m, stepping short to enable the two outer men of
the file to wheel with him. When the quarter circle is completed the file
will lead on in the new direction. The other files in succession will
follow in the footsteps of the leading file.
Rear Files--- Cover (Picchala File cover). If the squad is halted or
ordered to mark time before the whole squad has wheeled into the new
direction, the files which have not yet wheeled will cover off on those
which have, moving to their places by the shortest route. If the order
For --- ward is given before the wheel is completed, the squad will lead
on in the direction in which the leading file is facing.
Squad in line
A squad in line may change direction by wheeling, when the action of
each rank will be as laid down in (a) above.
Changing steps on the March (chalate huain kadam badal):
Change Step (kadam badal) The advancing foot completes its pace,
and the ball of the rear foot is brought up to the heel of the advanced
one, which takes another step forward, so that the time is not lost, two
successive steps being taken with the same foot. The arms are kept to
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 210
the sides during the three change-step paces. This movement must be
executed with precision to avoid the appearance of skipping.
Note: The advancing foot is the opposite foot to that one which the
executive order is given.
Forming Single File from File (Teen line se ek line ban):
10.7.3
10.7.3.1 Advance in Single File, Quick March. The front-rank man of the
leading file marches off, followed by his two rear-rank men who are
followed by the front-rank man of the second file, and so on.
Note: If the squad is marching in file, the command will be Form
Single File when the front-rank man of the leading file will lead on, the
remainder marking time to get into their places and then following on
as described above.
10.7.4
Forming File from Single File (Ek line se teen line ban):
Form Threes. The leading man marks time, the remainder of the
squad regain their positions in file, marking time as they reach their
places.
For - ward. The squad moves forward in file.
If is desired to halt on the completion of the movement, the command
will be At the Halt, Form Threes, when the leading man will halt, the
remainder halting as they reach their original places in file.
When the squad contains between 6 and 8 men, who were originally
fallen in two ranks, the order for forming file from single file will be
Form Twos.
10.7.5
INSPECTIONS (NIREEKSHANAN)
When a unit parading in ranks is to be inspected, the ranks are to be
opened for the inspection and closed on the completion. The inspecting
officer is to start the inspection form the right flank, moving along the
front rank to the left flank, after which the rear of the front rank is to
be inspected from left to right flank. The inspection of the centre and
rear ranks is to be carried out in the same manner; each individual is
to be inspected from head to foot 60th front and rear. This is done by
stopping 450 in front ofthe cadet being examined and looking at the
cadets right hand side then moving one pace past and looking back at
450 at the cadets left hand side.
10.7.6
a.
ITEMS TO BE NOTED DURING INSPECTION OF PERSONNEL

Service Dress Cap Cap is to be clean and is to be worn square on
the head with the peak front down to a level just above the middle
of the eyes, the cap badge and peak are to be clean.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 211
b.
Beret - The Beret is to be clean and is to be worn so that the band

is horizontally rood the head and 2.5cm above the eyebrows. Loose
cap material is to be drawn down to the right so that the badge is
clearly displayed in a position vertically above the left eye.
c.
Hair - The hair of the head is to be kept well cut and trimmed.
Beard or whiskers are not to be worn except by personnel with
specific permission in writing on medical grounds. If a moustaches
worn, the upper lip is to be entirely unshaven and the moustache
trimmed neatly for length, exaggerated whiskers are not to be
permitted.
d.
Shaving Cadets are to be properly shaved.
e.
Cleanliness - The face, ears, neck and hand are to be clean.
f.
Buttons - All buttons are to be clean and are to be sewn on securely

so that the crown is uppermost and the eagle horizontal.
g.
Badges - Rank and other authorized badge are to be worm is

accordance with current dress regulations.
h.
Clothing - Clothing is to be of correct fitting, of official pattern, in

good repair, neatly pressed and correctly worn.
i.
Pockets All pockets are to be worn flat and buttoned where

buttons are provided.
j.
Glasses On parade glasses are not to be worn except by those

with a medical certificate requiring them to be worn. In no
circumstances are such personnel to take part in a full ceremonial
parade (i.e. guard of honour, review, etc.)
k.
Foot Wear Boots and shoes are to be clean and in good repair,
laces straight across and neatly fastened.
Note: - Remember you must not touch the cadets on parade.

10.8 SALUTING (SALAMI )
10.8.1
Saluting at the halt (Tham kar ke salami)
10.8.1.1 Salute To the front /The right arm is raised so the forearm is placed
at a 90 degree angle, while pointing at the temple (flat part between
forehead and ear). It is generally to a count of Up, two, three, down!
10.8.1.2 Salute To the Right: The right arm is raised so the forearm is placed
at a 90 degree angle, while pointing at the temple. It is generally to a
count of Up, two, three, four, five, down!
10.9
Saluting on the march (Chalte hue me salami)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 212
The following saluting on the march commands are ordered with a

preparatory command of Saluting on the march for example,
Saluting on the march, to the front Salute and always called on
the left foot.
10.9.1
Salute To the front or Salute: The parade is halted and the right
arm is raised so the forearm is placed at a 90 degree angle, while
pointing the temple. This is lowered and then repeated again, followed
by an about turn and a resume in marching (off the left foot).
10.9.2
Salute To the Right: The right arm is raised so the forearm is placed
at a 90 degree angle, while pointing at the temple. It is generally to a
count of Up, two, three, four, five, down, swing! This is done while
looking to the right, except the right marker, who must stay looking to
the front, to keep the squad staying straight.
10.9.3
Saluting with the hand

The right hand is raised smartly, but naturally to the front of the
headgear, the palm of the hand being to the left but inclined slightly
inwards, so that the eyes on glancing up can seen the inside of the
palm, the thumb and fingers being close together, elbow in the line
with the shoulder, hand and forearm in line, fingers touching the rim
of the cap or helmet or front of headgear over the right eye. The salute
should be completed by smartly dropping the right hand t the side.
10.9.4
Saluting otherwise than with the hand
10.9.4.1 When not wearing a cap or helmet or when carrying anything which
prevents saluting with the right hand, the member will if standing still,
stand to attention and face the officer as he passes. If walking, turn
the head smartly towards the officer on passing.
10.9.4.2 When passing an officer, the salute should be commenced just before
meeting and continued until past.
10.9.4.3 Officers of Station Officer or Fire Control Officer Rank and above
should receive this salute.
10.9.4.4 Members of the Service when on duty ( unless driving a vehicle) should
salute in the following circumstances:i)
When reporting to or addressing an officer of higher rank who is

entitled to a salute.
ii)
On being addressed or spoken to by an officer of higher rank who is

entitled to a salute.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 213
iii)
On meeting for the first time in the day the officer in charge of the
station, provided he is an officer entitled to a salute.
10.9.4.5 When a squad is passing an officer who is entitled to a salute only the
member in charge of the squad will salute, at the same time giving the
order Eyes right or Eyes left to the squad.
10.9.4.6 When officers of different rank are walking together and are saluted,
only the senior officer present will acknowledge the salute.
10.9.4.7 All members of the Fire Service should salute during the playing of the
National Anthem, unless they are on parade, when the party should be
called to attention and the officer in charge of the parade should
salute. They should also salute on other occasions where it is generally
customary for a salute to be given in a disciplined service. They are not
required to salute officers of other services.
10.9.4.8 Officers should, on all occasions, return a salute smartly.
10.10
FORMING SQUAD (SQUAD BANANA)
10.10.1
FORMING SQUAD WHILE MARCHING IN FLANK (DAHINE / BAYEN

DISHA ME CHALTE SAMAYA SQUAD BANANA)
Forming Squad is a movement where by a squad, moving to the flank
in threes changes their direction of line, but does not change its
direction of March.
10.10.2
The movement is normally taught from the halt to the halt, by first
dealing with the leading section of threes individually and the
remaining sections in turn, once proficient the whole squad will move
together.
10.10.3
AT THE HALT, ON THE LEFT, LEFT SQUAD FORM (THAM KAR KE

BAYEN SQUAD BANEGA SQUAD BAN).
10.10.4
The whole squad except the left (right) hand member of the leading
section of threes (the pivot) make a left form (a half turn to the left)(TEJ
CHAL) QUICK. MARCH
10.10.5
The pivot will march forward three or five paces and halt, at the same
time the remainder of the squad march round to their correct places in
the line and halt.
Note: if the cautionary word of command At the Halt is not given, the
squad will mark time at the new alignment, from which they will be
given the command Forward or squad.. Halt
10.10.6
The movement is the same, but in slow time. The pivot will be the right
or left hand member of the leading section of threes dependent on
which direction the squad will be formed.
Forming squad at the halt on the left (right)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 214
3 --
6-
9- -
10
11
12 -
10
11
12
10.11
CHANGING DIRECTION (Disha Badal)
10.11.1
This movement is a means whereby a squad changes its direction of

March without altering its formation. Changing direction is always
used when there are more than six people in line. The movement is
usually taught from the halt to the halt, in individual files in turn,
before the whole squad is practiced together. The command for this
movement is the only one receded by the cautionary words of
command. Change Direction Right / left. Executve Word of
command Right form
10.11.2
Word of command CHANG DIRECTION, RIGHT- RIGHT FORM

(DAHINE DISHA BADLEGA - DISHA BADAL)
10.11.3
The right hand member (1) does a right turn, whilst the remainder of
the front rank only, right form (i.e. a half turn to the right). The
remainders of the Squad stand fast.
QUICK .. MARCH
10.11.4
The pivot (1) marches three/ five paces forward and halts. The
members in the file behind the pivot follow suit by wheeling and
halting with a distance of one pace between each other, facing in the
new direction. At the same time the other files wheel round into their
new positions and dress off from the right files.
10.11.5
Changing Direction At the Halt on the Right (Or Left)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 215
No.1 (pivot) will turn to the right, Nos. 4, 7, 10 right forms, remainder
of Squad stand fast.
No.1 (pivot) marches three/ five paces forward and Halts. No.2, 3 ,
wheel and Halt in file. The three files wheel round into line.
14
10
11
12
12
11
10
Direction of March
10.12
DETAILS OF CORRECT FOOT ON WHICH TO GIVE EXECUTIVE

WORDS OF COMMAND
TABLE 10.1
Introductory Cautionary
Executive
Squad
EASE
One
SHUN
One
Stand at
Squad
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Foot
Timing Given
P a g e | 216
Squad
Open/Close
Order
MARCH
Turning at
the halt
Saluting to
the front at
the halt
Squad
Right/Left
about
To the front
TURN
Officer on
Parade
DISMISS
Squad
SALUTE
HALT
One, One, Two

One Pause,
Two
Right heel Up, Two, Three,
Down
One, Pause,
Two, Pause,
Up,-- Two,
Three, Down
Right heel , One, Two
Turning on
the March
Officer
Passing your
front
Left/Right
TURN
To the
left/right
SALUTE
Right/Left Check, turn,

Forward
Left foot
Check, Up,
Two, Three,
down
Marking time
on the March
Squad
Mark
TIME
Left heel
For -
WARD
Changing
step on the
March
Saluting to
the front
Change
STEP
To the front
SALUTE
Compliments Eyes
on the March
Intro quick
Quick
time
Step short on Step
the March
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
One, two, , Left,

Right
Left foot
Complete,
Forward
Right heel Left, Check,
Left
Left foot
One, One, two,

Pause, Up,
Two, Three,
Down, One,
Two, Three,
four, Up, Two,
three, Down,
Pause, One,
Pause, Two,
Pause, Away
RIGHT/LEFT/ Left foot

FRONT
MARCH
Left heel
Check, Turn
SHORT
Step short
Left heel
Quick March
P a g e | 217
Paces
Step
forward
backward
MARCH
One, Two, ,
Three In
Paces
right/left
Close
MARCH
One, Two,
Three,
10.13
APPLIANCES DRILL (Sadhan Kavayad) GENERAL NOTE:-
10.13.1 The wearing of personal jwellery can be hazardous such items should
be removed before taking part in drills. Rings which cannot be
removed should be covered with adhesive tape.
10.13.2 Necker chiefs, if worn, should not be knotted, they should just be
folded around the neck and covered by the tonic collar.
10.13.3 Helmets must be worn by all personnel.
10.13.4 Fire gear, particularly tools, should be kept in good order and repair.
10.13.5 The officer in charge should ensure that any drill which is being
carried out is performed in a safe manner, using accepted practices.
10.13.6 Each member taking part in a drill is responsible for carrying out his
function in such a way that neither his own safety nor that of any
other member is put at risk.
10.13.7 The officer in charge of the drill should ensure that each man gets
understood importance of work/drill.
10.13.8 Every man should also fully understand the duties of other member of
the crew- good teamwork is essential on the fire ground. The officerin -charge should therefore use the change- round command to
ensure that members of the same crew occupy the various drill
positions.
10.13.9 Men should be encouraged to use their initiative under varying
conditions. Including the use of more than one appliance and several
it items of equipment in combination.
10.13.10 All equipment needed for a drill should be available before starting.
10.13.11 Equipments on which the safety of life depends should be tested
before carrying out drills involving them.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 218
10.13.12 When taking drill, the officer in-charge should stand so that he can
see and be seen and can bear and be beard whilst the whole drill is
carried out.
10.13.13 On completion of any drill. No.1 will report to the officer in charge
Drill Complete.
10.14
Word of Command (Aadesh ke shabd):-
10.14.1 The following words of command are to be used in drills and whos
applicable, at fires. A dash indicates the pause between the
cautionary and the executive posts of command.
TABLE 10.2
Command
Action or meaning
STILL!
Only to be used in an emergency (i.e. to present on
accident) and then with maximum fire, the crew remain
perfectly still exactly where they are. It may be given by
any member of the crew as well as officers.
REST!
To be used, it necessary, by the instructor when

carrying out a drill to point out a mistake; the crew
remain still.
As-You-Were
Cancel an order previously given; man resumes their

previous positions.
Carry On
Given after Rest or still the crew carry on with what

they were doing
Change - round
As many members of the crew as necessary dismount

and moving one place in an anti clock wise direction,
take up their new riding positions.
Crew number
No. 1 of the first crew call one No.1 of the second crew
calls two and so on until all crews are numbered
Dis -mount
The crew dismount from the appliance and return to

fall in position.
Fall in
The named crew turns smartly to the right, pause, and

moving at the double, full in three paces to the rear of,
and facing, the appliance and stand to attention.
The crew turns to the right, pause, break away and fall
in on the left of the squad in single rank and stand at
case.
Fall- out
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 219
Get to work
Heel in
Heel out
House
Knock off
Make - up
Mount
Pawls
Pitch
Slip
Water on
The crews carry out the drill as detailed.

To move the heel of a ladder in to the building
To move the heel of a ladder away from a building.
To reduce the overall length of ladder
To close down the water supply at the pump delivery
and or the hydrant.
The crews make up and re-stow all gear.
The crew mounts the appliance. The riding position of
each member will depend on the design and other
factors, but No. 2 will always be the driver and No. 1
will whenever possible, sit in the seat on his near side.
To indicate when descending a ladder that the pawls
are fitted on the next round below and the feet should
be placed towards the centre of the round.
To erect a ladder against a building, i.e. pith to the
third flout.
To remove a ladder from the appliance.
To turn on the hydrant, open a delivery valve on the
pump, etc, according to the drill being performed.
10.14.2 SIGNALS (SANKET)

It is a common practice in fire services to make use of visual, line or
audible (whistle) signals to convey messages or directions to members
of the fire services while at work when extinguishing fires or while at
fire drills.
10.14.3 VISUAL SIGNALS (Drishtigochar Sanket)
Order
TABLE 10.3
Arm Signal
Water on or Get
to Work
The arm is raised sideways over the head to its fullest

extent and lowered smartly to the side. This signal
should never be given until a branch is manned and
the branch man is ready and prepared.
Knock off
The right arm is extended horizontally swung across

the chest and back again.
Increase pressure
As for water on but repeated several times. Pump

operators should increase pressure by 1 bar, unless
otherwise Instructed. (raising right arm twice)
Decrease
On arm is extended horizontally from the shoulder and
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 220
pressure
the other arm is raised vertically. The pressure should

be reduced by 1 bar, unless otherwise instructed.
Water Off
Right arm extended to the right, swung across to left

and back again.
Make of all gear
Both arms are extended out wards and dropped to the

sides.
All men report to

the officer
The right arm is swung round the head and then the
hand is placed flat on the head.
Acknowledgement All visuals signals should be acknowledged by

of signals
repeating the signal.
Cancel Repeat
Signal
Both arms raised over head crossed and swung side

ways above the head.
10.14.4
LINE SIGNALS (Dori Sanket):
10.14.4.1
There may be occasions when a fireman has to be lowered down a

shaft a well or over a cliff in order to affect a rescue or for other
reasons. In the absence of other means communication i.e. breathing
apparatus communication equipment, the fireman should be lowered
on the one line and have a second line attached to him for signaling
purposes.
10.14.4.2
The Following Signals Should Be Used

TABLE 10.4
Signal on line
Given by wearer
Given by attendant
1 Pull
I am all right
Are you all right
2 Pulls
Pay out more line
I am paying out more line
2 Pulls Pause-2
Pulls
Stop lowering
I am ceasing lowering
3 Pulls
Haul in slack live or

Haul up
I am hauling in slack line

or I am hauling up
Repeated sharp pulls
Danger help me out
Danger I am hauling up
as quickly as possible
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 221
10.14.4.3
WHISTLE SIGNALS (Sity se Sanket):
Signal
TABLE 10.5
Order
Once short whistle
Start first line of hose
Two short whistles
Start second line of hose
Three short whistles
Start third line of hose
Four short whistles
Start fourth line of hose
One long whistle
Shut off first line of hose
Two long whistles
Shut off second line of hose
Three long whistles
Shut off third line of hose
Four long whistles
Shut off fourth line of hose
Continuous long blast
knock off & Make up
Continuous irregular blast
Danger
10.14.4.4
Preliminary details to drill(Kavayad ki prathmiki):

There are certain preliminaries which are common to all drills they
are covered at the start of this section. They apply to any modern
appliance according to the number of men in the crew (and the
particular drill)
For each of these drill crews should be formed and numbered in the
following way.
10.14.5
Formation of crew (Toli Banana):
10.14.5.1
10.14.5.2
Formation of crews - Man fall in single rank and number from the
right in twos/ threes/ fours or fives (depending on the particular
drill),Each group of three, four or fire is crew.
(Toli Sankhya) Crews NumberNumber 1of the first crew calls one
Number 1of the second crew call two and so on until all crews are
numbered. A specific crew can now be ordered to fall in taking up the
positions as specified for each drill. In the descriptions of each drill it
is assumed that.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 222
i.
ii.
iii.
The crews have been formed and numbered.

The crews will fall in at the double and
After falling in they will take up their dressing from number 1.
10.15
10.15.1.1
HOSE DRILL: Purpose

Hose standard practices are designed to provide system of work, which
will enable crews to acquire the skills, knowledge and attitude to move
onto those standard practices which require the safe, effective coordination of more complex pump work.
10.15.1.2
Hose drill practices are fundamental learning activities which should

be conducted at a pace and practiced at a frequency, to suit the level of
performance of individual or the crew as they endeavor to acquire or
maintain competence. After a high degree of skill is achieved, refresher
drills must be carried out to retain it.
10.15.2
Notes on hose drill

a. When rolled hose is being carried before it is run out, the male
coupling should be allowed to hang down about 300 mm from the front
of the roll
b. Before running out the first length of rolled hose, the male coupling
should be connected either to a pump delivery or to a standpipe or
should be secured by a member of the crew putting his foot or it. If this
is not possible, a short length sufficient to present dragging, before
moving forward.
c. To run out rolled hose, the lugs of the female coupling (which are at
the centre of the roll) are taken one in each hand, the hose is held
chest high and is allowed to revolve around the lugs and pay out on
the right hand side of the body.
d. A man who has already run out as length of hose should keep hold of
the female coupling with his right and- be should then take hold of the
male coupling of the next length in his left hand and make the
connection.
10.15.3
Safety Features
a. The instructor should ensure that the crew understands the
influence of pressure and of nozzle diameter on the reaction of the
branch.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 223
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
As far as possible, the last 3m of the hose to a branch should be

kept in a straight line
When working on an upper floor or flat roof/sufficient hose should
be handed up to enable 1 or 2 m to be placed on the floor or on
the roof. This will help to stop the weight on the charged line
affecting the branch man.
Hold a charged branch get out of control the order knock off
should be given immediately. Control of a charged branch can
only be achieved by crawling along the line of hose towards to
branch, slowly limiting the movements until control can be
regained.
If a branch becomes out of control from a ladder, an immediate
warning should be given to personnel working in close proximity.
In all drills where a line of hose is to be taken upwards, the hose
coupling at the heel of the ladder or base of the building should be
left un coupled until the branch man gives the order water on.
This mean that, for example, the branch line cannot be charged
before the branch man is in a secure position.
10.15.4 Preliminary Drill Detail

On ordered to SINGLE LINE, FALL- IN (EK LINE MAIN KAD WAR) the
crew will form a single line standing at attention facing the officer. The
crew is numbered from their right, and on the order CREW
NUMBER (GINATI KAR), the right hand marker (firefighter) will
respond ONE (EK), with the others following in reply with their
numbers. The formation of crew depends on availability of hose.
10.15.5
Command:
10.15.5.1 Crew attention, for hose drill three paces behind the hoses, crew fallin.
(CREW SAVDHAN, HOSE DRILL KE LIYE; HOSE SE TEEN KADAM
PICHE, LINE BAN).
10.15.5.2 Lifting &lowering of hose by number (HOSE UTHANA AUR RAKHANA,
GINATI SE SOORU KAR )
TABLE 10.6
Lifting
Lowering
by no. 1-Left leg one step forward
1- Vice versa left leg

forward
by no. 2- Stumping on hose with

right hand by keeping left hand
under the hose
2- Hold hose with left

hand
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 224
By no. 3- By making a turn, keep

hose on Shoulder.
3- Leave hose on ground
By no. 4- Stand up and left arms

come down
4- Stand up
10.15.5.3 Lay out the hose, crew get to work ( HOSE BICHHAO, CREW KARYA
SOORU KAR)
10.15.5.4 Make up hose by quile roll/ shoulder flap/ figure of eight/ donut roll
(QUILE ROLL/SHOULDER FLAP/ FIGURE OF EIGHT/ DONUT ROLL,
HOSE KO SAMETO )
10.15.5.5 Note:a. You may lift up hose directly (without making turn), if the male
coupling facing you.
b. Lifting of hose by kneeling down can be used by a person having
problem in his west
c. Pick up the hose by no.1 (action: crew will hold hand on hose;
right hand on top of hose near male coupling and left hand at
bottom as well as left leg adjacent to hose), by no.2 (action: hose
will be lifted and turned to place on shoulder), by no. 3 (action:
back to the position with hose on shoulder as well as left hand and
leg will be back to attention position & right hand will firm to the
hose)
d. Lowering hose by no.1; 2; 3 (action: all action will be reversed as in
pick up position)
e. In this hose drill different command to be delivered for action have
to do like laying hose, hose connection, under running and rolling
of hose.
f. Making up hose: hose male coupling lift one end high, from a loop
by thrusting the rear position forward of the apex and walk the loop
to the other end while holding it high. Stretch the hose straight and
flat. Then roll the hose on the female coupling by rotating the
coupling along the hose.
10.16
Branchmanship
10.16.1
The greater weight of water in the hose, there is a greater mass of

water being discharged through a branch which means bigger jet
reaction, and because of the bend in the hose behind the branch man,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 225
a tendency for the branch to thrust upwards. This is particularly

pronounced when water first comes on.
10.16.2
The branch man must place his hand on top of the branch to
counteract this, with hose between his body and arm. Also, with feet
spaced apart making a line in the direction of the flow. Other firefighter
(No. 2) should support the hose to reduce the angle to the ground and
also be well braced to prop branch man.
10.16.3
Branch Holding: Method of branch holding are as follows:a.

b.
c.
d.
Standard
Kneel down or crouching
Sitting
laying
All position can be change simultaneously.
10.16.4
Whenever possible there should be two men on the branch before the
full flow is allowed to develop. The man standing on the left should
allow the hose to come up under his right arm. His right hand should
be under the coupling. His left hand should be on the top of the
branch.
10.16.5
The man on the right should place his right hand on the top of the
branch and his left hand under the hose.
10.17
10.17.1
Changing branch man

to relieve the man on the left-
a.
b.
The relieving branch man will approach from left side. He should
place his left hand on that of the original branch man, who will
then draw his hand away.
The relieving man should them turn to face the fire and place his
right hand in position under the coupling the original man should
them step to the rear clear of the branch
10.17.2 To relieve the man on the right-
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 226
a.
b.
10.18
The relieving branch man approaches from the right placing his
right hand on top of the original mans hand, which then draw his
hand away.
The relieving man then turns to face the fire and should place his
left hand under the hose and the original man will sep to the rear
Disconnecting a delivery hose
The crew should always face the pump or hydrant; take the hose
between his knees near the male coupling thus facing the female
coupling of the hose to be disconnected. Then the lugs of the female
coupling should be pulled apart by hands, which will automatically
disconnect the male end he is holding between his knees.
10.18.1 Making up
10.18.1.1 A hydrant must always be turned off slowly to prevent water hammer.
10.18.1.2 When breaking couplings the source of supply should be faced with
the male coupling held between the knees. This prevents it dropping to
the ground and being damaged.
10.18.1.3 Prior to under running, hose should be laid out flat, straight and free
from knits which would trap water on level ground hose should be
under run from the male end. Of the sloping ground it should be under
run from the higher coupling. Hose should not walk along to get rid of
water as this can cause severe damage to the fibers.
10.18.1.4 After under running the hose should be rolled up starting with the
female coupling the first turns little loosely to avoid hose cut on the
edge of metal and after that few turn being made tightly. Then by
pushing with both hands together and on top of the roll, the length
should be completed, keeping the coil even and flat, when the male
coupling is reached, the hose should be rolled over it so that the
coupling comes out on the top coil of hose must not be dumped and
jumped on to get the coil even, when making up bust length of
hose/unserviceable hose the overhand knot should be removed and
the hose rolled male coupling.
10.18.2 Rolling up a delivery hose
10.18.2.1 This should always be done from female end except for a burst or
defective length of hose. The crew member should stand facing the
female end. Right leg should be advanced, knees bent so as to stoop
low.
10.18.2.2 The left hand should be placed on the left lug, right hand on the hose
just where the shank ends. Then first turn of the roll is given so that
the female end now faces away from the crew member. Then he should
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 227
move forward rolling on. The position of the roll should be in front of
the crew member, equidistant from both legs, and as the rolling is
done, sufficient pressure is exerted by hands to make it reasonably
tight.
10.18.3 Special Purpose Rolls and Folds:
10.18.4 Hose should be compactly rolled or folded in such a way that it can be
placed in service quickly. Certain methods of rolling and folding hose
are well suited for this use. Hose carried in these rolls and folds is also
useful for extending lines or replacing burst lengths of hose. Often a
carrying pack is employed which also contains wrenches, adapters to
non- fire service threads on standpipes and other tools.
10.18.4.1 Coil Roll
10.18.4.2 Donut Roll
a. To form a donut roll lay the hose out flat.
b. Grasp pull the male coupling back so the hose is doubled back on
itself, with the male coupling about 3 to 4 feet (approx. a meter) from,
the female.
c. Stand at the folded end and face the folded end with one foot on each
side of the hose.
d. Leave enough space in the fold to place one hand through the roll for
carrying. Roll the doubled hose, keeping the top and bottom portions
aliened with your feet as you back up.
e. If a second man is available to help in forming the donut roll, he can
keep the hose aliened and take up slack in the top portion by pulling
on the hose behind the male coupling. The first man would then face
the coupling end to make roll.
f. Flacking
g. Solder flap
h. Shoulder loop
i. Figure of eight
j. Double Donut Roll: The double donut roll can be made up with two
lengths of hose, and can also be used for a single length where
carrying space makes a smaller but wider roll desirable. To roll a
double donut with two lengths of hose, couple them together and lay
the lengths flat, next to each other. Fold the loop that results at the
coupled couplings back onto the hose. Leaving enough room for the
hand hold, roll the hose toward the uncoupled couplings.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 228
10.19 HYDRANT DRILL

In the fire service, hydrant drill is a highly disciplined procedure
because of the requirement for speed. All drills are based on a crew of
four firefighters. An officer directs the crew, since adopting this drill,
the fire service to be reduced crew numbers and modified their drills
accordingly.
10.20.1 Command
10.20.1.1 On ordered to FALL IN, the crew will form a single line standing at
attention facing the officer. The crew is numbered from their right, and
on the order CREW NUMBER, the right hand marker (firefighter)
will respond ONE, with the others following in reply with their
numbers
10.20.1.2 Taking water from hydrant using one delivery, one length of hose/two
lengths of hose with ordinary branch, crew gets to work
10.20.1.3 After detailing the drill, the officer will order the crew to GET to
WORK upon which the crew will carry out the prescribed order.
10.20.1.4 Calls for WATER ON and WATER OFF are given by branchman,
no.1 who should also specify the pressure required. No. 2 assist no.1;
orders given by no.1 are relayed to hydrant operator / pump operator
by no.2.
10.20.1.5 On completion of the given task, firefighters should fall in position by
the appliance to await further orders. Normally, these will be nos. 3
and 4. They will provide additional hose, replace burst hose, and
provide any additional equipment.
10.20.1.6 If a second delivery is required, this will be run out by no.4, assisted if
practical by no.3. No.4 will be the second branch man.
10.21
Adding one length of hose

a. No.1 sends no. 4 to obtain a length of hose.
b. No.4 provides additional length and runs it out to the required
position. When in position, orders no.3 WATER OFF, nominating the
delivery. No.3 relays this to pump operator.
c. When the water is turned off
d. No. 1 disconnects branch, moves to new position. Reconnects.
e. No. 3 connects added length.
f. When all is ready
g. No. 1 orders WATER ON to no.3
h. No. 3 relays the order to the hydrant operator/ pump operator.
10.22Removing of one length

a. No.1 sends back No. 4 to No.2 with the message knock off.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 229
b. Immediately the message is given No 4 double back to the branch (as

soon as the flow ceases)No. 1 disconnect the branch.
c. No. 3 doubles back to the first coupling behind the branch, breaks the
joint and assist No. 1 to recouple the branch at its new position.
d. On the advice of No.1; No. 4 ordered to No. 2 for water on No. 4
subsequently makes up the surplus hose.
10.23Replacing a burst hose
a. On the order of No. 1,
b. No. 4 takes a length of hose and runs it out alongside the damaged
length of hose; he them gives No.2 the order knock off.
c. At the same time No. 3 doubles to the burst length (as soon as flow
ceases) assist No. 4 to disconnect and inserts the new length.
d. No. 3 doubles to the branch No 4 returns to No. 2 with the message
water on. And then returns to tie overhand knot on end of damaged
length nearest to pump.
10.24
Dividing a line of hose in to two with dividing breaching (Five

men)
It is assumed that hose has been run out as in drill using four men. A
fifth man must be added to the crew as two branches are involved and
two men are needed for each branch in addition to the man at the
hydrant.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 230
a. Get to Work No. 5 provides a dividing breaching and No. 4 a length of

hose and branch. No.5 doubles to the coupling where the line is to be
divided.
b. No. 4 runs out his hose from the position where the breeching is to be
inserted connects the branch and takes charge of it No.5 connects the
male coupling in to the breeching before placing it on the ground.
c. When all is ready No. 2 knocks off on the order of No. 5 breaks the
hose line, inserts the breeching reconnects the hose and
d. Orders water on. He then assists No. 4 at the second branch.
10.25Removing a dividing breeching (Five man)
a. On the order Get to Work
b. No. 5 doubles to the breeching and orders No. 2 to knock off.
c. As soon as the flow ceases he disconnects the breeching, reconnects
the length which is to continue at work and
d. Orders water on No. 4 then disconnects and returns his branch,
e. No. 5 returns his branching. Both numbers make up and return
surplus hose.
f. Crew close up
g. Knock off and make up
10.26
PUMP DRILL
The pump drill detailed within this section provides systems of work,
which will enable crews to work effectively and safely with fire and
rescue service pumps. Fire personnel must be aware of the effects of
uncontrolled release of high pressure water and the actions to be taken
should such a release occur. Whenever possible there should be two
firefighters on the branch before the full flow is allowed to develop.
Crews must be aware of the influence of pressure and nozzle diameter
on the reaction of the branch.
10.26.1
Command
Fire crew Attention, crew single line fall-in.
a. Right dress (elbow dressing), Eyes; front.

b. From the right number, from the right in fire numbers, crew number
(12345)
c. By crews number, crews proof,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 231
d. For the pump drill number (13542)

e. First crew stand fast, remainder stand at case.
f. First crew, for the pimp drill, three paces behind the pump. Crew fall
in
g. Change round in (fall in position)
h. Close up
i. Change round from open source/water tank using one/two hard
suction, on/two delivery with ordinary branch, crew, Get to work.
j. Crew make up
10.26.2
To work from open water with a crew of four (one delivery)

On the order of Get to work
a. No.2 engages the pump.
With two lengths of suction hose.
b. No. 2 provides two wrenches and removes the blank cap.
c. Nos. 1 & 3 take the first length of suction and connect it to the pump.
d. Nos. 2 & 4 take the second length of suction, with strainer and
connect it to the first length and tighten all joints.
e. No. 3 takes the first length of hose and runs it out from the pump.
f. No. 1 takes second length of hose and branch and runs it out from the
first length.
g. No.3 connects the first and second lengths of hose and then joins no. 1
at the branch.
h. No. 1 connects the branch.
i. No.4 takes a line and secures the suction and strainer and assisted by
no. 2 places the suction into the water supply.
j. No. 4 then proceeds along the line of hose to the branch straightening
out any kinks and ensuring that the hose is clear.
k. When no. 4 arrives at the branch no. 1 sends no. 4 to no. 2 with the
message
WATER ON starting the number of the delivery, the
pump pressure required and the position where the branch is at work.
l. After giving the message to no. 2, No. 4 returns to the branch.
10.26.3
Knock off and make up

a. No. 1 sends no. 4 to no. 2 with the message knock off and make up
b. No. 2 closes down the delivery.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 232
c. No. 2 disengages the pump

d. No. 4 assists no. 2 to make up the suction side of the pump
e. No. 1 returns the branch and assisted by no. 3 makes up all hose.
f. When all gear is made up, no. 1 reports to the officer in charge.
10.26.4
To work from open water with a crew of five (two deliveries)

On the order Get to work; Number vise job
a. No. 2 engages the pumpWith two lengths of suction
b. No. 2 provides two wrenches and removes the blank cap or
collecting head.
c.
Nis. 1 & 3 take the first length of suction and connect it to the
pump.
d. Nos. 4 & 5 take the second length of suction, with strainer and
connect it to the first length and tighten all joints.
e.
No. 2 takes a line and assisted by nos. 4 & 5 secures the suction
and strainer and places the suction into the water supply.
f.
The delivery hose is laid as; no. 3 takes a length of hose and runs
it out from no. 1 delivery.
g.
No. 1 takes a branch and a second length of hose and runs it out
from the first length (no. 1 delivery),
h. No.3 connects the first and second lengths together and no. 1
connects the branch.
i.
No. 5 takes of hose and runs it out from no. 2 delivery.
j.
No. 4 takes a branch and second length of hose and runs it out
from the first length (no. 2 delivery).
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 233
k. No. 5 connects the first and second lengths together and no. 4
connects the branch.
10.26.5
Knock off and Make up

a. No. 1 sends back no. 3 (and/ or no. 4 sends back no. 5) with the
message knock off and make- up
b. No.2 shuts down the appropriate deliveries.
c.
Make up
d. No. 2 disengage the pump

e.
Nos. 2 & 5 make up the suction side of the pump
f.
Nos. 1 & 4 disconnect and return branches.
g.
Nos. 1, 3 & 4 make up delivery hose.
h. When all the gear is made up then No. 1 reports to the Officer in
charge.
Exhibit: II
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 234
10.27
Use of collecting breaching

No.1 ordered no.3 and 5 to use collecting breaching, by informing
no.2, No.5 takes collecting breaching and no.3 takes one hose and
layout it by making a bite. Then no.5 inserts the layout hose with
collecting breaching and ordered no.2 knock off. As ensuring that no. 1
is ready. Rest instruction will be given by the no. 3
10.28
Routine check before pump operation

1) Visual inspection
2) Functional Check
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Battery connection
Fuel level
Tyre Pressure
Engine oil
Water in radiator
Panel light, spot light etc.
Any leakage under TFT
10.29CFT DRILL
This drill will provide basic practical training for crews in the use and
operation of CFT and associated equipments, time to time inducted in
aviation fire service, having a wide variety of procedures and
techniques. The practices in vogue are as follows
10.30Command
a. After breaking squad, order- All crew single line, fall in is to be
given.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 235
b. Crew makes fall-in in single line, as per their height as per their roll
number or as instructed by instructor. On the command Right dress
and eyes front, from the right markers all crew will be dressed.
c. Next is from the right,- number, from the right,- in four number/ from
the right,- in five number. Crew starts numbering serially from the
right, to be followed by number from the right in four / in five, 12345,
and 12345 and so on. Each four men/five men are forming a
crew.Next command is crews number, by crews number and crews
proof.
d. On command CREWS NUMBER No. 1 of the first crew calls out
one, No.1 of a second crew calls out two and so on.
e. Next, for CFT Drill crew,- number, number one of first crew shout
one, last member shout two i.e. 13542,13542 and so on/
1342,1342 and so on as the case may be.
f. NO. CREW THREE PACES BEHIND THE CFT, CREW, FALL IN
The numbers of the crew called out take one step forward turn smartly
to the right and at the double, fall in, in single rank, three paces to the
rear of and facing CFT. They pick up their dressings from number one.
As soon as they reached their position they shout their number
13542and remain in shun position till next instruction.
g. (On the command change round at fall-in position the action to be
taken as number 2 will take one step back and take the position of
number 1. All others will shift to cover the blank position of number 2.)
h. CLOSE UP (ONRosenbauer CFT) each member will double - up to
their concerned position. (as shown in the diagram). Nos. 1 turns half
left and double to the left side door and remains stand by there.
Number 2, 4,5 and 3 will make half right turn and doubles to the off
side door of CFT with No.2 in the front followed by No.4,No.5 in middle
and number 3 in rear and remain stand by there.
i. CHANGE ROUND (ONRosenbauer CFT, in close up position) - No.2
takes up the place of No. 1, No.1 runs round the rear of the engine/
CFT and takes up the place of No.3. No.3 takes up the place of No.5;
number 5 takes the position of number 4 and No. 4 taken up the place
of No.2.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 236
ROSENBAUER CRASH FIRE TENDER

j. CLOSE UP (ONAGNIVIJAY CFT) Each member will double - up to
their concerned position. (as shown in the diagram). Nos. 1 and 3 turn
half left and double to the near side with No.1 in front and No. 3
following him. Nos. 2, number 5 and 4 turn half right and doubles to
the off side of CFT with No.2 in the front followed by number 5 and
No.4.
k. CHANGE ROUND (ON AGNIVIJAY CFT, IN CLOSE UP POSITION)
No.2 takes up the place of No. 1, number 1 takes the position of
number 3. No. 3 runs round the rear of the engine/ CFT and takes up
the place of No.5 number 5 takes the position of number 4. And No. 4
takes up the place of No. 2.
NOTE- After every change round; the crew shouts their new number to
identify them in their new positions.
l. MOUNT The crew will mount to get inside the CFT and takes seats.
No.2 takes the driver seat and No. 1 by his side in the front seat, Nos.
3, 5 and 4 will get inside from the rear compartment.
m. DISMOUNT The crew will dismount from the CFT vehicles and take
up their positions as for Close- up.
n. TAKING WATER FROM SERVICE TANK/ HYDRANT, USING
MONITOR/ SINGLE/ DOUBLE DELIVERY, ONE / TWO LENGTH OF
HOSE / EACH, WITH ORDINARY / DIFFUSER/ FOAM BRANCH, CREW, GET TO WORK
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 237
o. No. 1 will be always a branch man, take away branch coupled with
hose. No. 3 assist No. 1 give signals, layout first hose if two lengths
and in use. If more hose is required then hose laied out 3, 1 and 3
p. No. 2 will operate pump, response signals given by crew member and
act accordingly.
q. No. 4 will operate monitor, after completion of monitor operation wear
BA set/ proximity suit and start searching of causality / operate
rescue tools as required. Number 5 always assist number 4, give
signals and proceed for rescue in pair.
r.
TAKING WATER FROM OPEN SOURCE OF SUPPLY; BY USING TWO

HARD SUCTIONS, ONE DELIVERY TWO LENGTH OF HOSE, USING
BRANCH, CREW GET TO WORK.
s. No. 1 will be branch man, pick up and connect first hard suction, inlet
side if two hard suctions are in use. No. 3 assists number 1 in picking
up and in connecting first hard suction inlet side by standing strainer
side.No. 2 will operate pump, assist number 4 in connecting hard
suction (If only four crew member is there) otherwise number 4 and 5
will pick up and connect next hard uction hose. (Delivery side
procedure as mentioned above)
t. Fall in position
u. Close up position
v. Change round
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 238
w. Mount position
x. Crew number wise
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 239
10.31
ROSENBAUER CFT TRUSS LADDER DRILL
10.31.1 On reaching safe place of Crash Fire Tender (CFT). On the command of
provide ladder, No. 1 will shout standby to slip and dismount along
with no. 3 and will take position behind the appliance (CFT) in fall in
position ( crew fall in three paces to the rear of and facing the
appliance)
10.31.2 Number 4 step up on roof through canopy opening of CFT keeps him
ready to slip position by releasing fasters of trus ladder and start
pushing on command of slip
10.31.3 As no. 4 slips the ladder, Nos. 1 & 3 holds the ladder and keeps the
heel of the ladder on the ground and order Well. No. 4 dismounts
from CFT and help No. 1
10.31.4 No. 3 will be on board on heel bar of the ladder to give stability. As
soon as the ladder trused up No. 3 shout remove CFT and No. 2
remove CFT accordingly.
10.31.5 Nos. 1 & 3 will be holding ladder from heel (side by side) and No. 4
from head (in middle) provide and pitch the ladder as desired place.
10.32
LADDER DRILL
These drills will provide basic practical training for crews in the use
and operation of ladders and associated equipment, carrying out a
wide Varity of procedures and techniques, and applying them to
situations that will enable them when proficient to progress onto more
advanced forms of practical training.
10.33
Objectives:Prior to carrying out ladder drills, crews should be proficient in

preliminary details, for each ladder drill objectives have been allocated
that identify the specific training benefit relevant that drill. On
completions of each ladder drill or period of training fire fighters
should be able to carry out all the objectives individually.
10.34
Notes on extension ladder drills:The following must be adhered to in order to en sure maximum safety
when operating with extension ladders.
a. Helmets must be worn by all personnel.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 240
b. A ladder should, as far as circumstances permit be pitched to the right

hand side of a window or other opening with, where possible three
rounds above the sill.
c. When a ladder is pitched and extended the pawls must be properly
engaged with the rounds in line and the heel correctly footed before
any attempt is made to climb or descend.
d. When stepping off a ladder, personnel should ascend to the level of or
to the round above the parapet or window sill before stepping off with
the outside foot i.e. with the left foot if to the left or with the right foot
if to the right.
e. When getting out a window or from a parapet and stepping up on to a
ladder pitched to the right, a convenient round should be grasped from
the rear underside with the left hand palm uppermost. The right foot
should be grasped with the right hand with the left hand has been
moved and is grasping a convenient round (from the front). If no time
should both hands be off the ladder and a step down should never be
made on to a ladder except carrying down rescue operator.
f. As the overlap of extension is reached during the descent the warning
step in or step out should be given according to the type of ladder.
g. On descent when the feet are one round above the pawls the warning
pawls should be given.
h. When working on a ladder and it is necessary to use both hands a leg
lock should always be taken particularly prior to water on being
ordered when working with a branch.
i. Nos. 1 and 2 off the head of the ladder by grasping the top round and
Nos. 3 and 4 left the heel of the ladder by grasping the jack beam
ladders where fitted.
j. Before placing the heel of a extension ladder on the ground prior to the
under running ensure that the correct side of the ladder is uppermost
and the ladder heel firmly positioned. It is essential that both fire
fighters remain in contact until they have completed the under
running particularly when handling the heavier 13.5 m ladder.
k. When ladder is pitched into the building the ideal distance of the heel
of the ladder from the base of the building is approximately one third
of the working height of the ladder.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 241
l.
Before an extension ladder is extended it should be stable with the

heel of each string or the jack pads steady on the ground.
m. Extension ladders must always be heel in such a manner that fingers

will not be trapped by the extending steepens fingers should be kept
outside the strings away from mounting guide brackets. When handles
on fitted they should be used.
n. When an extension ladder is being extended the line must be pulled in
as nearly a vertical position as possible with the hands as close to the
ladder as the rounds permit.
o. When an extension ladder is housed the pawls should rest on the
bottom or second round as appropriate.
10.35 Bridging ladder:a) There should be not less than 650 mm of ladder on each side of the
gap being bridged.
b) Care should be taken to avoid under oscillation when moving across
bridged ladders.
c) When bridging a 10.5 m ladder the overall length when extended,
should not exceed 8m, and the gap to be bridged should not exceed
6m, except in an emergency not more than one fire fighter should be
allowed on the bridged position of the ladder.
d) When bridging 13.5 m ladder the maximum bridging distance must
not be more than 8M, when the bridging distance is more than 6 m
only one fire fighter should be on the ladder no more than two fire
fighters maybe on the ladder when the bridging distance is less than 6
m.
e) The officer in-charge of bridging drill should consider the use of safety
lines personnel must be made aware of the danger of losing balance
when crossing a bridged ladder.
f) It is common practice to permanently mask the strings of the main
ladder to indicate the maximum permissible extension for bridging.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 242
10.36To climb a Ladder

10.36.1
Hold on to the rung,
not the beam, unless youre
carrying something. Stand
on the centre of the rungs.
Look up, not down.
10.36.2
If you must stand still on a ladder,
lock yourself in place by passing
one leg through the rungs, gripping
the rung with knee
10.36.3
Setting it Safely
To determine how far the base of
the ladder should be placed from
the wall, divide the working height
by four. For added safety, when
working from a height such as a
rooftop, ensure that at least three
rungs extend beyond the working
height. do not place ladder like this
Soft
Hard
Ground
Ground
10.36.4
10.36.4.1
EXTENSION LADDER DRILL (Four men) :

Preliminary
a. Men fall-in single rank and number serially from the right, to be followed
by number from the right in fours, each four- men forming a crew
b. CREW NUMBER
c. No. 1 of the fire crew calls one No.1 of the second crew calls out two
and so on.
d. No.... CREW- FALL-IN
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 243
e. The crew called out takes on step forward turns smartly to the right and
at the double fall- in the single rank 3 paces to the rear of and fall- in the
appliance. They pick up their dressing by the left hand man.
f.
NUMBER- the men call out their number, standing from the left.
g. CLOSE UP
h. Each member of the crew takes up position facing the front of the
appliances No 1:&2 turn half left and No.1 doubles along the near- side of
the fire appliances and takes his position opposite the near side door of
the drivers compartment. No.2 takes his position at the ladder on the
near side.No.3 and 4 turn half right and No.4 doubles along the off side of
the fire appliance and take his position along the off side of the fire
appliance and takes his position opposite the off side door of the drivers
compartment. No.3 takes his position at the heel of the ladder on the off
side.
10.36.4.2 CHANGE ROUND
a. No. 1 runs to the rear and takes place of: No.2, NO.2 moves to the place
No.3, No. 3 runs along the off side of the fire appliance and takes place
of the No.4 and No.4 runs round the front of the fire appliance and takes
place of No.1.
b. After the change round; the crew should be re-numbered to identify
them in their new positions.
10.36.4.3 PITCH EXTENSION LADDER TO... FLOR GET TO WORK
a. No. 1 and No.4 release the front fastening and No.2 and 3 the rear
fastening of ladder.
b. No.2 and 3 then grip the heel of the ladder and pull the same to allow it
to roll down from the gantry No.1 and 4 double up to the rear and
receive the head of the ladder in time as it is about to run off the rear
roller bracket.
c. The ladder is then taken clear off the fire appliance by holding three feet
from the ends on shoulders, No. 2 and 3 at the heel moving in the front
and Nos. 1 and 4 at the heel moving in the near and carried to the place
where it is required to be pitched.
10.36.4.4
PITCHING
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 244
a. The ladder should be placed on the ground near the wall and right angle
to the wall with the heel towards the wall and trusses facing up. Nos 2
and 3 stands near the heel facing away from the wall and No.1 and 4
stands near the head facing the wall.No.2 and 3 hold the heel firmly to
the ground by No.2 placing his right food and No.3 placing his left foot
on their respective sides of heel.
b. They bend down toward and hold the third round from the heel with
their inner hands and holding the strings with their outer hands and
help Nos 1 and 4 in raising the ladder. No. 1 and 4 pick up by the
strings of the main section of the ladder and left up the their heights and
thereafter under run the ladder by supporting the rounds with their
inner hands and the strings with their outer hands till the ladder is
vertical position and No.2operates the rope to extend the ladder to the
required height and No.3 engages the pawls.
c. The ladder is then gently lowered against the wall by all of them and the
heel adjusted to give a safe working angle. No.4 takes up position at the
heel of the ladder while it is in use.
10.36.4.5
MAKE UP
a. Nos. 1 and 4 take their positions in front of the ladder near the heels
facing the wall and nos.2 and 3 take their positions at the near of and
under the ladder near the heels and all four pull the ladder into a
vertical position away from the wall. No.1 and 4 then hold the strings of
the ladder and No. 2 operates the rope disengages the pawls and lowers
the ladder, No 3 makes sure that the pawls rest on the lowest round of
the main section of the ladder when fully lowered by engaging the pawls
with his foot.
b. The ladder then brought down from the vertical position by Nos 2 and 3
replacing Nos.1 and 4 at the strings and No. 1 and 4 slowly moving
backwards and supporting the strings and rounds with their hands.
When flat on the ground the ladder is carried to and shipped on as
when; it was unshipped before. Nos 1 and 4 fasten the head and Nos.2
and 3 fasten the heel. All four mount the fire appliance and resume their
positions as at start of the drill.
c. No.1 then dismounts and reports to the officer-in-charge.
10.36.4.6 FALL OUT
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 245
a. The crew will smartly turn to the left, take a regulation pause (approx
two seconds) and then break off.
b. The ladder should always be pitched with the trussed side towards the
building or wall
10.37 EXTENSION LADDER DRILL (Three men) :OBJECTIVES

Demonstrate with a crew of three the correct method of under running to
make up operations;
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
Operate the mechanism used to secure the ladder to the appliance.

Slip the ladder from the appliance.
Carry and position the ladder.
Pitch the ladder.
Give the appropriate words of command.
Under run the ladder.
Brace the ladder.
Foot the ladder.
Extend the ladder.
Pawl the ladder.
Make up the ladder
Climb and descend the ladder
Take a leg lock on the ladder
Step of the ladder.
Step onto the ladder
Explain the terms Head in and Head out
Stow the ladder on the appliance.
On the order GET TO WORK

a.
b.
c.
d.
NO, 1 gives the order stand by to slip

The crew dismount and no. 1 and 3 releases the fastening, when ready
No.1 gives the order slip No.3 grips the heel of the ladder and assisted
by No, 1 and 2 at the rear of the appliance eases backwards until the
head of the ladder is within a distance of about two rounds from the
gantry.
Nos.1 and 2 lift the ladder clear of the appliance.
Nos.1 and 2 at the head and no. 3 at the heel carry the ladder to the
required position at right angles to the face of the building with the heel
at an appropriate distance from the building.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 246
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Making certain that the correct side of the ladder is upper must the heel
of the ladder is placed on the ground No.3 places both feet on the
bottom round and pulls on a higher round.
No. 1 gives the order under-run and Nos.1 and 2 raise the ladder to the
vertical position by under-running with both arms fully extended and
working closely to gather.
No.1 gives the order to extend No.3 by means of the line extends the
ladder to the required height.
No. 1 giving the order well followed by lower and No.3 engages the
pawls by pulling on the line.
Nos.1 and 2 brace the ladder whist it is being extended the ladder is
then carefully placed into the window or against the buildings and the
heel adjusted to a safe working angle.
j.
The ladder is braced by nos. 1 & 2 and supported by No. 3 is raised to

the vertical position.
k. No.1 gives the order Extend to lower, No.3 raises the extension slightly
to trip the pawls.
l.
No. 1 gives the order Well followed by Lower. No. 3 houses the
extension and engages the pawls at the bottom round, ensuring they are
fully engaged.
m. No. 3 places both feet on the bottom round, grasps a convenient round
and leans back.
n. No. 1 gives the order Under-run. Nos. 1 & 2 lower the head of the
ladder by under-running.
o. The crews then carry the ladder to the rear of the appliance. No. 1 or
No.2 secures the ladder and crew checks it for security. When the ladder
is re-stowed, no. 1 reports to the Officer in charge.
10.38 AMBULANCE DRILL
10.38.1 Command
a. Fire crew, single line fall in , right dress (elbow dressing), eyes front
b. From the right number, from the right in threes number
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 247
c. Crew number, by crews number, crews proof.

d. First crew three paces behind the ambulance; crew fall- in
e. Attention
f. Number
g. CLOSE- UP each member of the crew double up to the position as
shown in diagram, No. 1 turn half left and double to the front side of
ambulance. No.2 turn right and double to the driver seat side of
ambulance and No.3 remains where he is.
h. Mount the crew will mount to get inside the ambulance and takes
seat. No.2 takes the driver seat, No.1 takes driver side front seat and
No. 3 takes rear compartment seat.
i. Dismount the crew will dismount from the ambulance and take up
the position as for close- up.
j. Searching the causality at crash site, loading of casualty in
ambulance, sent to the hospital and report back to the station, crews
get to work. No. 1 run straight to casualty along with first aid box,
raise his right hand and shout casualty frequently. No.3 runs towards
No. 1 along with stretcher. No.3 keep stretcher on ground as heel of
the stretcher near the head of the casualty / side by side of the
casualty. No. 2 remains where ambulances parked and assist Nos. 1
and 3 for casualty in ambulance.Crew lift up the casualty: No. 1 lifts
up head by his left hand, crunch with his right hand near the waist.
No. 2 crunch with his left hand opposite to No.1 and leg with his right
hand.
k. Crew close up the stretcher, No.1 head side and No. 2 heel side and
load the casualty in ambulance.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 248
10.38.2 CARRYING STRETCHER

a. A stretcher should be carried by at least four people, normally facing
the direction of travel, with the casualty feet first. They should carry
head first if going uphill or upstairs and when loading into an
ambulance or onto bed. Remind rescuers that someone should keep
watching the casualty, while they are transporting uneven ground or
obstacles.
b. When crossing uneven ground, a stretcher should be carried by four
people and kept as level as possible. The rescuer must adjust the
height of the stretcher to compensate for dips and rises in the terrain.
c. If the ground is unstable, the stretcher should be passed along a row
of 6 8 people, rather than have bearers move over the rubble,
especially when set down, since the lashing could tighten around the
casualty.
d. If going through a doorway, the front bearers should
middle of the stretcher and let the front part protrude
door. One rescuer at a time moves through the doorway,
grasps the stretcher.
e. Avoid crossing a wall or high obstacle, even if it means a
Where a wall must be crossed, follow these steps:
move to the
through the
and then relonger carry.
1. Lift the stretcher so that the front handles are supported by the wall.
The people in the rear hold the stretcher level, while the front person
crosses the wall.
2. All bearers lift together and move the stretcher forward until the rear
handles rest on the wall the people in the rear then cross the wall.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 249
10.39
MISCELLANEOUS DRILL
10.39.1 FIRE SERVICE KNOTS

Ropes form an essential part of the fire brigade equipment. There is
hardly an operation in firefighting whether it be effecting a rescue
getting a length of hose up a building, working on a ladder or marking
fast the suction when working from open water which for most times
call for the use of rope. The factor of safety employed should be
considered together with the purpose for which the rope is used, the
conditions of service and the condition of the rope.
10.39.2 Standard terms
There are a number of standard terms in us for describing parts of
knot, etc and the following should be understood by every fire fighter:
Bend:
To fasten a rope to another rope or to an object.
Bight:
The looped or loose part of a rope between the two ends.
Hitch:
A simple fastening of a rope to some object by passing the
roperound the object and crossing one part over the other.
End:
the short length of either end of line, which may be formed into
aneye or used for making a bend or hitch with which it secure
it.
Line:
Cordage cut to a specific length for a particular purpose, eg.

Lowering line, rescue line, belt line. The term derived from the
use of ropes at sea and is commonly used to distinguish
between the manufactures product in bulk.
Rope:
together
The ultimate product when three or more strands are laid

to form a helix round a central axis. The term rope
should not be used when the ultimate product has a
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 250
circumference of
would be used.
less
than
4m;
in
this
case
cord
or
thread
Running Part:
or lower.
The moving part of a rope which is loose and used to hoist
Running End:
The free end of a rope
Seizing:
The binding together of two or more ropes
Strand:
yarns.
The product obtained by twisting together two or more
Thread:
A slender cord made from two or more yarns or filaments
twisted together.
Twine:
A number of yarns twisted or laid to produce a balanced
twisted structure of continuous length.
Standing Part:
The part of a rope which is fixed
Whipping:
unlaying.
The binding of the end of a rope with twine to prevent it
Yarn:
The product of spinning together fibers of rectangular or

irregular staple length so that they are bound together
by twist to form a continuous length.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 251
10.39.3 Standard Knots

a. A knot may be defined as the interlacement of cordage in specific
patterns for the purpose of stopping ends, joining ends, forming
bights, securing equipment etc.
b. The following is the list of knots, bends and hitches with which
every firefighter should be totally familiar. They are the basic knots
for normal fire service purposes and will be used in standard fire
service technique. To ensure security, every knot should be tied
with sufficient length of running end or the running end should be
secured with a stopper knot.
TABLE 10.7
Knot exihibit
Application of knot
Overhand Knot
Sometimes known as Thumb knot. Thisknot used
as simple stopper and tied at each end of a burst
length of hose when laid out.
SimpleFigureEightKnot
Thisknot,fromthefigureeightfamily,isused
mainlyasastopknottopreventafreeendof
ropefromrunningthroughapulleyorablock.
Half Hitch
Used for securing suction lengths at suction couplings
in conjunction with other knots. Also for hoisting up a
branch.
Chair Knot
The firemans chair knot is a rescue knot. There are
two loops formed. One which goes under the arms; the
other under the legs of person.
Care should be taken when tying this knot.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 252
Rolling Hitch
Used to secure a line to any round object so that the
knot will not slip along the object when a sideways pull
is applied.
Reef-Knot
Ausefulknotforgeneralpurposes.Used
mainlyfortyingbandages. Used to join two lines
of equal thickness.
CloveHitch
Aquicklytiedhitchwhichformsthebasisof many
securingknots.Usefulforanchoringa
ropetoanobject.
SheetBend
Asheetbendisusedforjoiningtworopesof
differentsizes.
Thedoublesheetbendismoresecurethanthe
singlesheetbendandisusedwhenthereisa
greatdifferenceinthesizeoftheropeasshown
here.Inrescuework,adoublesheetbendisused
fortyingallropestogether,andcanbeused
forjoiningropeswithchains.
Bothknotshavetheadvantagethattheydonot
slipwhentheropeiswet.
Bowline
A non-slipping knot also known as the single
bowline. Should only be used to secure a person
where a purpose made harness or rescue strop is
not available.
Thebowlinemakesaloopthatwonttighten.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 253
RoundTurnandTwoHalfHitches
Thisknotisusedforsecuringaropetoaspar,
picketoranchorage.Itisparticularlyuseful
whereguylinesaresecuredtopicketsandan
adjustingknotisrequired.
TimberHitch
Thisisaquicklymadetemporaryknotused
tosecurearopetoaspar,plankorpole.When
liftingspars,planksorpolesthisknotshould
beusedinconjunctionwithahalfhitchplaced
attheupperendoftheobjectbeingraised.
FigureEight-on-a-Bight
Thisisawidelyusedknotfortying/attaching
safetylines,personsontherope,anchorlines,
rescuedevicesandotherequipment.
Cats paw
A hitch knot formed with two eyes for attaching, a line
to a hook. The two eyes are brought together and
slipped over the object to which the line is to be
secured.
10.39.4 CARE OF ROPE

a. Ends of all cordage should be stopped with a whipping, splice or knot,
in order of preference. Knots used only as temporary expedient. Splice
limit the use ropes as in most cases they would prevent reeling
through a block. When not in use ropes are kept in a coil or hank.
Always coil with the lay ie. Right hand laid rope should be coiled
clockwise.
b. Chemical deterioration, particularly in natural fiber rope, may be
caused by exposure to acid, alkalis or whether conditions or by
submersion in water for any considerable time. Line should be stored
as far as possible, in a cool dry place with plenty of ventilation. Rope
like hose is more liable to damage when wet, therefore as far as it
should be kept dry especially when in use.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 254
c. Mechanical deterioration can be caused either through external

abrasion or breakdown of the external fibers as result of dragging
along the ground, kinking and load of chaffing on sharp edges.
d. If a line becomes dirty, it should be washed and allowed to dry in the
same way as canvas home.
10.40
RESCUE TECHNIQUE
10.40.1 EMERGENCY HANDLING OF CASUALITIES

a. The prime purpose of all rescue work is to get the injured people out of
danger and to medical help as quickly as possible. When the number
of causalities outnumbers the immediate help available the Aim
becomes one of trying to ensure the best use of time to effectively help
the most people. This decision making process is called triage. In
triage those responding to the incident are called upon to examine all
casualties quickly and rank them according to the level of need for
both first aid and transportation to medical help.
b. In any rescue or multiple casualty situations, confusion may be
evident. It is essential that individual; charged with helping injured
people be able to remain calm and act quickly but carefully, always
attentive to potential hazards to either themselves or other people in
the area. In any situation where you suspect a possible head or spinal
injury if the life of the casualty is not under immediate threat, seek the
help of specialist. If it is essential to move the casualty and that your
life is not danger, maintain normal anatomical alignment (nose, belly
button, inside of ankles). If the person is not in this position, get the
help of qualified personnel.
c. Try to establish quickly how many casualties are involved in the
incident go to the nearest casualty, provided it is safe and check for
responsiveness. If the person does not answer you or respond to your
attempts to wake him, check to see if he is breathing. You aim is to
keep the casualty alive until medical help arrives. Do not waste time
dealing with minor injuries until all casualties have been found and
stabilized.
d. If the person is not breathing, try to find someone nearby who is able
to do artificial respiration until help gets there. If the casualty is
bleeding severely, apply a pressure bandage before moving to the next
casualty. Remember time is valuable. Give first aid for life threatening
conditions quickly and go to the next casualty.
10.40.2 ONE- RESCUER METHODS
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 255
Never move the casualty any further than you have to. Scan the escape
routes to determine the best method and route to carry the casualty. If youre
alone and must move the casualty quickly, try one of the following rescue
carriers.
40.3 Human Crutch
This method is only for casualties
who can help themselves.
It is an easy way to move the less
seriously injured.
10.40.4
Drag Carry
This carry is used to drag a
casualty who is either lying on this
back or in the sitting position. Ease
your hands under the casualtys
shoulders and grasp the clothing
each side, supporting the head
between your forearms. Drag the
casualty backward only as far as
necessary for his / her safety. But
be careful, make sure not to choke
the casualties when pulling on
their clothing
10.40.5
Blanket Drag
Alternate methods to the drag

carry, the rescuer an use a blanket
to support and pull the casualty.
10.40.6
Pick a Back
Simply lift
standing or
your back.
casualty is
arm injuries
the casualty from a

sitting position onto
Dont try it
if the
unconscious , or has
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 256
10.40.7
Removal Downstairs
Dont try this if you suspect head /

spinal injuries, or broken limbs.
Use a mattress or rug under the
person if one is available.
10.40.8
Firefighters Crawl
Use a triangular bandage, a torn

shirt, etc. to tie the casualtys
hands together and place them
around your neck. This way you
can move a person much heavier
than yourself.
10.41TWO RESCUER METHODS
If there are two of you to do the carrying, try one of these emergency
methods;
10.41.1
Chair Lift
The chair carry can be used for a

conscious or unconscious casualty,
but not for suspected head/spinal
injuries. For protection, secure the
casualtys hand across his or her
chest, and if the casualty is
unconscious, secure the person to
the chair.
10.41.2
Two -hand Seat Carry
This is another way to carry a

conscious casualty who can neither
walk nor support the upper body.
Make a hook with your fingers by
folding them towards your palm
and grab onto your partners hook.
If you dont have any gloves, use a
piece of cloth to protect your hand
from other persons nails. This is
yet another good reason to wear
gloves.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 257
10.41.3
Fourhand Seat Carry
This is also a good carry for a

conscious casualty who can use
hands and arms for support.
10.42 MULTI RESCUER METHODS

If there are more than two of you to do the job, there are number of different
methods that can be used to carry casualties.
10.42.1 Three Person Lift and Carry:
This is an excellent way of lifting a badly hurt person without complicating
most injuries. The casualty can be carried forward, sideway or lowered onto a
stretcher.
10.42.2 Blanket Lift

Dont use this if head/ spinal injuries are suspected.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 258
a. Roll the blanket or rug lengthwise for half its width. Position
bearers at the head and feet to keep the head, neck and body in
line.
b. Kneel at the casualtys shoulder and position a bearer at the waist

to help logroll the casualty onto the uninjured side. Turn the
casualty as a unit so that his/ her body is not twisted during the
logroll.
c. Roll the casualty back over the blanket roll to lay face up on the
blanket. Unroll the blanket and then roll the edges of the blanket to
each side of the casualty. Get ready to lift the casualty have bearers
grip the rolls at the head and shoulders and at the lips and legs.
d. Keep the blanket tight as the casualty is lifted and placed on the
stretcher.
10.43EXTRICATION FROM A SITTING POSITION

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 259
Sometimes in earthquakes or blasts, casualties are found sitting in their

vehicles. When there is an immediate danger and you are alone and must
move a seated casualty from vehicle, proceed as follows:
a. Disentangle the persons feet from the wreckage and bring the feet
forward to exit. Ease your forearm under the persons armpit on the
exit side, extending your hand to support the chin.
b. Ease the persons head gently backward to rest on your shoulder while
keeping the neck as rigid as possible.
c. Ease your other forearm under the armpit on the opposite side and
hold the wrist of the casualtys arm which is nearest to exit.
d. Establish a firm footing and swing around with the casualty, keeping
as much rigidity in the neck as possible. Drag the casualty from the
vehicle to a safe distance, with as little twisting as possible.
10.44
FIVE STAGES OF RESCUE

No hard and fast rules can be laid down for rescue work but, generally
speaking , five stages of rescue are followed by trained rescue parties.
Stage1 Reconnaissance and Dealing with surface causalities
a. Examine the site. Deal with surface causalities. Gather all possible
information about other occupants of the building
b. Stage 2 Location and Removal of Lightly Trapped Casualties
Search immediately accessible areas for casualties who can be rescued
with minimal effort. Maintain contact with casualties inside who can
be seen or heard but who cannot be moved immediately. Note: The use
of trained air scenting dogs can greatly increase the likelihood of
finding trapped and unconscious casualties.
c. Stage 3 Exploration of Likely Survival Points
Search the ruins and rescue all persons who can be seen or heard.
This may include a calling and listening period.
d. Stager 4 Further Exploration and Selected Debris Removal
Search farther into the ruins where the chances of trapped people
remaining alive seem remote. This may include removing debris from
the move likely places where casualties may be located.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 260
e. Stage 5 Systematic Debris Removal

Strip selected areas of debris until all supposed casualties are
accounted for. This includes removal of the dead and body parts.
Identify buildings that have already been searched by using spray
paints or signs. This method can also be used to mark buildings that
may contain bodies.
10.45
MISCELLANEOUS DRILL
10.45.1 PICKING- UP DRILL (TWO MEN)
a. (To pick up an unconscious person)
b. Preliminary: Men fall-in in single rank and number from the right in
twos, each two men forming a section
c. FALL- IN: two men of a section fall in facing one another three paces
apart.
d. REMOVE HEAD GEAR The man (No.2) who is to be picked up
removes his cap and places it smartly clears of operations.
e. ONE No.2 (who acts as body lies down on his back with his head
pointing towards no. 1.
f. TWO No.1 steps forward and proceeds to adjust the dress of the
body pulling clothing down and arranging arms close to and parallel
with the body and after drawing legs out straight crossing the left leg
over the right.
g. THREE Kneeling on his right knee at approximately shoulder level
on the right side of the body (as it lies on its back) No.1 places his right
hand well round the buttocks imprisoning the bodys left wrist. He
then places his left hand under the bodys face and turns the body
over on to its face. No.1 straightens our arms and legs turning the feet
to an angle of 45 degrees. He then proceeds to the head.
Note: - if the body is to be turned over on to its face in the reverse
direction the bodys right leg will be placed over the left. No.1 kneels on
his left knee on the left side of the body and guards the face with his
right hand turning the body over with his left hand.
h. FOUR No.1 moves forward, places his hand s under the armpits
and lifts the body to a kneeling position ( being careful not to drag the
knees along the ground). At the same time he advances the right foot,
bends the knee allows the body to rest against it. He then stands with
hands under the armpits and the left leg straight, a hallow back and
head erect.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 261
i. FIVE He brings his left foot up to the right, bend down and
interlaces his finger low down behind the back, lifts the body on to its
feet, takes the bodys right wrist in his left hand with the back of his
hand on top extended in line with the shoulder, steps back with his
left foot about one foots pace, slightly bends his right knee and allows
the body to rest against him with the right arm around its waist.
j. SIX Slightly pushing the body away he bends down places his right
arm between the legs and using the bodys right arm as a lever, pulls
the body across his shoulders resumes an upright position, gets the
body evenly balanced on his shoulder, and transfers the bodys right
wrist to his right hand and picks up his dressing on the other sections
doing the drill.
10.45.2 TO LOWER AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON TO THE GROUND
a. ONE No.1 right arm is withdrawn from between the bodys leg and
passed round the legs at the same time the bodys right wrist is
grasped with the left hand.
b. TWO - No.1 drops on to his left knee swings the bodys legs clear of
his own across the front of his body and lowers it to sitting position
allowing his right hand to slide up the body to support the waist.
c. THREE No.1 places his right arm behind the bodys shoulders
removes the bodys right arm from behind his neck and lowers the
body gently into a prone position taking care that the head does not
strike the ground. He then straightens out arms and legs and himself
stands to attention at the bodys head.
d. Men should not be allowed to carry on the left shoulder unless special
circumstances make this necessary.
e. The weight of the person being carried should be distributed evenly on
both shoulders the head being bent forward to allow this.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 262
CHAPTER 11
STANDARD OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURE FOR RESCUE &
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 263
11.1BREATHIING APPARATUS OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES

11.1.1 PURPOSE
11.1.1.1 The purpose of this operational procedure is to allow the Airport Fire
Service to the wearing of breathing apparatus
11.1.1.2 Breathing Apparatus is used in atmospheres that would be hazardous
to health. Often the work undertaken in breathing apparatus will be
complex, physically and psychologically demanding and in
circumstances where the normal sensory perceptions are denied
11.1.1.3 The procedures set out must be adopted by all Fire personnel at
airports at all incidents warranting the use of Breathing Apparatus
and Fire Training Establishments for training to the candidates.
11.1.1.4 The use of standard procedures is essential to ensure:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
11.1.2
The Competent use of BA,

Adequate support and emergency arrangements,
The safety of the individual wearer,
The safety of other BA wearers at the same incident,
The successful completion of operational incident
GENERAL PROCEDURE
11.1.2.1 To ensure proficient and safe BA operations standard operating

procedures has been adopted. This is provide for all BA wearers to
carry out their duties in accordance with the operational guideline and
ensure that actions and reactions will be common, effective, speedily
and safely carried out wherever fire personnel works together whilst
wearing BA. Fire personals must understand the major parts of SCBA
and be able to don the equipment quickly. One should be able to don
his SCBA in one minute or less.
11.1.2.2 Standard procedures commence at the fire station as soon as a fire
personnel reports on duty and continue throughout the duty /
incident.
11.1.3
COMMAND AND CONTROL PROCEDURES
11.1.3.1 To bring an emergency incident to a successful conclusion effective

command procedure are a pre-requisite. This is nowhere more
apparent than at incidents involving BA, where standard procedures
are essential throughout the incident at all levels of command. BA
wearers must be fully supported by appropriate resources and they
must follow the standard procedures and instructions of the Airport
Fire In-charge if risks to their health and safety are to be minimized.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 264
11.1.3.2 The Airport Fire In-charge is overall charge of the incident and
intermediate control officers should concentrate all effort and
resources in maintaining a high degree of management over the BA
operations and should ensure that the procedures adopted comply
with this operational guideline.
11.1.4
WHEN TO USE BREATHING APPARATUS
11.1.4.1 There is a risk of permanent damage to health if BA fails to be worn in

an irrespirable or toxic atmosphere. At any incident the Airport Fire Incharge is responsible for ensuing that BA is worn whenever it is
determined that its use will facilitate operational activities. BA should
not be worn whenever discomfort and possible injury to a fire-fighters
respiratory system and can be avoided (such circumstances may
include damping own or turning over after a fire or situations involving
MMMF at airport incidents).
11.1.4.2 Only in most exceptional circumstances should fire fighters that have
already inhaled smoke oxygen deficient or toxic fumes subsequently
arrange in BA. Once smoke or toxic fumes are present in the lungs it
takes an appreciable time or them to be completely cleared.
11.1.4.3 BA is only worn on the instructions of the Airport Fire In-charge at an
incident. BA should only be worn with a Distress Signal Unit (DSU),
lamp and personal line.
11.1.5
COMMAND AND CONTROL
11.1.5.1 Very exceptionally, there may be operational circumstances where
application of the full control procedure for BA use would be
inappropriate.
a. Fire Fighter working at the head of a ladder in open air but who
would be affected by the effects of smoke or fume.
b. Fire Fighters in the open air who may be affected by smoke or
fumes.
c. Fire Fighters undertaking turning over/damping down duties
when an incident is under control.
11.1.5.2 In such circumstances, the BA wearer must be under the general
observation of at least on other crew member (who may be a BA
wearer).
11.1.6
DUTIES OF THE AIRPORT FIRE IN-CHARGE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 265
11.1.6.1 The Airport Fire In-charge will need to conduct an assessment of the
developing and potential risk of the incident before committing BA
crews. The main duties are explained below.
11.1.6.2 The Airport Fire In-charge, depending on the urgency and the
developments of the situation face may need to make such
assessments in stages (for example, where urgent rescues are required
these must take priority). However, at all the need for life safety must
be uppermost. The Airport Fire Incharge should carry out all stages of
risk assessment as soon as practical. The risk assessment should be
continuous throughout the incident to enable the Airport Fire Incharge
to review plans in line with any developing risk. Where practicable and
available the risk assessment process should be aided by off station
visits to aircraft.
11.1.7 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
Some hazards will be relatively easy to identify, such as heat and
smoke. Other hazards will require further investigations. The Airport
Fire Incharge must consider the:
a. Nature of the incident.
b. Materials involved (or likely to become involved).
c. The nature of the construction of the building,
d. The nature and configuration of the aircraft.
e. The importance of the building/ aircraft (or risk area) relative to
the hazards to the lives of those entering therein.
11.1.8 RISK ANALYSIS
11.1.8.1 The urgent nature of some situations may require decisions about
deployment of fire personnel and tactics to be made immediately.
However, where reasonable and practicable, the Airport Fire In-charge
should, when reaching a decision about the tactics to be deployed,
take into account the following:
a. Need for rescues to be undertaken, and the likely number of
people requiring rescue or removing from the risk area,
b. Resources immediately available and how quickly other support
might be obtained
c. Nature and extent of hazards
d. The stability of the incident,
e. Location, number and suitable of entry points
f. Risk to the public and properties
g. Information available from people at the scene.
h. Means of access to the risk area.
11.1.8.2 RISK ASSESSMENT
11.1.6.2.1 When reaching decisions on control of the risk, the Airport Fire Incharge must consider:
a. Whether BA is required to deal with the incident and the
appropriate level of BA control.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 266
b. The adoption of nay other appropriate safety precautions required

to be implemented in conjunction with the use of BA for a specific
risk (e g chemical protective clothing).
c.
The sitting and number of entry control points (ECP).
d. Deployment of BA teams, emergency and relief teams, and the

need to ensure they are as well briefed as possible on the task and
the possible risks involved.
e. The use of guide lines.
f.
The need for BA communications officer.
g.
The need to appoint communications officer.
h. The implementation of special procedures for BA wearer distress.

i.
The experience of the BA crews available.
j.
The sufficiency of BA and associated equipment available to deal

with the incident and the need to request any additional
assistance required.
11.1.8.2.2 The Airport Fire Officer (In-charge), depending upon the likely
extent of the activity of BA wearers, should appoint other officers to
assist with the management of the fire fighting and rescue activity
at each Entry Control Point (ECP).
11.1.9 CONTROL PROCEDURES
11.1.9.1 To ensure the safe operations whilst in BA, it is essential that effective
control procedures are employed.
Control procedures MUST be
implemented as soon as the decision is taken to use BA.
11.1.9.2 The responsibility of the Entry Control Officer (ECO) extends only to
the control and management of the Entry Control Point (ECP) to the
extent outlined in this guideline.
11.1.9.3 The Control Procedures in this guideline are designed from a single
progressive system for managing BA operations. The procedures for
stage I and stage II is understood by fire fighters stationed at
Aerodromes and have, therefore been largely retained to different
levels of control that may be applied to differing demands and
resources.
11.1.9.4 It is recognized that there may, of necessity, be occasional
circumstances when full control procedures are unable to be
implemented. To address this, procedures for Rapid deployment of fire
fighters are set out within this guideline. However, Rapid Deployment
Procedures should only be used in exceptional circumstances.
11.1.9.5 Where urgent action is required and a limited number of crew
members from the initial attendance.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 267
11.1.9.6 On arrival at an incident the Airport Fire Officer (In-charge) will need
to assess the risk and available resources and apply the appropriate
level of control. Control procedures MUST be in place and be sufficient
to monitor the risk to the safety of BA wearers. The level of control will
apply to the whole incident.
11.1.9.7 Particular attention is given to the use of Entry Control points and the
duties of Entry Control Points and the duties of Entry Control Officers
in implementing the procedures. All fire fighters are required to
maintain their understanding and use of these procedures whenever
BA is in use for training and operational incidents.
11.1.10 BA ENTRY CONTROL POINTS
11.1.10.1 Entry Control Officers (ECOs) are to be nominated for each BA Entry
Control Points (ECP). Their duties will depend upon the procedures
adopted (see Stage 1 &2) the sitting and number of BA ECPs should
take account of:
a. The size of the risk area,
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
The location of access points to the risk area,

The type of aircraft.
The wind direction
The Type of building (offices terminal, hangar, etc).
The physical limitations of the site, in particular, the obstruction to
fire fighting and effective control that can exist if the site is divided
by major roads, railways or rivers or other physical barriers,
g. The likely development of the incident.
11.1.10.2 The ECPs Should be Site as Follows:
a. As near to the scene of operations commensurate with safety so
that the maximum duration of the BA can be used.
b. In safe air and in such a position that should the incident
deteriorate it will not be necessary to relocate.
c. So that, as far as practicable, the position of the ECP is easily
located by all wearers.
11.1.10.3 The Airport Fire In-charge should be aware of the location of all ECPs.
11.1.10.4 The number of ECPs should be the minimum necessary to deal with
the incident effectively.
11.1.11 RAPID DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES
11.1.11.1 The objective may be met by maintaining minimum record of lapsed
time since entry of the breathing apparatus (BA) wearers to a risk
area. As far as practicable, the principles of the standard stage I
procedure should be extended to incidents requiring the rapid
deployment procedures.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 268
11.1.11.2 APPLICATION OF RAPID DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES

11.1.11.2.1The total number of BA wearers in the risk area does not exceed 2.
11.1.11.2.2It is immediately clear that persons are at great risk and in need of
rescue, and are either within view of known to be within a short
distance of the entry point.
11.1.11.2.3Dangerous escalation (intensification) of the incident can be prevented
by immediate and limited action.
11.1.11.2.4Where possible another crew member should be nominated as a Rapid
Deployment Entry Control Officer (ECO), with responsibility for
recording the wearer details.
11.1.11.2.5All BA wearers MUST place their tallies in the Rapid Entry Control
Board (RECB) before entering the risk area.
11.1.11.2.6As soon as practicable and within 10 minutes Rapid Deployment
Procedures shall be replaced by BA Control procedures. When
transferring to Stage 1 or Stage 2 procedures care should be taken to
ensure those BA tallies are effectively handled to ensure accurate and
prompt recording and monitoring of BA wearers in the risk area.
11.1.12
BREATHING APPARATUS TEAM

All Breathing Apparatus Team passing through an entry control point.
SCBA team must be made of at least 2 fire fighters.
11.1.12.1 STAGE 1 CONTROL PROCEDURES

To apply control procedures to meet the demands of small or limited
incidents and to monitor the safety of Breathing Apparatus (BA)
Wearers.
11.1.12.2 Stage One Procedures
These objectives are met by
a.
Ensuring all fire fighters are aware stage 1 Procedures are being
applied.
b.
Appointing an Entry Control Officer (ECO) to implement

procedures at the Entry Control Point (ECP).
c.
Recording BA wearers entry (using their tallies and monitoring

their estimated air supply).
d.
Ensuring effective communications between BA wearers and

ECOs.
e.
Appropriate provision for relief and / or emergency teams.
f.
Applying the procedures for use of related BA equipment.
11.1.12.3 Application of Stage One Procedures

Stage 1 procedures apply where:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 269
a.
The size of the incident is small and the use of BA is unlikely to

be protracted.
b.
No more than two ECPs are used.
c.
The total number of BA wearers within the risk area does not
exceed 10
11.1.12.4 Duties of The Airport Fire In-charge

The Airport Fire In charge is responsible for nominating an ECO to
monitor the implementation of Stage 1 procedures and establish an
ECP to the risk area. During application of the procedures the Airport
Fire In-charge is responsible for effectively monitoring the BA wearers
/ teams within the risk area and for ensuring that effective briefing
and de-briefing takes place.
11.1.12.5 Duties of Stage One Entry Control Officers

Stage 1 ECO duties are restricted to those directly related to the
monitoring of breathing apparatus wearers who have entered the
incident using their Entry Control Point. It may be necessary to have
an officer close by to give direction as to the fire fighting requirements,
equipment supply or casualty handling.
11.1.12.6 For identification purposes, the ECOs must wear a black and yellow
BA Control Tabard.
Black and Yellow BA Control Tabard
11.1.13 MONTORING PROCEDURES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 270
The ECO shall:

a.
Take up position nominated by the Airport Fire In-charge for the

ECP
b.
Provide and Entry Control Board (ECB), complete with

waterproof marker.
Indicate clearly that stage 1 is in operation and ensure the ECB
is clearly sited.
c.
d.
Check the clock.
e.
Receive tallies of BA wearers and check that the name of the

wearer and the cylinder content at the time of entry into the risk
area are correct. (Not less than 80%)
f.
Enter the time in on each tally,
g.
Place the tally in a slot in the ECB so that the tallies of each
team of wearers are together and are indicated as a team by
bracketing the tallies using the waterproof marker. (The earliest
time of whistle being placed outside the bracket).
h.
Calculate the time of whistle of each wearer using the ECB

duration calculator and the enter this in the appropriate section
on the ECB opposite the tally. The time of whistle should be
calculated by:
i.
Taking into account the level of risk exposure.
ii.
Carefully referring to the correct section of the duration

clock.
iii.
Acting of the guidance of the AFO, if necessary, restrict the

length of exposure in difficult or strenuous conditions. The
BA wearer and team leader must be advised to withdraw
from then risk area at a predetermined pressure gauge
reading. The ECO should calculate the time of exit and
make a note in the remark column accordingly.
iv.
Where appropriate, taking into account any lapsed time

since entry of BA Wearers who entered the risk area under
rapid deployment procedures.
i.
Indicate and record details in the remarks and location of

teams column on the ECB as necessary.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 271
11.1.14
j.
When BA teams exit the risk area, remove their tallies from the
ECB and return them to the respective wearers.
k.
If appropriate ensure they are fully de-briefed.
l.
Where a BA team re-enters a risk area (annotate the ECB)
m.
Where practicable ensure BA wearers are appropriately prebriefed prior to entry in to the risk area.
n.
Keep the Airport Fire In-charge informed of all developments or

requirements related to the wearing of BA and the operational
aspects of the incident, using information gained from BA
wearers at the incident.
MISCELLANEOUS DUTIE
11.1.14.1
a.
b.
The ECO shall:

Whenever radio communications are to be used, carry out a
radio communications check prior to entry into the risk area,
Attach BA main guideline tallies to the appropriate line as
necessary and remove them when the line is no longer required.
c.
Inform the Airport Fire In-charge of any prolonged breakdown in

radio communications with BA teams.
d.
Notify the Airport Fire In-charge if it is considered necessary for

crews to stand by at the ECP.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
11.1.14.2
The ECO Shall:Commit an emergency team(s) if available and

immediately inform the AFC of the incident if:
a. Any team fails to return to the ECP their time of whistle
11.1.14.3
b.
A DSU is operated.
c.
It is clear that a dangerous situation is developing which will

affect the BA team (s).
d.
It appears a wearer is in distress.

Prior to entry, ensure the emergency teams are suitably briefed
As soon as resources permit, a minimum of 2 BA wearers should

be dept available at the ECP for emergency purposes.
11.1.15
SPECIAL INCIDENT DUTIES
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 272
11.1.15.1 At incidents involving radiation of hazardous chemicals coordinate

with the decontamination officer. Where a radiation check is
considered necessary by the Airport Fire In-charge, The ECO must
ensure that all personnel are fully briefed on entering the risk area.
The ECO must also enter the dosimeter reading on the reverse of the
tally on entry of the wearer, whilst wearing the appropriate protection;
check the dosimeter reading when the wearer leaves the risk area. A
permanent record must be made and passed to the Airport Fire Incharge at the conclusion of the incident. A chemical information data
system could be used to identify additional safety measures and
decontamination procedures at hazardous chemical incidents.
11.1.15.2 The ECP should have First Aid and resuscitation equipment available.
11.1.15.3 STAGE 2 CONTROL PROCEDURES
The ECO shall be responsible for;
a.
Ensuring all fire fighters are aware Stage2 procedures are in

operation.
b.
Appointing an Entry Control Officer (ECO) to implement

procedures at each Entry Control Officer (ECO).
c.
Recording BA wearers entries (using

monitoring their estimated air supply.
d.
Ensuring effective communications between BA wearers and

Entry Control Officers.
e.
Providing appropriate provisions for relief and or emergency

teams.
f.
Application of procedures for the use of related BA equipment.
their
tallies)
and
11.1.15.4 APPLICATION OF STAGE 2 CONTROL PROCEDURES

Stage 2 entry control procedures normally supersede Stage 1
procedures and are used where one or more of the following apply:
a.
The scale of operations is likely to be protracted or demand

greater control and supervision than is provided by Stage 1
procedures.
b.
More than two ECPs.
c.
More than 10 BA wearers are committed into the risk area at on

time.
d.
Branch guidelines are used.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 273
11.1.15.5 DUTIES OF AIRPORT FIRE IN - CHARGE

The Airport Fire In-charge is responsible for the managing the
implementation of Stage lI procedures and establishing Stage 2 entry
control at every ECP into the risk area. During the transition from
Stage 1 to Stage 2 procedures care should be taken to ensure that the
number of BA wearers whose entry control tallies are supervised be
and ECO (on one or more ECBs) dose not exceed 10 (excluding the
emergency team)
11.1.15.6 NOMINATION OF ENTRY CONTROL OFFICER (ECO)
Stage 2 ECOs are required to supervise each ECP. The Airport Fire In
charge on arrival at an incident will need to give careful consideration
to the complexity of the incident before confirming the personnel
selected as ECOs. In broad terms, the greater the complexity of the
incident the greater the rank needed as ECO duties. However, in all
cases, the ECO must be an experienced BA wearer. In circumstances
where it is has not been possible for the AFC to appoint an officer to
manage operational requirements at the ECP, the ECO should be a
minimum rank of Crew Commander. And additional Control Officer
(any rank) should be appointed for each additional group of 10 BA
wearers entering the risk area through the same ECP. If practicable,
and where resources permit, a fire fighter should be appointed to
assist the ECO, especially when several BA teams are being monitored
at the same time.
11.1.15.7 DUTIES OF STAGE 2 ENTRY CONTROL OFFICER

The duties of a Stage 2 ECO include all specified for a Stage 1 ECO.
Additionally, the Stage 2 ECOs duties include.
11.1.15.8 MONITORING PROCEDURES
The ECO shall:
a. Ensure the ECB indicates that Stage 2 procedures are being
applied
b.
Check the time of whistle calculations of the Stage 1 ECO being

relieved.
c.
Ensure BA teams are relieved at the scene of operations in

sufficient time to allow their return to the ECP by their time of
whistle.
d.
Have available (at least 5 minutes before they are due to enter)
sufficient teams to allow pre-entry checks and briefing to be
completed without delaying their entry.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 274
e.
f.
Liaise (by radio or runner etc.) with the other ECPs and inform
them of the names of BA wearers who leave the risk area other
than via the control point at which they entered,
Liaise with Main Control, if one is established and ensure that
personnel who have collected their tallies report immediately to
main control.
g.
Ensure that if it becomes necessary to use additional ECBs tallies

remain on the initial ECB under the control of the ECO (tallies
must NOT be transferred to second ECB until wearers collect their
tallies and the initial ECB can be disestablished).
h.
Synchronies the clock of the Stage 2 ECB and main Control clock
on first ECB used.
11.1.15.9 MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES

Time ECO shall:
a. Nominate BA communications team communications operators.
11.1.16
b.
If appropriate, supervise communications between the leader of a

line communications equipment team and the Airport Fire Incharge of the incident.
c.
Attach BA main and branch guideline tallies to the appropriate

line as necessary and remove them when the lines (s) are no
longer required.
d.
Annotate the ECB with details of which team has been committed
with which guideline.
11.1.16.1 The ECO shall:

a.
Have a fully equipped emergency team ridded and standing by at

each ECP throughout the period that the ECP is in operation
b.
Commit the emergency team if line communications is lost.
11.1.16.2 Stage 2 ECO duties are restricted to those directly related to BA

Functions. It may therefore be necessary to have an officer close by to
give directions as to fire fighting requirements, equipment supply or
casualty handling.
11.1.17
CONTROL PROCEDURE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 275
11.1.17.1 The Airport Fire In-charge of any incident will determine whether or
not breathing Apparatus is to be worn and will decide the number and
position of the Entry Control Points and the level of control.
11.1.17.2 The level of control decided by the Airport Fire In-charge applies to the
whole incident and shall not be varied for different entry points.
11.1.17.3 The responsibility of Entry Control Officers extends to the control and
management of the Entry Control Point under their control.
11.1.17.4 Airport Fire and Rescue personnel acting as an Entry Control Officer
are only to be responsible for Airport Fire and Rescue Breathing
Apparatus teams and not those of the Civil Defense Fire Service.
11.1.18
SIZE, COMPOSITION AND CONDUCT OF BA TEAM
11.1.18.1 The Airport Fire In-charge will need to consider carefully the size and
make up of BA teams and must ensure that the leader (s) is fully
briefed of what is required of the team. Effective leadership is required
and the Airport Fire In-charge should ensure, so as far, as is practical,
that the team is led by an experienced BA wearer. For more complex,
difficult or dangerous incident, team leaders should be drawn from
experienced Crew Commanders or above. BA Crews should be formed
from teams from the same station and led by their own Crew Incharge.
11.1.18.2 The Airport Fire In-charge should increase the size of the BA Team in
relation to the range and demands of the tasks to be carried out. The
more difficult or complex task (s) will sometimes benefit from larger BA
teams but too many BA wearers in a team can slow down operations.
The size of team should reflect the BA wearers experience and
competence in anticipated task. Team of two to four wearers will
usually provide optimum effectiveness.
11.1.18.3 In normal circumstances, BA wearers who enter the incident as a
team should remain as part of the team for the whole time they are in
the risk area. Team may divide only for specific tasks and with the
prior instruction of the team leader.
11.1.18.4 Where the duration of the division is likely to be for an extended
period of time the Entry Control Point (ECP) must be informed. A new
team leader must be appointed for the newly separated team. (This
would only apply for BA teams of 4 or more wearers). Only in
exceptional circumstances should a BA team divide on any occasion.
11.1.18.5 A BA wearer is not to enter a risk area alone, can for comfort and
personal protection wear BA. However, the BA wearer is not to enter
any aircraft, building or risk area.
11.1.18.6 The monitor operator of any airport appliance can for comfort and
personal protection wear BA. However, the BA wearer is not to enter
any aircraft, building or risk area.
11.1.19
DUTIES OF BA WEARERS AT AN INCIDENT
11.1.19.1 For fire fighters to be able to carry out all BA wearer responsibilities in
a safe and professional manner at an incident involving Breathing
Apparatus.re Fighters ordered to wear Breathing Apparatus at an
incident shall.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 276
a.
Check that the apparatus is functioning correctly by carrying out

the correct tests (including checking the tally details for correctness
and the DSU by operation)
b.
Hand their tallies to the Entry Control Officer (ECO) at the Entry
Control point (ECP) before entering the risk area.
c.
Regularly check their pressure gauge whilst in the risk area.
d.
Monitor air consumption
e.
Allow sufficient duration to withdraw to the ECP before the low

pressure warning whistle sounds.
f.
Update the BA team leader, as appropriate,
g.
Maintain regular verbal contact with other member of their team.
h.
Collect their tally from the ECO in final exit from the risk area.
i.
On collecting their tally, ensure that the information of use to BA

teams entering the risk area, or the Airport Fire In-charge, is made
known to the ECO.
j.
After colleting their tally, report to the BA Main control (if one is in
operation).
11.1.19.2 If a replacement cylinder is fitted and the BA is required for immediate

re-use by the original wearer the tests should include those checks
referred to in paragraph 1(a) with the exception of the checking of the
DSU.
11.1.19.3 Fire fighters required to wear BA must maintain the area of the seal free
from hair (facial or head). Failure to do so will impair the efficiency of the
seal and an avoidable safety hazard to the BA wearer.
11.1.19.4 Guidance on wearing procedures and the responsibilities of a BA team
leader can be found in this manual (BA wearer procedure).
11.1.20 DUTIES OF THE BA TEAM LEADER
11.1.20.1 A member of the BA team should be designated as team leader
and,where possible, should be a minimum rank of Leading Fire Fighter.
11.1.20.2 The BA team leader shall:
a.
Ensure the team leader is fully briefed before entry into the risk area
b.
Co-ordinate gauge checks and ensure that the team return to the
Entry Control point (ECP) before any low pressure warning whistle
activates, or, if appropriate, within limits previously agree with the
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 277
Airport Fire In-charge to prevent undue exposure to difficult or

strenuous conditions.
c.
Monitor the working conditions and be aware of the potential

physiological effects that they may cause to team members and
working duration.
d.
Update the ECO if communication equipment is being used.
e.
Inform the ECO, as soon, as it is practical, of any development of the

operational incident that is likely to be considered significant by the
Airport Fire In-charge.
11.1.20.3 The BA team leader is responsible for the conduct of the team during the
time the team is within the risk area. The team leader will base decisions
for action on.
a.
The training and experience gained from previous incidents.
b.
Information received by communications from outside the risk area.
c.
Sensory perception inside the risk area (e.g. noise, whistles, thermal
image cameras).
d.
Other BA team members.
11.1.20.4 BA team leaders duties also extend to decisions about when to withdraw
from the risk area and responding to DSUs (see emergency procedures).
11.1.20.5 BA wearers are often at the forefront of fire fighting activity. BA team
leaders and crew members should therefore be alert to the potential for
flashover and /or back draught.
11.1.21 INCIDENT PROCEDURE/ BA WEARER PROCEDURE
11.1.21.1 In addition to the general Command and Control Procedures set out in
this guideline manual, there are a number of particular points to note in
relation to operational safety at an incident.
11.1.21.2 In addition to the duties of a wearer, BA wearers should;
a.
Don and start up their BA set in safe air, and check the set and
facemask for security of fit and the main valve is fully opened.
b.
Check lamps and fire fighting equipment by operation immediately

before entering the risk area and at intervals appropriate to the
incident.
Check communications equipment immediately before entering the
risk area and at regular intervals whilst in use.
c.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 278
d.
Check pressure gauges before entry and agree the reading shown on
the tally with the Entry Control Officer (ECO) (unless rapid
deployment procedures are in use)
e.
Monitor pressure gauges at regular intervals throughout the time in

the risk area (in addition, BA team leaders should check the gauges
of all team members at regular intervals).
f.
As far as practicable, comply with the instructions given by the

Airport Fire In-charge and ECO and any instructions given by the
team leader.
g.
Withdraw from the risk area on the instructions of the team leader.
h.
Collect tallies from the ECO as wearers exit from the risk area.
Wearers should not wear BA if the pressure gauge indicates
contents less 80% of the full capacity
11.1.22 DONNING SCBA FROM AN APPARATUS / VEHICLE SEAT MOUNT:

a.
Don full PPE ensemble prior to mounting the fire apparatus. Safely
mount the apparatus and sit in the seat, placing arms through
Breathing Apparatus shoulder straps.
b.
Fasten your seat belt. Partially tighten the shoulder straps. Do not
fully tighten at this time. When the apparatus comes to a complete
stop at the emergency scene, release your seat belt and release
Breathing Apparatus from the mounting bracket. Carefully exit the
apparatus.
c.
Attach the waist belt.
d.
Adjust shoulder straps until they are tight.
e.
Open the main cylinder valve.
f.
Remove or loosen your helmet and pull back the protective hood. Don
the face mask / piece and check for leaks. Pull the protective hood
over the head, put the helmet back in place and secure the chin
strap.
g.
If necessary, connect the regulator to the face piece.
h.
Activate the airflow and alarm.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 279
11.1.23 Donning SCBA from the Ground, the floor or a storage case
Two methods can be used: the over-the head method and coat method.
Before starting, ensure that the SCBA has been inspected and is ready
for service.
11.1.23.1 OVER- THE- HEAD METHOD
a.
If necessary, open the protective case and lay out the Breathing
Apparatus so that the cylinder valve is away from you and the
shoulder straps are to the sides.
b.
c.
Fully open the main cylinder valve.

Bend down and grasp the Breathing Apparatus back plate with both
hands. Using your legs, lift the Breathing Apparatus over your head.
Once the Breathing Apparatus clears your head, rotate it 180 deg. so
the waist straps are pointed toward the ground.
d.
Slowly slide the pack down your back. Make sure that your arms
slide into the shoulder straps. Once the Breathing Apparatus is in
place, tighten the shoulder straps and secure the waist strap.
e.
Remove your helmet and pull the hood back. Don the face piece and
check for an adequate seal. Pull your protective hood into position,
replace your helmet and secure the chin strap.
f.
If necessary, connect the regulator to the face piece. Activate the

airflow and alarm.
11.1.23.2 COAT METHOD

a.
If necessary, open the protective case and layout the Breathing

Apparatus so that the cylinder valve is facing you and the straps are
laid out to the sides. Fully open the main cylinder valve. Place your
dominant hand on the opposite shoulder strap. For safety reasons be
sure to grasp the strap as close to the back plate as possible.
b.
Lift the Breathing Apparatus and swing it over your dominant

shoulder, being careful of people or objects around you.
c.
Slide your other hand between the Breathing Apparatus cylinder and
the corresponding shoulder strap.
d.
Tighten the shoulder straps
e.
Attach the waist belt and adjust tightness.
f.
Remove your helmet and pull your hood back. Don the face piece and
check for an adequate seal.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 280
g.
Pull the protective hood into position, replace the helmet and secure
the chin strap.Ifnecessary, connect the regulator to the face piece.
Activate the airflow and alarm.These instructions will have to be
modified for different Breathing Apparatus units. The sequence for
adjusting shoulder straps and waist belt varies with different models.
Modifications must also be made for Breathing Apparatus with waist
mounted regulators. Refer to the specific manufactures instructions
supplied with each unit.
11.1.23.3 DONNING THE FACE PIECE / FACEMASK

11.1.23.4 Face pieces for various brands and models of Breathing Apparatus are
slightly different. Some have the regulator mounted on the face piece;
other have it mounted on the harness straps. Fire fighters must learn
about the face pieces used by the department.
a. Make sure you have donned your protective hood. Remove your
helmet and pull the hood down over your neck.
b. Fully extend the straps on the face piece.
c. Rest your chin in the chin pocket at the bottom of the mask.
d. Fit the face piece to your face, bringing the straps or webbing over
your head.
e. Tighten the lowest two straps. To tighten, pull the straps straight
back, not out and away from your head.
f. Tighten the pair of straps at your temple, if any
g. If your model has additional straps, tighten the top straps last.
h. Check for proper seal. This process depends on the model and type
of face piece you use.
i.
Replace your helmet and secure the chin strap.
j.
Install the regulator on your face piece or attach the low-pressure

air supply hose to the regulator.
11.1.23.5 DOFFING SCBA

In general you should reverse the steps used to don your SCBA. Follow
the steps into doff your SCBA;
a. Remove the regulator from your face piece or disconnect the low
pressure air supply hose from the regulator.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 281
b. Shut off the air supply valve.

c. Remove your helmet down around your neck.
d. Loosen the straps on your face piece.
e. Remove your face piece
f. Release your waist belt
g. Loosen the shoulder straps and remove the SCBA
h. Shut off the air cylinder valve.
i.
Bleed the air pressure from the regulator by opening the emergency
by-pass valve.
j. If you have an integrated PASS device, turn it off.

k. Place the SCBA in a safe location where it will not get dirty or
damaged
11.1.24 WITHDRAWAL OF BA TEAMS
The decision about when to withdrawal from a risk area is a very
important one. The central aim must be to ensure that all BA team
members return to the Entry Control Point (ECP) by the estimated time
of whistle, subject to circumstances which develop since the time of
entry which necessitate an early withdrawal. However, the timing of
withdrawal from the risk area must take into account.
a. Unusual physiological or psychological stress
experienced from rapid temperature increase.
or
discomfort
b. The depth of penetration in to the risk area when using BA

guidelines.
c. Deteriorating situation.
11.1.25 APPLICATION OF WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURES

11.1.25.1
The Airport Fire In-charge, ECOs and BA team leaders duties extend
to ensuring that BA wearers must not be exposed to and inappropriate
level of risk. BA wearers are also responsible for ensuring that team
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 282
leaders are made aware of any relevant developments that might lead
to the need for an early withdrawal from the risk area.
11.1.25.2 BA team leaders must not rely solely on cylinder contents when
reaching a decision about when to withdraw their team but should
take into account information received from all sources. BA team
leaders must withdraw their team if any member.
a.
Has uncontrolled loss of pressure.
b.
Appears to be unwell, confused or in discomfort (especially when

exposed to rapid temperature increase).
c.
Has a gauge, which has become faulty or unreadable.
d.
Has been exposed to an irrespirable atmosphere due to a BA

failure.
e.
Has a low pressure warning whistle activation.
11.1.25.3 Team withdrawal should also occur when

a.
That team leader, acting on personal initiative, experience, and

assessment or on advice of team members, decides that conditions
in the risk area have deteriorated to the extent that BA team
members are exposed to an inappropriate level of risk.
b.
A team member reaches a pre determined pressure gauge reading

set by the Airport Fire In-charge following assessment of
physiological risk and other relevant information.
c.
The emergency evacuation signal sounds
11.1.25.4 For the teams of there or less, the whole team should withdraw
whether or not the task is completed. However, at the BA team leader
discretion part of the team may withdraw from the risk area, for
example:
a.
Where the team members number four or more a team could split
with only two members having to withdraw.
b.
Where a low pressures warning whistle activates prematurely due

to set malfunction.
c.
A minor leak to the facemask.
11.1.25.5 On no account should a BA team divide following entry into the risk
area to undertake a separate task, and on no account should a BA
wearer attempt to leave a risk area unaccompanied, the Airport Fire
In-charge should immediately be advised of any decision to withdraw
prematurely from the risk area.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 283
11.1.26 ENTRAPPED PROCEDURE

11.1.26.1
To allow a BA wearer to maximize the duration of a BA set in the

event of becoming trapped. The aim of the entrapped procedure is to
allow a BA wearer to maximize the duration of a BA set in the event of
becoming trapped and being unable to withdraw from the risk area.
11.1.26.2 No provision exists for conserving the air supply in open circuit BA
other than by the wearer moderating demand for air by using the least
possible energy.
11.1.26.3 When a wearer of a compressed air BA becomes aware that it is not
possible to escape the risk area, the following action should be taken:
11.1.27
a.
Operate the DSU.
b.
Relax as much as possible in the circumstances by assuming a

reclining or seated posture.
c.
Breathe calmly and gently.
d.
Try to make radio contact with the ECO or other BA teams.
e.
If a charged branch is available and can be operated, any

combustible material in the vicinity should be saturated in order
to retard the fire spread.
f.
Any supplementary supply function should not be operated. The

cylinder valve should not be adjusted, other than checking that it
is fully open.
g.
The low-pressure warning whistle will operate when the cylinder

pressure has fallen to a point where the safety margin remains.
(The air consumed by the operation of the low cylinder pressure
warning whistle is 4 liters per minute).
h.
BA team members should encourage each other to remain

conscious and alert at all times.
EMERGENCY TEAMS
11.1.27.1 To provide prompt emergency assistance to breathing apparatus (BA)

wearers, Emergency teams of BA wearers must be established at all
incidents where Stage 2 BA Entry Control Procedures are in operation
and at other incidents as soon as personnel resources permit.
11.1.27.2 The Entry Control Officer (ECO) is responsible for informing the
Airport Fire In-charge of the need for an emergency team. The Airport
Fire In-charge shall nominate an emergency team of BA wearers from
those available at the incident. The composition of the emergency
teams will depend upon the nature of the incident, the location of BA
wearers and the number of BA wearers in the largest teams.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 284
11.1.27.3 A minimum number of two BA wearers will be required for every

emergency team and these will be equipped with cylinders with at
least equivalent maximum duration to the BA of the wearers
committed to the risk area.
11.1.27.4 The emergency team shall be suitably equipped for the incident at
hand. This may include for example.
a.
Radio Communications equipment.
b.
Resuscitation equipment.
c.
An additional BA set.
d.
Any other specialist equipment provide for this purpose.
11.1.27.5 All equipment should be tested and ready for immediate use. Where
BA wearers at an incident are wearing protective clothing in addition
to their BA, the emergency team will be similarly protected.
11.1.28
DEPLOYMENT OF EMERGENCY TEAM

To provide a prompt emergency assistance to breathing Apparatus (BA)
wearers, the following procedures should be applied.
11.1.29
a.
The emergency teams should rig (but not start up) in BA and
stand by at the ECP until instructed to enter the incident by the
ECO or until relieved of that duty or the conclusion of BA
operations.
b.
Prior to entry, the ECO will ensure that all members of the
emergency team are fully briefed about the emergency. The likely
location of the wearer (s) in distress (if this is known) and will
collect the wearers tallies and record their action on the Entry
Control Board (ECB).
c.
When available, existing BA guide lines or communications lines

should be followed (if working on a hose line this may also be
used to trace the steps of the distressed team but care should be
taken that the correct hose lines is followed).
d.
Following deployment, the ECO should inform the Airport Fire Incharge of the incident and call for a replacement emergency team.
RECORDING OF DAILY INSPECTIONS
11.1.29.1 At the start of each watch/shift, it is the responsibility of all

nominated BA wearers to make sure that the appropriate tests are
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 285
11.1.29.2
11.1.29.3
11.1.29.4
11.1.29.5
11.1.30
made to the breathing apparatus sets allocated to them as against

their name on the riding positions.
On completion, the tally belonging to that set must register the
wearers name, and the cylinder contents.
The sets record book must be completed as soon as practicable in
black or blue ink, showing the date, cylinder number, contents in
bars, remarks and signed for by the nominated wearer. Red ink is to
be used after Heat and Smoke Exercises and actual incidents.
A wearer who has been unable to record that the tests have been
carried out should be aware that by wearing the set he has indicated
that it is working satisfactorily.
Any defects to the apparatus should be reported to the officer in
charge of the duty watch.
THE GENERAL CHECK
11.1.30.1 The testing of breathing apparatus is only to be carried out by

personnel qualified to wear breathing apparatus.
11.1.30.2 The general check should be carried out by all fire fighters nominated
to wear breathing apparatus at the following times:
a.
At the start of each watch, or as necessary at other times during

the watch.
b.
After the set has been serviced.
c.
After drill of incident
11.1.30.3 The general check consists of the following:

a. Carry out a good visual check of the apparatus and cylinder for
damage, including Back plate, Harness and all stitching and
fasteners
.
b. Slacken off all straps.
c.
Check all finger tight connections.
d.
Remove the facemask from its bag and examine for damage (mask,
visor and head straps especially around buckles), check
mushroom valves are in place on the inner mask (oral/nasal
mask).
e.
Turned the demand valve into test position.
f.
Open the cylinder valve fully, (if the cylinder contents is less than
80% change the cylinder) fit facemask and adjust the straps
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 286
(bottom pair, and top strap). Positive pressure will activate on first
inhalation.
g.
Take two deep breaths, holding the third, listen for any audible
leaks.
h.
Check function of supplementary supply.
i.
Close the cylinder valve fully, moves head up and down and side
to side to check for leaks while monitoring the pressure gauge.
Then slowly breath down the set until the low pressure warning
signal activates at 55 bar, a low pressure warning whistle will also
operate at this setting. Draw the facemask firmly onto the face to
ensure there is no inward leak into the facemask
.
Remove the mask and clean with the BA wipes should be
provided, then place the mask into its protective bag.
j.
k.
Check the manual operation of the DSU.
l.
Full out the tally (rank, name and cylinder pressure).
m.
Check the torch by operation and inspect the sets personal line
fully.
n.
Check the appliance mountings onto which the apparatus is

stowed.
o.
Full in the breathing apparatus logbook pertaining to that set.
p.
Report any defects to the Duty Officer.
11.1.31 MONTHLY TEST

This test should include:
a.
A minimum wearing duration of 50 bars (it self preceded by a full

general check).
b.
This test can be part of a normal wear at an incident or drill

provided it is of as least the minimum duration stated above.
c.
Remove the cylinder from then apparatus.
d.
Examining the cylinder strap (s) for damage and wear
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 287
.
e.
11.1.32
Examining all the apparatus straps (harness) for damage and

wear.
f.
Examining the attachment points for the personal line.
g.
Check the cylinder connection.
h.
Refitting a cylinder filled with at least 80%.
i.
Carry out a full general check of the apparatus.
j.
Record the test in the sets logbook as a monthly test.
CONTROL OF BREATHING APPARATUS TALLIES
11.1.32.1 Personnel wearing breathing apparatus are not to enter a risk area
without first handing in the BA tally to the Entry Control Officer.
11.1.32.2 Personal withdrawing from the risk area should report to the Entry
Control Officer with their face mask in position. The Entry Control
Officer. Will instruct them to remove their facemask and close down
their sets before returning their tally.
11.1.32.3 If a team withdraws to collect a piece of equipment, or pass a message
etc, but do not remove their facemask, close down their sets or collect
their allies but immediately re-enter the aircraft/ building this is part
of their initial working.
11.1.32.4 A team withdrawing from the risk area, closing down their sets,
accepting their tally. If they do this and then have to make another
entry into the risk area, this is a new entry and fresh records are
required.
11.1.32.5 If, after withdrawing, closing down and reporting to the Entry Control
Officer, a team is required to re enter the aircraft / building to perform
a specific task and the officer in charge is satisfied that the content of
their cylinder is sufficient, even though their pressure gauge may
record less than 80% of their contents, this is a re entry and fresh
records are required. In any case wearers are not to re-enter an area
with a cylinder content of less than 100 bars.
On the front
a. Name of Airport
b. Set number permanently marked
c.
Cylinder content in liters permanently
d. Space for name

e.
Space for cylinder pressure
f.
Space for time in
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 288
g.
Duration and no fresh records are required.
11.1.33 IDENTIFICATION TALLIES
11.1.34DURATION OF BREATHING APPARATUS

11.1.34.1
The rate of consumption of air of open circuit BA can vary over a
wide range. This range of variation depends upon a number of factors,
which include the work rate of the wearer, their physique and the
environmental conditions in which they are working.
11.1.34.2
To enable the duration of open circuit breathing apparatus to be
estimated an average consumption rate of 40 liters per minute can be
used.
11.1.34.3
Full Duratio:The period during which the breathing apparatus in
expected to provide respiratory protection from the moment the
cylinder valve is open until the cylinder contents are exhausted.
11.1.34.4
Working Duration: The period during which the breathing
apparatus is expected to provide respiratory protection from the
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 289
moment the cylinder valve is opened until the low pressure warning
whistle sounds.
11.1.34.5
Safety Margin: The period during which the low pressure
warning whistle operates.
11.1.34.6
Formula for calculating the duration of breathing apparatus is
as follow.
PXC
D=
----------- - 10
N X 40
Where,
D = the remaining working duration (in minutes)
P = the pressure in the cylinder (bar)
N = the maximum filled pressure of the cylinder (bar)
C = the capacity (in Litres) of the cylinder when pressurized to N
bars.
For example;
D = ? ; P = 260 bar ; N = 300 bar ; C = 1800 litre (6 ltr x 300 bar = 1800
litre)
D = 260 X 1800
----------------
- 10
39 - 10
= 29 min
300 X 40
The figure 40 used in the calculation represents the notional consumption
rate used in estimating the average consumption of an open circuit
apparatus and approximates to a wearer walking at a speed of 6 km/hour.
The figure 10 represents the period allotted to the safety margin of the
apparatus in minute.
11.1.35 STAGE 1 AND STAGE 2 CONTROL BOARDS
11.1.35.1
The same design board is used in both stage 1 and stage 2
control procedures. The control board comprises of a Perspex covered
board about 300 mm in width and 800 mm in height.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 290
11.1.35.2
The upper section of the board contains a calculator for
calculating the working duration of the breathing apparatus it also
has a clock
11.1.35.3
The remainder of the board comprises, under Perspex cover,
divisions into which the breathing apparatus tallies can be inserted.
Two divisions are permanently marked and are intended for the
tallies of the emergency teams only. Corresponding spaces permit
entries under the headings;
a. Time of whistle
b.
Location of teams
c.
Remarks
11.1.35.4
Entry Control Boards should be checked at the start of each
watch. The examination should include;
a.
Checking that the board is clean. No past entries on display.
b.
Examine for damage or excessive wear.
c.
Check that the board has a waterproof marker suitable for

Perspex.
d.
Check that the clock is working and the time is correct.
e.
Check that the board is on the appropriate appliance.
f.
Check that there is a black and yellow tabard.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 291
ENTRY CONTROL OFFICER ALONGWITH ENTRY CONTROL BOARD
11.1.36
BREATHING APPARATUS MAIN CONTROL BOARD
CLOCK
To record time
Entry
Control
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
MAIN CONTROL
OFFICER
No.
sets
Reliefs
Loca
tion
of
No
tes
EMERGENCY
TEAM
P a g e | 292
Point
(ECP)
Location
in
use
Name of
Entry
Control
Officer
Tea
m
No.
requ
ired
No. &
time
sent
Being
service
d
Operat
ional
ECP No. 1
ECP No. 2
ECP No. 3
ECP No. 4
11.1.37PERSONAL LINES
11.1.37.1
The personal line is 6 meters long. One end of the line should be
fastened to a D ring, which is passed through a shaped slot in the
rear of the personal pouch to permit this fastening. A snap hook o
other suitable device, such as a Karabiner, is fastened to the other end
of the personal line. A further D ring is permanently fastened to the
personal line 1.25 meters from the snap hook at the running end. In
normal stowage this second D ring is secured to the short length of
strap by a clip. The strap is secured to the removable ring anchoring
the standing end of the personal line to the breathing apparatus
harness. This method of fastening permits the personal line to be paid
out in two separate lengths, a short length of 1.25 meters, which may
be, extended to the full length of the line 6 meters.
11.1.37.2
The line is stowed in a pouch attached to the harness of the
breathing apparatus set, which is provided with internal pockets. The
smaller of the main pockets accommodates the 1.25 meter of line and
the largest pocket the remaining line. The smallest of the pockets
houses the snap hook. Line is always to be stowed in a haphazard
fashion to avoid tangles. On the dog lead type of personal line the 1.25
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 293
meter length is identified by a knot in the line and stowed by a spring

loaded recoil system.
11.1.37.3
The personal line should be examined as part of the daily check
of the breathing apparatus you have been allocated to wear.
11.1.37.4
The personal line allows members of a breathing apparatus team
to attach themselves to each other or to a guide line using the 1.25
meter length of the line and also permits a search to be extended from
the main line to the full extend of the personal line.
11.1.37.5
When a guideline is being laid, all the members other than the
team leader are to attach themselves to the member in front of them
by the short length of the personal line. Alternatively, all members of
the team, other than the team leader, may attach themselves to the
guideline using the short length of their personal line.
11.1.37.6
After the line has been laid the leader of the team following it
must be attached to it by the short length of their personal line. The
other members of the team must be attached by their short length of
their personal line to the team member in front or to the guideline.
11.1.37.7
When attached individually to the guideline team members
should also remain within physical contact distance of the remaining
members of the team.
11.1.38 Hook For Personal Line:
Personal Line
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 294
11.1.39
PERSONAL LINE HOOK
11.1.40
PERSONAL LINE POUCH
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 295
11.1.41
MAIN GUIDELINE
a.
Length 60 meters.
b.
Diameter 6mm to 8mm
c.
Tabs are fitted in pairs to the line at 2.5 meter intervals along
the length of the line. In each pair one of the Tab (the tab nearer
the payout end) is knotted and is 50mm in length, the second tab
is 125mm in length and is un-knotted. The length between the
knotted and the un-knotted tab is 150mm.
d.
A container is provided into which the guideline is stowed in

random fashion.
e.
The container is provided with a hole normally in the lid to permit

deployment of the guideline.
f.
The container is designed to be securely attached to a breathing

apparatus wearer or breathing apparatus set.
g.
Guidelines are only to be used on the instruction of the officer in

charge.
h.
Guidelines should be marked when laid our Guideline A And

Guideline B
i.
A main guideline is provided to enable a team of breathing

apparatus wearers in the risk area to retrace their steps to the
entry control points and to enable subsequent team locate them
or the scene of operations.
j.
Guidelines should always be considered where there are no other

means of tracing the way out of the risk area due to conditions
within the risk area.
k.
Personal lines should always be used when a main guideline has

been laid on a route to be traveled separately. This does not
preclude their use in other circumstances.
l.
A man guideline should always be stowed in such a way that the

running end pays out first.
m.
Only one main guideline should be run along a single route

leading from the entry point to the scene of operations. (This
guideline may consist of a number of guidelines joined together).
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 296
n.
11.1.42
To search off a guideline a personal line may be deployed to the

limit of its length. Where the area to be searched is a greater
distance from the guideline than the length of a single personal
line will permit, a branch line should be used.
Description
11.1.42.1
Main Guideline (2 Tallies)
Each set of main guide line tallies comprises two discs, 75 mm in diameter,
each indelibly marked on both sides by the identifying letters A or B. each
tally has a fitting to permit its attachment to the ring of the snap hook at the
entry of a main guideline.
11.1.42.2
Branch Guideline (4 Tallies)
Each set of branch guide line tallies comprises four rectangular tallies, 100
mm by 50 mm. each one is drilled by 15 mm holes to identify the number of
the tally, (e.g. one hole for number one tally). Each tally ha a fitting to permit
its attachment to the ring of the snap hook at the end of a branch guide line.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 297
11.1.42.3
PERSONAL LINES
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 298
11.1.43
11.1.44
BRANCH GUIDELINES
a. Branch guidelines are to be used where the distance of the area to
be searched from the main guideline is greater than the length of
the personal line.
b.
There should be no more than four branch lines from any Entry
Control Point.
c.
Branch line tallies are to be designated 1,2, 3 & 4 by the

Entry Control Officer. They are to be marked by the branch line
tallies (The number of holes representing the number of the branch
line).
d.
Branch line tallies are to be affixed to the branch line by the Entry
Control Officer before they are taken into the risk area.
e.
Branch guidelines are to be attached to the main guideline

securely.
f.
Details of main and branch guidelines to which individuals are

committed must be recorded on the Entry Control Board.
g.
The Entry Control Officer is responsible for the removal of main

and branch line tallies when the lines they are attached to are
removed from the risk area.
GUIDELINES, BRANCH GUIDELINE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 299
11.1.45 PROCEDURE FOR LAYING A MAIN GUIDELINE

a.
The guideline should be secured to the team leader of the

nominated team lay the guideline.
b.
Unless the guideline is to be used to extend and existing guideline

it is to be secured to a suitable object outside the risk area under
the control of the Entry Control Officer and by the Entry Control
Officer before the team enters the risk area.
c.
Any main or branch line tallies are to be fitted by the Entry Control
Officer before the team enters the risk area.
d.
The guideline is to be paid out by the team leader or other team

member whichever is more convenient.
e.
The guideline is to be secured at intervals to a suitable object on

the route by other team members of the guideline team between
shoulder and waist height.
f.
When it is known or expected that penetration may be deep an

additional guideline may be carried by another team member.
g.
When a team laying a guideline has to withdraw before their

objective is reached, the team leader should ensure the container
holding the guideline is fastened to a convenient point. So it can be
used by another breathing apparatus team that may be sent in to
relieve them and carry on with the objective.
Outgoing teams must always have precedence on the guideline
over teams entering the risk area
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 300
11.1.46
BREATHING APPARATUS FACEMASK FIT TEST

Introduction: BA Instructors should note that this guidance and
modified procedures specifically relates to the issue of the fit of BA
facemasks and does not address other aspects of BA procedures or
command and control.
49.1 Face Mask Donning Procedure
11.1.47
a.
This donning procedure is appropriate to all occasions that BA is

donned, including training, operational incidents and when taking
over a set at the start of a shift or other time as appropriates
during general checks.
b.
Correct facemask fit is essential if the best possible face seal is to

be achieved. The ideal fit is achieved when all straps are tensioned
and the chin and temple straps of the mask run in the direction of
the mask strap tongues. In order to get the best possible fit the
following points should be taken into account:
c.
The area around the facemask seal should be free from hair.
d.
Loosen all head harness straps, including the centre strap, to their
full extent.
e.
Place the facemask against the face by sliding it up to ensure that

the chin is securely placed in the chin cup, ensure that hair does
not compromise the facemask seal area. This may be more easily
achieved if the wearer leans forward whilst fitting the mask.
f.
With multiple adjustable straps are fitted adjust the bottom and
middle straps progressively and evenly in pairs to ensure that the
head harness is square on the back of the head, finishing with the
top strap. The fit should be secure and comfortable but not over
tight.
g.
BA wearers should visually check that their partners head harness

is correctly positioned on the head, finishing with the mask
tongues and evenly tensioned, before fire hoods and helmets are
donned. Report steps above if necessary.
Facemask Seal Test

a.
The effective of the facemask seal should be tested on every

occasion that BA is donned with the intention of breathing from it.
b.
Procedures for testing the facemask seal are as follows:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 301
11.1.48
c.
In operational situations these tests should be conducted

immediately after the wearer has donned the set and carried out
the test of the positive pressure by breaking the facemask seal.
d.
Hold breath and turn off the air supply to the mask keeping a
hand on the cylinder valve.
e.
Observe the pressure gauge for approximately 8 seconds whilst

moving the head up and down and side to side. There should be no
discernible movement of the pressure gauge.
f.
Breath steadily to exhaust the residual air in the system while

observing the pressure gauge and noting the activation of the low
pressure whistle.
g.
When the air is exhausted, gauge shows empty, inhale to cause the
mask to collapse onto the face.
h.
Hold the breath for approximately 8 seconds to ensure that the

facemask remains firmly sucked down onto the face.
i.
Turn on the air supply fully and take two or three normal breaths.
j.
If a leak is identified during these tests the facemask should be refitted with particular attention to correct adjustment of the harness
without however, over tightening the harness.
Positive Pressure Protection
11.1.48.1 Provided that the BA facemasks are donned correctly and the
facemask seal tests are fully applied positive pressure can be expected
to provide compensation for any slight mis-match between the face
seal and the face during use and will thus ensure adequate protection
to the wearer.
11.1.48.2 In the event that a facemask seal leak is identified, rigorous
application of the above procedures, airports should seek to provide
and alternative mask, which provides and adequate fit for the
individual. If a suitable alternative mask is not readily available,
airports should consult with their BA supplier to seek a suitable
modification.
11.1.49
New BA Wearer
11.1.49.1 New BA wearers are considered to be new employees, personnel

returning to operational duties after a significant period of time
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 302
involved in non-BA duties, personnel whose facial features have

altered significantly through weight change dental work or similar
11.1.49.2 Sufficient training shall be provided to ensure that individuals can
apply the facemask donning procedure correctly. Each individual shall
then complete the facemask seal test identified in this guidance. All
such be recorded in the individuals Personal Training Record.
11.1.49.3 The guidance provided on facemask donning procedures and
facemask seal testing should be formally incorporated into your
Breathing Apparatus initial, refresher and BA instructor training.
11.1.50
ADDITIONAL BREATHING APPARATUS INFORMATION
11.1.50.1 The role of the Breathing Apparatus Entry Control Officer (BAECO) is
essential to the safe control and support of BA operations. The skills
and knowledge to carry out the BAECO role in terms of maintaining
proper records on the Entry Control Board, communicating with BA
teams, and the briefing of BA teams, is an integral part of both BA
training and refresher training.
11.1.50.2 Training for the role of BAECO (to monitor the safety of deployed BA
teams within risk areas)should include the limitations of the current
calculation of air usage and create the operational understanding that
the calculated time of whistle is only for guidance based on the
average consumption of air. Whilst BA duration tables were
historically based on approximately 40 litres per minute the actual
average consumption rates could vary between 40-72% greater than
this figure, dependent on work rate and conditions BA duration tables
are not the sole measure of ensuring BA wearer safety, Airport Fire &
Rescue Services should consider the use of appropriate air
consumption figures in BA training and at operational incidents.
11.1.50.3 The most appropriate way of ensuring a consistent approach to BA
Wearing and Command and Control Procedures at all incidents is to
ensure that knowledge of BA procedures is coherent throughout each
Airport Fire & Rescue Service.
Each Airport is responsible for
ensuring that the appropriate policies and procedures are in place to
ensure that a level of consistency in relation to BA training.
11.1.50.4 Initial/ refresher training and assessment should be undertaken by
personnel who are deemed competent as BA instructors. These
instructor should have undergone additional training to fulfill the
particular requirements of the role and been appropriately assessed.
11.1.50.5 The wearing of BA is a safety critical control measure in hazardous
operations. Therefore, all operational firefighters expected to wear BA
as well as those who direct and supervise BA operations need to be
able to demonstrate competence in the relevant practices and
procedures which they will be expected to undertake within their role.
11.1.50.6 Complete Breathing Apparatus Set shall consist of the following
components:
a.
Backplate, shoulder harness, and waste belt.
b.
Pressure Reducer, Pneumatic hoses, and Pressure gauge,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 303
c.
d.
11.1.51
Facemask and lung demand valve.

Personal line attached securely to BA set.
e.
Safety Lamp/torch attached to the set.
f.
BA cylinder with cylinder cover
BREATHING
ROOMS
APPARATUS
MAINTENANCE
/BA
COMPRESSOR
11.1.51.1 Great care should be taken in the ventilation. Within the maintenance
rooms critical SAFETY maintenance will take place and critical
SAFETY equipment will be stored.
11.1.51.2 Stringent access control in to this facility should be in place. It must
remain a clean work room. The washing and servicing of breathing
apparatus sets after training or operational use should not be
undertaken within the maintenance room.
11.1.51.3 All records pertaining to maintenance of breathing apparatus shall be
securely stored within maintenance room.
11.1.51.4 A record of all maintenance undertaken should be recorded in the sets
records and log book.
11.1.51.5 Only those persons trained and competent shall undertake breathing
apparatus maintenance. All BA maintenance shall be conducted in
accordance with manufactures specifications and requirements.
11.1.51.6 Refilling of Breathing Apparatus cylinders requires special precautions
because of the high pressure that are involved. The hydrostatic test
date must be checked before the cylinder is refilled to ensure that its
certification has not expired.
11.1.51.7 The compressor room, houses the Breathing Apparatus Compressor
which will draw air from within the room and compress it to a
pressure of 200/300 bars to recharge the breathing apparatus
cylinders. The purity of this air is VITAL to the Health & safety of firefighters required to wear breathing apparatus.
11.1.51.8 Therefore, this room must be controlled to a very high standard, with
adequate safety precautions in place.
11.1.51.9 Air purity testing and compressor maintenance shall be undertaken
by a competent person. A record of each cylinder recharged shall be
maintained. All composite material cylinders are to be visually
inspected before recharging. This inspection shall be recorded.Air
purity test records shall be maintained and be available at all times.
11.1.52
CLEANING AND SANITIZING BREATHING APPARATUS
11.1.52.1 Breathing Apparatus manufactures will provide specific instructions

for the care and cleaning of their models.
11.1.52.2 Inspect the Breathing Apparatus for any damage that may have
occurred before cleaning.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 304
11.1.52.3 The first step in cleaning the Breathing Apparatus is to rinse the
entire unit using a hose with clean water. The harness assembly and
cylinder can be cleaned with mild soap and water solution.
11.1.52.4 After a fire, face pieces and regulators can be cleaned with a mild soap
and warm water or a disinfectant cleaning solution. The face piece/
mask should be fully submerged in the cleaning solutions. If
additional cleaning is needed a soft brush can be used to scrub the
face piece.
11.1.52.5 Avoid scratching the lens or damaging the exhalation valve. The
regulator can be cleaned with the same solution, but should not be
submerged.
11.1.52.6 Allow the Breathing Apparatus time to dry completely before returning
it to service. Check for any damage before returning the Breathing
Apparatus to service.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 305
11.2 BA SET OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE

11.2.1 PURPOSE
Maintenance testing and operating procedure of Breathing Apparatuses
and DSU.
11.2.2 TECHNICAL DATA
Name
DRAGER PA 94 Plus.
Make
Panorama Nova PA 90 Plus Series.
Water Capacity
4.7 Litres.
Charging Pressure
300 Bar at 15 degree C.
Pressure Scale Max.
374 bar at 60 degree C.
Temperature Scale
50 to 60 degree C.
Testing Pressure
450 Bar
Bursting Pressure
600 Bar
Length
620 mm,
Width
320 mm,
Height
150 mm
Cylinder Weight
2.81 Kg.( Ultra light)
Construction
Composite Material.
Material
Aluminium wrapped with carbon
Cylinder Dimension:
composite
material
11.2.3 Distress Signal Unit:

D.S.U : Distress Signal Unit-Motion sensor Automatic Distress
Signal Unit Function;
1.
If no movement detected, a pre alarm sounds after 21 25
seconds.
2.
If movement detected further within 8 sec, the alarm is cancelled.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 306
3.
Having alkaline battery 9 volts.
11.2.4 Warning whistle Setting : Preset by Drager to 55 bar +/- 5 Bar
11.2.5
THE BOYGAURD- II (new multifunctional instrument, replacement

for old Pressure Gauge).
To provide continuous monitoring of the compressed air
respiratory
protection equipment, movement of the wearer
and temperature.
Will maintain 10 milibar above to that of 1 Atmosphere on first
inhalation inside Face Mask.
Incorporated features:
Monitoring of available air pressure of the air containment system.
Time to whistle (TTW) and End of Service Time (EOST) Time
Display.
End of Service Time (EOST)
Visual LEDs indicators standard.
Audible optional
Movement Sensor and Automatic Distress Unit (ADSU).
Button activated manual Distress Signal (DSU).
Temperature.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 307
Battery life.
A Back light feature illuminating the display.
11.2.6
PROCEDURE - Maintenance
After use the apparatus should be cleaned, face mask should be washed
and disinfected & other parts carefully examined.
If the cylinder pressure is less than 80% of the maximum charging
pressure, the cylinder should be replaced by a fully charged.
Washers, O rings & other seals should be renewed not less frequently
than recommended by the makers.
When tightening nuts, excessive force should be avoided & connections
are hand tightened. Oils or grease should not be allowed to come into
contact with any part of the apparatus.
Due to the comparatively thin wall of the ultra-lightweight cylinders, they
are more susceptible to damage than conventional type of cylinder. The
manufacturers instructions must be followed.
11.2.7
Cleaning, Disinfecting and Drying
Assemble carrying system harness and Pneumatic arrangement (Demand

Valve and Face Mask) to be clean and disinfected manually using a clean,
moisturized lint free cloth, moisturized in either cleanly or disinfecting
solution.
While cleaning do not use the acids Acetone, alcohol, white sprite
trichloroethylene.
Use cold water, but temperature not to exceed 30 degree Celsius.
11.2.8 Low Cylinder Pressure Warning Whistle
Whistle is set to operate so as to provide a breathing apparatus wearer
with a safety margin of about 10 minutes to allow him to return to fresh
air and his entry control with compressed air sets, the whistle consumption
is ignored as 2 lt/min. is small in relation to the amount of air breathed.
11.2.9
Periodic Inspection and Test
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 308
Cylinders should be kept in circulation and at intervals not exceeding 5

years must be subjected to an inspection and hydraulic stretch test by an
approved authority. This does not apply to ultra lightweight cylinders
which must be inspected and tested at 3 yearly intervals. Any cylinder
failing the test must be taken out of service.
11.2.10 Changing of Cylinder
Cylinders showing a pressure reading of less than 80 per cent of their
maximum contents should be replaced by fully charged cylinders. They
should be mark EMPTY to avoid confusion.
Cylinders removed from the set and awaiting recharge should not be
emptied. The valve should be closed and a blank cap fitted to the outlet.
Cylinder should be worn in fresh air and outside the smoky area.
11.2.11 Charging of Cylinder
Recharge to the rated pressure indicated on the label or stamped on the
neck or shoulder of cylinder. Drager recommend a charge rate of 27
bar/minute. Rapid charging will induce an increase in temperature
resulting in an incomplete charge - check pressure at ambient and if
required Top up charge.
It is recommended that a pressure limiting device is fitted to the charging
compressor to prevent over-charging of the selected cylinder.
11.2.12 Visual Inspection (whenever set to be used)
Check integrity of ;
Carrying plate.
All straps, buckles and harness.
Valves, connectors and cylinder supports.
Face piece.
(desirable to lay the apparatus out on a level surface to aid inspection and
subsequent testing).
11.2.13 Low Pressure Test
Don the face mask, adjust head harness and open cylinder valve fully,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 309
Breathe in and out deeply two or three times to ensure that the air is
flowing from the demand valve and that the exhaling valve is functioning
correctly.
Hold the breath to make sure that the demand valve shuts off or that the
leakage if any is very slight.
Close the cylinder valve and continue breathing until the air is exhausted,
at the same time ensuring that the warning whistle sounds when the gauge
needle reaches 55 (+ - 5) atmospheres (bars) and that the reading on
instrument display zero.
When the air is exhausted check that it is impossible to inhale. This will
prove that the exhaling valve and mask fittings are gas tight.
Quickly slacken the head harness, remove the face mask, clean and
disinfect the mask and apply anti-mist to the visor.
11.2.14
High Pressure Leak Test

Open cylinder valve slowly, but fully, to pressurise system.
If an immediate leak indicated from the demand valve , press centre of
rubber cover to release positive pressure mechanism press reset lever to
lift positive pressure mechanism . Repeat action two or three times to
eliminate leak. If leak not eliminated, return balanced piston unit to
Company).
Close the cylinder valve and observe the pressure gauge.
Gauge reading shall not decrease more than 10 bar in one minute.
11.2.15
RECORD &REPORT
Official doing test and maintenance shall record all the activities in
appropriate register and report to be submitted to officer incharge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 310
10.1
11.3
ALUMINIZED FIRE PROXIMITY SUIT-STANDARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
11.3.1 Donning Instruction
The operator should be trained in sequence of donning the suit. As far as

possible, he should try to work by himself only. One helper may be
provided who is also well aware of the sequence. But the operator should
not be encouraged for standing idle while others dress him. The hood
should be worn the last when the fighter is ready to go for operations.
11.3.2 Reasonable donning time should be 2 to 2.5 minutes.

11.3.3 The donning exercise should be carried out at least once in 15 days.
11.3.4 Cooling by wetting
Proximity suit shall never be cooled by wetting.
11.3.5 Illumination of operational area

11.3.6 Whenever possible operational area should be illuminated with the
battery operated flood lights or by drawing cable from a distant place as

the electricity in the vicinity of fire is separated from the supply source.
11.3.7 Inspection
Garment will be checked at regular intervals and maintained in perfect

order. Particularly check fastening devices to ensure they are operating
properly.
11.3.8 Washing
Outer fabric can be cleaned by spreading the suit on the ground and
wiping with a swab soaked in mild soap solution. Rinse using water and
cloth. Dripping in water is not recommended.
11.3.9 Storage
Preferably on Hangers. However, folded suit stored in Polybag does not

pose any problem.
11.3.10 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (As per users manual)

Weekly Maintenance
a)
b)
c)
d)
Remove entire set from box and spread on table.

Check all fastening devices. Operate all zips and studs.
Visually check entire suit for any damage or dirt.
Clean if required and store in box.
11.3.10.2 Monthly Maintenance

a) Clean outer fabric by spreading the suit on ground and wiping
with swab soaked in mild soap solution.
b) Rinse using water and cloth.
c) Do not dip in water.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 311
d) Dry proximity suit completely and store in box.
11.3.11 RECORDS AND REPORTS.

Official doing maintenance shall record al maintenance activities in
Proximity Suit maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found shall be
reported to officer in-charge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 312
11.4
HYDRAULIC CUTTER AND SPREADER MAINTENANCE

TESTING AND OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE
11.4.1
Before operation
Always use PPE (Helmet with visor, hand gloves, safety shoes &
protective clothing)
b)
Check hose and equipment for damage before use.
c)
Check hydraulic oil level, replenish if required.
d)
Check fuel level; do not use old and dirty petrol.
e)
Be prepared for accidents, keep first aid box ready.
f)
Read operation instructions carefully before use.
a)
11.4.2 During operation

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Ensure power unit control lever in off position.

Connect hose pipes with generator, extend the line and connect
spreader/cutter.
Pull starting rope.
Run engine in idle speed for 30 seconds.
Open the hydraulic fluid release valve.
11.4.3 Shutting Down

a) After the work is finished the cutter blades must be placed over
each other, in order to preclude any risk of injury.
b) The cutters blades must never be fully closed as this will cause
hydraulic stress to be built up in the equipment.
c) Then the equipment can be disconnected providing that the
power unit control lever is in the 0 position.
d) Care must be taken to ensure that no dirt ends up on the
coupling and that the protective caps are immediately fitted.
11.4.4 CARE AND MAINTENANCE

a) Protective caps shall always be fitted on all the couplings to
protect it from dirt.
b) Check physically before use for any damage.
11.4.5 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Local)

11.4.5.1 Weekly Maintenance
Check the cutter/spreader for damage. If the equipment should be
found not to be in flawless condition then it must not be used!
a. Check the blades (damage)
b. Check the control handle including pushbutton (function)
c. Check the couplings (damage, dirt)
d. Check the hand grip (securely fastened)
e. Check the protective cover (damage)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 313
f. Check the hoses (damage).

g. The device and the accessory parts must undergo a visual
inspection. You should pay particular attention to the spreader
tips, joints, hoses and coupling.
h. Check the lubrication of the moving parts and bolts and inject
grease into them if necessary.
i. Check hydraulic oil level. Replenish if required.

Assemble entire hydraulic cutting unit and conduct all functional
tests.
11.4.6 RECORDS AND REPORTS

Official doing maintenance shall record all maintenance activities in
Hydraulic Cutter and Spreader maintenance register. Any
defect/deficiency found shall be reported to officer In-charge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 314
11.5
INFLATABLE EMERGENCY LIGHT STANDARD

OPERATING
PROCEDURE.
11.5.1 Refuelling
Use pure petrol only.

Do not use old dirty petrol as this may seriously damage the engine.
During refuelling it is advisable to use a filter for the petrol.
While filling, use appropriate accessories to avoid fuel spilling out.
It fuel spill occurs, dry it carefully and wait for it all to be
completely dry before you start up engine.
Do not fill tank up to brim.
11.5.2 Starting the engine
Position inflatable tower on level ground where lighting is required.

Apply wheel brake.
Check all switches are in off positions.
Check engine oil and fuel level.
Switch on the engine, then start engine by pulling starting cord till
engine starts.
Adjust the selecting knob to Generator.
Switch on the toggle switch to blower.
Inflation starts and after full inflation of balloon switch on toggle
switch for lamp.
In case of heavy winds fix the nails in the ground and tie the
balloon string to nails to avoid falling of tower.
In case of rain, use protective cover for generator. (red colour)
11.5.3 Stopping engine
Switch off lamp by turning the lamp switch off.

Wait for the lamp to cool before switching off the blower.
Un-hook the ties from the ground.
Turn the blower switch off.
Grip and support the balloon to prevent the lamp from striking the
ground as it falls.
Switch off the engine.
Roll up the balloon.
Cover emergency inflatable light system by general protecting cover.
(blue)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 315
Check engine oil and fuel level.

Switch on the engine, and then start engine by pulling starting cord
till engine starts.
Switch on the toggle switch to blower.
Inflation starts and after full inflation of balloon switch on toggle
switch for lamp.

Official doing maintenance shall record al maintenance activities in ASKA
Light maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found shall be reported
to officer in-charge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 316
11.6
POWER DRIVEN SAW STANDARD OPERATING

PROCEDURE
11.6.1
Always use PPE (Helmet with visor, hand gloves, safety shoes &
protective clothing)
11.6.2
Do not use the PD saw near the flammable vapour rich atmosphere.
11.6.3
You should be balanced when operating PD saw.
11.6.4
Avoid injury of the passenger inside the cabin.
11.6.5
Refuelling
a) Use pure petrol + 2T oil.
b) Do not use old dirty petrol as this may seriously damage the engine.
c) During refuelling it is advisable to use a filter for the petrol.
d) While filling, use appropriate accessories to avoid fuel spilling out.
e) It fuel spill occurs, dry it carefully and wait for it all to be
completely dry
before you start up engine.
11.6.6 Starting Engine
a) Lock the throttle trigger lockout.

b) Push the starter switch (red).
c) Pull the choke (blue). A warm engine can be started without choke.
d) Push in the decompression valve.
e) Be sure that you and the machine are firmly positioned when
starting and cutting wheel does not touch anything.
f) Pull out the starter cord slowly until the starter pawls engaged
then rapidly.
11.6.7 Working techniques

a) Always try to maintain high cutting pressure and high wheel
speed.
b) Try to get a smallest possible point by moving the wheel back and
forth in
cut.
c) Always pull the trigger fully when you apply the cutter wheel to the
material and regulate the speed of the machine by increasing and
decreasing the feed pressure.
d) Do not operate the power driven saw above soldier level.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 317
Clean the power driven saw daily and before use.

Check physically before use for any damage.
11.6.9
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (As per maintenance manual)
11.6.9.1
11.6.9.2
Daily Maintenance
Check that the components of the throttle control work smoothly
( throttle control and throttle trigger lock).
Check the tension of the drive belt.
Check the condition of the blade and the drive gear.
Check the starter and starter cord and clean the outside of the
starter units air intake
Check the nuts and screws are tight.
Check the stop switch works correctly.
Weekly Maintenance
Check, clean or replace the main filter.
Check that the handles and vibration damping elements and not
damaged.
Clean the spark plug. Check that the electrode gap is 0.5 mm.
Clean the fins on the flywheel. Check the starter and the recoil
spring.
Clean the cooling fins on the cylinder.
Check that the muffler is securely attached and not damaged.
Check the operation of the carburettor.
Check the paper filter.

Check the clutch centre, drive gear and clutch spring for wear.
Clean the outside of the carburettor.
Check the fuel filter and the fuel hose. Replace if necessary.
Clean inside of the fuel tank.
Check all cables and connections.

Official doing maintenance shall record all maintenance activities in
PDS maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found shall be
reported to officer In-charge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 318
11.7 BREATHING APPARATUS COMPRESSOR STANDARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE & MAINTENANCE
11.7.1
Operating Principle
11.7.1.1 The sound proofed refill station series MCH 13/16/ETS Mini silent
and Super silent consist of a high pressure compressor with forced air
cooling with 3 compression stages.
11.7.1.2 The air circulating around the compressor, which does not contain
any harmful fumes, is taken into the intake filter and introduced
through the intake valve into the cylinder of the first stage where the
first compression takes place.
11.7.1.3 A part of the heat produced in the compression is dissipated by the
flow of air created by the fan through the head and relative valves,
piston, cylinder, monobloc and lubricating oil; the heat remaining in
the compressed air is dissipated in the long piping connecting one
stage of the compression to another and which acts as a radiator; the
temperature at the hose outlet is just a few degrees higher than that
of the environment.
11.7.1.4 The operating temperatures of each stage are: at the pipe connection
that goes to the intake cylinder: about 15-20 deg C above the
environmental temperature (it feels warm to the touch), to the pipe
connection that starts from the head (from the discharge valve), about
80-100 deg C.
11.7.1.5 The intake air contains a certain degree of humidity according to
atmospheric conditions. During the compression and subsequent

cooling, the humidity condenses and together with the particles of
lubricating oil forms a milky white emulsion that precipitates into the
separators.
11.7.2
Safety Devices:
Position
1
Safety Device
Safety valves
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Description
Inspection
Protect the third

stage
and
the
cylinders
from
being overfilled. It
is
calibrated
during
the
inspection of the
compressors.
The safety valve must be

checked at each refill,
start up the compressor
with the cylinder valves
closed and the end valve
open.
Check that the
safety valve starts opening
correctly with the pressure
gauge, open the valves
P a g e | 319
and proceed with the refill.

2
Sound-proofed
frame
Built of steel
Periodically
integrity
check
Side panels
Fixed with locks
Periodically
integrity
Manual
condensate
discharge taps
The condensate is
a
milky-white
emulsion formed of
oil and water. The
absorption of water
by the filter causes
wear on the filter
itself
and
consequent
contamination
Open the discharge taps

every 10-15 minutes and
make sure the condensate
comes out visibly and
consistently.
If
the
condensate is discharged
automatically, check that
it operates correctly by
opening
the
manual
discharge taps.
The
condensate
should
be
present
in
minimum
quantities
Active
carbon The quality of the The cartridge must be
filter
and air depends to a replaced before the air
molecular sieve great extent on the becomes foul smelling.
conditions of the
filter and sieve.
check
its
their
11.7.3 Control Panel

11.7.3.1 The control panel has three operating buttons and the hour counter to
memorize the number of machine operating hours.
11.7.3.2 ON Green button
- it enables the compressor to be started up.
11.7.3.3 OFF Red button - it enables the compressor to be stopped.

11.7.3.4 Manual Purge Yellow button -
It enables the condensate to be
purged manually.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 320
11.8 ADVANCE FIRE TECHNOLOGY (AFT) - WATER MIST FIRE

FIGHTINGSYSTEM STANDAD OPERATING PROCEDURE
11.8.1 Before operation
Always use PPE while operating AFT.

Visually check harness, tank, extinguishing gun and carrying device
for any abnormality.
Check pressure in propellant gas cylinder, recharge if required.
Fill water as per capacity. (9 litter)
Fill foam as per induction ratio in case foam operation required.
Secure tank cap firmly.
11.8.2 During operation
Secure the unit firmly on operators back

Open propellant gas cylinder valve fully.
Position yourself near fire at appropriate distance.
Squeeze extinguishing gun trigger, direct media on fire in short burst
with sweeping movement.
11.8.3 After Operation
Close propellant gas cylinder valve fully

Press pressure release button in cap assembly.
Recharge/replace propellant gas cylinder.
Replenish media in extinguishing agent tank.
Clean AFT thoroughly with fresh water after foam use.

Check physically after every use for any damage.

11.8.5.1
Weekly
Visually check harness, tank, extinguishing gun and carrying device

for any abnormality.
Check pressure in propellant gas cylinder, recharge if required.
Check water level as per capacity. (9 litter)
Secure tank cap firmly.
11.8.5.2
Monthly
Conduct functional test once in a month.

Open propellant gas cylinder and pressurize tank.
Check for any leakage.
Operate extinguishing gun check operability and discharge throw.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 321
After operation close propellant gas cylinder valve and operate

pressure release valve on tank cap assembly.
11.8.6
RECORDS AND REPORTS.
Official doing maintenance shall record all maintenance activities in AFT

maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found shall be reported to
officer
In-charge.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 322
11.9 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) OF FUEL

SPILLAGE ON APRON / AIRPORTS
11.9.1
GENERAL SAFETY MEASURES
11.9.1.1
The safety measures should be taken during aircraft fuelling

operations.
11.9.1.2
Aircraft fuelling operations should be done outdoors.
11.9.1.3
Bonding / grounding, as appropriate should be done. Where over

wing refueling is employed, the nozzle of the hose is normally
bonded to the aircraft before the filler cap is removed; however,
where under wing fuelling is employed, the automatic metal to
metal contact between ate aircraft fitting and the couplings
eliminates the need for separate bonding connection.
11.9.1.4
Where no electrical grounding is specified, the normal order of

procedure to eliminate electrostatic discharge during fuelling
operations as follows;
11.9.1.5
Bonding of aircraft and fuelling vehicle to one another, and
11.9.1.6
Bonding of fuel
arrangements.
11.9.1.7
Where electrical grounding is specified, the normal order of

procedure is as follows;
11.9.1.8
Grounding of fuelling vehicle,
11.9.1.9
Grounding of aircraft,
11.9.1.10
Bonding of aircraft and fuelling vehicle to one another.
11.9.1.11
Bonding of fuel
arrangements.
11.9.1.12
Aircraft fuelling vehicles should be positioned so that;
11.9.1.13
Accessibility to aircraft by rescue and fire fighting vehicles is not

interrupted.
11.9.1.14
A cleared path is maintained to permit rapid removal of fuelling

vehicles from an aircraft in an emergency.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
nozzle
nozzle
to
to
aircraft
aircraft
for
for
over
over
wing
wing
fuelling
fuelling
P a g e | 323
11.9.1.15
Open flames and lighted open flame devices should be prohibited on

the apron and in other locations within 15 m of any aircraft fuelling
operation.
11.9.1.16
Extreme caution should be used when fuelling during lightning and

electrical storms. The fuelling operations should be suspended
during severe lightning disturbances in the immediate vicinity of the
airport.
Electric tools, drills or similar tools likely to produce sparks or arcs
should not be used.
11.9.1.17
11.9.1.18
When a spill is observed, the fueling operations shall be

discontinued immediately. If the spill is over 10 feet in any
dimension or over 50 square feet in area, is of a continuous nature
or is a hazard to persons or property, the fueling supervisor shall
immediately call for assistance from the Fire Department and shall
also notify Airport Operations.
11.9.1.19
If during refueling the presence of fuel vapour is detected in the

aircraft interior, or any other hazard arises, refueling and all
cleaning activities using electrical equipment within the aircraft
should be stopped until conditions permit resumption;
11.9.1.20
Where passengers are embarking or disembarking during refueling

their route should avoid areas where fuel vapours are likely to be
present and this movement should be under the supervision of
responsible person.
11.9.1.21
In the event of a fuel spill the fueling Operator should contact the
AirportRescue &Fire Service to coordinate HAZMAT and fire
fighting assistance.
11.9.1.22
Fuel spill cleanup is the responsibility of the fueling Operator.

Fueling Operators are required to develop a fuel spill cleanup plan
which minimizes the possibility of ignition of spilled flammable fuel
and which prevents the introduction of fuels into the storm water or
sewer systems. Fueling Operators are required to have a current fuel
spill plan on file in the office of the Airport Director, at all times.
Equipment and material to support the fuel spill plan must be
available on-site at each fueling facility.
11.9.2
Fueling Operators are required to train fuel service employees

with regard to the following
11.9.2.1
Proper procedure and fire hazards associated with fuel spill cleanup.
Training should include appropriate notification, fuel spill
containment
environmental
contamination,
Environmental
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 324
Protection Authority notification requirements,

response and standards of post spill cleanliness.
Airport
ARFF
11.9.2.2
Proper procedures for preventing fuel from flowing into storm drains,
sanitary sewer drains or into airfield grass areas. Fuel service
employees are requested to allow at least 50 feet of ramp separation,
if possible, between fueling operations and storm drains to facilitate
fuel spill containment.
11.9.2.3
The procedure concerning proper storage, length of storage and

appropriate disposal of contaminated absorbent material.
11.9.2.4
Fueling Operators are required to maintain all fuel service

equipment and vehicles in safe working condition.
HAZMAT and/or fire fighting are required to standby at the scene of
the spill in the interest of fire safety until the reasonable possibility
of a fire emergency has been eliminated. In the event of a fire
emergency, fuel service employees shall respond to all instructions
from the Airport Fire Department personnel regarding safety and/or
controlling the emergency.
11.9.2.5
11.9.2.6
Uncontrolled fuel spill situations will be handled by the Airport Fire

Department. All costs incurred by the Fire Department or other
agencies will be charged to the fueling Operator responsible for the
spill.
11.9.2.7
Whenever cleanup of a fuel spill is contracted out to a commercial

spill contractor, it is the responsibility of the fueling Operator to
ensure that appropriate Environmental Protection regulations
concerning contaminated soil and/or ground-water cleanup
standards have been met.
11.9.2.8
Fueling Operators are required to report all fuel spills in excess of 10

feet in any direction or covering an area of 50 square feet to the fire
department.
11.9.2.9
Fueling Operators are encouraged to organize mutual assistance

agreements between the fueling Operators located on Airport in
regard to providing spill cleanup assistance to handle large spills.
Airport Department Maintenance personnel may be available to
assist in controlling an unchecked or expanding spill.
11.9.2.10 The Fire Department and Operations / ATM Department are

responsible
origin and
responsible
fuel service
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
for gathering all pertinent information concerning the

facts surrounding fuel spills. Airport Operations is
for recording all spill incidents to monitor trends and
histories of all fueling Operators. The Airport Director is
P a g e | 325
responsible for maintaining the above information concerning spills

at the Airport.
11.9.2.11 Every fuel spill shall be investigated by the Airport Department to

determine the cause and required corrective measures.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 326
CHAPTER 12
DISABLED AIRCRAFT
REMOVAL PLAN
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 327
12.1
FOREWORD
12.1.1
Disabled aircraft at the runway or taxiway interferes with normal

activity of an aerodrome. It may lead to the closure of the facility and
restrict movement around the airport and, thereby, can substantially
reduce the number of arrivals and departures resulting in loss of
revenue to the airport. Besides, the incident causes treat
inconvenience to the traveling public, other aircraft operators,
aerodrome operator and the operator of the incident aircraft to varying
degree. Therefore, disabled aircraft that interferes with the normal
operation of an aerodrome should be removed expeditiously.
12.1.2
There are numerous factors contributing to aircraft recovery events

arising from runway excursions and these can be generalized as
follows:-
12.1.2.1 Flight control system failures

12.1.2.2 Power plants such as actual engine failure or failure of the thrust
revere system
12.1.2.3 Landing gears such as hydraulics, brakes, tires and steering.
12.1.2.4 Weather such as rain, snow ice, crosswinds, visibility,
friction
and runway
12.1.3
Maintenance, weight and balance
12.1.4
Human factors such as flight crew
12.1.5
Removal incidents may range from minor debogging to major events

including damaged or missing
landing gear. Recovery process may
take from a few hours to many days depending on the severity. In
some cases, the removal process cannot begin until a lengthy
investigation by the on-site investigative Authority has been completed
and the aircraft is formally released. Because of these issues, it is not
always possible for the aerodrome to be cleared as quickly as desired
by the aerodrome operator.
12.1.6
While recovery incidents cannot be predicted, they can be anticipated

and prepared or However, and efficient removal operation requires
sufficient planning and readily accessible recovery equipment.
12.1.7
Cost of expenditure for the disabled aircraft recovery should be

recovered from concern operators.
12.2 IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS:-
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 328
12.2.1
Aircraft Recovery: Aircraft recovery is retrieving and immobile,

inoperative or abandoned aircraft from its current position and
returning it to a normal operation status or a transporting to a site for
repair.
12.2.2
Disabled Aircraft: An aircraft that is unable to move under its own

power or through the normal use of an appropriate tow tractor and tow
bar is considered to be a disabled aircraft.
Examples are:a. One or more of the landing gears is of the hard surface
runway,taxiway or apron.
b. Aircraft bogged down in mud or snow
c. One or more landing gears collapsed or damaged
d. And the aircraft is considered to be economically repairable.
12.3 REQUIREMENTS AS PER ICAO

12.3.1
Airports Service Manual, Part-5; Removal of Disabled Aircraft & Annex

14, Volume-1; Aerodrome Design and Operations, 9.3.1, specifies that
each aerodrome must draw,+ up a comprehensive plan for the removal
of a disabled aircraft on, or adjacent to, the movement area and a
coordinator designated to implement the plan, when necessary in
addition the removal plan should include the following:a. A list of equipment or personnel available on or in vicinity of the
aerodrome.
b. A list of additional equipment available from the other aerodromes
on request;
c. A list of nominated agents acting on behalf of each operator at the
aerodrome;
d. A statement of the airlines arrangements for the use of pooled
specialist equipment;
e. A list of local contractors (with names and telephone numbers) able
to supply heavy removal equipment on hire.
12.3.2
As per annex 14- Aerodromes, Volume 1-Aerodrome design and

Operations, Section 2.10. Aerodrome authorities are required to make
available to the appropriate aeronautical information service units
information on the capability to remove a disabled aircraft on or
adjacent to the movement area. This may be expressed in the terms of
the largest type of aircraft that the aerodrome is equipped to remove.
For instance, an Airbus A380 or a Boeing
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 329
12.3.3
B747 can be reported as being the largest type of aircraft that the
aerodrome is equipped to remove. This capability should be based on
the equipment available at the aerodrome and on equipment which,
according to the disabled aircraft removal plan, can be available at the
short notice. Should the plan take into account the airline pooling
arrangement, the determination of the capability to remove a disabled
aircraft should also take into consideration the specialized aircraft
recovery kits available from the aerodromes mentioned in Appendix9.
12.3.4
In addition, there is a requirement that contact information concerning

the office of the Airport Coordinator of operations for the removal of
disable aircraft can be made available, on request, to aircraft
operators.
12.3.5
As per Annex- 13, Para 3.1 Protection of Evidence, custody & removal
of Aircraft shall be made.
12.4 CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS

12.4.1
Section-4 Aerodrome Standards & Air Traffic Services, B Part 1 dated

31st July, 2006 on the Subject Aerodrome Operations under Para2.10
Disabled Aircraft Removal states that:
12.4.2
The disabled aircraft removal plan shall be developed by each

aerodrome and included in the Aerodrome and included in the
aerodrome manual.
12.4.3
Information concerning the capability to remove and aircraft disabled

on or adjacent to the movement area shall be included in the plan. The
telephone/telex number(S) of the office of the aerodrome coordinator of
operations for the removal of disabled aircraft shall be made available,
on request, to aircraft operators.
12.5 RELEVANT AT A DOCUMENT REFERENCE

Air Transport Association (ATA) 100/2100 (Digital) Specification:
It details the information such as weight and CG management, weight
reduction, pulling arrangement, levelling and lifting, moving the
airplane, post-recovery and special recovery tools.
12.6 FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR PLAN
In determining the requirements for and extent of a Disable Aircraft
Removal Plan factors to be considered include but are not limited to:
a.
Frequency of air traffic at the airport
b.
Size and weight of aircraft using the aerodrome
c.
d.
Physical characteristics of the aerodrome

Pre-incident planning
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 330
e.
Recovery operations
f.
Damage survey
g.
Terrain recovery planning
12.7 RESPONSINBILITY OF REMOVING DISABLED AIRCRAFT

12.7.1 Responsibility for the removal of a disabled aircraft lies not only with
the Aircraft Operator but also with the state and the Aerodrome
Operator. For an aircraft removal operation to begin and be completed
as quickly as possible, all parties must be expeditiously facilitated and
already have the proper procedures in place.
12.7.2 If the registered Owner/ operator cannot remove the aircraft or is
dilatory in doing so, the airport management should have authority to
act for the Owner/Operator with minimum delay.
12.7.3 Aerodrome Operator: The Aerodrome Operator must have an officer
designated to coordinate the aircraft recovery operation and a disable
aircraft removal plan available. In addition, a copy of the Aircraft
Operators Disabled Aircraft Removal plan shall be made available, on
request, to every regular user of the aerodrome.
12.7.4 Aircraft operator: It is imperative that Aircraft Operator notify the
relevant Investigating Authority of the incident as quickly as possible.
The Registered Owner or Aircraft Operator retains complete
responsibility for the removal. Notification of the accident or incident
must also be transmitted to the operators insurance representative.
The Aircraft Operator must have and aircraft recovery process
document available for review. Information within the document must
be filed with the Aerodrome Operator and include all relevant contact
numbers as well as information on who the Aircraft operator will use to
the aircraft.
12.7.5 Investigating Authority: The Investigating Authority must be notified
of the incident as soon as possible to ensure that the investigation of
the accident or incident is concluded and the aircraft is released in a
timely manner (As per Annex 13-Aircraft Accident and Incident
Investigation). In some cases the Aerodrome Operator or the local Air
Traffic Control (ATC) unit may also advise the Investigating Authority.
12.7.6 Insurance Underwriter: The Insurance Underwriter generally, through
a representative, will be involved in the aircraft removal process. The
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 331
Aircraft Operator with the assistance of the underwriter will arrange

for removal of the aircraft.
12.8 PURPOSE OF DISABLE AIRCRAT REMOVAL PLAN
The purpose of the plan are as follows:12.8.1
To outline the AAIs Aircraft Operator or its representatives and other

participants responsibilities to manage the removal of disable d
aircraft on, or adjacent to the movement area of an aircraft.
12.8.2
Aid the appropriate management in ensuring that the removal of

aircraft is executed as speedily as is consistent with the safety of
personnel concerned and with the avoidance of further damage to the
aircraft.
12.8.3
To make suitable arrangements (in advance) to ensure the prompt

arrival of the appropriate recovery equipment and any experts who
may be required for the removal operation.
12.9 SCOPE
12.9.1 The procedures in this plan apply to all actions to be taken during
emergencies involving the removal of any disabled aircraft for all
aircraft with scheduled or unscheduled services operating at the
airport.
12.9.2 For the purpose of this plan the aircraft recovery accidents are divided
into three categories: Small
Aircraft, large Aircraft and the New
Larger Aircraft (NLA).
12.10 GOAL
Pre-coordinate all aircraft recovery activities with all involved agencies
and to:
12.10.1 Ensure safety of all personnel working on the recovery operation
12.10.2 Prevent secondary damage to the aircraft
12.10.3 Keep runway closure time to a minimum & NOTAM
12.11
PREPARATIONS/ ESSENTIALS
DISABLED Aircraft Removal Plan shall be based on the characteristics
of the aircraft that may normally be expected to operate at the airport,
and include among other things.
12.11.1 A list of nominated agents acting on behalf of Aircraft operator at the

aerodrome.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 332
12.11.2 A statement of the Aircraft Operator arrangements for the use of

pooled specialist equipment.
12.11.3 A list of equipment and personnel on, or in the vicinity of, the
aerodrome which would be available for such purpose.
12.11.4 Arrangements for the rapid receipt of the aircraft recovery equipment
and kits available from other airports.
12.11.5 A list of local contractors (with contacts and telephone numbers) able
to supply suitable removal equipment on hire.
12.12 PRECONDITIONS
Recover action must be undertaken only if;
12.12.1Aircraft is worth recovering.
12.12.2Situation allows for recovery.
12.12.3Aircraft can be recovered successfully.
Note: if aircraft is unrecoverable then the whole responsibility to take
necessary action lies with the Aircraft operator or its representative.
12.13
PROCESS STEPS
12.13.1 There are five generally accepted major steps identified with the
removal process which are as
follows:
a. Survey
b. Plan
c. Prepare
d. Recover
e. Report
12.14 PERMISSION FOR REMOVAL
12.14.1 Where a disabled aircraft has b been involved in and accident,
permission to disturb the accident Site must be obtained from the
investigating Authority, notwithstanding this rule, the aircraft may
be moved where necessary to preserve life or to prevent additional
hazards to persons or property.
12.14.2 A damaged aircraft should not be disturbed without the approval of the
Investigating authority except in so far as is necessary for:
a)
Extricating persons or animals from it
b)
Removing any mail, valuable or dangerous goods carried by the
aircraft
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 333
c)
12.14.3
12.14.4
12.14.5
12.14.6
preventing it from being destroyed or further damaged by fire or

other causes
d)
Preventing any damage or obstruction to the public, air traffic or
other transport
e)
Removing property from it under the supervision of a police
officer
f)
In the case of aircraft wrecked on the water, removing it and its
contents to a place of safety
Under no circumstances can the aircraft removal process begin until
investigating Authority has given formal release. Aircraft should not be
moved without the approval of the accident investigation Authority.
The Operator/ Owner of the aircraft shall obtain from the Accident
Investigation Authority a
written release from custody to remove the
disabled aircraft. Further if the operator/ owner gives a responsibility
discharge Notification to the airport Director to act on his behalf and
remove the aircraft, in that case also the written permit for release
shall be obtained by Operator/ Operator/ Owner of the aircraft
concerned. However, in case the aircraft Operator delays, fails or
refuses to take responsibility for the removal operation then the Airport
Director may obtain this permission from the investigating Authority.
If the Aircraft Operator/Operator fails to take responsibility for the
removal operation, then the Airport Director may take over the
responsibility. However, the aircraft operator/Owner shall bear all
costs and provide such technical advice and information to the Airport
Coordinator as is necessary. This does not imply that other than
proper recovery procedures are used for the removal of disabled
aircraft.
If the aircraft or parts thereof must be moved prior to completion of the
investigation, it is important that such an operation not be carried out
until:
a. Photographs are taken.
b. The location and position of all major components are marked on
the ground, In the case of wreckage in water the position should be
marked by buoys.
c. A diagram of the accident site including ground scars is to be
drawn. Detailed information on Photographs to be taken and
preparation of diagrams is contained in the ICAO Manual of
Aircraft Accident Investigation (Doc 6920).
d. If in the removal operation the aircraft or any other part thereof is
further damaged, such damage
should be recorded so that it
can be distinguished from impact damage.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 334
12.15 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS I Airport Service Manual, Doc 9137;

Part5, chapte-3
12.15.1 The removal of disabled aircraft can be complex and involve a number
of specific procedures including multipart leveling and lifting actions.
These procedures can be dangerous and safety precautions must take
precedence over all other constraints.
12.15.2 Due to small size, weight and minimal wing height above the ground,
regional jets present unique aircraft removal problems that must be
addressed, such as the requirement for smaller aircraft removal jacks
and smaller pneumatic lifting device as well as lack of information in
the ARM for lifting cranes.
12.15.3 It is suggested that Aerodrome Operator, in conjunction with the
Aircraft Operator/Owner, hold regular tabletop exercises in order to
anticipate various aircraft removal scenarios and their projected
outcomes.
12.16
RISK MITIGATION
Aircraft recovery operations may be conducted while and aerodrome is
still in operation. However, recovery devices such as mobile cranes
may penetrate the obstacle Limitation surfaces or interfere with radio
navigational aids etc. therefore, consideration should be given to
mitigating the risks associated with the recovery operations to ensure
the aerodromes operational safety.
12.17 SECONDARY DAMAGE CONSIDERATIONS

12.17.1 If in the removal operation, the aircraft or any part thereof is further
damaged, such damage, referred to as secondary damage, and should
be recorded so that it can be distinguished from impact damage.
12.17.2 Prevention of secondary damage must also be apriority. It is to be
ensured that the lifting and removal are executed as speedily as is
consistent with the safety of the personnel concerned and with
avoidance of further damage to the aircraft. It is imperative that the
aircraft manufacturers Aircraft Recovery Manual (ARM) is consulted
prior to initiating the aircraft recovery process.
12.17.3 Every step of the removal process is prone to secondary damage and as
such must be continually monitored and all the necessary steps must
be taken to prevent it. The availability and use of the specific ARM for
the aircraft involved will assist inverting any additional damage. In
unusual circumstances, however, secondary damage may have to be
justified. Such circumstances could include cases where the accident/
incident causes the complete closure of the aerodrome for a lengthy
period of time and consequently pressure to move the aircraft could
include negotiations on secondary cost absorption if significant time
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 335
reduction is realized. Any discussion to accept secondary damage must

include the Insurance underwriters, and they will vehemently oppose
any risk of secondary damage.
12.18
PROFICIENCYS
Only experienced people must manage the removal process. In todays
industry, the requirement for personnel managing aircraft removal
accidents/ incidents to possess a level of experience, training and
proficiency that allows them to control a successful aircraft removal
operation without causing secondary damage to the aircraft is of
increasing importance. Aircraft leasing companies and Insurance
Underwriters now request that only qualified managers direct and
control the removal process. Personnel qualifications may consist of
experience and/or training in the field of aircraft removal/ recovery.
Note: A claim for damages could follow an attempt to move a crashed
or disabled aircraft if it was
proven the act of moving worsened the
damage. An established command structure and clear lines of
communication between various parties is essential to the efficient
removal of the disabled aircraft.
12.19 PLANNING
12.19.1 Notification of the Aircraft Accident to the Aircraft Accident
Investigation Authority: If required, Airport Director shall notify the
accident to the aircraft accident investigating authority. The telephone
number of the aircraft accident Investigating Authority shall be noted
and regularly updated. List the details to be notified, such as aircraft
operator, time route stage, passengers and fatalities before notifying.
12.19.2 Removal of a Disabled aircraft or Parts thereof: Identify Local Aircraft
Recovery Coordinator responsible for the of the disabled aircraft and
define procedures to be followed in the event of failure to comply with
such directions.
12.19.3 Preservation of Aircraft, Mail, Cargo and Records: Identify person or
agency (normally the aircraft owner or operator) responsible for
preserving, to the extent possible, the aircraft and parts thereof, cargo,
mail and all records. Define procedures to be followed when it is
necessary to disturb or move the aircraft or parts thereof (i.e.
photographs, marks on the ground and diagram of the accident site).
12.20.
PLAN OUTLINE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 336
The plan shall be based on the characteristics of the aircraft that

may normally be expected to operate at the airport and should
include;
a. Appointment of a local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator (LARC)
b. The establishment of a disabled Aircraft Recovery Team (DART)
c. Define team members roles and responsibilities
d. Listing of available Disabled Aircraft Recovery (DAR) equipments
e. Listing of personnel and specialists available to assist in the
recovery
f. Listing of off-airport resources available (on contract or mutual aid
basis)
g. Notification procedures for DAR team members and other agencies
h. Identify means to obtain aircraft specific technical information
(ARM etc.)
i. Procedures to activate special equipment kits and teams
j. Establishment of an incident command structure
k. Include airport grid maps
l. Identify airport access routes on all parts of the airport
m. Identify predetermined procedures for site and personnel safety
n. Determine Personnel Protective Equipments (PPEs) requirement
o. Identify human factor needs- shelter, clothing, rehabilitation etc.
p. Procedure to ensure incident site survey
q. Identify and determine aircraft de-fuelling procedure) Aircraft
recovery release procedures
r. Coordinator with Aircraft Operator/ Owner
s. Coordination with accident investigating Authority
t. Coordination with local Authorities
12.21
12.21.1
RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

Primary Responsibilities of Local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator
a. Develops with assistance from technical experts the recovery plan
b. Organizes and equips the disabled aircraft recovery team (DART)
c. Coordinates DAR training for DART members
d. provides over-all incident site management and operational control
over all agencies including DGCA, Police, Fire Services, Aircraft
Operator or its representative, maintenance agency, fuelling agency
etc, involved in the recovery effort.
e. Provide excess control at the accident scene in conjunction with
police, escort of personnel and vehicles involved in the recovery and
a physical barrier to fend-off the wreckage.
f. In the event of a spill of dangerous goods or other chemical on the
airport area during recovery operation, the disposal of chemical
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 337
waste and subsequent area cleanup will follow the procedures

prescribed in the relevant act and rules.
g. Reviews and validates current operational procedures.
12.21.2 Action to be taken by the local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator: The local
Aircraft Recovery Coordinator should, amongst other things:
12.21.3 Convene a meeting with the Aircraft Operator/Owner or its
representative, Aircraft Accident Investigating Authority, Operations,
Engineering services, motor Transport, Airport Security, aviation
Safety, Air Traffic Control, representatives of resident oil companies,
heavy equipment contractors and other parties as may be necessary,
to discuss the most appropriate removal operation and agree upon a
broad plan of action. This should cover the following points.
a. Roles and responsibilities of all parties involved
b. Designation of roads for vehicles and control of reads traffic
c. Escort routes between the aircraft operator's area and the accident
site
d. Defueling to lighten the mass of the aircraft
e. Requirements and availability of equipment for the removal of the
aircraft
f. Use of airport and Aircraft Operators equipment
g. Dispatch of aircraft operator ancillary support devices to the scene
h. Weather conditions, particularly when crane lifting or pneumatic
lifting bag operation is necessary
i. Lighting of the site; and
j. Contingency plan, should difficulties develop in the initial plan
12.21.4 Provide for a rescue and fire fighting vehicle, when necessary:
12.21.5 Supervise the airport personnel and equipment assigned to the
removal operation;
12.21.6 Monitor weather forecasts
12.21.7 Maintain a chronological summary of the operation;
12.21.8 Have photographs of the removal operation taken where possible;
12.21.9 Where excavations are necessary, check with the appropriate airport
maintenance services for underground utilities;
12.21.10
Report further penetrations of the obstacle limitation surfaces due to
the maneuvering of cranes or other equipment during the lifting of the
aircraft;
12.21.11
Make decisions on behalf of the airport authority as may be necessary
to expedite the removal of the disabled aircraft;
12.21.12
Keep Airport Director and other Aircraft Operator(s) informed of the
progress of the aircraft recovery operations; and
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 338
12.21.13
12.21.14
12.21.15
12.22
Conduct and coordinate with the Airport Safety Officer a safety

inspection before permitting the reopening of the operational area and
resumption of the normal traffic.
Participate in the removal operation debriefing
action to be taken by Recovery Supervisor/ in charge: The Recovery
Supervisor/In charge should, amongst other things:
a. Assist with the development of recovery strategy and tactics
b. Assigns work assignment to DART members
c. Directs the on-site recovery operation
d. Monitors DART safety
e. Monitors recovery progress
f. Implements tactical revisions to the recovery procedure when
needed
Action to be taken by the Airport Director: The Airport Director
should, amongst other things:
a. Issue required NOTAM as may be appropriate
b. Co-ordinate all airport operations with the Air Traffic Control for
continuation of aircraft operation, when possible.
c. Determine if the accident or incident created any obstacles in
accordance with the ICAO clearance criteria and, as a result,
consider whether any section of the movement area should be
closed.
d. Provide for security of the accident site and co-ordinate with the
Aircraft Accident Investigating Authority on measures to be taken
before the aircraft removal operation is initiated. Prior to the
removal of the disabled aircraft there should be received written
removal authorization from the Accident Investigating Authority.
e. Take all reasonable measures to protect the evidenced and to
maintain safe custody of aircraft and its contents for such a period
as may be necessary for the purposes of an investigation. Protection
of evidence shall include preservation, by photographic or other
means of evidence which might be removed or effaced, lost or
destroyed. Safe custody shall include protection against further
damage, access by unauthorized persons, pilfering and
deterioration.
f. Enforce the No smoking rule at the scene of accident and
immediate vicinity
g. Provide advance vehicles and personnel to escort airline equipment
to the site
h. Establish a removal command post at the site, if considered
necessary
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 339
i. Provide for radio communication with the Air Traffic Control if the
removal operation is to interfere in any way with fight operations.
j. Consider designation of Local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator or any
other officer to answer any question from the press and to issue
press releases as may be appropriate and issue appropriate
NOTAM.
k. Shall allow the Investigating Officer unhampered access to the
wreckage and all relevant material, including flight recorder and
ATS records. The Investigating Officer shall have unrestricted
control over it to ensure that a detailed examination cab be made
without delay by authorized personnel participating in the
investigation.
l. Inspect all areas prior to resumption of normal aircraft operations
m. Convene a removal operation debriefing of all interested parties.
The debriefing may include a review of aircraft accident
Investigating Authority requirements, the LACO,s chronological
report, and a discussion of the procedures and equipment used
during the recovery operation. It may be desirable that all aircraft
operators, especially those operators, especially those operating the
same type of equipment, be invited to attend; and
n. amend the Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan to overcome problem
identified so.
12.23
Action to be taken by ARFF: The ARFF shall:

a. Send a representative to attend all coordination meetings for a
disabled aircraft recovery within the Airport premises.
b. When necessary, an ARFF vehicle shall be present to ensure safety
in all phases of aircraft removal and recovery operations.
c. Liaise with Airport Director and the Air Traffic Control on the
consequences to the level of protection provided to the airport when
dispatching a vehicle to the recovery or removal operation of the
disabled aircraft.
d. When a disabled aircraft is defueled the ARFF shall provide standby
arrangements as per the ICAO standards.
12.24
Primary responsibilities of airport operator/ owner or its

representative
a. Implement the aircraft Operators removal plan for such an
emergency
b. Meet with the Local Aircraft Removal Coordinator, Investigating
Authority and other relevant parties to develop a comprehensive
experienced in such accidents.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 340
c. Decide on the need for consultation with aircraft airframe and

engine manufactures or other Aircraft Operators representative
d. Unloading of baggage and freight.
e. Removal of the damaged aircraft, its storage and subsequent
disposal under the direction of the DGCA.
f. Ultimately bear all recovery costs and provide such technical advice
and information to the inspecting or airport authority as is
necessary.
g. Co-ordinate recovery operation
h. Participate in the removal operation debriefing.
12.25
Action to be taken by the aircraft Operator or its Representative:

The aircraft operator should, amongst other things:
a. Meet with the Local Airport Recovery Coordinator, aircraft accident
Investigating Authority and other parties, as necessary, to develop a
comprehensive plan for the removal of the aircraft.
b. If unable to remove the disabled aircraft or no available equipment
give a responsibility discharge Notification to the Airport Director to
act on his behalf and get a written permit from the Investigating
Authority to remove the aircraft.
c. Consider and inform the Local Airport Recovery Coordinator of the
availability of any contracted removal services or any designated
aircraft recovery equipment provider (International airlines
Technical Pool Lifting Kits.)
d. Implement the Operator Emergency Response plan or Aircraft
Operators Recovery plan for such an emergency.
e. Designate one representative with the authority to make all
technical and financial decisions necessary to remove the aircraft.
The representative should have the use of company facilities,
personnel and equipment required for the removal operation.
f. Protect all aircraft, flight and crew documents until released by the
accident Investigating Authority.
g. Arrange for portable stairs and removal of mail, baggage and cargo,
it being understood that authority to remove these items from the
aircraft wreckage must be secured from the aircraft accident
Investigating Authority.
h. Make available at the airport, manufacturers data pertaining to the
aircraft recovery.
i. Inform on the need for consultation with aircraft airframe and
engine manufacturers, or other aircraft operator representatives
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 341
j. Decide on the need for consultation with aircraft airframe and

engine manufacturers, or other aircraft operator representatives
k. Consider designation of a representative to answer any questions
from the press, and to issue press releases as may be appropriate.
l. Participate in the removal operation debriefing.
12.26
Action to be taken by the Airport Security: The airport shall:

a. Take all necessary actions as required in the Airport Emergency
plan.
b. Ensure the Crisis Management Room is staffed and in operation.
c. Protect the evidence and maintain safe custody of the aircraft and
its contents for such a period as may be necessary, in coordination
with the Airport Director.
d. Inform the Operation-In- Charge of the entry to the accident site
and instruct them to expedite the passage for the ARFF vehicles,
ambulances and other emergency vehicles, personnel, doctors and
accident Investigating Authority representative(s)
e. Depute guide at the entry gates and rendezvous points to direct the
traffic mentioned above to the aircraft wreckage or the staging area
of the Accident site for assistance to passengers and crew.
f. Cordon-off the aircraft wreckage and the staging area and ban
unauthorized persons from getting near it.
g. Determine the entries and exits gates suitable for the aircraft
removal equipment from outside the airport.
h. procure all other assistance as needed.
i. Participate in the Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan coordination
meetings with other involved
parties.
12.27
Action to be taken by the Fuelling Agency: Into- plane Fuelling

Agency/ company based at the airport will be responsible for the
defueling of the aircraft and the analysis of fuel content as and when
required by the investigating agency. It shall:
a. Participate to the meeting convened by the Local Aircraft Removal
Coordinator.
b. Decide and agree on the defueling procedures with the Aircraft
Operator or its
representative.
c. Plan the aircraft defueling operations which should be
accomplished to the maximum extent possible before attempting to
recover the aircraft, check aircraft damage, attitude at rest,
structural and electrical systems, and weather conditions.
d. Select and call for the proper equipment and the needed personnel
who are thoroughly familiar with the aircraft fuel system.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 342
e. Make calculations of the removed mass, movement of the Centre of

gravity, resultant loads on jack points etc.
f. Accomplish the defueling operations as necessary observing
observing all applicable safety precautions normally used for
fuelling and defueling operations.
g. Store the aircraft fuel, including contaminated fuel, in secured
containers to dispose of as necessary.
h. Log all actions taken and inform when requested.
12.28
12.28.1
Action to be taken by aircraft Maintenance Agency:

Aircraft Maintenance agency may be called on, if required, to assist in
aircraft recovery and disposal.
12.28.2
Role of Local Administration:

a. Assistance of Police will be sought for securing the area of the crash
and preventing disturbance of it, the aircraft or its contents,
preserving the aircraft wreckage and any other evidence of
subsequent investigation.
b. Assistance of Police or Coast Guard will be sought for getting divers
and floating equipment to assist in recovery operation in the event
of an aircraft crashing into the sea.
c. Assistance of CMD will be sought for the prevision of a physicist to
give guidance on the removal of CBRN material from the crashed
aircraft. In the event of a leak/ spill of CBRN material his advice
may be sought on containment, decontamination, disposal and the
subsequent environmental cleanup.
d. Transport Department may be requested to provide heavy duty
lifting equipments, trucks, lorries, recovery vehicles etc, form its
resources.
e. State pollution Control Board advice will be sought to prevent the
crash vicinity from contamination by the spilt fuel and other
chemicals during the recovery operation, for collection and
transportation of chemical waste arising from handling the spilt
fuel or other chemicals during the salvage operation.
12.29
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT (Airport Service Manual, Doc 9137; Part5,

Chapter-4) s
The equipment for the removal of a disabled aircraft falls into three
groups:
a. Group 1: First there is equipment which is specific to each aircraft
type, such as wheel changing equipment, jacking pads, tow bars,
portable electric power unit, general lifting and hoisting equipment,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 343
etc.These equipments shall be arranged by the Aircraft Operator/

Owner, its representative or Maintenance agency.
b. Group 11: The second group includes specialized aircraft recovery
equipment kits for aircraft removal work. It includes pneumatic
lifting bags, compressors, hydraulic jacks with a minimum lifting
capacity of 73 tones and a minimum lifting height of 3m or better, a
set of tethering equipment etc.These equipments shall be provided
by AAI or can be obtained by the Aircraft Operator/Owner from
outside sources as the International Airlines Technical Pool (IATP).
c. Group 111: The third group consists of standard heavy recovery
and access equipment, such as heavy cranes and trolleys and road
making equipment.These equipments shall be hired from local
contractors outside the airport whenever it is needed.
Note: Where airline pooling arrangements exist at an airport, it is
desirable that the aircraft removal plan for that airport include a
list of the contact points for the IATP pool. Further information on
IATP recovery kits is available at http://www.iatp.com
12.30
INFORMATION ON EQUIPMENT, PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES:
12.30.1 Equipment and Personnel Available: Each airport shall list

equipment and personnel on or in the vicinity of that airport which
would be available for the removal operation. The list of equipment
should include information on the type and location of heavy
equipment or special units need, and the average time it will take to
get them to the airport. The list of personnel should also contain
information on the availability of human resources for road making
and other duties, addresses and telephone numbers of personnel and
equipment representatives should be given (Annexure-11)
12.30.2 Responsible Representatives: list names, addresses and telephone
numbers of responsible representatives of each aircraft operator, as
well as of the nearest representatives of aircraft and engine
manufacturers, (Annexure-11).
12.30.3 Aircraft Data; Describe arrangements to make available, at the airport,
manufacturers data pertaining to aircraft recovery for the various
types of aircraft which normally use the airport.
12.30.4 Aircraft Recovery Equipment Kits: Describe arrangements for the rapid
receipt of aircraft recovery equipment kits available from other
airports. This should be co-ordinated with the airlines operating at the
airport.
12.30.5 Access Routes: Include information on access routes to any part of the
airport including, if required, special routes for cranes to avoid power
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 344
hues. A grid map of the type referred to in Annex 14, Volume 1,

attachment A, Section 16, may be useful for this purpose.
12.30.6 Security: Define means of maintaining security the aircraft removal
operation.
12.30.7 Aircraft Defueling: Describe arrangements with the resident oil
companies to ensure that the defueling, storage and disposal of the
aircraft fuel, including contaminated fuel, can be done at short notice.
12.31 METHODS OF DISABLED AIRCRAFT RECOVERY
12.31.1 Detailed information on method of aircraft recovery is contained in the
aircraft recovery documents published by the aircraft manufactures.
These documents provide information related to equipment, special
tools and procedure to recover the aircraft manufactured by the
relevant manufacturer.
12.31.2 The information on common types of occurrences and related
principles and covered in detail in aircraft recovery documents or
manuals and in manufacturers data. Knowledge of these principles
would aid untrained personnel who may be assigned to help
designated and trained crews in this work.
12.31.3 In roughly 80 percent of recoveries the airplane involved have left hard
surface during inclement weather. Quick and decisive actions are
essential for effective airplane recovery. The condition of the aircraft
should be determined first, as most of the work associated with
removal will be dependent on these findings. A survey of damaged to
collapsed landing gear should be accomplished as soon as possible. If
this is not possible during the initial inspection, it should be done
when aircraft is raised enough to perform this check. Other major
considerations include weather, terrain and type of special removal
equipment (e.g. cranes and winches) available on the airport or
through local rental companies and contractors. Recovery checklist
must be followed DAR team members must fully understand work
assignments.
12.31.4 All required recovery equipment and personnel must be available prior
to the start of recovery. The methods to be used on any occasion will
depend on the nature of the accident and on local circumstances at
airport concerned. The drag-off method can only be employed on
certain aircraft and the selection of strong points for towing would
depend on the aircraft type and direction of pull determined by the
crash conditions. It should be recognized that these are complex,
mechanical problems, especially regarding hull inspection, planning
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 345
the operation, and in determining what method to use in lifting and

removal operations
12.31.5 Whenever possible moving of damaged aircraft should be accomplished
with aircraft supported on its own gears. This may require repair of
existing gear, installation of replacement gear, or the installation of
temporary bracing to support the mass of the aircraft. If any landing
gear is unusable, other means of support such as flatbed trailers,
special aircraft recovery trailers mobile cranes, transportation dollies,
house moving equipment etc., must be used during the moving
operation.
12.31.6 Typical Methods of Recovery: some of the more common
occurrences resulting in an aircraft becoming disabled along with
typical methods of recovery are as follows:
TABLE 12.1
SN.
Occurrence
Method of Recovery
1.
Collapsed
Nose Lifting with jacks and pneumatic bags,
Landing Gear
hoisting with cranes using specially
designed lifting slings, transporting on
suitable trailer/ dolly/ turntable
2.
Collapsed
or Supporting and lifting with jacks and
Retracted
Main pneumatic bags, transporting on suitable
Landing- Gear, but trailer/dolly/turntable
Nose Landing-Gear
intact
and
extended
3.
Collapsed
Main Supporting and lifting with jacks and
Landing-Gear, one pneumatic bags, tethering, hoisting with
side only
cranes using specially designed lifting
slings,
transporting
on
suitable
trailer/dolly/turntable
4.
Failure
of
Nose Supporting and lifting with jacks and
Landing-Gear and pneumatic bags, tethering, hoisting with
one
side
Main cranes using specially designed
Landing-Gear
Lifting slings, transporting on suitable
trailer /dolly/turntable
5.
Collapse
of
all Supporting and lifting with jacks and
Landing-Gear
pneumatic bags, tethering, hoisting with
cranes using specially designed
Lifting slings, use of tethering cable,
ground anchor, debogging and winching
equipment, transporting on suitable
trailer /dolly/turntable.
6.
One or more Main Use of debogging, winching and towing
landing-Gear
off equipment for recovering bogged down
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 346
7.
pavement but no landing gear from the mad or soil,

aircraft damage.
tethering, pneumatic lifting bags for
raising and constructing temporary ramp
by
using
timbers,
mattings
etc.,
transporting
on
suitable
trailer/dolly/turntable
Tires
failures Use of jacks for replacing damaged parts.
and/or
damaged
wheels
12.32
Removal of Small Aircraft: Experience shows that both small mobile

cranes and automotive towing tractors/trucks cab be used effectively
for removing small aircraft. The removal of this type of aircraft can be
handled safely and efficiently without elaborate equipments. The most
important factors to consider include: arrangements to get mobile
units on the scene promptly, the availability of slings, jacks,
pneumatic lifting bags and dollies and supervision by experienced
personnel.
12.33
Removal of large and New Larger aircrafts: When a large aircraft has
to be removed after
a serious accident, the work is likely to proceed
in four stages.
12.33.1 First, if the aircraft has come off the paved surface of the airport, it will
probably be necessary to construct temporary roads so that the heavy
lifting equipment can be brought into position and the aircraft can be
towed back on to the paved surface. A temporary road is likely to be
needed for the tankers if large quantity of fuel has to be removed, as
well as for the movement of trucks and heavy vehicles to and from the
aircraft.
12.33.2 Second stage includes the work to lighten and prepare aircraft for
recovery. Lightening may also require defueling and removal of one or
more engines, cargo, cabin equipments and other detachable parts. It
may sometimes be useful also to reduce the overall height of the
aircraft by removing its fin in order to per it operations to continue on
the affected runway. If the recovery of the aircraft runway. If the
recovery of the aircraft is likely to be a lengthy tasks, it may be
necessary to protect exposed parts of the aircraft structure and
engines from the weather.
12.33.3 The third stage of the task consist of lifting the aircraft and preparing
it for towing. Where possible, the aircraft should be towed on its own
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 347
undercarriage, and this may necessitate strengthening and stiffening

damaged parts.
12.33.4 The final stage consists of moving the aircraft from the accident site. In
removal situations with aircrafts supported on landing gear, winching
is generally preferable to towing in that it is more controllable, not
subject to surface conditions and generally can exert greater force.
Towing offers advantage of maneuverability, flexibility and
uninterrupted movement over long distances. It is important to note
on and aircraft with multiple landing gears that when not pulling on
all landing gears struts, not receiving pull can be subjected to high
drag loading if an obstruction is encountered. For this reason all main
landing gear struts which are off the pavement should be towed at the
same time if possible.
12.34
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
12.34.1 Recovery procedure must include steps to preserve and protect the
environment.
12.34.2 Laws and regulations may require spills to be reported to the
competent authority. Fuel, oil and other mechanical fluids spilled on
the ground during recovery operation can damage the environment. All
practical efforts should be made to avoid environmental
contamination.
12.34.3 Damaged aircraft Recovery teams must be trained in chemical,
biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN) defense procedures,
monitoring and detection techniques. Teams should have additional
decontamination equipments decontaminating agents and protective
clothing. Contaminate recovery equipments could spread and agent
along the evacuation route posing a hazard to uncontaminated units
and equipment. Team must keep in mind that equipment used to
recover contaminated material will also be contaminated equipment
must not be evacuated to uncontaminated areas until fully
decontaminated.
12.34.4 During recovery operation caution must be taken with respect to
human remains and non-CBRN pathogens. Recovery personnel should
receive training from medical experts in the proper procedures and
protective measures when collecting and handling these hazards.
Ensure adequate protective equipments including gloves, masks,
overall and specialized containers are available and utilized.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 348
12.35
CONSULTANCY
It is advisable to hire a reputed agency for design and implementation
of the Disabled aircraft Recovery plan. The scope of consultancy may
include equipment design and information, specifications, specification
for special tools, other technical support, organize, manage, train and
coach DAR team, table-top exercise, plan, organizing an executing
exercise on DAR plan, annual review and update.
12.36
TRAINING
12.36.1 Training is essential to successful completion of DAR operation.
Training is to be imparted by simulating site conditions with safety
measures applied. Some of the simulation area as follows:
a. Adverse weather simulation.
b. Placing time constraints on recovery procedure.
c. CBRN simulations:
12.36.2 All DAR Team members must receive Basic, Officer and sr. officer
Training comprised of both academic and hands-on training/exercises.
These training may be conducted on regular basis at Fire Training
Establishments or some other institute of repute in this field. All the
training courses may include a 5-day module which meets the
requirements of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)
and the International Air Transportation Association-Aircraft Recovery
Task Force (IATA-ARTF). The details of the courses may be as follows:
12.36.3
12.36.3.1
Basic Aircraft Recovery Training Course.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of the training seminar, participants will be able to:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Perform an Initial Aircraft Recovery Situation Assessment.

Determine the Aircraft Recovery Category.
Implement and perform and Aircraft Recovery Plan.
Identify the Hazards related to aircraft Recovery
Stabilize a Disabled Aircraft by Using the Right Equipment
Perform Load Calculation and Determine the C of G
Perform Aircraft Recovery Operation by Using jacks, aircraft Lifting
Devices, Cranes and Spreader Bar.
h. Perform Debogging Operation by Using Special Towing Equipment.
12.36.3.2
Theory Subjects
a. Aircraft Recovery Category
b. Health & Safety Matters
c. Survey
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 349
d. Law of Lever
e. Load Determination
f. Aircraft Tethering
g. Aircraft Recovery Operation Process
h. Aircraft Recovery Equipment
i. Aircraft lifting methods
j. Aircraft Lifting Procedures & Concerns
k. Aircraft Manufactures Skin Pressure
l. ARC Movement and Side Loads
m. Towing Winching Procedure
12.36.3.3 Practical Subjects
a. Familiarization with Aircraft Recovery Equipment
b. PPE,s and their Use
c. Survey
d. Aircraft Stabilizing
e. Tethering the Aircraft
f. Recovery Plan Development & Implementation
g. Identifying Required Recovery Equipment
h. Weight and Force Management and Monitoring.
i. Types of Shoring.
j. Aircraft lifting by Jacks, Pneumatic Lifting devices & Spreader Bars
k. Lifting of Narrow Body and Small Aircrafts
l. Aircraft Towing and Winching
12.37
12.37.1
Aircraft Recovery Officer Training Course

Course objectives
Upon completion of the training course, participants will be able to:
a. Identify Legal Aspects Related to Aircraft Recovery Operation
b. Perform an initial aircraft Recovery Situation Assessment
c. Identify Related Aircraft Recovery Documents
d. Determine the Aircraft Recovery Category
e. Identify the Basic Components of an Aircraft Recovery Emergency
plan
f. Describe the Major Steps in The Aircraft Recovery process
g. Identify the Hazards Related to Aircraft Recovery
h. Describe and perform Different Ground Reinforcement Procedures
i. Perform Different Roadway Constructions
j. Stabilize a Disabled aircraft by using the Right Equipment
k. Perform load Calculation and Determine the Centre of Gravity (C of
G)
l. Identify the Required Equipment Effectively
m. Perform and Aircraft Recovery Operation by using aircraft Lifting
Bags and Spreader Bar
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 350
n. Perform a De- Bogging operation

Equipment
o. Perform Equipment maintenance
by
using
special
Towing
12.37.2 Theory subjects

a. Legal Aspects on Aircraft Recovery
b. Emergency plan and responsibility
c. Aircraft Recovery Category
d. Health & Safety Matters
e. Survey
f. Physical Fundamentals
g. Load Determination
h. Weight Reduction & Management
i. Aircraft Preparation & Stabilization
j. Aircraft Recovery operation process
k. Aircraft Manufactures Skin Pressure
l. Aircraft Lifting Methods
m. ARC Movement and Side Loads
n. Ground Reinforcement and Road Construction
o. Towing and Winching procedure
12.37.3 Practical Subjects
a. Familiarization with Aircraft Recovery Equipment
b. Survey
c. Aircraft Stabilizing
d. Recovery plan development & Implementation
e. Identifying of Required Recovery Equipment
f. Ground Reinforcement & Roadway Construction.
g. Weight and force Management and monitoring
h. Ground Reinforcement and Temporary Road/ Matting
i. Tethering the Aircraft
j. Types of Shoring
k. Aircraft Lifting with Pneumatic Lifting Devices & spreader Bars
l. Lifting of Wide Body aircrafts
m. Aircraft Towing and Winching
n. Aircraft Transportation
o. Performing a Real Recovery Scenarios
12.38.
Aircraft Recovery senior officer Training Course
12.38.1 Course Objectives: Upon completion of the training course, participants

will be able to:
a. Manage an Aircraft Recovery Operation
b. Manage and Deal with all Removal Matters
c. Develop an Aircraft Recovery plan
d. Establish and lead the incident command
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 351
e. Perform a Recovery size-up

f. Describe the Importance of and aircraft recovery manual
g. Establish and Aircraft Recovery Team and identify its Qualification
h. Describe the Duties and Responsibilities of all involved Personnel
i. Determine the Estimated Recovery time and cost
j. Calculate C of G, load Distribution, ARC movement and Side loads
k. Determine the levelling /lifting technique of Equipment
l. Stabilize the aircraft by using tethering equipment
m. Transport the aircraft by using different transportation equipment
n. Record all relevant data
o. Performa report, cost calculation and invoice
p. Perform equipment maintenance
q. Improve ones local recovery emergency plan
12.38.2 Theory subjects
a.
National and International requirements
b.
Incident Command
c.
Communication plan
d.
Third Party Recovery Contract Issues
e.
Other Types of Aircraft Recovery Categories
f.
Documentation Process
g.
Aircraft Recovery Team & Qualification
h.
Time & Cost Calculation
i.
Weight & Balance Definition and Related Data
j.
C of G Calculation
k.
Weight Reduction through Large Components
l.
Defueling Methods
m. Fuel Management
n.
Aircraft Recovery Circulation Process
o.
Lifting Concerns & Requirements
p.
Aircraft Transportation Equipment
q.
Moving of Immobilized Aircraft
r.
Post-recovery Action
s.
International airline Technical Pool
t.
Case Studies
u.
Table Top Exercises
12.38.3 Practical Subjects:
a. Familiarization with Specialized Aircraft Recovery Equipmen
b. Survey
c. Recovery plan Developments and Implementation
d. Weight and Balance Calculation
e. Aircraft Stabilization.
f. Identification of Required Recover Equipment
g. Roadway Construction
h. Lifting of NLA
i. Real Recovery Scenario
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 352
j. Tethering /Debogging the Aircraft

k. Aircraft Towing and Winching
l. Aircraft Transportation by use of a Dolly system
m. Aircraft Transportation by Use of Turntable
12.38.4 Who should attend
This course is geared towards anyone involved in any aspect of the
technical operation of aircraft recovery.
12.38.5 Prerequisites
At the time of the training course, participants must be in good health
and ready to perform heavy manual labour. Course participants should
have basic technical skills and basic understanding of physics, Course
participants must have Basic English skills.
12.38.6 Language
Course instructions will be presented in English.
12.38.7 Certificate
Training Centre will issue a Certificate on successful completion to all
participants who complete the course.
12.38.8 Advance Level Training
Advance Training Courses on the subject shall be arranged for the
training faculty, Local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator, Recovery
supervisor/ charge, Airport Coordinator and ARFF In charges on regular
basis preferably at the training centre from the internationally
recognized agency/ institute.
12.38.9 DRILL
Airport Director shall ensure that the exercises based on the procedures
of this plan are conducted at regular intervals, not exceeding three
years, recorded and where necessary appropriate amendments are made
to the contents of this plan.
12.39
REVIEW
periodic review of the disabled aircraft removal plan should be
conducted by the aerodrome operator to ensure that the plan is in line
with the AAIs own safety policy and in compliance with the regulatory
requirements. Review must follow each training exercise or recovery
operation. Review validates effective practice and reveals problems
encountered during the exercise/operation. Reviews generate
observations, insights and lessons learnt to improve future recovery
operation. Review shall contain the following information:
a. Recovery unit, phone number and e-mail address
b. Date and time
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 353
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Type of aircraft recovered

Condition of recovered aircraft
Conditions at recovery site Recovery team composition
Method of recovery
Narrative of recovery (time required, failures and shortcomings noted
in equipment, remarks, recommendations)
12.40
DISTRIBUTION
12.40.1 The Airport Director on behalf of AAI shall ensure the availability of the
manual to the participating agencies and on request basis to all Aircraft
Operators or their representatives with scheduled or unscheduled
services and to private aircraft operators or general aircraft operators.
12.40.2 Also all the Ground Handling agencies at the airport shall possess an
updated copy of the plan and Participate in the exercises.
12.40.3 The Airport Director shall ensure that any amendment(s) to the plan is
(are) received by its holders.
12.41
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY PLAN FUNCTIONS

TABLE 12.2
A.Pre-Incident
Planning
Organization
Personnel
Training
Equipment List
Procedures
Disposal
offloaded
Fuel
B. Damage Survey,
Terrain
and
planning
Security
Fire
Theft
Personnel control
C.
Preparations
D.Recovery
operations
Defueling
Equipment
Operations
CG travel
Aeroplane
Damage
Engines
Structure
Mass and CG
Management
Calculation of
mass and
location of CG
Removal of
Payload
Lifting
Cranes
Lifting bags
Jacks
Communications
Tethering
of Landing gear
Recovery plan
Repairs Method of
lifting Method of
moving
Parking location
Survey of Recovery
Equipment
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Attachments
Anchor
Landing gear
Access to
baggage and
cargo
Operations
Removal of
Components
Ground
support
Moving Aeroplane
Towing Winching
Trailer
P a g e | 354
Available
Fly-in equipment
Local equipment
Communications
Radio Telephone
Equipment
Lifting
Equipment
Site
Preparation
Temporary
housing
Access roads
supporting
ground
Aeroplane
Rpairs
As lifting and
moving
required for
PLANNING CHART
TABLE 12.3
Basic Recovery steps
1.Survey
2. Plan
3. Prepare
4.
Recover
Aircraft
Rapid
Monitor
Monitor
Condition:
Recovery: and
and
-recover or -Important recorder:
record:
salvage
-Not
-Loads
-Loads
-Altitude
important - Actions
-Actions
-Landing
Performed
Performe
gear
d
-Structure
-Damaged
Components
Unserviceab
le
Components
- Cargo and
Fuel
Site:
Weight
Assemble
Stablize:
-Terrain
and
Equipment -Tether
-Soil
Balance:
and
-Ground
-Access
-Calculate Manpower: Anchors
Route
Weight of
-Confirm
- Jacks
fuel and
Arrival
- shoring
Cargo
dates
-Calculate -Stage
Centre of
Equipment
Gravity
s
Weather:
Weight
Weight
Level/Lif
Communiions
Parking
Support
for
repairs Tiedowns
12.42
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
5. Report
-Report:
Recovery
Details
-Efficacy of equipments
Manpower
and
Training
-Failures
and
Shortcomings
-Repair details
-Record of Loads
Remarks/Recommendat
ions
P a g e | 355
Reductio
n:
-Unload
cargo
-Defuel
- Remove
Major
Componen
ts
Equipment: Recovery:
-Preparation -Reduce
-Levelling
weight
-Moving
-Prepare
-Stabilizing
Site
-level
-Lift
-Stabilize
-Move
reduction:
-Unload
Cargo
-Defuel
-Remove
Major
Component
s
Manpower:
-Number
-Skills
Roadway:
-Clear
-Excavate
-Fill
-Stabilize
Manufactur
ed
Temporary
Roadway
-Current
- forecast
Schedule
d
Equipmen
t and
Manpower
:
-Confirm
Delivery
plan
Environme
nt:
-Fluid Spills
-Hazardous
Materials
Prepare
site:
Clear
-Excavate
-fill
-Stabilize
t:
-Jacks
-Airbags
-Cranes
New
Technolo
gy
Equipme
nt
Deboggin
g:
-Confirm
a Lifting
Method
Winching
/ Towing
Move:
-Tow on
Gear
-Move on
Suitable
Trailer
Secondar
y
Damage:
-Prevent
Accept to
Reduce
Recovery
Time
Note:- The above table is just a general and guide. It is not intended to be
used as step-by-step instructions in dealing with a disabled aircraft for
removal.
12.43
S.
No.
1.
Group-1 Equipment
TABLE 12.4
Aircraft
operator/
Maintenance
Agency
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Person In Charge
Equipment
Name & Designation: Tel/Fax:
a.
P a g e | 356
Email:
2.

Email:
3.

Email:
4.

Email:
5.

Email:
6.

Email:
12.44
S.
No.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Group-11 Equipment
TABLE 12.5
Nearest
Person In
Location Charge
1.
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax: Email:
2.
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax: Email:
3.
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax: Email:
4.
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax: Email:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Equipment
&personnel
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Min. Time to Get

Equipment & Access
Route
P a g e | 357
5.
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax: Email:
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax: Email:
6.
12.45
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c
Group-111 Equipment
TABLE 12.6
S.
Contractor
No. Firm
Person In Charge
Equipment
&
Personnel
1.
Name & Designation:

Tel/Fax: Email:
2.
Name & Designation:

Tel/Fax: Email:
3.
Name & Designation:

Tel/Fax: Email:
4.
Name & Designation:

Tel/Fax: Email:
5.
Name & Designation:

Tel/Fax: Email:
6.
Name & Designation:

Tel/Fax: Email:
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
12.46
Min. Time
to Get
Equipment
& Access
Route
Agencies personal and experts whose presence may be required for

the disabled aircraft removal operation:
TABLE 12.7
S.
Aircraft
No. operator/
Maintenance
Agency
1.
2.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Person In
Charge
Expertise
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
Name &
P a g e | 358
3.
4.
5.
6.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
P a g e | 359
CHAPTER 13
FIRE SERVICE UNIFORM
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 360
13.1
SHORT TITLE:
These rules may be called Airports Authority of India Rescue and Fire
fighting Uniforms Guidelines.
13.1.1 DEFINITIONS:
Service means the respective Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting
Service maintain by the Airport under Airports Authority of India.
13.1.2 SPECIFICATION OF UNIFORM:
The uniform to be worn by Fire Personnel of the Fire Service shall be
as specified in the schedules to these guidelines (hereinafter referred to
as THE ARFF
UNIFORM) provided that a person who is the Fire
Service Personnel of the Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting Services.
13.1.3 SUPPLY OF UNIFORM:
Every Fire Service Personnel of the ARFF Service shall on appointment
thereto be receive from the Authority a free supply of Uniform, as per
schedule to these guidelines, followed by further issue of such of the
articles which require replacement annually or otherwise as decided by
the Authority. The Authority may in lieu of free supply of uniform
articles.
13.1.4 PERMITTED OCCASION OF WEAR:
The issue of ARFF Services Uniform and footwear to Fire Personnel
ofARFF Services shall be made on the understanding that all articles of
uniforms are to be worn only while on duty or when going to or
returning from duty.
13.1.5 Off duty limitations for Fire personnel consists of one hour prior to
work and one hour after being relieved.
13.1.6 Supervisory officers shall bring these orders to the notice of all
members of the ARFF Services Personnel and shall take such action,
as they deem necessary to ensure that the orders are to be complied.
13.2
DRESS ORDERS FOR VARIOUS OCCASIONS FOR FIRE

SERVICEPERSONNEL:
The orders of dress for Fire Service personnel to be worn at different
occasions are as follows:
13.2.1 Ceremonial dress:

13.2.2 Executives:(a) Peak/Beret cap/ Turban (7 yds) with Patka for Sikhs dark blue
serge superior quality with an Embroidery (Silver Color) AAI Fire
Service Badge in the centre.
(b) AAI Uniform Shirts Full sleeves (double pocket with flap &
shoulder flap as per uniform design of Central Industrial Security
Force or any other Para military force, Govt. of India).
(c) AAI Uniform Tie.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 361
(d) AAI Uniform Trouser design as per uniform design of Central

Industrial Security Force or any other Para military force, Govt. of
India.
(e) AAI Uniform Jersey V neck front close with shoulder flap (for
winter) as per uniform shirt pattern.
(f) AAI Winter Uniform Suit
(g) Socks (black).
(h) Brown Color Oxford Pattern Shoes as per corporate Circular No.
05/2012 dated 16/07/2012
(i) Maroon Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(j) White Metal Badges of Rank.
(k) Shoulder Titles AFS with white metal.
(l) Name Plate (Black base with white letter)
(m) Heavy quality Brown Leather Belt 2 width and 46 length with
adjustable to any size with white metal fitting.
(n) Collar Pin (SM and above).
(o) Arm Monogram on Shirt/ Jersey/ Coat.
13.2.3
Non Executives:-
(a) Beret cap/ Turban with Patka dark blue with an Embroidery
(Silver Color) AAI Fire Service Badge in the centre
(b) AAI Uniform Shirts Full sleeves (double pocket with flap &
shoulder
flap as per uniform design of Central Industrial
Security Force or any other Para military force, Govt. of India).
(c) AAI Uniform Tie.
(d) AAI Uniform Trouser design as per uniform design of Central
Indus trial Security Force or any other Para military force, Govt. of
India (for summer).
(e) AAI Uniform Jersey V neck close and flap for white metal badges
of rank (for winter) as per uniform shirt pattern.
(f) AAI Winter Uniform Suit.
(g) Socks Black.
(h) Black Color Oxford Pattern Shoes. as per corporate Circular
No.05/2012 dated 16/07/2012
(i) Blue Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(j) White Metal Badges of Rank.
(k) Shoulder Titles AFS with white metal.
(l) Name Plate (Black base with White letter).
(m) Heavy quality Black Web Belt 2 width and 46 length with
pouch, pocket
line and axe adjustable to any size with white
metal fitting
(n) Arm Monogram on Shirt / Jersey/ Coat.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 362
13.3 Operational Dress:

13.1 Executives:(a) Fire Helmet (White)
(b) Dungaree (orange)
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot(For Rainy session)
(d) Socks (Black)
(e) Maroon Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles AFS
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letter)
(h) Color Pin (SM and above)
(i) Heavy quality Brown Leather Belt 2 width and 46 length with
(j) Rain Coat for Rainy session.
13.3.2
Non Executive:(a) Fire Helmet( Yellow)

(b) Dungaree (Blue)
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot(For Rainy session)
(d) Socks (Black)
(e) Blue Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles AFS
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letter).
(h) Heavy quality Black Web Belt 2 width and 46 length with
pouch, pocket line and axe adjustable to any size with white metal
fitting.
(i) Rain Coat for Rainy session.
13.4 UNIFORM FOR TRAINER AND TRAINEES IN TRAINING CENTER:

13.4.1 Trainer:-Executive:(a) Fire Helmet (Red).
(b) Dungaree (White).
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot (For Rainy session).
(d) Socks (Black).
(e) Maroon Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles AFS.
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letter)
(h) Collar Pin (Sr. Manager and above).
(i) Heavy quality Brown Leather Belt 2 width and 46 length with
(k) Rain Coat for Rainy session
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 363
13.4.2 Non Executive:(a) Fire Helmet (Yellow).

(b) Dungaree (Red).
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot (For Rainy session).
(d) Socks (Black).
(e) Blue Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles AFS.
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letters).
(h) Heavy quality Black Web Belt 2 width and 46 length with
pouch, pocket line and axe adjustable to any size with white metal
fitting.
(i) Rain Coat for Rainy session.
13.4.3 Trainees:AAI trainees shall bring uniform as under mentioned in

Para-6.2
13.4.4 For Squad and Fire Drill:
(a) Fire Helmet.
(b) Dungaree.
(C) Gum Boot.
(c) Socks.
(e) Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(f) Name Plate.
(g) Belt
13.4.5 Physical Fitness and Yoga: - PT Kit to be provided on Reimburse
basis to Trainees of Fire Staff as per office order No: 2/2/92-ARII (EQ),
dated 12/02/1996.
(a) In summer: -White T- Shirt with AAI Fire Service Logo
right side) and Arm monogram on left arm, White short,
Canvas shoes and white shocks.
(b) In winter: - White Full T- Shirt with AAI Fire Service Logo
right side),and Arm monogram on left arm, White Full lower,
canvas shoes, white Shocks.
(front
white
(front
white
13.5 WEARING OF UNIFORMS:

13.5.1 All Fire Service Personnel are to wear the new uniform being issued
and old uniform are to be discontinued and not to be worn.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 364
13.5.2 All Fire Service Personnel Should stitch their AAI( Summer and
Winter)Uniform like Central Industrial Security Force( Para Military
Force, Govt.of India) and wear as per various occasion mentioned in
Para- 6.
13.5.3 All Fire Service Personnel should be wearing the uniform according to
following schedule as per CHQ Circular No. AAI/HR (Admn) /
02/2009/28 dated 12 Oct 2009:a. Summer: - 1st March to 15th November.
b. Winter: - 16th November to 28th February.
13.6
13.6.1
13.6.2
13.6.3
13.6.4
13.6.5
UPKEEP & REPAIRS OF UNIFORM:

Fire Personnel are responsible for the cleaning and proper up-keep of
their individual uniforms.
When the uniform is worn, care shall be taken that it fits well, neat
and clean, and in good repair condition and properly pressed,
serviceable and properly fastened.
Metallic devices and leather will be properly polished. Shift I/C
shallinspect the daily uniform during Roll Call.
Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) inspections will be done at the
beginning day of the week.
Uniform items with visible area of repair shall not be worn.
13.7 ALTERATIONS AND UNAPPROVED APPAREL:

13.7.1 Items purchased for use as part of the fire uniform shall meet
thespecifications as set forth by the Airports authority of India in all
respect. Unauthorized equipment, alterations or additions to the
official uniform not be allowed.
13.7.2 No other insignia is to be applied to uniform unless approved in
writing by the CHQ.
13.8
PERSONAL GROOMING:
a. All fire personnel have the responsibility of presenting themselves
in aProfessional manner.
b. Fire Personal appearance is not fully an important aspect of the
job, but also an issue of safety.
c. It is vital that all Fire personnel follow the standards set forth and
use sound judgment in adhering and enforcing this guideline. This
not only applies to the uniform, but to employee grooming.
13.9 Hair:
13.9.1 Hair should be kept clean, well groomed and maintained at all
times,so as to not interfere with the proper wearing of the official
department Uniform Cap, protective headgear, face piece and/or any
other safety equipments.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 365
13.9.2 The length of hair in the front shall not fall over the eyebrows and the
length of hair in the back shall not fall below the top of the buttoned
shirt collar when the individual is in a standing position.
13.9.3 No length or style of hair is permitted that will in any way interfere
with and / or obstruct the view of employeesin the performance of
their official duties.
13.9.4 Hair must be of a natural color and not distracting or extreme in
appearance.
13.9.5 The back of the neck is to be clean and free of hair.
13.10 Facial Hair:
13.11 Fire Personnel shall be clean-shaven; however, facial hair such as
sideburns, mustaches and hair under the bottom lip must be neatly
trimmed and are permitted under Uniform policy of Govt. of India for
other religious.
13.12 Sideburns will not be extended downward below the bottom of the
earlobe, with the flare no wider than 1 inches. They will be neatly
trimmed, shall not be further than 3/8 inch from the face and shall
not cover any part of the ear.
13.13 The mustache will not curl upward in the handlebar mustache style,
or extend out from the face more than 3/8 inch. The mustache is
other facial hair will not make contact with or interfere with the safe
operation of the SCBA.
13.14
13.14.1
13.14.2
13.14.3
Jewelry:
Necklaces will be kept inside the shirt.
Fire personnel shall not wear earrings at the time of duty.
Any other jewelry is allowed as long as it does not distract from the
uniform.
13.14.4 Tattoos:
Tattoos are not permitted on the face or neck and will not visible after
wearing the uniform.
13.15
RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE:
13.15.1 If any loss or damage occurs, which is proved to be due to the
negligence on the part of the wearer, appropriate action shall be taken
to recover the proportionate cost, taking into account the depreciated
value of the article.
13.15.2 Incharge of Fire service is satisfied that all appropriate care and
precautionshave been taken and decide that the loss was due to
circumstances beyond individual control, the cost of uniform shall be
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 366
write off and another set of uniform or items lost shall be supplied free
of charge to the Fire Service Personnel.
13.16
WITHDRAWAL OF UNIFORM FROM FIRE SERVICE PERSONNEL

Any Fire Service Personnel leaving the services on resignation or
discharge on disciplinary grounds or retired is required to return his
uniform cloths and articles issued in last supply to the Material
Management Department.
13.17
DESIGN OF AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA FIRE SERVICE

MONOGRAM:
13.17.1
AFS LOGO
.
Dimension:
Width
38 mm
Height
40 mm
7 mm
Width of olive Branch
13.17.2
ARM MONOGRAM:
Dimension:
13.18
Width
63 mm
Height
63 mm
Width of olive Branch
7 mm
UNIFORM / LIVERIES CARD:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 367
13.18.1 Every Fire Service Personnel shall be issued with a uniform card
showing the uniform items with personal protective equipment
together with their quantity and the date of issue.
13.18.2 Any article of uniform condemned or write off or re-issued shall be
entered in the card under the dated initials of the issuing authority.
13.18.3 The card will have to be available with the Fire Service Personnel.
13.18.4 The card will be show at the time of inspection by the senior officer of
Fire Service
13.18.5 The pattern of Personnel Uniform/ Equipment / Gear Card is
according to the following:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Name of Employee:Rank:Employee Code:Name of the station:Region:Address:Ref. of issue Register:-
TABLE 13.1
S.
Name Quantity Date
No. of
of
Item
issue
Reason
for
returns
Signature Signature Remarks

of
of
Receiving
Issuing
Employee Authority
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13.19 BADGES OF RANK, PEAK CAP, COLLAR PATCHES AND HELMET
MARKING FOR FIRE SERVICE PERSONELS:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 368
The Badges of Ranks, Peak/ Beret cap, Collar Patches and Helmet
Marking for Various post in Fire service shall be as per the table below
and the specimen are as per Annexure;
TABLE 13.2
S.
No
Name of
the Post
Badges of
Rank
Collar
Patches
1. General
Manager
Cross
Sword
and Baton with
one
Small
Impeller
Diameter
+
Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Blue
black
Base with
Silver
Georges
patches
as
per
drawing
2.
Jt.
General
Manager
Large impeller
1 dia in a
semi-circular
wreath, and
three small
impeller
dia+ Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Blue
black
Base with
Silver
Georges
patches
as
per
drawing
3.
Dy.
General
Manager
Large impeller
1 dia in a
semi-circular
wreath, and
Blue
black
Base with
Silver
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Peak/ Beret
Cap/ Turban
with Patka
Beret/Peak
Cap/
Turban with
two rows of
silver oak
leaves &
embroidered
badge as per
AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the ead
level, as per
drawing
Beret/Peak
Cap/
Turban with
one row of
silver oak
leaves &
embroidered
badge as per
AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level, as
per drawing
Beret/Peak
Cap/
Turban with
one row of
Helmet
White with
one 38 mm
black band
and AAI
Fire
Service
Monogram
on centre.
White with
one 19 mm
black bands
and AAI
Fire
Service
Monogram
on centre.
White with
one 15 mm
black bands
with and
P a g e | 369
three small
impeller
dia+ Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Georges
patches
as
per
drawing
4.
Asstt.
General
Manager
Large impeller
1 dia in a
semi-circular
wreath, and
two small
impeller
dia+ Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Blue
black
Base with
Silver
Georges
patches
as
per
drawing
5.
Sr.
Manager
Large impeller
1 dia in a
semi-circular
wreath, and
two small
impeller
dia+ Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Blue
black
Base with
Silver
Georges
patches
as
per
drawing
6.
Manager
Large impeller
1 dia in a
semi-circular
wreath, and
one small
Not
Applicable
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
silver oak
leaves &
embroidered
badge as per
AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level, as
per drawing
Beret/Peak
Cap/ Turban
with one row of
silver oak
leaves &
embroidered
badge as per
AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level
Beret/Peak
Cap/
Turban with
one row of
silver oak
leaves &
embroidered
badge as per
AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level
Plain peak
/Beret Cap/
Turban with
AAI Fire
Service
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on centre.
White with
one 12 mm
black band
and AAI
Fire
Service
Monogram
on centre.
White with
one 10 mm
black band
and AAI
Fire
Service
Monogram
on centre.
White with
one 8 mm
black band
and AAI
Fire
P a g e | 370
impeller di
+Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Large impeller
1 dia in a
semi-circular
wreath +
Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
7.
Asstt.
Manager
8.
Jr.
Executive
Three small
impellers
Diameter and
Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Not
Applicable
9.
Sr. Supdtt
Two small
impellers
Diameter and
Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Not
Applicable
One small
impellers
Diameter+ One
bar +
Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
Not
Applicable
11. Supervisor One bar

wide and 1
long +
Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Not
Applicable
10. Supdtt
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Not
Applicable
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Plain peak
/Beret Cap/
Turban with
AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Plain peak
/Beret Cap/
Turban with
AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Beret
Cap/Turban
with AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Beret
Cap/Turban
with AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Beret
Cap/Turban
with AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Service
Monogram
on centre.
White with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on
centre.
White with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on
centre.
Yellow with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on
centre.
Yellow with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on
centre.
Yellow with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on
P a g e | 371
Per drawing
12. Sr. Asstt.
One bar
wide and 1
long +
Shoulder
Titles AFS as
Per drawing
13. Asstt.
Not Applicable
as per drawing
14. Jr.Asstt.
Not Applicable
as per drawing
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Not
Beret Cap
Applicable /Turban with
AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Not
Beret Cap /
Applicable Turban with
AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
Not
Beret Cap /
Applicable Turban with
AAI Fire
Service
embroidered
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
centre.
Yellow with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on
centre.
Yellow with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on c
entre.
Yellow with
AAI Fire
Service
Monogram
on
centre.
13.20 UNIFORM ENTITLEMENT / SCALE FOR FIRE SERVICE PERSONNEL

(FOR EXECUTIVE & NON EXECUTIVE) AND ISSUED BY CHQ:TABLE 13.3
S.N
Items
1.
Web Belt
Initial
issue
Qty.
01 No.
2.
Leather Belt
01 No.
3.
Metal Rank Badges
01 set
4.
Embroidered Rank
02 set
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Period
(Years)
Every
years
Every
Years
Every
years
Every
03
Remarks
03
For Non-Executives
(Sr.Suptd& below)
For Executives
(JE & Above)
For All Ranks
03
For All Ranks
05
P a g e | 372
7.
Badges
Peak Cap with
01 No.
embroidered Badges
Beret Cap with
02 Nos.
embroidered Badges
Whistle
01 No.
8.
Lanyard
02 Nos.
9.
Name Plate
04Nos
5.
6.
10. Collar Patches
02Nos
11. Arm Monogram
02 Nos
12. Fire Fighting Leather 01 Pair

Boot
13. Helmet
01 No.
14. Gum Boots
01 Pair
15. Raincoat
01 No.
16. Firemans Dungaree
02Nos.
17. Turban with Patka
02 Nos.
18. Scarf
01 No.
Year
Every 03
Years
Every 02
Years
Every
05Years.
Every 02
Years.
Every 02
Years
Every 02
Years
Every 03
Years
Every 03
Years
Once in
service
Every 03
Years
Every 02
Years
Every 02
Year
Every 02
Years
Every 02
Years
To be issued to JE and
above Executives
For All Ranks
For All Ranks
For All Ranks
For All Ranks
SM and above
For All Ranks
For All Ranks, in
addition to normal
footwear which is issue
to all AAI Employees
For All Ranks
For All Ranks
For All Ranks
For All Ranks
For Sikh Employees only
For Executives Only
13.21
RANK HONOR ON PROMOTION

ARFF personnel will be honored by providing the ranks on promotion by
Chairman/ Board Members/ Regional Executive Director/ Airport
Director / General Manager (FS) / Jt. GM (FS) / DGM (FS) at RHQ/ CHQ
level.
13.22
Entitlement for Guard of Honour as per Govt. of India Guide Lines

for other Ministries and Dignities
a. Hon. Ministry of Civil Aviation
b. Secretary , Ministry of Civil Aviation
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 373
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
Jt. Secretary, Ministry of Civil Aviation

Director General, Ministry of Civil Aviation
Chairman
Board Member
Executive Director
General Manager ( FS)
Regional Executive Director
Airport Director
Regional Fire Officer
Jt. General Manager/ Dy. General Manager (FS) from Fire Training
Center/ Other Fire Station/Corporate Head Quarter
13.23
DISCIPLINARY ACTION:
Fire Personnel those, who will not wear / maintain to uniform as per the
policy suitable disciplinary action should also be initiated against them
accordingly as per AAI CDA Rules.
13.24
DESIGN OF UNIFORM AND ACCESSORIES: As per ANNEXURE-I.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 374
01
AAI LOGO
02
AAI FIRE SERVICE MONOGRAM
03
1350 mm
900 mm
(Quality of Cloth : Flag cloth made of Terry Cotton Spum / hand woven cotton fabric with fire thread embroidery machine made double sided with fire service logo in the centre of the flag
AAI FIRE SERVICE FLAG
04
AAI FIRE SERVICE ARM MONOGRAM
4.5
1.
2.25
2.5
SAMPLE
1.0
5.5
05
4.5
1.
2.25
GM
2.5
A.F.S.
1.0
5.5
06
A.F.S.
Jt. GM/DGM
07
A.F.S.
AGM / SM
08
A.F.S.
MANAGER
09
A.F.S.
ASSTT. MANAGER
10
A.F.S.
Jr. Executive
11
A.F.S.
A.F.S.
Sr. Suptdt.
12
A.F.S.
Suptdt.
13
A.F.S.
Supervisor / Sr. Asstt.
14
A.F.S.
Asstt. / Jr. Asstt.
15
2.
cm
3 cm
GM
2 cm
9 cm
LAPEL MARKING
7 cm
16
2.
cm
3 cm
Jt. GM/DGM
2 cm
9 cm
LAPEL MARKING
7 cm
17
2.
cm
3 cm
AGM/SM
2 cm
6 cm
LAPEL MARKING
4 cm
18
19
PEAK CAP (GM)
20
PEAK CAP (Jt. GM/DGM/AGM )
21
PEAK CAP( SM/M/AM/JET)
22
Beret Cap
23
Brown Leather Belt (Executive)
24
Adjustable Web Belt
25
Executive Shoes
26
Non - Executive Shoes
27
1.5
Pattern for Shirt
28
5.0
5.5
1.0
1.75
2.0
1.5
6.0
2.0
4.5
1.5
Pattern for Solder Flap (Shirt)
Pattern for Shirt Pocket
29
Non - Executive Fire Safety Helmet
30
Executive Fire Safety Helmet
31
ABB
Name Plate
32
Scarf
33
Front
Back
Gold Medal - 1st Position
34
Front
Back
Silver Medal - IInd Position
eo
Na m
our
fC
se ........
....
.
...
...
.......
CHAPTER - 14
PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST

&
PRACTICAL FIREMANSHIP
EFFICIENCY TEST
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 375
14.PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST (PET)
Sr
.
No
Level
Jr. Asst /
Asst
(NE 4 / NE
5)
Grading
High
jump
Long
jump
Chi
n up
Pus
h up
Excellen
t
4 ft &
abov
e
8&
mor
e
20 &
more
30 &
mor
e
Very
Good
3.5 ft
&
abov
e
3 ft &
abov
e
15 ft
&
abov
e
12 ft
&
abov
e
10 ft
&
abov
e
< 10
ft
6&
7
1719
4 &5
Good
Sr. Asst /
Superviso
r
(NE 6 / NE
7)
Ropeclimbing
6 mtr
(20 ft)
(in20
Seconds
)
G
200
0
mtr
Walk
<7
min
5 mtr &
above
NA
2729
7- 8
min
4 mtr &
above
NA
1416
2426
8- 9
min
3 mtr &
above
NA
<4
< 14
< 24
>9
min
Below 3
mtr
NA
6&
mor
e
17 &
more
27 &
mor
e
<9
min
4 mtr &
above
NA
4&
5
14 16
2426
9- 10
min
3 mtr &
above
NA
1213
2224
2 mtr &
above
NA
<3
< 12
< 22
1011
min
> 11
min
Below 2
mtr
NA
< 3 ft
Excellen
t
3 ft &
abov
e
Very
Good
2.5 ft
&
abov
e
2 ft &
abov
e
< 2 ft
12 ft
&
abov
e
10 ft
&
abov
e
9 ft &
abov
e
< 9 ft
Excellen
t
NA
NA
4&
mor
e
14 &
more
24 &
mor
e
NA
NA
< 15
min
Very
Good
NA
NA
1113
2123
NA
NA
Good
NA
NA
9-10
1820
NA
NA
Poor
NA
NA
<2
<9
<18
NA
NA
1518
min
1820
min
>20
min
NA
NA
NA
14 &
more
24 &
mor
NA
NA
Poor
Supdt /
SS
(NE 8)/
(NE 9)
2000
mete
r
Run
Poor
Good
Sit
up
4
SS -SG
Excellen
(NE 9) MANUAL
t
FIRE SAFETY
< 15
P a gmin
e | 376
e
Very
Good
NA
NA
NA
1113
2123
NA
NA
Good
NA
NA
NA
9-10
1820
NA
NA
1518
min
1820
min
TABLE 14.1
14.2 PET Record Form:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST (PET)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
S.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name of the official

Designation
Assessment year
Station
Test conducted by
PFET Events
:
:
:
:
:
Required
standards
Result
Grade
achieved
High jump
Long jump
Chin up
Push up
Sit up
2000 meter run
Rope climbing (6 mtr)
2000 meter walk
Overall grade
Recommendations
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 377
Donnin
g of
SCBA
in
Second
s
Wear of
Proximit
y Suit in
Seconds
Ladder
Climbing
(7.5 m
fully
Extende
d) in
seconds
Jr. Asst /
Asst
Excellen
t
<30
<30
(NE 4 /
NE 5)
Very
Good
30 45
Good
Sr. Asst /
Superviso
r
(NE 6 /
NE 7)
Grading
Supdt /
Sr. Supdt
(NE 8 /
NE 9)
SS-E-2
Firema
n Lift
(Wt. of
50 Kg)
carry
up to
50
mtrs in
Second
s
D
Hose Drag in meters
TABLE 14.2
Level
Driving Skill
S
N
Operation of Rescue
Tools
Squad Drill
14.3 PRACTICAL FIREMANSHIP EFFICIENCY TEST (PFET) :
< 45
< 25
30 45
45 60
25 45
45 60
45 60
60 90
45 60
Poor
>60
>60
> 90
> 60
<3
Excellen
t
<30
<30
< 60
< 45
Very
Good
30 45
30 45
60 90
45 60
Good
45 60
45 60
90 120
60 90
Poor
>60
>60
> 120
> 90
<2
Excellen
t
<45
<45
< 90
< 60
Very
Good
45 50
45 50
90 120
60 90
Good
50 60
50 60
120 145
90
120
Poor
>60
>60
> 145
> 120
<1
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 378
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 379
14.4 PFET Record Form:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------PRACTICAL FIREMAN SHIP EFFICIENCY TEST (PFET)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
S.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name of the official

Designation
Assessment year
Station
Test conducted by
PFET Events
:
:
:
:
:
Required
standards
Result
Grade
achieved
Donning of SCBA
Proximity Suit Wearing
Ladder Climbing
Fireman Lift
Operations of Rescue
Tools
Squad Drill
Driving Skill
Hose Drag
Overall grade
Recommendations
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 380
15.5 PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST (PET) FOR FIRE EXECUTIVES:

TABLE 14.3
Sr
.
N
o
4
Level
Jr.
Executi
ve
(E :1)
Below
30 years
Gradin
g
Excellen
t
Above
30 years
3 ft
&
abov
e
2.5
ft &
abov
e
2 ft
&
abov
e
<2
ft
Excelle
nt
Sit
up
2000
mete
r
Run
F
Rope
climbi
ng
6 mtr
(20 ft)
G
200
0
mtr
Wal
k
H
20 & 30
mor &
e
mor
e
17
2729
19
<8
min
8- 9
min
4 mtr &
above
NA
4
&5
1416
2426
9- 10
min
3 mtr &
above
NA
<4
< 14
< 24
> 10
min
Below 3
mtr
NA
12 ft
&
abov
e
10 ft
&
abov
e
9 ft
&
abov
e
<9
ft
6&
mor
e
17 & 27
mor &
e
mor
e
14 - 2416
26
<9
min
4 mtr &
above
NA
9- 10
min
3 mtr &
above
NA
1213
2224
10- 11
min
2 mtr &
above
NA
<3
< 12
< 22
> 11
min
Below 2
mtr
NA
NA
NA
4&
mor
e
Very
Good
Good
NA
NA
NA
NA
Poor
NA
NA
<2
14 & 24
mor &
e
mor
e
112113
23
9-10 1820
<9
<18
Very
Good
Excellen
t
Very
Good
Poor
Asst
Manager
(E: 2)
Below
45 years
Pus
h
up
8&
mor
e
Good
Chi
n
up
15 ft
&
abov
e
12 ft
&
abov
e
10 ft
&
abov
e
< 10
ft
Poor
Jr.
Executi
ve
(E :1)
Lon
g
jum
p
4 ft
&
abov
e
3.5
ft &
abov
e
3 ft
&
abov
e
<3
ft
Good
Hig
h
jum
p
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
6&
7
4&
5
5 mtr &
above
NA
<11
NA
minut
e
NA
11-12
min
12-13
min
> 13
min
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
P a g e | 381
Asst
Manager
(E: 2)
Above
45 years
Manager
(E: 3)
Sr.
Manager
(E : 4)
AGM
(E:5)
Excelle
nt
NA
NA
NA
11
&
mor
e
810
21
&
mor
e
1820
NA
NA
< 15
min
Very
Good
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
6-7
1517
NA
NA
NA
NA
<6
< 15
NA
NA
1518
min
1820
min
>20
min
Good
NA
NA
Poor
NA
Excelle
nt
NA
NA
NA
8&
mor
e
NA
NA
< 15
min
Very
Good
NA
NA
NA
6
&7
18
&
mor
e
1517
NA
NA
Good
NA
NA
NA
4&
5
1214
NA
NA
Poor
NA
NA
NA
<4
<12
NA
NA
1518
min
1820
min
>20
min
Excelle
nt
NA
NA
NA
8&
mor
e
NA
NA
< 18
min
Very
Good
NA
NA
NA
6
&7
18
&
mor
e
1517
NA
NA
Good
NA
NA
NA
4&
5
1214
NA
NA
Poor
NA
NA
NA
<4
<12
NA
NA
1820
min
2022
min
>22
min
Excelle
nt
NA
NA
NA
8&
mor
e
NA
NA
< 18
min
Very
Good
NA
NA
NA
6
&7
15
&
mor
e
1214
NA
NA
Good
NA
NA
NA
4&
5
1011
NA
NA
Poor
NA
NA
NA
<4
<10
NA
NA
1820
min
2022
min
>22
min
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 382
14.5
DGM
/Jt.GM/
GM
E : 6/
E:7/ E:8
Excelle
nt
NA
NA
NA
6&
mor
e
15
&
mor
e
1214
NA
NA
< 20
min
Very
Good
NA
NA
NA
4&
5
NA
NA
1011
NA
NA
<3
<10
NA
NA
2022
min
2224
min
>24
min
Good
NA
NA
NA
Poor
NA
NA
NA
Guidelines For Compliance of PET & PFET:
14.5.1
PET & PFET shall be carried out on regular basis at Fire Station to
maintain / enhancement of Physical fitness of Fire Service Personnel.
14.5.2
PET & PFET will be conducted by Fire Station In-charge/ Regional Fire
Officer before finalizing PMS and awarding grading.
14.5.3
If any fire officials is declared as un-successful in PET & PFET in

consecutive two years, then this report must be submitted to
respective RHQ/CHQ for necessary action by the competent authority
accordingly.
14.5.4
Fire-Station in-charge shall be responsible to conduct the PET & PFET

in a systematic manner as per guidelines. Regional Fire In-charges
shall also take necessary steps to encourage the station fire in-charges
for carrying out proper assessment of PET & PFET at stations.
14.5.5
SCBA shall be donned correctly as per standard operating procedures

mentioned in Fire Order No. 09 (Operational Procedure for Breathing
Apparatus). SCBA shall be activated within 1 (one) minute. The
grading shall be marked on the basis of SCBA wearing procedures and
time taken to wear. The donning of SCBA shall be done without any
assistance.
14.5.6
14.5.7
14.5.8
Proximity suit shall be worn as per proper procedures. Grading shall

be marked on the basis of correct procedures and time taken to wear.
The wearing of proximity suit shall be done without any assistance.
Ladder climbing test for compatibility with working at heights and will
involve locking the legs, allowing both arms to be free. The evaluation
shall be based on the correct procedure and guidelines for the same.
Fireman lift carrying & walking events uses a 50 Kg weight man /
dummy (mannequin) of standard weight, up to 100 meters.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 383
14.5.9
Operation of rescue tools as per Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)

within shortest possible time and also without mistake. Personnel
shall wear required Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) in this
event.
14.5.10 Squad drill with proper word of command and control over squad as
mentioned in Fire Order No 08 (Drill Manual).
14.5.11 Driving Skill: Speed acceleration, control and operation of various
extinguishing media through monitor, sidelines, etc.
14.5.12
Hose drag shall be examined as per given procedure.
14.5.13 Hose Drag Procedure: Candidate will grasp a fire nozzle attached to 30
m long and 63mm diameter\ hose. Drape the hose over shoulder /
across chest and drag hose to line marked on the ground.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 384
CHAPTER - 15
AIRPORT DISASTER
MANAGEMENT PLAN
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 385
15.
PREFACE
15.1.1 The Disaster Management Act, 2005 (DM Act, 2005) lays down
institutional and coordination mechanisms for effective Disaster
Management (DM) at the national, State, and distdrict5 levels. As
mandated by the Act, the Government of India (GOI) created a multitiered institutional system consisting of the National Disaster
Management Authority (NDMA) headed by the Prime Minster, the State
Disaster Management Authorities (SDMAs) by the Chief Ministers and
the District Disaster Management authorities (DDMAs) by the district
Collectors and Co-chaired by elected representatives of the local
authorities of the respective districts. These bodies have been set up to
facilitate the paradigm shift from the hitherto relief centric approach to
a more proactive, holistic and integrated approach of strengthening
disaster preparedness, mitigation and emergency response.
15.1.2
Airports Authority of India, being a public sector undertaking of

Government of India (GOI), under the Ministry of Civil Aviation has
prepared its Disaster Management plan with the twin objective of
a. Provide assistance to the NationalDisaster Management Authority

(NDMAs) and State Disaster Management authority (SDMAs) by
making available it resources to the National Executive Committee of
State Executive committee for the purposes of responding promptly
and effectively to any threatening disaster situation or disaster.
b. Use the resources available with Disaster Management authorities at
all levels to effectively manage the aviation disasters, happening at the
airport or away from the airport.
15.1.3
Aviation is not new to disasters an in spite of the continuous efforts to

improve safety and indeed air travel is one of the safest mode of travel,
aircraft accident do happen. To prevent the air disasters and to
mitigate the risk of such disasters, and to mitigate the risk of such
disasters, each airport has prepared the airport Emergency Plan as per
the guidelines of IVAO, DGCA and BCAS. This plan also outlines the
role of Civil Administration in managing the Aviation Disaster. AAI,
needs to take advantage of the enhanced Disaster Management
infrastructure being created by Govt. through NDMA, SDMA, District
Disaster Management Authority (DDMA) and national Disaster relief
Force (NDRF) etc.
15.1.4 An airport is the vital logistic facility to facilitate the fast movement of
men and material required by the Govt. to manage then disasters
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 386
affecting the people. Therefore, it is of utmost importance that airports

remain operational and, in case affected by natural disasters, are put
into operation quickly. Disaster Management Act 2005 (section36 &
37) defines the role and responsibility of the Ministries of Departments
of Govt. of India in Disaster Management and ask them to:
a. Take measures necessary for prevention of disasters, mitigation, and
preparedness and capacity-building in accordance with the guidelines
laid down by the National Authority;
b. Integrate into its development plans and projects, the measures for
prevention or mitigation of disasters in accordance with the guidelines
laid down by the National authority;
c. Respond effectively and promptly to any threatening disaster situation
or disaster in accordance with the guidelines of the National Authority
or the direction of the National Executive Committee in this behalf;
d. Review the enactments administered by it, its policies, rules and
regulations,
with a view to incorporate therein the provisions
necessary for prevention of disasters, mitigation or preparedness;
e. Allocate funds for measures for prevention of disaster, mitigation,
capacity-building and preparedness;
f. Provide assistance to the National Authority, State Authority and
District Authority
g. Make available its resources to the National Executive Committee or a
State Executive Committee for the purposes of responding promptly
and effectively to any threatening disaster situation disaster.
h. Take such other actions as it may consider necessary for disaster
management.
15.1.5
A copy Disaster Management Plan will be sent to NDMA (National

Disaster Management Authority) and SDMA (State Disaster
Management Authority) through DGCA (Director General of Civil
Aviation ) for its approval similarly, the Airport/ Facility DM Plan,
prepared as per the guidelines of AAI DM Plan should be sent to the
respective SDMA/DDMA. Airport DM Plan, prepared as per ddthese
guidelines, will e reviewed annually.
15.1.6 Definitions as given in DM Act, 2005

a. Disaster
Disaster means a catastrophe, mishap, calamity or grave occurrence
in and area, arising from natural or man-made causes, or by accident
or negligence which results in substantial loss of life or human
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 387
suffering or damage to, and destruction of, property, or damage to, or

degradation of, environment and is of such a nature or magnitude as
to be beyond the coping capacity of the community of the affected area;
b. Disaster Management
Disaster Management means a continuous and integrated process of
planning, organizing, coordinating and implementing measures which
are necessary or expedient for(i)
Prevention of danger or threat of any disaster.
(ii)
Mitigation of reduction of risk of any disaster or its severity or
consequences;
(iii)
Capacity-Building includes(iv)
Preparedness to deal with any disaster;
(v)
Prompt response to any threatening disaster situation or
disaster;
(vi)
Assessing the severity or magnitude of effects of any disaster;
(vii) Evacuation, rescue and relief;
(viii) Rehabilitation and reconstruction;
c. Capacity Building
Capacity-building includes(i)
Identification of existing resources and resources to be acquired
or created;
(ii)
Acquiring or creating resources identified under sub-clause;
(iii)
Organization and training of personnel and coordination such
training for effective management of disasters;
d. Central Government
Central Government means the Ministry of Department of the
Government of India having administrative control of disaster
management;
e. Disaster Management Plan
Disaster Management Plan should specify the following particular,
namely:(i)
The measures to be taken by it for prevention and migration
disasters in accordance with the National Plan;
(ii)
The specifications regarding integration of mitigation measures in
its development plans in accordance with the guidelines of the
National Authority and the National Executive Committee.
(iii) Its roles and responsibilities in relation to preparedness and
capacity building to deal with any threatening disaster situation
or disaster;
(iv) Its roles and responsibilities in regard to promptly and effectively
responding to threatening disaster situation or disaster;
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 388
(v)
(vi)
15.2
The present status of its preparedness to perform the roles and

responsibilities specified in sub-clauses (iii) and (iv);
The measures required to be taken in order to enable it to perform
its responsibilities specified in sub-clauses (iii) and (iv);
Document Identification and Control
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.2.3
15.2.4
Title of the document

This document dis identified as airport Disaster Management plan
(ADM Plan).
Purpose of the airport Disaster Management Plan
Airport Disaster Management Plan is to act as the Policy guidelines to
all AAI Airports and CNS/ATM facilities specific Disaster Management
Plan.
15.3 Scope of this Plan

15.3.1
Disaster Management Act 2005 envisages that every Ministry or

Government of India undertaking shall prepare a disaster Management
Plan as per the guidelines of NDMA to deal with various disaster.
Airports Authority of India, being a public sector undertaking,
Government of India, under the Ministry of Civil Aviation (MoCA) has
prepared it Disaster Management Plan. With the twin objective of :
a. Provide assistance to the National Disaster Management Authority
(NDMA) and state Disaster Management Plan (SDMA) by making
available it resources to the Disaster Management Agencies at all
levels for the purposes of responding promptly and effectively to any
threatening disaster situation of disaster.
b. Use the resources available with NDMA/SDMA at all levels to
effectively manage the aviation disasters, on site or offsite the
Airport.
15.3.2 Responsibility for documentation and publication

15.3.2.1 Disaster Management Plan is to be prepared by the Airports and will
be sent for approval of SDMA, NDMA and DGCA. The Airport Director,
AAI is responsible to publish and maintain this Plan.
15.3.2.2 The Executive Director (Aviation Safety), AAi on behalf of Chairman,
AAI will ensure that the policies and procedures as approved by NDMA
are incorporated in this plan.
15.4
15.4.1
15.4.2
Authority /Responsibility for Amendments

The Executive Director (Aviation Safety) is responsible for incorporating
amendments to then ADM Plan.
Holders of hard-copies of plan are responsible for ensuring that the
plan is kept up to date. This includes inserting new chapters or
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 389
15.4.3
15.5
15.5.1
15.5.2
15.5.3
15.5.4
15.5.5
15.5.6
chapter amendments in a timely manner and complying with any

instructions on amendment advice.
The user of plan will be responsible for verifying the currency of
documentation in the Plan.
Review:
The Airport Disaster Management committee on behalf of AAI will
conduct a yearly review of this Plan to ensure accuracy and updating of
all its contents and reference data. The results of such audit and action
taken there upon will be documented and presented to the Executive
Director (Aviation Safety), AAI for consideration, to be submitted to
NDMA/SDMA for approval.
Incorporating changes: The Airport Disaster Management Committee on
behalf of AAI will ensure that the:
Charges being incorporated are duly approved by the competent
authority.
Relevant Pages in the Plan are revised.
Amendment/advice is issued in time to all concerned in respect of new
chapter (s) and the same is inserted in then Plan
Master- copy of the Plan is updated.
Interpretation of Words
In the interests of simplicity, any reference to the masculine gender can
be taken to mean either male or female.
15.6
15.7
Effective Date
15.7.1 Effective date of an instruction is indicated at the foot of the page.
15.7.2 New edition will be indicated by date at the foot of the page with the help
of Document ID
15.8
Change History
This is first edition of the Plan. Subsequent changes will be indicated on
Record of Amendments and Corrigenda
15.9
Format
Amendment documentation being inserted in the Plan must contain
headers and footers that
are consistent with those residing in this
document.
15.10
Controlling the Plan

The Chairman AAI will be the controlling authority of this Plan.
15.11
Distribution of the Plan

The hard copies of Airport disaster Management Plan will be circulated to
executive Director (Aviation Safety), Executive Director (Operation),
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 390
Executive Director (Engg), Executive Director (ATM), Executive Director

(CNS), General Manager (FS), Airports Authority of India. The approved
Plan and the subsequent amendments will also be published on AAI
website and infosaarthee.
15.12
Master Copy
Master copy of the plan will be held and maintained by the Aviation
Safety directorate, Airports Authority of India.
15.13
Enquiries
Enquiries/clarifications/ suggestions,
TABLE 15.1
Executive Director (Operation)
Airports Authority of India
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan
New Delhi 110 003
E-mail : edopsaai@aai.aero
Telephone No. 011-24621628
Fax
:011-24621623
15.14
if any, should be addressed to:

Executive Director (Aviation
SAfety)
Airports Authority of India
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan
New Delhi 110 003
E-mail : ed.avsafety@aai.aero
Telephone No. 011-24653016
Fax
:011-24621504
DISASTER MANAGEMENT IN INDIA- LEGAL FRAMEWORK
15.14.1 Disaster Risk in India

India is vulnerable, in varying degrees, to a large number of natural as
well as man-made disasters. As stated in the National Policy on Disaster
Management, 2009, in India, 58.6 per cent of the landmass is prone to
earthquakes of moderate to very high intensity; over 40 million hectares
(12 per cent of the land) is prone to floods and river erosion; of the 7,516
Kms long coastline, close to 5,700 kms is prone to cyclones and tsunami;
68 per cent of the cultivable area is vulnerability to manmade disasters
and emergencies of CBRN origin is also on the rese. Heightened
vulnerabilities to disaster risks can be related to expanding population,
environmental degradation, unplanned urbanization, etc. within highrisk zones.
15.15
Disaster Management Act, 2005

The Disaster Management Act, 2005 and the National Policy on Disaster
Management lay down institutional mechanisms at the National, State,
District and local levels. Though these institutions are at different levels,
they will work in close harmony. The new institutional frameworks are
expected to usher in a greater emphasis on preparedness, prevention and
mitigation. The States which have not already put in place the
appropriate institutional mechanism like National Disaster Management
Authority have to take necessary steps in that direction at the earliest.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 391
15.16 National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA)

15.16.1 National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), as the apex body for
Disaster Management, is headed by the Prime Minister and has the
responsibility for laying down policies, plans and Guidelines for Disaster
Management and coordinating their enforcement and implementation for
ensuring timely and effective response to disasters. The Guidelines will
assist the Central Ministries, undertakings and states to formulate their
respective DM Plans. It will approve the National Disaster Management
Plan and DM Plans of the Central Ministries/Department.It will take
such other measures, as it may consider necessary, for the prevention of
disasters, or mitigation, or preparedness and capacity building, for
dealing with a threatening disaster situation or disaster. Central
ministries/departments and State Governments will extend necessary
cooperation and assistance to NDMA for carrying out its mandate. It will
oversee the provision and application of funds for mitigation and
preparedness measure. NDMA has the power to authorities concerned, to
make emergency procurement of provisions or materials for rescue and
relief in threatening disaster situation or disaster. The general
superintendence, direction and control of the National Disaster Response
Force (NDRF) is vested in and will be exercised by the NDMA.
15.16.2 The NDMA is mandated to deal with all types of disasters, natural or
manmade, whereas such other emergencies including those requiring
close involvement of the security force s and/or intelligence agencies
such as terrorism (counter-insurgency), Law and Order situations, Serial
Bomb Blasts, Hijacking, Air Accidents, Chemical, Biological, Radiological
and Nuclear Weapon Systems, Mine Disasters, Ports and Harbour
emergencies, Forest Fires, Oilfield Fires and Oil Spills will continue to be
handled by the extant mechanism i.e. National Crisis Management
Committee (NCMC). NDMA may, however, formulate Guidelines and
facilitate training and preparedness activities in
respect of CBRN
emergencies Cross-Cutting Themes like Medical Preparedness, PsychoSocial Care and Trauma, Community Based Disaster Preparedness,
Information & Communication Technology, Training, Preparedness,
Awareness Generation etc. for natural and man-;made disasters in
partnership with the stakeholders concerned.
15.16.3 Resource available with the DM authorities at all levels, which are
capable of discharging emergency support function, will be made
available to the nodal ministries and agencies concerned during times of
such disaster (s)/impending disaster (s).
15.17
National Executive Committee (NEC)

The NEC comprises the Union Home Secretary as the Chairperson, and
the Secretaries to the Govt. of India in the Ministries/Departments of
Agriculture, Atomic Energy, Defense, Drinking Water supply,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 392
Environment and Forests, Finance (Expenditure), Health Power, Rural

Development, Science and Technology, Space, Telecommunications,
Urban Development Water Resources and the chief of Integrated Defence
staff of the Chiefs of Staff Committee as members. Secretaries in the
Ministry of External Affairs, Earth Sciences, Human Resource
Development, Mines, Shipping, Road Transport and Highways and the
Secretary, NDMA will be special invitee to the meetings of the NEC. The
NEC is the executive committee of the NDMA and is mandated to assist
the DMA in the discharge of its functions and also ensure compliance of
the directions issued by the Central Government. The NEC is to
coordinate the response in the event of any threatening disaster situation
or disaster. The NEC will prepare the National plan for DM based on the
National Policy on DM. the NEC will monitor the implementation of
Guidelines issued by NDMA. It will also perform such other functions as
may be prescribed by the Central Government in consultation with the
NDMA.
15.18
State disaster Management Authority (SDMA)

At the State level, except the UTs of Delhi where the LLG is the
Chairperson and the CM thereof is the Vice Chairperson, the State
authority (SDMA) headed by the respective CMs as Chairperson will lay
down policies and plans of DM in the State. It will, inter alia, approve the
State Plan in accordance with the Guidelines laid down by the NDMA,
coordinate the implementation of the State Plan, recommend provision of
the funds for mitigation and preparedness measures and review the
developmental plans of the different departments of the State to ensure
integration of prevention, preparedness and mitigation measures.
15.19
National Disaster Response force (NDRF)
15.19.1 For the purpose of specialized response to a threatening disaster

situation or
disasters/emergencies both natural and men-made such
as those of CBRN origin, the DM Act, 2005 has mandated the
constitution of a NDRF. The general superintendence, direction and
control of this force is vested in and exercised by the NDMA and the
command and supervision of the Force will vest in and officer to be
appointed by the Central Government as then director general of NDRF.
Presently, the NDRF comprises eight battalions. Two additional
battalions have been sanctioned by the Government and are in the
process of being formed. These battalions are located at strategic
locations and will be deployed proactively as required. NDRF units will
maintain close liaison with the designated State Governments/UTs and
will be available to them in the event of any serious threatening disaster
situation. While the handling of all natural disasters rests with all the
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 393
NDRF battalions, presently four of them have been equipped and trained
to respond to situations arising out of CBARN emergencies. In future
plans exist to train rest of the battalions also for CBRN response.
15.19.2 The NDRF units will also impart basic training to the stakeholders
identified by the State Government in their respective locations. Further,
a national academy will be set up to provide training for trainers in DM
and to meet related national and international committee.
15.19.3 Presently the location and area of responsibility of the various NDRF
battalions in the country are as follows:
Location
Guwahati
Kolkata
Mundali
Arakkonam
Pune
Gandhi
Nagar
Bhatinda
TABLE 15.2
Location area of the responsibility
N.E. State
Kolkata West Bengal, Bihar,
Sikkim, Jharkhand
Orissa, Chhattisgarh, North
Andhra Pradesh,
Tamilnadu, Kerala, South Andhra
Pradesh, Puduchery, A & N
Islands, Lakshadweep
Maharashtra, Karnataka, Goa
Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya
Pradesh, Dadra & Nagar Haveli,
Daman & Diu
Chandigarh, Punjab, J & K,
Himanchal Pradesh
UP, Uttrakhand, Haryana, Delhi
Area of responsibility for

CBRN emergencies
Kolkata battalion
Arakkonam battalion
Pune battalion
Ghaziabad battalion
Ghaziabad
Patna*
Vijayawada*
*Patna (Bihar) and Vijayawada (Andhra Pradesh) have also been approved in
principle to locate NDRF battalions for natural disaster, and therefore, the
area of responsibility will be readjusted once these two NDRF battalions are
made functioned.
Central Government
15.20
15.20.1
In accordance with the provisions of the DM Act 2005, the Central

Government will take all such measures, as it deems necessary or
expedient, for the purpose of DM and will coordinate action of all
agencies. The Central Ministries and departments will take in
consideration the recommendations of the State Governments while
deciding upon the various pre-disaster requirements and for deciding
upon the measures for the prevention and mitigation n of
disasters. It will ensure that the Central Ministries and departments
integrate measures for the prevention and mitigation of disasters into
their developmental plans and projects, make appropriate allocation of
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 394
funds for pre-disaster requirements and take necessary measures for

preparedness and to effectively respond to any disaster situation or
disaster. It will have the power to issue direction to NEC, State
Government /SDMAs, SECs or any of their officers or employees, o
facilitate or assist in DM, and these bodies and officials will be bound
to comply with such direction. The Central governments as required
by them or otherwise deemed appropriate by it. It will take measures
for the deployment of the Armed Forces for DM if required. The role of
the Armed Forces will be governed by the instructions laid out in
instructions on Aid to Civil authorities 1970. The Central Government
will also facilitate coordination with the UN Agencies, other
International organization and Governments of foreign countries in the
field of DM Ministry of External Affairs, in co-ordination with Ministry
of Home Affairs, will facilitate external co-ordination and cooperation.
15.20.2
15.20.2.1
15.20.2.2
15.21
15.21.1
Role of Central Ministries, Department and Govt. of India

Undertaking
As DM is a multi-disciplinary process, a;; Central Ministries and
departments will have a key role in the field of DM. the Secretaries of
the Nodal Ministries and Departments of Govt. of India i.e. the
Ministries of Home Affairs (MHA). Ministry of Agriculture (MoA).
Ministry of Civil Aviation (MoCA), Ministry of Environment and Forests
(MoE&F), Ministry of Health (MoH), Department of Atomic Energy
(DAE), Department of Space, Earth Sciences, Ministry of Water
Resource, Ministry of Mines, Ministry of Railway etc. are all members
of the NEC and will continue to function as nodal agencies for specific
disasters based on their core competencies or in areas assigned to
them.
National Crisis Management Committee (NCMC), comprising high level
officials of Govt. of India headed by the Cabinet Secretary, will
continue to deal with major crises which have serious ramifications.
The emergencies including those requiring close involvement of the
security forces and / or intelligence agencies such as terrorism
(counter-insurgency), Law and Order Situations, serial Bomb Blasts,
Hijacking, Air Accidents, Chemical, Biological,
Radiological and
Nuclear Weapon Systems, Mine Disasters, Port and Harbour
emergencies, Forest Fires, Oilfield Fires and Oil Spills will continue to
be handled by the extant mechanism i.e. NCMC. It will be supported
by the Crisis Management Groups (CMG) of the Central Nodal
Ministries and assisted by NEC as may be necessary. The Secretary,
NDMA will be a permanent invitee to this committee.
Armed Forces
Traditionally, the Armed Forces are called upon to assist the civil
administration only when the situation is beyond their coping capacity.
In practice, however, the Armed Forces form an important part of the
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 395
15.21.2
15.22
15.22.1
15.22.2
15.23
15.23.1
15.23.2
Governments response capacity and aare immediate responders in all

serious disaster situations. On account of their vast potential to meet
any adverse challenge, speed of operational response, and the
resources and capabilities at their disposal, the Armed Forces have
historically played a major role in emergency support functions. These
include providing services for communications, search and rescue
operations, health and medical facilities and transportations,
especially in the immediate aftermath of a disaster.
Airlift, helilift and movement of relief assistance and emergency
response to neighboring countries primarily fall within the expertise
and domain of the Armed Forces. The Armed Forces will participate in
imparting training to trainers and DM mangers, especially in CBRN
aspects, heli-insertion, high-altitude rescue, water manship and
training of paramedics. At the National Level, the Chief of the
Integrated Defence Staff to the Chairman Chiefs of Staff Committee is a
member of the NEC. Similarly, at the State and District levels, the local
representatives of the Armed Forces may be included in their executive
committee to ensure closer coordination and cohesion.
Central Para Military Forces )CPMFs)
The CPMFs which are also the Armed Forces of the Union, play a key
role at the time of immediate response to disaster. Besides
contributing to the NDRF, they will develop adequate DM capabilities
within their own forces and respond to disasters which may occur in
the areas where they are deployed. The local representatives of the
CPMFs wherever they are located may be co-opted or invited to attend
the meetings of the executive committee at the State and District level.
State Police Forces, Fire Services and Home Guard, The State Police
Forces, the Fire and Emergency Services and Home Guards are crucial
and most immediate responders to disasters. The Police will be trained
and the Fire and Emergency Services upgraded to acquire multihazard rescue capability. Home Guards volunteers will be trained in
disaster preparedness, emergency response, community mobilization,
etc. The State Governments may take the help of NDMA for capacity
building and sensitization of their forces.
Aviation Disasters and Their Management
India being a signatory to Chicago Convention and many other
international treaties, on the regulation of civil Aviation, Airports
Authority of India follows the various International guidelines issued
by ICAO, IATA and the national regulations issued by DGCA, BCAS
etc. To manage the aircraft emergencies and accidents at the airports
and away from the airports.
It is recognized by the DM Act 2005 that disasters related to the civil
Aviation (one of the nodal ministry for DM) will continued to be
managed by the extent Mechanism i.e. by MoCA and National Crisis
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 396
Management Committee (NCMC). Although the lead role will be played

by the MOCA and its subordinate offices, the resources available with
the DM authorities at all levels, which are capable of discharging
emergency support functions, will be made available to the MoCA and
it agencies concerned during times of such disaster (s).
15.24
15.24.1
15.24.2
15.24.3
15.24.4
15.25
NDMA guidelines Incident Response System makes it clear:

The NDMA is mandated to deal with all types of disaster, natural or
manmade, whereas such other emergencies including those requiring
close involvement of the security forces and/or intelligence agencies
such as terrorism (counter-insurgency), Law and Order Situations,
Serial Bomb Blast, Hijacking, Air Accidents, Chemical, Biological,
Radiological and Nuclear Weapon Systems, Mine Disasters, Port and
Harbour emergencies, Forest Fires, Oilfield Fires and Oil spills will
continue to be handled by the extant mechanism i.e. National Crisis
Management Committee(NCMC).
Although the lead role will be played by the MoCA and its subordinate
offices, resources available with the DM authorities at all levels, which
are capable of discharging emergency support functions, will be made
available to the nodal ministries and agencies concerned during times
of such disaster (s)/impending disasters (s).
As the aviation disasters are covered under the provisions of DM Act
2005 and guidelines of NDMA, the resources available with the DM
authorities at all levels will be made available to MOCA and its
agencies (including AAI) promptly and wherever possible in pre
coordinated manner.
The following disastrous situations may afflict the airports and
Aviation in general:
a. Aircraft accidents at the airport and its vicinity
b. Aircraft accident at outside the airport
c. Mid-air-collision
d. Disappearance of an aircraft.
e. Other manmade disasters at the airports/ aviation facilities viz.
Fire, Chemical, terrorist attack, etc.
f. Natural disasters at the airports such as flood, earthquake,
Tsunami, etc.
g. Natural disaster outside the airport (w.r.t. providing airport
resources to the DDMA, SDMA, NDRF to overcome/manage the
disasters)
h. Airport disaster management Plan has been prepared by
encompassing the guidelines of NDMA vis--vis the aviation
facilities and by incorporating the disaster management
infrastructure being created by NDMA, DDMA, SDMA, NDRF, etc.
Aircraft accidents at the airport and its vicinity:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 397
15.25.1
15.25.2
15.25.3
Each airport of AAI has prepared the Airport Emergency Plan (AEP) as
per the guidelines of ICAO standards and Recommended Practices
(SARPs) including Airport Services Manual Part 1 (Rescue and Fire
Fighting) and P:art 7 (Airport Emergency Planning), DGCA, CAR and as
per guideline of Airport Emergency Plan circulated by Corporate
Headquarter. Airport Emergency Plan defines the full response limit of
the Airport Rescue Fire Fighting Services which is generally not more
than 2.5 KM from the airport boundary and 5KM in the runway
approach funnel.
The supporting role of the Civil Administration, Police, City Fire
Stations, Hospitals and coordination procedures are also clearly
defined in the guideline defined in the guideline of AEP to effectively
manage the aircraft accidents.
As new disaster management infrastructure by NDMA, SDMA, DDMA,
NDRF etc. is being created, each airport needs to revise its Airport
Emergency Plan to fully utilize the resources available with the DM
authorities at all levels, which are capable of discharging emergency
support functions during the airport emergencies.
Aircraft accident away from the airport including mid-air collision
&disappearance of an aircraft;
15.26
15.26.1
15.26.2
15.26.3
15.26.4
As per AAI Act 1994, Airports Authority of India is responsible to

provides that Search and Rescue (A) service for the purpose to search
for a missing aircraft, it crew and passengers and to provide aid and
organize the rescue of survivors of aircraft accidents for the whole of
Indian territory and adjoining oceanic airspace over Bay of Bengal,
Indian Ocean and Arabian Sea allocated to India by ICAO for the
provision of Air Traffic Services.
The National Aeronautical Search and Rescue Manual (NASARM)
provide information and guidance to all for the provision of SAR
services to an aircraft in distress and to coordinate their actions with
Indian Coast Guard in case of maritime aeronautical SAR incident. AAI
has established Rescue Coordination Centres (RCCs) at Chennai,
Delhi, Kolkata &Mumbai airport to coordinate SAR service for the
respective regions. A Rescue Sub Centre(RSC) has been established at
Guwahati to provide better Search and rescue coordination in search
North-Eastern Region of India.
Each RCC at Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata and Mumbai is operational 24
hours. RSC Guwahati, which is located in Kolkata SAR, is operational
during ATS watch-hours of Guwahati and thereafter Kolkata RCC
provides SAR services. RCC and RSC are manned by personnel trained
in the provision of SAR.
All operational airports in India during hours of operations provide
alerting service for the purpose of Search and Rescue.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 398
15.26.5
15.26.6
SAR coordinator of the respective RCC is responsible to arrange the

rescue operations by coordinating with the pre-determined agencies as
per the NASARM, However it is recognized that local civil
administration and the DDMA will be the first to initiate the rescue
operations by mobilizing the disaster management resources at their
disposal as quickly as possible. District Magistrate/ Responsible
Officer (RO) will be informing the SAR Coordinator all the relevant
information about the Disaster and hand over the situational
command to SAR mission coordinator on his arrival.
The nearby airport should play the supporting role to the maximum
extent possible subject o the continuation of airport operations.
15.27
Earthquake Disaster Management
15.27.1
Earthquake Risk in India
15.27.1.1 Indias high earthquake risk and vulnerability is evident from the fact
that about 59 per cent of Indias land area could face moderate to
severe earthquakes. During the period 1990 to 2013, more than
23,000 lives were lost due to 7 major earthquakes in India, which also
caused enormous damage to property and public infrastructures. The
occurrence of several devastating earthquakes in areas hitherto
considered safe from earthquakes indicates that the built environment
din the country is extremely fragile and our ability to prepare ourselves
and effectively respond to earthquakes is inadequate.
15.27.1.2 During the International Decade for Natural Disaster Reeducation
(IDNDR) observed by the United Nations (UN) in the 1990s, India
witnessed several earthquakes like the Uttarkashi earthquake of 1991,
the Latur earthquake of 1993, the Jabalpur earthquake of 1997, the
Chamoli earthquake of 1999, Andaman Island earthquake /tsunami of
2009. These were followed by the Bhuj earthquake of 26 January,
2001 and Jammu & Kashmir earthquake of 8th October, 2005 All these
major earthquakes/tsunami established that the casualties were
caused primarily due to the collapse of buildings.However, similar high
intensity earthquakes in the United States, Japan, etc. do not lead to
such enormous loss of lives, as the structures in these countries are
built with structural mitigation measures and earthquake-resistant
features. This emphasizes the need for strict compliance of town
planning bye-laws and earthquake-resistant building code in India.
These Guidelines have been prepared, taking into account an analysis
of the critical gaps responsible for accentuating the seismic risk and of
factors that would contribute towards seismic risk reduction, to enable
various stakeholder agencies to address the critical areas for improving
seismic safety in India.
15.27.1.3 The Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) will be then nodal agency
for the monitoring of seismic activity while the Bureau of Indian
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 399
Standards (BIS) will be the nodal agency for preparing earthquakeresistant building codes and other safety codes
15.27.1.4 All such key stakeholders, including Central Ministries, Departments
and State Governments/SDMAs will develop detailed Disaster
Management Plans, recognizing the seismic risk in their respective
jurisdictions, based of these Guidelines. Central Ministries.
Departments and State Governments are required to prepare DM Plans
to improve earthquake/tsunami preparedness, mitigation and
emergency response in accordance with these guidelines.
15.27.1.5 A typical DM Plan will, inter alia, include aspects of earthquake
management, like.
a. Identification of all tasks to be undertaken before, during and after
in
earthquake;
b. Outline the response mechanism with clearly defined roles and
responsibilities for various stakeholders; and
c. Identify the available resources to ensure their effective utilization
in the event of an earthquake.
d. The plans will spell out the strategies for addressing the various
tasks relating to earthquake preparedness and awareness creation,
capacity development
e. Monitoring and enforcement of earthquake-resistant codes and
building bye-laws.
f. They will also include emergency response .
g. Earthquake-resistant design and construction of new structures,
and selective seismic strengthening and retrofitting of priority and
lifeline structures in earthquake-prone areas.
15.28 Preparedness and awareness creation, capacity development:
15.28.1 The first task is to identify the vulnerability of the place in which the
airport or facility is located. The risk Zone of the airport may be classified
by using the.
15.28.2 An airport falling in Zone V will require higher degree of preparedness
and response mechanism than to a facility in lower risk zone.
15.28.3 The level of preparedness will also depend upon the level of commercial
activity happening at the airport i.e risk to life and property is more at
the bigger airport. Therefore, it is pertinent to combine both the factors to
bring out the vulnerability factor as follows:
Vulnerability Factor (Combined Earthquake risk and Traffic Density) for
Disaster Management Preparedness
TABLE 15.3
Sl. Name of Airport
No
.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Own
er
Ris
k
Zon
e
PAX.
Movement/Ann
um
Traffi Combin
c
ed
Inde Index*
x
P a g e | 400
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Delhi (IGI)
Guwahati
Srinagar (CE)
Patna
Mumbai
Agartala
Chennai
Silchar (CE)
(Kumbhigram)
Port Blair (CE)
DIAL
AAI
IAF
AAI
MIAL
AAI
AAI
IAF
4
5
5
4
3
5
3
5
35881965
2244684
1632098
1021544
30747851
836700
12925218
209317
5
4
4
4
5
3
3
3
4*5=20
5*4=20
5*4=20
4*4=16
3*5=15
5*3=15
3*5=15
5*3=15
NAV
Y
IAF
611184
5*3=15
373420
5*3=15
Dibrugarh
(Mohanbari)
Kolkata (NSCI)
AAI
231870
5*3=15
AAI
10303991
3*5=15
Imphal
Jammu
(CE)
Lucknow
Cochin (CIAL)
Coimbatore
Amritsar
Pune
(CE)
Goa
AAI
IAF
AAI
PVT
AAI
AAI
IAF
NAV
Y
AAI
5
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
727579
888595
2018554
4717650
1345381
892104
3293146
3521551
3
3
4
4
4
3
4
4
5*3=15
4*3=12
3*4=12
3*4=12
3*4=12
4*3=12
3*4=12
3*4=12
4695115
3*4=12
AAI
2814799
3*4=12
AAI
AAI
IAF
3
3
4
1253263
2209716
802059
4
4
3
3*4=12
3*4=12
4*3=12
10
.
11
.
12
.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Leh (CE)
21
Ahmedabad
(SVBP)
Thiruvananthapu
ram
Bhubaneswar
Calicut
Chandigarh (CE)
22
23
24
25
Note:- Combined index= Risk Zone* the traffic Density

Traffic Density More than 10 MPPA=4, 0.1-1MPPA=3, Less than 0.1
MPPA=2MPPA (Million Pax. Per annum).
15.29
The Airport infrastructure which, if damaged by earthquake, can cause

multiple loss of life, damage to aircraft, stoappage of operations should be
identified. The following airport facilities are most sensitive:
TABLE 15.4
Sl. Infrastructure Reason
Hazard
Mitigation
No.
A.
Terminal
High density Injury/ Loss of Earth
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
quake
P a g e | 401
Building
of
people life of passengers
movement
and staff due to
collapse
of
building,
stampede,
fire
electric
light
failure
B.
Control Tower
and
ATC
facility
9at
the airport or
away
from
the airport)
Multy
storied,
damage will
result
in
stoppage of
operations
Injury /Loss of
life of staff; fire,
Stoppage
of
operations,
Difficult rescue
operations
C.
Electrical
installation
such
as
power
stations
Electrical
disruption
of
airport
operations
chances of fire
D.
Runway
apron
Will
cause
electrical
disruption of
airport
operations.
Chances
of
fire
and Damage
to
runway will
hamper
operations
including
relief flights
E.
Navigational
facilities
F.
Culverts and Culverts

Flyovers
below
the
runway,
taxiway etc.
which
are
used
by
aircraft,
flyovers used
by airplanes
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Damage
to
aircraft landing
or
taking
off
during
earthquake
stoppage
of
operations
Will hamper Delay/disruption
aircraft
flight operations
operations
High weight of
aeroplanes, high
volume of airport
users and their
vehicle
resistant
construction
following
the
appropriate building
codes,
Building
evacuation
Plans,
multiple wide exits
and signages, wide
staircases, fire plan
alternate /emergency
power,
identified
open
areas
prior
arrangements
to
restart TB
Earth
quake
resistant
construction
by
following
the
appropriate building
codes,
Evacuation
Plans,
alternate
tower operation
Alternate
power
source,
Robust
construction
by
following
building
codes
Prior
arrangements
of repaire runway
Prior
arrangements
of repaire nav aid
buildings
and
equipment
Construction as per
Annex 14 and airport
design
manual.
National
building
code 2005 and other
relevant standars
P a g e | 402
G.
or
the
vehicles,
passengers
Refueling
Prone to fire
facilities and during
earthquake
fuel farms
of otherwise
H.
Fire Station
Critical
airport
Emergency
Service
Proximity
to
airport
important
installations can
cause fire risk to
persons
and
property
Follow the standards

between the fuel farm
and irport critical
facilities.
Develop
new standards in
coordination
with
NDMA
and
Oil
companies.
Fire
building Fire resistant design
collapse
may and construction of
result in loss of fire Station
life of FROs, and
damage to fire
tenders.
Non
availability
of
Fire Services.
15.29.1 Each airport and CNS/ATM facility in-charge needs to set up a team to
identify earth quake sensitive infrastructure, hazards and mitigation
measures. The safety team at the airport can also carry out the
disaster management tasks.
15.29.2 The annual mock exercise to check the efficacy of the building
Evacuation Plan, Fire System etc. shall be carried out. In coordination
with DDMA, training program of Security Personnel, Fire Staff and
other airport personnel shall be carried out regularly. The airports
lying in risk one 4 &5, the training program and mock drill should be
held at least once in six months. For other airports the mock drill
should be carried out annually.
Earthquake resistant construction of New Buildings, Control
Tower etc.
15.30.1 AAI follows national Building Code of India 2005 in all its construction
for the purpose of seismically safe design and construction and also
uses the relevant Fire and Life Safety norms, particularly for all the
important building at the airports, CAN/ATM facilities etc. The
certificate, issued by the Project Manager, that the building has been
designed and constructed as per the BIS code of earthquake resistance
relevant to the damage risk zone of the airport should be displayed at
the prominient location.
15.30
15.30.2 Selective Seismic Strengthening and Retrofitting of priority and

lifeline structures in earthquake prone areas:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 403
15.30.3 Airports are listed by NDMA as important public utility structure to be

taken up on priority for the Seismic Strengthening and Retrofitting.
15.30.4 Although AAI has reconstructed terminal buildings and other vital
facilities at the airport which are earthquake resistant, the selected
important Buildings (Terminal Building, Control Tower and Fire
Station), at the airports with high vulnerability index i.e. lying in risk
Zone 4&5 and with annual traffic of 3 MPPA will be identified for
Seismic Strengthening and Retrofitting in phase 1 in next 5 years.
Other airports may be covered in the phase 2 depending upon the
feedback from phases 1 implementation.
15.31
Earthquake Emergency Response:
15.31.1 As earthquake happens suddenly, prior preparedness is the key to
reduce the loss of life and property. The DM plan prepares all the
stackholders to respond to mitigate the damage of earthquake.
15.31.2 Building Evacuation: Airport Director, Terminal Manager and or
Security In-charge will evaluate the intensity of earthquake and if so
required activate the evacuation plan of terminal building. Passengers,
on their own also likely to follow the airport emergency exits signs and
vacate the building g. then exit gates shall take the passengers and
staff to the open safe areas quickly and without confusion.
15.31.3 Rescue Operations: In the aftermath of Earthquake, First and for most
task is to commence rescue operation. Airport Fire & Rescue Services
should be capable to launch the initial rescue operations and procure
medical services to the injured as per the DM plan.
15.31.4 Activate the DM agencies available in the area such as local
community, DDMA, units of NDRF and armed forces as they will be
equipped with search & rescue teams and heavy earth moving
equipments. It is recognized that Airport Emergency Services will play
the supporting role once the DDMA has taken over the rescue
operations as in the case of all natural and CBRN disasters affecting
the airport.
15.32
Operationalize the Airport
15.32.1 Once the rescue operations at the airport are under control, airport
needs to be put into operations at earliest. This is not only to cater to
the civil airline operations but to provide for the relief flights which
would like to bring outside help in terms of rescue teams, doctors,
medicines and supplies to help the local population and the DM
authorities.
15.32.2 Airport Director along with his team should inspect the vital facities
and make arrangement to start the operations. Runway, Electrical
installation, Fire Station and control tower should be made functional
immediately. If full operations are not possible, airport category may be
reduced.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 404
15.32.3 Quick intervention team of minimum 6 members will be constituted at

Regional Headquarter and Corporate Headquarter which can be asked
to visit the affected airport immediately and provide guidance o airport
management to provide succor to the deceased and injured at the
airport. Also the team will suggest measures to activate the airport and
arrange resources which are not in the power of airport Director.
15.33
Airports Role in assisting DM Authorities:
15.33.1 Airport
are the critical infrastructure which needs to remain
operational during the natural disasters for the purpose of:
a. Quick transportation of relief materials and resource to the
affected area
b. Quick distribution of relief materials, food, medicine etc. (air
dropping) in inaccessible and affected areas
c. Search abd rescue of the victims trapped in inaccessible areas
d. Evacuation of causalities.
15.33.2 The State and District disaster Management Authorities at their
respective level identify and designate the Nodal Officer (Air
Operations) who will be responsible for:
a. Coordinate with concerned authorities for air operations
b. Project the type of air support required to the appropriate
authorities
c. Inform the Incident Commander (IC) operations Section Chief
(OSC) about the air movement and landing schedules
d. Ensure that the relevant maps of the incident locations are
provided to agencies involved in air operations to correctly locate
the area where air support is required.
e. Determine the suitability of Helipads or helibases in
coordination with the air force authorities and State Authorities
f. Maintain communication with Air Traffic Control and ground
support staff regarding the air movements and other related
activities.
15.33.3 Airport Management should to aware of the designated Nodal Officer
(Air Operation) and maintain close liaison with him. An staging area at
the airport needs to be marked for unloading and loading of relief
material being received through the air operations. Airport Director
may earmark the a part of apron and an open area near the apron for
the purpose. Preferably the old disused apron and terminal building if
so available a airport should be used for the purpose. Even the Haj
terminal building may also be used. Separate entry/exit for the relief
vehicle (VIP access gate may also be used) may be identified.
15.33.4 An Airport Operations and coordination Centre (AOCC) should also be
opened, with sufficient manpower and resources, to provide
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 405
information to the public, passengers, to provide directions to the relief

vehicles for their efficient and orderly movement and for the apron
management.
15.33.5 The AOCC can act the focal point to address point to address the
airport related needs and requirements of all the DM agencies involved
in relief operations.
15.33.6 There will be situations when conflict arises between the operations of
the commercial/business flights and the relief flights at the airport.
Due priority needs to be accorded to the relief operations. The Airport
Disaster Management Plan prepared as these guidelines and the
coordination procedures set up in the plan will be able to resolve the
issues.
15.34 Tsunami
15.34.1 Tsunami Early Warning System (TEWS):
One of the major gaps in the Tsunami
risk management was the
lack of awareness on the tsunami risk and vulnerability in India, and
hence the lack of preparedness as reflected in the absence of a
Tsunami Early Warning System (TEWS) in India. After the 2004 Indian
Ocean Tsunami, India has now developed a state-of-the art Tsunami
Early Warning system in the country. As part of the Early Warning
System for Tsunamis and storm surges in Indian Ocean set up by GOI,
a 17-station Real Time Seismic Monitoring network (RTSSMN) is
envisaged to be established by IMD. This network is designed to
monitor and report the occurrence of earthquakes capable of
generating Tsunamis from the two probable Tsunamigenic Sources
viz., Java-Sumatra-Andaman-Myanmar belt and the north Arabian Sea
area in the least possible time. The data from the 17 Broadband
seismic field stations will be transmitted simultaneously in real time
through VSAT communication facilities to the Central Receiving
Stations (CRS) located at IMD at New Delhi and INCOIS, Hyderabad for
processing and Interpretation.
15.34.2 Integrated Coastal zone Management (ICZM)
15.34.3 The Govt. of India and various State Govts. have brought our
regulations to cover the critical gaps in the week enforcement and
compliance of town planning byelaws, development control regulations
and building codes in the coastal areas. Coastal Regulation Zone
Notification was issued by MOEF in 2011. The Central Government
declares the following areas as CRZ and imposes with effect from the
date of the notification the following restrictions on the setting up and
expansion of industries, operations or processes and the like in the
CRZ.15.34.4 The land area from High Tide Line (hereinafter referred to as the HTL)
to 500 mts on the
landward side along the sea front,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 406
15.34.5 CRZ shall apply to the land area between HTL to 100 mts. Or width of
the creak whichever is less on the landward side along the tidal
influenced water bodies that are connected to the sea and the distance
up to which development along such tidal influenced water bodies is to
be regulated shall be governed by he distance up to which the tidal
effects are experienced which shall be determined based on salinity
concentration of 5 parts per thousand (ppt) measured during the driest
period of the year and distance upto which tidal effects are experienced
shall be clearly identified and demarcated accordingly in the Coastal
Zone Management Plans (hereinafter referred to as the CZMPs).
15.35 Preparedness, Capacity building and Training
To be developed in close coordination with the airport management of
the coastal area sujch as Chennai, Bhubaneswar, Kolkata, Calicut,
etc.
15.36 CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL RADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLEAR (CBRN)
DISASTERS
15.36.1 Transportation of dangerous goods by air is regulated by the DGCA
CAR and ICAO Annex. 18 on the Subject. CBRN Disaster may strike
and airport during the mishandling of the dangerous goods which are
being transported by air by legal means, leakage of the radioactive
substance from the goods being transported by covert means or
malevolent use of radioactive material by terrorist.
15.36.2 For the purpose of simplicity and as the type of preparedness and
response for all the CBRN emergencies is more or less similar, CBRN
disaster plan has been clubbed in one chapter. It is also recognized
that as Airports Authority of India does not have specialization in
dealing with CBRN event, provide the initial response and activate then
specialized agencies as per the pre coordinated DM plan and hand over
the scene to the specialized agency on its arrival. AAI will continue play
the supporting role throughout the emergency.
15.36.3 AAI also plays the important role by providing airport facilities to the
all the DM agencies for the Transport of the affected people, movement
of medicine and other relief material. Coordination and cooperation
between airport and emergency management agencies is a powerful,
cost-effective method of enhancing preparedness mitigation, response,
and recovery for multi-hazard disasters and catastrophes. Nonaviation disaster preparedness promotes airport preparedness for
aviation-related disasters.
15.37
NDMA has brought out separate guidelines for the management of:
a. Chemical Disaster
b. Chemical (Terrorist) Disaster
c. Biological Disaster
d. Management of Nuclear and Radiological Emergencies
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 407
15.37.1 Chemical Disaster:

The Bhopal Gas disaster in December 1984 brought into sharp focus
the unprecedented potential of HAZCHEM (Hazardous Chemical) like
Methyl Isocyanate in terms of loss of life, health injury and the long
term effects on the population and environment. It created compelling
evidence to approach DM and chemical safety holistically.
15.37.2 Chemical accidents at the airport may originate:
a. During material handling and storage of dangerous goods in cargo
warehouses and godowns at the airport.
b. Fuel depots and tanks at or near the airport
c. Transportation of HazChem by air
15.37.3 Causative Factors Leading to Chemical
Disasters, in general may result from:
a. Fire
b. Explosion
c. Toxic release.
d. Poisoning.
e. Combination of the above.
Disasters
Chemical
15.37.4 Prevention and mitigation of Chemical Disasters:

a. all personnel involved in the carrying of dangerous goods by air
including the Airline and Airport operators shall follow DGCA
regulations given in the Aircraft (Carriage of dangerous
Goods)Rules, 2003 ICAO Annex 18 the Safe Transport of
Dangerous Goods by Air and ICAO Doc. 9284 Technical
Instructions for safe transport of Dangerous Goods by air which
contain the definition of dangerous goods, their handling and the
precautions to be taken while carrying them by air.
b. Dangerous Goods means articles or substances which are capable
of posing a risk to health, safety, property or the environment and
which are listed as such in the Technical Instructions or which are
classified according to Technical Instructions;
c. Dangerous Goods Accident means an occurrence associated with
and related to the transport of dangerous goods by air which results
in fatal or serious injury to a person or major property
damage.Dangerous Goods Incident means an occurrence, other
than a dangerous goods accident, associated with and related to the
transport of dangerous goods by air, not necessarily occurring on
board and aircraft, which results in injury to a person, damage to
property, fire, breakage, spillage, leakage of fluid or radiation of
other evidences that the integrity of the packaging has no been
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 408
maintained and also includes any occurrence relating to the

transport of dangerous .
d. No operator (airline) shall engage in the carriage of dangerous goods
unless it has been certified by the Aeronautical Authority of the
state of the operator to carry the dangerous goods. (In India.
Aeronautical Authority is DGCA, India)
e. No operator shall carry and no person shall cause or permit to be
carried in any aircraft to, from, within or over India or deliver or
cause to be delivered for loading on such aircraft and dangerous
goods, except in accordance with and subject to the requirements
specified in the Technical Instructions:
f. Provided that dangerous goods classified as explosives shall not be
carried in any aircraft to
from, within or over India except in
accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of a
permission in writing granted by the Central Government under
rule 8 of the Aircraft Rules, 1937.
g. Provided further that where dangerous goods classified as
radioactive material are to be carried in any aircraft to, from or
within India, the operator shall ensure that the consignor or the
consignee, as the case may be, has written consent of the Central
Government to carry such goods under section 16 of the Atomic
Energy Act, 1962 (33 of 1962).
h. Provided also that where there is extreme emergency such as
national or international crisis or natural calamities or otherwise
necessitating transportation by air of such goods and full
compliance with the requirements specified in the Technical
Instructions may adversely affect the public interest, the Director
General or any other officer authorized in this behalf by the Central
Government may, by general or special order in writing, grant
exemption from complying with these requirements provided that
he is satisfied that every effort has been made to achieve an overall
level of safety in the transportation of such goods which is
equivalent to the level of safety specified in the Technical
Instructions.
i. Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (2), the articles and
substances that are specifically identified by name or by generic
description in the Technical Instructions as being forbidden for
transport by air under circumstances, shall not be carried on any
aircraft.
j. The provisions of sub-rule shall not apply to(i)
The articles and substances classified as dangerous gods but
otherwise required to be on board the aircraft in accordance with
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 409
(ii)
the pertinent airworthiness requirements and the operating

regulations, or for such specialized proposes as are identified in
the Technical Instructions.
Specific articles and substances carried by passengers or crew
members to the extent specified in the Technical Instructions.
k. Where dangerous goods are carried under sub-rule (2), it shall be

the duty of the shipper, the operator and every person concerned
with packing, marking, labelling, acceptance, handling, loading,
unloading, storage, transportation or any other process connected
directly or indirectly with carriage of such dangerous goods, to take
all precautions to avoid danger to the aircraft or the persons on
board or to any other person or property.
15.38 Aircraft
carrying
accident/incident
the
dangerous
goods
involved
in
a. If an in-flight emergency occurs, the pilot-in-command shall, as soon

as the situation permits, inform then appropriate air traffic services
unit, for the information of aerodrome authorities, of any dangerous
goods on board the aircraft, as provided in the Technical instructions.
b. If the event of an aircraft accident or a serious incident where
dangerous goods carried as cargo are involved, the operator of the
aircraft shall provide information without delay, to the emergency
services responding to the accident or serious incident, and, as soon
as possible, to the appropriate authorities of the State of the operator
and the State in which the accident or serious incident occurred,
about the dangerous goods on board, as sown on the written
information to the pilot-in-command.
15.39 Chemical Disaster at Fuel Depot:
Oil companies are responsible to follow the best practices to avoid the fire
hazards at their storage tanks and underground fuel dump. Airport
Director of the respective airport should ensure that the oil companies
have prepared DM Plan which is in sync with the Airport DM Plan.
15.40 Chemical (Terrorism) disaster
Chemical terrorism relates to acts of terrorism using chemical agents.
Terrorists sponsored by states, and non-state actors with substantial
financial resources and technical expertise, may acquire explosives,
incendiaries, and chemical agents similar to those used by military
services. Toxic industrial chemicals or materials, together with their
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 410
hazardous waste, as well as Chemical Warfare (CW) agents are included

in the quadrate of Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN)
agents due to their widespread accessibility, availability of dual
technology, lesser complexity of production, ease of use, and potential
toxicity.
15.41 Types of Chemical Agents
Toxic and cyanide compounds are considered to be the most likely choice
of chemicals that terrorists might seek to acquire including Hydrogen
Cyanide (HCN), Cyanogen Chloride (CICN), mustard agent, nerve agents
(VX) and toxic industrial chemicals.
15.42 Toxic chemicals which can be used in terrorism may be generally
classified in the following broad categories based on their toxicity
and usage.
a. CW agent
b. Dual use chemicals.
c. Toxic Industrial Chemicals/Materials (TIC/TIM)
d. HAZCHEM and their waste by-products.
e. Agricultural chemicals
f. Other Poisonous substances.
g. Natural gas and petroleum products.
15.43 The NDMA Guidelines shall form the basis for the ministries and
departments concerned, at the Center and State level to evolve
programmes and measures in their respective DM Plans.
15.43.1 The approach followed shall emphasize on:
a. Aspects of chemical security and surveillance measures.
b. Strengthening of intelligence with regard to chemical movement, to
prevent their Intentional usage for targeting human beings.
15.43.2 Preparedness for counter-chemical terrorism measures including
a. Issues of safety of chemical and risk reduction strategies including
technical (structural and non-structural) preparedness measures.
b. Strengthening of response by ensuring rescue and emergency
medical services at the site and hospitals.
c. Preparedness of all emergency functionaries in terms of protection,
detection, decontamination, de-corporation modalities; capacity and
infrastructure development including education, training, Research
and Development (R &D), institutional support, networking and
communication,
planning,
coordination,
and
ensuring
implementation.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 411
d. Community-centric mechanism involving

stakeholders of CTD to build up resilience.
all
the
concerned
15.44 Biological Disasters:

a. Biological disasters are scenarios involving disease, disability or
death on a large scale among humans, animals and plants due to
toxins or disease caused by live organisms or their products. Such
disasters may be natural in the form of epidemic is or pandemics or
existing, emerging or re-emerging diseases and pestilences or manmade by the intentional use of disease causing agent in Biological
Warfare (BW) operations or incidents of Bioterrorism (BT).
b) Biological weapons could be used to attack people or infrastructure
(e.g. food and water supplies). There is a risk that biological agents
such as Anthrax and Ricin could be used by terrorists to cause fear
among the civilian population
15.45 Nuclear & Radiological Emergencies:

15.45.1 Any radiation incident resulting in or having a potential to result in,
exposure to and/or contamination of the workers or the public, in
excess of the respective permissible limits can be termed as nuclear
/radiological emergency.
15.45.2 Emergency at the airport can be broadly classified in the following
manners:
a. Accident during transportation of radioactive material.
b. Malevolent use of radioactive material as a Radiological Dispersal
device by terrorists for
dispersing radioactive material in the
environment (Radiological Dispersal Device is a conventional
explosive device in which the radioactive material has been so
added that, on bring exploded, there would be dispersal of the
radioactivity in the environment.
c. Large-scale nuclear disaster, resulting from a nuclear weapon
attack leading to mass casualties and destruction of large areas and
property. (The impact will be beyond the coping capability of local
authority and it calls for handling at the national level)
15.45.3 Prevention and mitigation measures to reduce the risk of CBRN
disasters:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 412
Guideline for the safe storage, handling and transportation of the

HazChem including the nuclear and radiological substances are given
by DGCA and ICAO as mentioned above w.r.t. safe transport of
dangerous goods by air.
15.45.4 Transportation Safety:

a. To prevent accidents during the transportation of radioactive
material, the AERB regulatory guidelines specify the design of
container, quality control test, manner in which radioactive
material will be handled and transported, speed of transport
vehicle, type of physical protection etc.
b. Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) is the regulatory authority
as per automatic Energy Acct.1962 having mandate to issue
licenses to nuclear and radiological facilities and ensuring
compliance with the applicable standards and codes, order partial
or full shutdown of any facility that violates its guidelines and
ensure there is no undue risk to public health and environment
form nuclear programmes and ionization radiations.
c. AERB has already published its requirements/guidelines for the
security of sources during handling and transportation. The
guidelines must be strictly adhered to by the users of the radiation
source. The consigner of the material is responsible for ensuring
that prescribed safety procedures are flowed for the transport of the
radioactive material. The person In-charge of the convey will carry a
Transport Emergency Card (TERMCARD) issued by the concerned
authority that will have the details about handling of any accident
that may occur during transportation. Department of Atomic
Energy is the Nodal department for Nuclear Crisis Management.
15.45.5 Installation of Detectors:
a. Strengthening of intelligence and surveillance measures with regard
to unauthorized
chemical movement at the airport will
help in early detection and reduce the risk of chemical
attack.
Airports Authority of India has installed the X-Ray scanner and
radioactive/explosive vapor detection devices airports o scan the
presence of explosives and other prohibited/restricted materials.
these Machines are operated by Security staff of the airport (CISF)
and/or the airlines. Enough manpower needs to be trained for the
job at each airport.
b. Further to improve the detection of rogue Chemical and radioactive
substance NDMA guidelines provides that: Highly sensitive
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 413
detectors/dirty bomb detectors capable of detecting the smuggling

of radioactive source or explosives will entry installed by the MHA in
consultation with the DAE and AERB at border entry points, sea
ports and airports to prevent radiological terrorism, on detecting of
radioactive material, these detector systems will generate an alarm
on the real time basis. Directorate of Security at AAI, CCHQ will
coordinate with MHA in this regard.
15.45.6 Preparedness, Training and Capacity Building:
a. It is recognized that management of CBRN emergencies/Disasters is
a very specialized job which can be managed by the specially
trained teams of NDRF, Department of Atomic Energy and the
personnel at State level.
b. There are various DM agencies available in then neighborhood of
the airport which are to be identified and their role and then
coordination procedures should be well documented in the Airport
DM Plan.
c. While DAE, as the nodal technical agency, has a system in place to
respond to requests for assistance to any radiological/ nuclear
event in the public domain the coordination mechanism of DAE
with each state is yet to be formalized (the formal linkages of the
state/district administration with CMG, DAE, and the nearest
Emergency Response Centre (ERC) need to be strengthened
significantly). Similarly, there is also a need to establish the
linkages of SDMAs/DDMAs with the nearest NDRF battalion, This
would require the state/district administration to develop their
respective emergency plans and link up with the ERCs of DAE and
NDRF battalions in the neighbourhood.
15.45.7 National Disaster Response Force: Four battalions of NDRF are being
trained to provide specialized by BARC (Bhabha Atomic Research
Centre) to handle radiological emergencies arising from a transport
accident or the movement /handling of orphan sources or any
malevolent act like the explosion of an Radiological Dispersal Devises
(RDD), Improvised Nuclear Devices (IND) at any time of anywhere in
the country.
15.45.8 Details of 20 ERCs are as follows;
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC), Mumbai, Maharashtra

Tarapur Atomic Power Station (TAPS),Tarapur, Maharashtra
Kakrapar Atomic Power Station (KAPS), Kakrapur
Kaiga Generating Station (KGA), Kaiga, Karnataka
Rajasthan Atomic Power Station (RAPS) Kota, Rajasthan
Atomic Minerals Directorate for Explorations and Research (AMD),
Jaipur
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 414
7. Narora Atomic Power Station ( NAPS) Narora, Uttaar Pradesh

8. Indian Rare Earth Limited (IREL), Aluva, Kerala
9. Uranium Corporation of India (UCIL), Jadguda, Jharkhand
10. Variable Energy Cyclotron Centre (VECC) Kolkata, West Bengal
11. Atomic Minerals Directorate for Explorations and Research (AMD),
Shillong
Nagpur
13. Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC), Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
14. Madras Atomic Power Station (MAOS), Kalpakkam, Tamilnadu
Bangaluru
16. Raja Ramanna Centre for Advance Technology (RRCAT) Indore, MP
Delhi
18. Kudankulam Nuclear Power Plant (KKNPP), Kudankulam, Tamilnadu
19. Rare Materials Project (RMP), Mysore, Karnataka
20. Institute for plasma Research (IPR) Gandhinagar, Gujarat
15.45.9Major Functions of ERCs are:
a. To detect any radiation-related abnormal situation in a suspected area
by detection and monitoring the radiation and monitoring the radiation
and to continuously assess the situation.
b. To keep an inventory of radiation monitoring instruments and personal
protective gear (PPG).
c. To provide training to first responders, administrative staff of
SDMA/DDMAs and the technical staff of government agencies in
handling nuclear/radiological emergencies.
d. To provide technical advice to first responders and the concerned local
authorities in handling a nuclear/radiological emergency; to guide them
further in resource mobilization and in the optimum utilization of
available manpower and equipment in case of a nuclear/radiological
emergency.
15.46 Role of SDMA/DDMA are:

a. District and state authorities will make their own detailed
implementation plan at micro level with the help of specialists from
DAE. Each state will develop a detailed micro-level action plan in a
mutually interactive and supplementary mode with its district level
plans.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 415
b. Local Authorities would be responsible for housing; clothing and reclothing of people who have been decontaminated and who have had
their clothing destroyed, and the supply and management of on-going
needs such and education, public health, drinking water, heating,
etc. the Security Unit also have a role in maintaining the incident
zone as the crime scene, from where they will be able to recover
evidence once the situation has been declared safe and controlled.
15.47 Specialized Teams:
Specialized teams will be raised, specially trained for the
nuclear/radiological emergency/disaster and fully equipped at the state
as well as central levels. Persons will be trained extensively in the
subjects of radiation, radioactivity, radiation protection, use of
monitoring instruments, use of PPEs, shielding, decontamination, waste
disposal etc.
15.48 Radiological Safety Officer:
RSO to be pressed-in by district administration to handle any radiationrelated event. (RSO is a trained and qualified radiation protection
professional who is certified by the AERB for assisting in area of
radiological protection).
15.49 Detection & Monitoring:
Detection and monitoring is the responsibility of SDMAs/DDMAs.
Sufficient inventory of radiation monitoring instruments and PPEs in
consultation with DAE will be built up by all State and District
Management Authorities and various categories of first-aiders will be
trained in their use. Monitoring of the affected site is to be done for area
and persons to be done for contamination level.
15.50 Quick Reaction Medical Team:
District health authority will constitute Quick Reaction Medical Team
(QAMT)for pre-hospital medical care and to assist the specialized teams of
NDRF and SDRF in providing necessary help in decontamination, triage
and administration of de-corporating agents, basic and advanced life
support etc. QRMTs will consist of RSOs, medical doctors, nurses and
paramedical staff and would be equipped with monitoring
instruments/equipment, PPEs, decontamination agents. Other materials,
critical care vans with resuscitation and life support system. QRMTS will
form part of the regular mock-drill/simulation exercise or table top
exercise conducted by DDMA.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 416
15.51 Role of Medical Authority:

Facility for safe disposal of contaminated waste, de-corporation and
managing patients exposed to radiation and primary trauma care is the
responsibility of the identified district hospital. They will maintain
essential stock of medical supplies.
15.52 Communication Network:
Interagency and intra-agency communication, the ability to warn and
notify the internal and external customers of the airport of threats and
hazards, and the means for keeping the public informed of events at the
airport are all part of emergency public information tasks of the
communications function. Airport operations likely will be the lead
agency to management the communications hardware, software, and the
communications system of the airport. The hospitals, and NDM services
in the area also are vital members of the communication group. The
Emergency Control Room (ECR) should have inter-operable radio
equipment and multiple channels for the different disciplines to utilize.
15.53 Infrastructure: Infrastructure pertaining to communication network,
transport and sheltering is common to all disaster response mechanism.
a.
DDMA is to ensure adequate transport vehicles, good motorable
roads, adequate no. of shelters/camping facilities, alternate source
of food and water, involvement of civil defence personnel, home
guard, police, first responders etc.
b.
Specialized ambulance fitted with NBC filters to be provided to

transport casualties and medical/paramedical staff.
c.
However, for any emergency related to CBRN, happening at the

airport, AI needs to provide the initial response and activate the DM
mechanism as per the Airport disaster Management Plan. The
neighbouring NDRF battalion, ERC needs to be identified and in
coordination with DDMA their role in CBRN emergencies shall be
defined.
d.
The airport management, security and Fire Staff should be provided

regular training on the aspects of CBRN and other Disaster
Management. The training programs should be coordinated by the
Airport Directors for their respective airport personnel with the
neighborhood DM agencies including the ERC and DDMA. The
NDMA guidelines also mentioned that Security agencies like police,
paramilitary forces, customs and excise personnel manning
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 417
sensitive
installations,
container
depots,
ports,
airports,
international border crossing points, and railway stations will be
trained to identify suspicious consignments and to disseminate
necessary information about them.
15.54
e.
This is required to avoid any delay in notifying an emergency. The

person at the site will be authorized and be automatically
responsible to promptly identify, classify and declare the emergency
and notify the authority outside the plant/facility perimeter.
f.
The response to a radiological emergency must be implemented

with clear division of responsibilities and clear lines of
communication among the various organizations involved, in order
to avoid delay and confusion.
g.
Clearly identify the criteria on which to determine the severity of the

event. All efforts are to be made to develop procedures to handle an
emergency and also to train the people thoroughly.
h.
Equipment and facilities are to be made available with proper

planning and preparedness.
i.
All first responders and other responding agencies are kept in a

condition of full readiness through various training programmes,
drill and exercises conducted under various simulate scenarios.
Response to CBRN Emergencies and Disaster:
15.54.1
The response of Chemical Biological Nuclear & Radiological (CBRN)

Emergencies/Disaster Response is to carry out following tasks, all
within the constraints of available resources:
a.
Mitigation of accidents at source,
b.
Prevention of deterministic health effects in individuals,
c.
Providing first-aid and treatment of injuries,
d.
Reducing the probability of stochastic effects in the population,
e.
Reduction of psychological impact on the population,
f.
Protection of environment and property.
15.54.2
Although it is recognized that management of CBRN emergencies

/Disasters is a very specialized job which can be managed by the
specially trained teams of NDRF, Emergency Response Centers (ERC)
of Department of Atomic Energy and the trained personnel of the State
Govt. , AAI needs to provide the initial response for any emergency
related CBRN, happening at the airport, and immediately activate the
DM agencies available in the neighbourhood and DDMA as per the
Airport Disaster Management Plan.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 418
15.54.3
First Responders Response

a. Prepare emergency response plan specifying the jobs of all the
functionaries who have assigned roles during emergencies. Actions
should be balanced and commensurate with the level of severity
and should not create unnecessary anxiety and panic among the
people.
b. Whereas the airport emergency services are capable of providing
greater response in case of Chemical disasters, in case of Biological,
Nuclear & radiological emergencies only the essential activities
mentioned below are carried out in the proximity of the incident site
prior to the arrival, or consultation with the qualified radiological
health professionals:
c. Alert the staff, passengers and general public (if so required) by
sounding the emergency siren and making an emergency
announcement.
d. Inform the local police, City Fire Station, DDMA, NDRF, ERC
and medical authorities as per the pre coordinated Airport DM
Plan.
e. Identify and isolate the affected area. Seal off the inner zone of
400 m radius from the blast site as No Entry Area except for
emergency measures.
15.54.4
Cordoning: For a suspected RDD incident, an initial inner-cordoned

area (safety parameter) of 400m is recommended. This will be extended
based on actual radiological monitoring, beyond the initial area, to a
Placed where the actual dose rate is 100 MicroGy/hr at 1 m from the
ground. AAIs first responders which in all probability will reach at the
site before other agencies like Police, NDRF etc. Should have some
simple portable monitoring instruments which will warn them as they
approach the radiation source (say a blast of RDD).
15.54.5
Broadly, first-aiders will perform the actions involving mobilizing and

operating the incident command, overseeing victims triage, cordoning
the site, managing and controlling the perimeter, providing notification
and activation of the special teams, providing traffic and access
control, providing protection to at-risk and special population,
providing resources support and requests for assistance, on their
arrival and continue play the supporting role
15.54.6
Restrict Entry to the area of the incident.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 419
a. If contaminated is suspected, keep all the persons in a separate

area until the radiological assessor arrives or, if possible, monitor
them and decontaminate as necessary. Provide respiratory
protection (if airborne contamination is suspected) and avoid
inadvertent ingestion.
b. Establish and supervise an access and de-contamination point as
near as possible to the safety perimeter (upwind, inside the safety
perimeter) where the ambient dose rate is close to background
Position is the upwind direction of the incident especially where fire
is present.
c. The area downwind direction of the fire, especially if smoke and ash
are involved, will be cleared of people, even if they are residents.
d. Perform life-saving rescue and emergency first aid for serious
injured without waiting for radiation monitoring, even if radioactive
contamination is suspected.
e. While responding to any fore, fire personnel will be cautioned that
radioactive material may be present.
f. Keep to an absolute minimum, any contact with radioactive
material and suspected contamination material clothing and tools
used at the scene will be disposed off as radioactive material and do
not attempt to move or clean up any material involved.
g. Identify assembly locations for persons trapped in radiological
areas, airport personnel and casual public for their accounting
activities include. Evacuate the persons to the predetermined areas.
Detain all persons to:
h. People affected with acute haemopoietic, gastrointestinal
coetaneous and CNS syndrome which requires special care would
be shifted to the nearest Radiation Injury Treatment Centre.
i. Contaminated articles may have to be disposed following the
guidelines of hospital waste management rules.
j. Record names, addresses, destinations, and telephone numbers of
those individuals who cannot be persuaded to stay at the incident
scene.
k. Prohibit eating, drinking and smoking in the incident area.
l. The civic authorities will make arrangements for dead body
identification and management.
15.54.7
Response to Recover Radioactive Material
a. Search for sources need to bed done by experienced persons with

the use of sensitive radiation monitoring instruments. For
recovering the source, assessment for contamination and external
radiation exposures will be made prior to taking control of the
source and transporting it to safe disposal.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 420
b. Fire service personnel need to wear PPEs such as BA Set, aprons,

gloves and gumboots and will be guided by radiation protection
officers for insulting appropriate radiation protection procedures in
case of unsealed/destroyed sources.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 421
CHAPTER 16
ARFF MANNING NORMS
16.1 CATEGORY 4 (1 -SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.1
Unit
1 CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-inCharge
Shift-inCharge
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control
Room F/st
Watch
Tower
First Aid
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1
-
3
1
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 422
Room
Total
16.2 CATEGORY 4 (2- SHIFT)

TABLE 16.2
Unit
1 CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-inCharge
Shift-inCharge
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control
Room F/st
Watch
Tower
First Aid
Room
Total
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1x2.3= 2.3
3x2.3= 6.9
1x2.3= 2.3
1x2.3=
2.3
1x2.3=
2.3
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 423
16.3 CATEGORY 5(1- SHIFT)

TABLE 16.3
Unit
1* CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-inCharge
Shift-inCharge
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control
Room F/st
Watch
Tower
First Aid
Room
Total
Total
including
10%
Leave/Trg.
Reserve
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1
-
1
-
3
1
1
3
16.4 CATEGORY 5 (2-SHIFT)

Unit
1* CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-inCharge
Shift-inCharge
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control
Room F/st
Watch
Tower
First Aid
Room
Total
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1x2.3 =
2.3
1x2.3 =
2.3
1
5
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
1x2.3= 2.3
3x2.3 = 6.9
1x2.3 = 2.3
-
P a g e | 424
16.5 CATEGORY-6 (1-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.4
Unit
2 CFTs &
2 Ambulances
Station-inCharge
Shift-in-Charge
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control Room
F/st
Watch Tower
First Aid Room
Total
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1
-
1x2= 2
-
1x2= 2
-
3x2= 6
1x2= 2
1
3
1
1
4
16.6 CATEGORY-6 (2-SHIFT)

TABLE 16.5
Unit
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr. Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1x2= 2
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control
Room F/st
2x2.3= 4.6
-
2x2.3=
4.6
-
6x2.3=
13.8
2x2.3= 4.6
1x2.3 = 2.3
Watch Tower
First Aid
Room
Total
1x2.3=
2.3
1x2.3=
2.3
9
2 CFTs &
2
Ambulances
Station-inCharge
Shift-inCharge
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
19
P a g e | 425
16.7 CATEGORY 6-(3-SHIFT)

TABLE 16.6
Unit
2 CFTs &
2
Ambulances
Station-inCharge
Shift-inCharge
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control
Room F/st
Watch
Tower
First Aid
Room
Total
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1x3.5=
3.5
2x3.5= 7
-
2x3.5=
7
-
1x3.5= 3.5
6x3.5= 21
2x3.5= 7
11
1x3.5=
3.5
1x3.5=
3.5
14
28
16.8 CATEGORY 7 (1-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.7
Unit
2 CFTs &
3 Ambulances
Station-inCharge
Shift-in-Charge
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control Room
F/st
Watch Tower
First Aid Room
Total
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1
-
1
-
1x2= 2
-
1x2= 2
-
3x2= 6
1x3= 3
1
3
1
1
4
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 426
16.9 CATEGORY 7 (2-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.8
Unit
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr. Asstt.
Asstt./
Jr. Asstt.
1
-
Major CFT
2x2.3= 4.6
2x2.3= 4.6
Ambulance
Control Room
F/st
Watch Tower
First Aid Room
Total
6x2.3=
13.8
3x2.3=
6.9
1x2.3= 2.3
7
1x2.3= 2.3
1x2.3= 2.3
9
21
2 CFTs &
3 Ambulances
Station-inCharge
Shift-in-Charge
16.10CATEGORY 7 (3-SHIFTS)
TABLE 16.9
Unit
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt./Supdt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
1
-
4
-
2x3.5= 7
2x3.5= 7
Ambulance
Control Room
F/st
6x3.5= 21
3x3.5=
10.5
1x3.5= 3.5
Watch Tower
First Aid Room

Total
11
1x3.5=
3.5
1x3.5=
3.5
14
2 CFTs &
3 Ambulances
Station-inCharge
Shift-in-Charge
Major CFT
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
32
P a g e | 427
16.11CATEGORY 8 (3-SHIFTS)
TABLE 16.10
Unit
3 CFTs &
4 Ambulances
Station-in-Charge
Shift-in-Charge
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control Room
F/st
Watch Tower
First Aid Room
Control Room
NTB
Total
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asstt.
Manager
Sr.
Supdt.
/ Supdt.
Sr. Asstt.
Asstt./ Jr.
Asstt.
1
-
4
-
9x3.5= 31.5
4x3.5= 14
2x3.5= 7
1x3.5=
3.5
-
3x3.5=
10.5
1x3.5= 3.5
1x3.5= 3.5
11
1x3.5= 3.5
21
46
16.12CATEGORY
TABLE 16.11
Unit
9 (3-SHIFTS)
Sr.
Manage
r
Manage
r
Asstt.
Manage
r
Sr.
Supdt./Su
pdt.
1
-
Major CFT
Ambulance
Control Room
F/st
4
-
3x3.5=
10.5
-
1x3.5= 3.5
Watch Tower
First Aid Room

Control Room
NTB
Total
14
4 CFTs &
4 Ambulances
Station-in-Charge
Shift-in-Charge
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
Sr. Asstt.
Asstt./Jr.
Asstt.
4x3.5= 14
-
12x3.5= 42
4x3.5= 14
1x3.5=
3.5
1x3.5=
3.5
1x3.5=
3.5
25
56
P a g e | 428
Category 10 (3-shifts)
16.13
TABLE 16.12
Unit
Dy.
General
Manager
Sr.
Manager
Manager
Asst.
Manager
Sr.
Supdtt.
/Supdtt.
Sr.
Asstt.
Asstt./
Jr.
Asstt.
1
-
4
-
4
-
1
3
2
1
4
2
4
-
3
8
2
4
-
3
10
2
1
14
4
22
35
49
77
Head Section
F.P. Cell
Stores
Total (B)
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
1
2
2
Total (A+B)
10% Leave
Reserve
Grand Total
39
50
79
3.9
43
5
55
7.9
87
(RIV- 1 no.,
CFT- 4 nos., WT- 2
nos., Ambulance- 4
nos.)
Station-inCharge
Shift-in-Charge
RIV Vehicle
CFT
Water Tender
Ambulance
Watch Tower
Control RoomMFS
Control RoomSub-I
Control RoomSub-II
Fire Control
Room
High Mast Light
Total
Round the Clock
@3.5 (A)
General Duty:
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 429
CHAPTER - 17
AIRPORT EMERGENCY
PLANNING & PROCEDURE
FOR FIRE SERVICE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 430
17.1
17.1.1
17.1.2
17.1.3
17.1.4
17.1.5
17.2
17.2.1
17.2.2
17.2.3
OBJECTIVE
Define the responsibility of the Airport Fire Service
Create effective lines of communications.
Arrange for the availability of a fixed emergency operations centre and
a mobile command post at the airport for use during an emergency.
Integrate assistance from local support service such as fire
departments, security, medical, civil defense, government agencies,
and local amateur radio organization.
Describe the function of air traffic services (airport control tower or
airport flight information service) relating to emergency actions; and
Give instructions for response to accident/incidents.
PURPOSE
In order to meet different type of emergencies, Airport Emergency Plan
have been established for each airport which provide a framework for
coordinated efforts by all organization and agencies functioning at
airports as well as off airport organization / agencies such as
Municipal Authorities, City Fire Brigade, City hospital, Doctors in the
city on the panel of AAI, Airline operators, Airport Emergency Plan
elaborate the role and the responsibilities of each organization
including designated officers / units.
During the emergency there will be a delay before outside help arrives.
At first, self-help is essential and depends on prepared community
which is alert and informed. Efforts have been made to collect and
develop this plan to make it more applicable and effective to handle
any type of disaster. The principal goals of this plan are to render
necessary assistance and minimize further injury and damage to
persons and property involved in accidents or emergency situations at
the city airport.
India has been traditionally vulnerable to natural disasters on account
of its unique geo-climatic conditions. Floods, droughts, cyclones,
earthquakes and landslides have been recurrent phenomena. About
60% of the landmass is prone to earthquakes of various intensities;
over 40 million hectares is prone to floods; about 8% of the total area
is prone to cyclones and 68% of the area is susceptible to drought.
Airport is the major infrastructure in the city which operates for the
transport of national and international passengers.
17.2.4 The purpose of this plan is to formulate a comprehensive action of

rescue, medical and firefighting operations to combat the effects of a
major air crash disaster that might occur within airport, offsite of the
Airport. Details of inventory resources are given an importance in the
plan so that during disaster their optimum use can be derived list of
medical doctors, control room of various departments, ambulances,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 431
blood banks, public health centers, government and private hospitals

have been included in this plan. This plan also provides important list
of websites related tometrology, earthquake, flood, fire, disaster related
training institution available materials, etc.
17.2.5
If the airport has significant body of water or marsh lands on or

adjacent to the airport, mountains, marshes, deserts or water can
present unique and difficult access and logistical problems. It is
therefore important that communities so located have adequate plans
for rescue in such areas. This could require an analysis of the
availability of such special service vehicles as fire boats, rescue boats,
helicopters. Hovercraft, swamp buggies, snowmobiles, half-tracks,
forest-firefighting equipment, etc. and arrangement for their utilization.
17.3
17.3.1
AIRPORT EMERGENCY PLAN PLANNING COMMITTEE

Airport emergencies can happen at any time and can vary in size and
complexity. AEP Planning Committee is an important body in
maintaining the effectiveness of the AEP. The committee shall consist
of representatives from AAI, DGCA, Government and supporting
agencies as follows:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
Airports Director
Airport Operation Control Center In charge
Air Traffic Management
IT Department
CNS Department
Airport Fire Service
CISF
Medical Services
Airlines
Ground Handling Companies
City Fire Service
Government Representatives
17.4 AIRPORT EMERGENCY PLAN EMERGENCY EXERCISE

17.4.1
Periodic emergency exercise must be conducted in order to ensure the
adequacy and the effectiveness of the AEP and action by individual
participating agencies / organizations.
The following schedule of airport emergency exercises shall be
undertaken at each of the AAI airports.
TABLE 17.1
A
Full
scale
emergency
exercise Once in two years
involving an aircraft
Partial emergency exercise in the Once in two years in the
intervening year
intervening year to ensure that
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 432
any deficiencies found during

the
full
scale
aerodrome
emergency exercise have been
corrected;
and
reviewed
thereafter, or after an actual
emergency so as to correct any
deficiency found during such
exercises or actual emergency.
Emergency in terminal buildings Once a year
such as fire, bomb threat leading to
evacuation of affected areas for each
terminal.
Bomb threat to aircraft (in the event Once a year
an actual bomb threat situation has
not occurred, during a period of one
year)
Table top exercise (at least once a six Twice a year
months, except during the six month
period when a full scale exercise is
held)
(objective to maintain and improve
the
plans
and
agency
coordination)
17.4.2
The emergency exercise must be coordinated by the airport

management and must involve Aircraft Rescue Fire Fighting (ARFF)
and other operational units of AAI, Airline Handlers, DGCA, Police and
emergency service, CISF, Medical services, Immigration, Customs and
other supporting agencies.
17.4.3
A review of the emergency exercise must be conducted after each

exercise so as to identify deficiencies / weakness and to ascertain
improvement measures.
17.5
CATEGORIZATION OF EMERGENCIES
17.5.1
Local Standby: This situation arises when in coming aircraft is known

or is suspected to have developed minor defect but the trouble is not
likely to affect safe landing of aircraft. In this emergency only Air
Traffic Control and Airport Fire Service has to take action.
17.5.2
Weather / Visibility: When weather has deteriorated to such an

extent as to render the landing of aircraft more difficult. Bad weather
will indicate high speed wind, thunder storm, heavy rain etc., and
while poor visibility will be considered when visibility falls below 2000
meters.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 433
17.5.3 Full Emergency: An aircraft in flight known or suspected to be in

difficulty which may result in a forced landing or accident on or in the
vicinity of the airport. This emergency is declared due to fire, malfunctioning of surface controls, Hydraulic trouble, pressurization
failure, communication failure, flight crew sickness, bomb threat, and
hijacker threat.
17.5.4
Aircraft crash On the Airport: Initiated if an aircraft crash has

occurred at the actual airfield (within the airport perimeter wall).
17.5.5 Aircraft crash Off the Airport: Initiated when an aircraft accident has
occurred outside the perimeter wall and area is defined as the area
covering outside the airport perimeter wall and in the vicinity of the
airport up to 5 KM on approach path and 2.5 KM / or in an area
within 8 KM radius from the center of the airport.
17.5.6
Fires on Ground (Aircraft Related Fires): Fires on the ground can be

aircraft related and non aircraft related. Fire involving aircraft can be
any location on the runway, taxiway and apron area.
17.5.7
Dangerous Goods Accident / Incidents: Dangerous goods incident /

accidents can occur in the aircraft or in the warehouse such as cargo
terminal. Such incidents / accidents are potentially capable of posing
a significant risk to health, property and environment when exposed or
the packing is in the unsafe conditions.(Refer ICAO 9284-AN/905).
17.5.8
Natural Disaster: An occurrence arising with little or no warning

which causes or
threatens serious disruption of life and perhaps
cause death or injury to large number of people and require therefore a
mobilization of effort in excess of that normally provided by the
statutory emergency service. (Refer Draft AAI Disaster Plan).
17.5.9
Structural
Fire:
When fires involvethe Airport Terminal/
Technical/Cargo/Hanger buildings and installation. (Refer Fire order
No-5).
17.5.10 Bomb Threat Contingency Plan: As per BCAS circular.

17.5.11 Contingency Plan for Handling Hijack Situation at Airport: As per
BCAS circular.
17.5.12 Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan: As per DGCA Guideline and Fire
Order No. 10 for Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan.
17.5.13 In- Flight Mass Causalities: Part 1 of ICAO Annex 6 stipulates that
the pilot-in-command shall be responsible for notifying the nearest
appropriate authority by the quickest available means of any accident
involving his aircraft which results in serious injury or death to any
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 434
person or substantial damage to the aircraft or property. Mass

casualties onboard will usually result from incidents such as an
encounter with severe air turbulence during flight or mass food
poisoning.
17.5.14 Search and Rescue: As Per DGCA Circular and Directorate of ATM
CIRCULAR.
17.6 KEY
FUNCTIONS
OF
AAI
AND
OTHER
SUPPORTING
ORGANIZATIONS / AGENCIES / SERVICES IN HANDLING OF
AIRPORT EMERGENCIES:
17.6.1
Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting
a)
Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting
b)
Post accident fire protection
a)
Support triage activities
b)
Support structural fire fighting and evacuation
c)
Support mitigation of dangerous goods accidents / incidents
17.6.2
Airport Operation Control Centre
a)
Dissemination of aircraft crash message through phone/auto

call
b)
On-scene airport control and coordination
c)
Coordinate operations with ATC as needed
d)
Collating information on the rescue operation
e)
Coordinate airlines and ground handling resources
f)
Coordination with external/internal agencies
g)
Contingency staffing
h)
Serves as Airport key contact point during any emergency
17.6.3
Airport Duty Manager
a)
Activation of Crisis Management Centre (CMC)
b)
Coordination of operations with AOCC
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 435
17.6.4
Airside Operations
a)
Liaison on-scene
b)
Escort services to and from crash scene
c)
Provide inputs to Air Traffic Control in regard to runway and/or

taxiway closure
d)
Provide and direct ground services support
e)
Initiation of NOTAM action
f)
Restoration of aircraft movement area
g)
Ensure completion of necessary airport inspections upon

emergency termination
h)
Coordinate aircraft recovery and salvage operations
i)
Activation of Rendezvous Point
17.6.5
Terminal Management
a)
Reception and care of uninjured passengers
b)
Set up Survivors Reception Centre (SRC), Friends and Relative

Reception Centre (FRRC) and Reunion Area (RA)
c)
Public information announcements
d)
Passenger facilitation and business recovery at terminal

buildings
e)
Support terminal building evacuation
17.6.6
a)
b)
17.6.7
Engineering Management Centre

Provide technical support and assistance
Support recovery efforts
Facilities Management
a)
Transportation of resources
b)
Provide procurement services
c)
Provide refreshment for emergency services personnel
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 436
17.6.8 City side Management

a)
Provide traffic control as needed
b)
Activate security for crowd and traffic control at the city side,
terminal building and other areas
17.6.8
Security
17.6.9
Assist CISF and Police wherever necessary as requested by these

agencies
17.6.10
17.6.11
IT Department
a)
Provision of necessary communication links between the various

emergency units
b)
Ensure redundant communication capacity
Public Relation Department

a)
Provide NEWS releases relative to airports responsibilities and

activities
b)
Interface with the MEDIA
c)
Provide preparedness information and any instructions, as

cleared by Airlines authorities and Chairman, AAI
17.6.12
Safety and compliance

Support emergency operations and airports activities
17.6.13
Cargo
Provide HAZMAT expertise during the dangerous goods accidents /
incident
AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES
17.6.14
a)
17.6.15
Activation and Termination of CRASH Action, Full Emergency,

Local Standby, etc.
b)
Air traffic management including issuing of NOTAM.
CITY FIRE SERVICES
a)
Support airport rescue and fire fighting services
b)
Support post accident fire protection
c)
Support triage activities
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 437
17.6.16
17.6.17
17.6.18
d)
Structural fire fighting and evacuation
e)
Mitigation of dangerous good accidents/incidents
EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES

a)
Provide triage, medical and CARE functions
b)
Coordinate health and medical response team efforts
c)
Transportation of critically injured to medical facilities
d)
Coordinate activities at Casualty Clearance Centre (CCC)
Central Industrial Security Force (CIS

a)
Facilitate the access of external resources to the operational area
b)
Support security, crowd control and traffic control at the crash

site
c)
Cordoning of crash site
Police
a)
Support security, crowd control and traffic control at the crash

site, terminal building and other affected areas
b)
Cordoning of crash site
c)
Assist with rescue of passengers, crew and other persons on

ground affected by the crash
d)
Support terminal building evacuation
e)
Facilitate aircraft investigation
f)
Preservation of evidence at the crash site including eye witness

accounts and photography
g)
Custody of flight data and cockpit voice recorders, cargoes on

board including dangerous goods
h)
Investigation and management of dead bodies including their

identity establishment, mortuary arrangements and release of
dead bodies
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 438
i)
17.6.19
Traffic Police
a)
b)
17.6.20
17.6.21
17.6.22
Arrange medical examination of alive crew members as well as

the post mortem examinations of the deceased crew members
and passengers
Traffic control and regulation in the landside areas

Air traffic management including issuing of NOTAM.
Airline
a)
Support overall crisis mitigation efforts e.g. accountability of

passengers, management of Next of Kins, aircraft accident
investigation etc.
b)
Support MEDIA management
c)
Provide staff to man up the Survivors Reception Center, Friends

Relative Reception Center and Reunion Area
d)
Passenger and Next of Kins facilitation
e)
Facilitate reunions of survivors and Next of Kins
f)
Prepare and provide passenger and cargo manifest
g)
Report the aircraft accident or serious incident to the authorities

concerned as stipulated under Aircraft Rules, 1937, Part X
Investigation of accidents
h)
Provide for timely removal of wrecked or disabled aircraft as soon

authorized by appropriate authorities
Ground Handling Agent

Provide ground service staff and facilities including passenger steps,
coaches and aircraft towing equipments
Director General of Civil Aviation (DGCA)
a)
Set standards and directions for dealing with all aviation related
emergencies
b)
Aircraft accident / incident investigation
c)
Authorize removal of crash / disabled aircraft
17.6.23 Immigration Department

Immigration control and clearance facilitation
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 439
17.6.24 Custom Department

Custom control and clearance facilitation
17.6.25 Metrological Department
Ensure provision of official weather report and other records likely to be
of use in an inquiry into the cause of accident
17.7 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS AND COORDINATION CENTRES
ESTABLISHED FOR MITIGATION OF AIRPORT EMERGENCIES
a) During a major airport disaster such as an aircraft crash or a severe fire
outbreak at terminal building, various emergency operations and
coordination centers will be established immediately to mitigate the
disaster.
b) The emergency operations and coordination centers at Airport comprise
the Crisis Management Centre (CMC), the Rendezvous Point (RVP), the
Mobile Command Post (MCP), the Casualty Clearance Centre (CCC), the
Survivors Reception Centre (SRC), the Friends and Relatives Reception
Centre (FRRC) and the Reunion Area (RA). Each of them has its own
functions and roles to perform during the crisis.
17.7.1 Crisis Management Centre
Crisis Management Centre will function as an overall overseeing and
controlling authority of the crisis mitigating process during a major
airport crisis such as an air crash disaster.
17.7.2 The committee of Crisis Management Centre comprises the following
permanent and supporting members:
v Airport Director - Chairman
v Senior Most Officer - Alternate Chairman
v Terminal Management
v Operation Department
v Engineering and Maintenance
v Airline and Ground handling representative
v Security
v Police
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 440
v Local Administration
v Rescue and Fire Service
v Hospital Representative
v Ministry of Civil Aviation
v CISF
v BCAS Representative
v Met Representative
v ATS Representative
v Immigration Representative
v Custom Representative
v DGCA Representative
17.7.3
Functions of Crisis Management Centre
a. Acts as the overall Controlling Authority of the emergency management

process.
b. Formulate strategic plans to give support to the rescue operations, and to
handle requests and demands from the passengers, friends and relatives,
airline, media, etc.
c. Takes executive decisions for the overall mitigation of emergency.
d. Liaise with other authorities or agencies for their resources and expertise.
e. Acts as a focal point for communication to and from the AAI senior
management and the government authorities.
f. Regulates/authorizes release of information to the media/public on the
facts of the emergency.
g. Oversee the overall recovery operations to ensure quick return to normalcy
and business continuity.
17.8 Rendezvous Point (RVP)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 441
17.8.1 Rendezvous Point (RVP) are to be established by airports to coordinate the

response of the external supporting organizations, agencies and services
involved in the mitigation of the emergency.
17.8.2 Functions of Rendezvous Point (RVP):
a. Support crash site fire-fighting and rescue operations through liaison
and coordination with the external organizations/agencies/services.
b. Facilitate mobilization of external resources to the crash site, such as
issuing emergency passes (temporary airside entry permit) and
arranging with Airside Operations for Follow-me vehicles.
c. Ensure smooth flow of emergency vehicles in and out of the airside at
all times.
17.9
Mobile Command Post (MCP)

a. Mobile Command Post is established at the accident site to serve as onscene command, coordination and communication centre for the
accident. It is a point where heads/representatives of the cooperating
agencies assemble to receive and disseminate information and make
decision pertinent to the rescue operations.
b. Mobile Command Post will be deployed to the accident site by the ARFF
and be positioned at a distance of not less than 90m upwind from the
aircraft.
c. Mobile Command Post will be headed by in-charge of Rescue and Fire
Fighting. When, it is outside officer hours, Airport Duty Manager shall
proceed to manage the Mobile Command Post for the first hours until incharge of Rescue and Fire Fighting.
17.9.1 Functions of Mobile Command Post (MCP):

a. Serves as a point where liaison officers of the various cooperating
agencies assemble to plan and coordinate the rescue operations.
b. Establish a staging area for all ground service equipments such as tow
tractors, coaches.
c. Establish an Assembly Area for the uninjured survivors.
d. Secure and provide any assistance required by doctors at the Triage
Area.
e. Arrange speedy evacuation of injured casualties cases in the hospitals
f. Liaise with the airline concerned to transport the uninjured casualties
to the SRC (Survivors Reception Centre)
g. Establish communication with Crisis Management Center (CMC) and
Airport Operation Control Center (AOCC)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 442
17.10 TRIAGE AREA (TA)

a. Triage Area is a location established usually near to the accident site,
where triage operations are performed (i.e. sorting and classification of
casualties to determine the order of priority for the treatment and
transportation). In an aircraft crash accident, the centre is normally
established at a distance of not less than 100 m upwind from the
aircraft.
b. In triaging casualties are classified into four categories:
Priority
Priority
Priority
Priority
I
II
III
IV
:
:
:
:
Immediate Care
Delayed Care
Minor Care
Deceased
c. To expedite the treatment of mass casualties in a triage situation and

thus permit more rapid evacuation of the injured to medical facilities,
the casualties identification tags as specified in ICAO Airport Service
Manual, Part 7.
17.11 ASSEMBLY AREA
Assembly Area is an area set up near the accident site to temporarily
receive the uninjured casualties until the arrangements to transport,
them to t he survivors reception center made. Depending on the Doctors
assessments of their medical condition, most priority- III casualties will
also join the uninjured and brought to the Survivors Reception Centre.
17.12 SURVIVORS RECEPTION CENTRE (SRC)

a. The Survivors Reception Center (SRC) is a designated area set up
for receiving the Priority III and uninjured passengers (except for
the flight attendants) involved in an aircraft accident, and for the
associated documentation designed to account for the survivors, as
well as for the interviews by the police and accident investigators.
b. The SRC shall be manned by the airline staff with the police taking
charge of the security of at the SRC, Airline staff shall:(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Perform headcount, briefing and documentation

Provide care and comfort including refreshment
Arrange accommodations
Facilitate the survivors who plan to continue their journey
Arrange for doctors / care officers through AOCC (Airport
Operation Control Center) on a need basis
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 443
17.13 FRIENDS AND RELATIVE RECEPTION CENTRE (FRRC)

a. The FRRC serves as a secure area, away from the attentions of the
media for the friends and relatives of those involved in an aircraft
accident. The documentation process within the FRRC helps to
confirm who was on the aircraft and facilitates the reunion.
b. On receiving the CRASH message, the Airport Terminal Manager
will set up the FRRC in the Departure Check Hall.
c. The airline staff shall man the FRRC, and the police shall take
charge of the security of the area.
d. At the Friends and Relative Reception Centre (FRCC), airline staff
shall:I.
II.
III.
IV.
Attempt to verify the identity of the visitors on entry

Conduct documentation and briefing
Support SRC in matching of the survivors and their friends
and relatives and
Arrange for breaking of news of fatalities to the relatives and
friends concerned.
17.14 REUNION AREA

a. Reunion Area is an area for the reunion between survivors and their
friends and relatives (reconciliation process) to take place. Once the
matching is complete, the friends and relatives will be brought in
batches under the police escort to the Reunion Area by the airline
staff. Similarly the uninjured survivors will b e escorted by the police
and airline staff to the Reunion Area to meet up with their friends and
relatives.
b. The Reunion Area will be set up by the Airport Terminal Manager
Arrival Hall.
17.15 COMMAND STRUCTURE AND INFORMATION FLOW AMONG VARIOUS
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS/COORDINATION CENTRES
CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTRE

(CMC)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
AIRPORT OPERATION
CONTROL CENTRE (AOCC)
P a g e | 444
MOBILE COMMAND POST
TRIAGE AREA (TA)
SURVIVORS RECEPTION
CENTRE/FRIENDS RELATIVES
RECEPTION CENTRE/REUNION AREA
ASSEMBLE AREA (AA)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 445
17.16TRIAGE AND MEDICAL CARE AT AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT SITE
17.17HANDLING OF DEAD
a. Handling of Dead - The obvious dead will be left at the crash site for
investigation purposes. Upon clearance by the Director (Air Safety),
DGCA, the bodies will be handed over to the Police. The police will take
charge of the Body Holding Area, which is a part of the Casualty
Clearance Centre set up. All the dead bodies including those who do
not survive their injuries at the care holding areas will be brought to the
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 446
Body Holding Area. At, the Body Holding Area, forensic team and other
relevant specialists may conduct body identification and determination
of cause of death.
b. The Police will liaise with the hospitals for mortuary arrangements and
in coordination with Mobile Command Post, arrange for the
transportation of bodies and parts to the mortuaries as soon as possible.
17.18
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR AIRCRAFT CRASH ON

THE AIRPORT
17.18.1
17.18.2
When?
Crash action is declared for aircraft accidents on the Aerodrome. The Air
Traffic Controller shall activate the crash alarm immediately if one of the
following events occur
a. When the aircraft accident/crash is sighted by the Air Traffic
Controller or the sighting is reported to the Air Traffic Control by
any of the reliable sources such as the Follow-Me vehicles plying
in the aircraft movement area. (Note: The Air Traffic control can be
informed of any aircraft incidents/accidents via any of the following
frequencies
---------(Runway),
(Runway),..(Runway)
b. During poor visibility when the Air Traffic Controller is unable to
sight the runway, and the aircraft, which has been cleared for takeoff or land, fails to respond to the Air Traffic Controls repeated
calls. Or the inputs from ASMGCS and other radar have indicated
that the aircraft might have crashed.
c. When the aircraft has been cleared to land and fails to land within
5 minutes of the estimated time of landing and the communication
with the pilot is not able to be re-established. Or the inputs from
ASMGCS and other radar have indicated that the aircraft might
have crashed.
17.18.3
How?
The decision to declare the crash action rests with the Air Traffic
Control.
17.18.3.1
A request to respond to an aircraft accident on the Aerodrome is

normally initiated by the Air Traffic Control. When, however a call is
received from any other person, an accident is observed, or there is
reason to consider that an accident is imminent, the Airport fire
service, i.e. the Fire Watch tower concerned shall take action in the
same manner as if the Air Traffic Control had originated the request.
The Air Traffic Control will then be informed of the nature of the
request / call and of the response initiated.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 447
17.18.3.2
if the crash is within the Airport Fire service Turnout area, the Air
Traffic Control shall activate the crash alarm for at least one minute
continuously. There are two crash alarms installed at the Air Traffic
Control Tower -- One is for Runway.. and is linked to Fire Station,
and the other is for Runway-------- The ATC shall activate the crash
alarm linked to Fire station if the aircraft incident/accident occurs on
Runway------- its approach areas or its associated taxiways up to the
intersection with Taxiway.
17.18.3.3
The Air Traffic Control shall also broadcast the crash message over the
crash alarm communication system to the fire station concerned.
17.18.3.4
The crash message shall also be relayed to the Fire Watch Tower
concerned via hotline or radio frequency ...MHz.
17.18.3.5
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
The standard text and format used for the crash action message
for aircraft crash within ARFF turnout area shall be as follow
CRASH, CRASH, CRASH
Aircraft Type & Flight Number
Location of Accident (approximate)
Grid map Location
Time of Accident
Number of Person on Board
Aircraft Operator
Any Dangerous Goods on Board, including quantity and location if
known.
The Square is the alpha-numeric grid reference indicated on the
Crash Map and it is used only as a guide to indicate the general
direction/location where an aircraft has crashed.
If the aircraft accident occurs on the runway, the Air Traffic Control
shall give clearance for the responding to enter the Aircraft Rescue
Fire Fighting (ARFF) vehicles runway as quickly as possible.
17.19 RESCUE & FIRE SERVICE ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES

17.19.1Airport Rescue and fire fighting
a. Fire Watch Tower is activated for the CRASH, the Watch
Supervisor concerned shall Broadcast the CRASH message to Fire
Station on the PA system. The CRASH message relayed shall
include CLEAR/STANDBY to enter runway. The same message
shall be repeated over TMRS twice in succession.
b. The Fire Watch Tower concerned shall notify:
Airport fire service incharge(afsi)

Duty officer/operational incharge concerned(do/oi)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 448
c. Airport operation control centre (AOCC) duty manager

d. The DO/OI concerned shall ensure immediate full turnout of ARFF
vehicles from the fire station concerned, if the CRASH occurs
within the airport boundary. The ARFF vehicles shall proceed via
the fastest access routes to the CRASH location.
e. Airport Fire Services permission shall be sought if deployment of
additional ARFF vehicles is needed subsequently.
f. The Tower Supervisor shall be informed verbally and in writing, if
the runway fire coverage is affected as a result of any of the above
deployments.
g. Deploy the Mobile Command Post to the crash site and position it
not less than 90m upwind from the aircraft.
h. Transport the medical supplies and equipment stored at the Fire
Station to the crash site.
i.
Deploy two mobile floodlighting units to the crash site during

hours of darkness.
j. Ensure all injured casualties are evacuated to the Triage area and
the uninjured to the Assembly area.
k. Ensure first aid is rendered to the injured casualties, if necessary.
l.
Activate Rendezvous Point to ensure the arriving convoy of the City

Fire Service resources and other external agencies as notified by
ATC.
m. The Aircraft Rescue Fire Fighting (ARFF) Operations Commander

concerned shall be in charge and assume full command of rescue
and fire fighting operations at the crash site until the emergency
has been stabilized.
17.20
City Fire Service

a. City Fire service shall deploy Water Tenders, Water Bowers, and
Motor Pumps to report to the Rendezvous Point as designated by
ATC. Appoint one liaison officer to report to the Rendezvous Point
upon his arrival.
b. Liaison Officer shall liaise with Rendezvous Point to ensure the
arriving convoy of the City Fire Service resources proceeds directly
to the crash site under the escort of a Follow-Me vehicle.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 449
c. Ensure the City Fire Service resources line up orderly at their predesignated
staging area and do not cause unnecessary traffic
congestion on the road.
17.21
Airport Medical Centre

a. Medical Officer shall inform Hospital, Ambulance Service and
Chief Medical Officer, State
b. Provide triage, medical and care functions
c. Issue medical kits to panel doctor
d. Coordinate health and medical response team efforts
e. Transportation of critically injured to medical facilities.
f. Medical Officer shall coordinate the functions of all the medical
services reporting at the airport.
g. Track and manage the casualty information such as number of
injured, number of injured, number of dead and number of
casualties sent to hospitals etc.
h. Panel Doctors must upon activation, report to the designated
Rendezvous Point for collection of emergency passes and white
coats.
i. Airline Doctors must if contacted, proceed to the triage area at
the crash site with their medical kits using their own transport.
17.22
17.22.1
17.22.2
17.22.3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR AIRCRAFT CRASH OFF

THE AIRPORT
When?
The ARFF Turnout Area is defined as the area covering outside the airport
perimeter wall and in the vicinity of the airport up to a radius of 8 km from
the centre of the airport as indicated on the Aerodrome Grid Map.
How?
The decision to declare the crash action rests with the Air Traffic Control. If
it is clear to the Air Traffic Controller that the aircraft has crash landed
outside the ARFF turnout area the standard text and format used for the
crash action message shall be as follows:The standard text and format used for the crash action message for aircraft
crash within ARFF turnout area shall be as follow:-
a. CRASH, CRASH, CRASH

b. Aircraft Type & Flight Number
c. Location of Accident (approximate)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 450
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
17.22.4
Grid map Location

Time of Accident
Number of Person on Board
Aircraft Operator
known.
RESCUE & FIRE SERVICE responsibilities:-
17.22.4.1 Concerned Fire watch Tower shall relay the CRASH message to the
fire stations and also inform Officer Incharge of Fire Station. Fire
Control Room Incharge shall relay the CRASH message to City Fire
Service/State Fire Service.
17.22.4.2 Ensure designated fire crew and vehicles are dispatched to the location
of the crash site in the vicinity of the airport up to a radius of 8 km
from the centre of the airport.
17.22.4.3 Airport Medical Centre
a. Medical Officer shall inform Hospital, Ambulance Service and Chief
Medical Officer, State.
b. Provide triage, medical and care functions.
c. Issue medical kits to panel doctors.
d. Coordinate health and medical response team efforts.
e. Transportation of critically injured to medical facilities.
f. Medical Officer shall coordinate the functions of all the medical
services.
g. Track and manage the casualty information such as number of
injured, number of dead and number of casualties sent to
hospitals etc.
h. Panel Doctors must upon activation, report to the designated
Rendezvous Point for collection of emergency passes and white
coats.
i. Airline Doctors must if contacted, proceed to the triage area at the
crash site with their medical kits using their own transport.
17.23
17.23.1
17.23.2
17.23.3
FULL EMERGENCY
When?
Full Emergency is declared when an aircraft approaching the
Aerodrome is known or is suspected to be in such trouble that there is
a possibility of an accident on or in the vicinity of the airport. This
emergency is declared due to fire, mal-functioning of surface controls,
Hydraulic trouble, pressurization failure, communication failure, flight
crew sickness, bomb threat, and hijacker threat.
How?
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 451
a. The decision to declare Full Emergency rests with the Air Traffic
Control.
b. The Air Traffic Control shall use the standard text and format for
the declaration of Full Emergency as follow:i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
AIRPORT FULL EMERGENCY

AIRCRAFT OPERATOR
AIRCRAFT TYPE & FLIGHT NUMBER
NATURE OF TROUBLE
NUMBER OF PERSON ON BOARD (POB)
FUEL ON BOARD
PLANNED RUNWAY/RENDEZVOUS POINT
ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL (ETA)
ANY DANGEROUS GOODS ON BOARD, INCLUDING QUANTITY
AND LOCATION IF KNOWN
17.23.4
Who and What?

The organizations/units involved and their roles and responsibilities
are as follows:
17.23.5
Airport Rescue and fire fighting

If Fire Watch Tower is activated for the Full Emergency, the Watch
Supervisor concerned shall:-
I.
Broadcast the Full Emergency message twice to Fire Station on the

PA system.
II.
The airport fire service will immediately turn out a full attendance
which will normally be stationed at the pre-determined stand by
points for the runway in use.
III.
The CFTs shall be taken out near the edge of runway at least 50
meter away from runway and facing the runway. Any subsequent
action is the responsibility of the Shift in Charge of the Fire Station.
When Local Standby is over the Fire Services will return to fire
station.
IV.
Any subsequent action is the responsibility of the officer in charge of

the aerodrome fire service and the appliance will not return to the fire
station until he has satisfied himself that they are no longer required.
V.
The air traffic control officer will only declare the incident closed after
agreement with the aerodrome fire service officer.
VI.
If a fire situation develops after the aircraft has landed, the Duty Fire
Officer/ Incharge concerned shall advise the pilot quickly on the
necessity to evacuate the passengers. The pilot, based on this advice,
shall decide if it is necessary to deploy the escape chutes when
evacuating the passengers.
17.23.6
Termination
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 452
Termination of the Full Emergency shall be made by the Air Traffic

Control. The phrase Full Emergency Terminated shall be used.
17.24
17.24.1
LOCAL STANDBY
When?
Local Standby is declared when an aircraft approaching the Aerodrome
is known or is suspected to have developed some defect but the trouble
is not such as would normally involve any serious difficulty in effecting
a safe landing. In this emergency only Air Traffic Control and Airport
Fire Service has to take action.
17.24.2
How?
a. The decision to declare Local Standby for an aircraft emergency
rests with the Air Traffic Control.
b. The Air Traffic Control shall use the standard text and format for
the declaration of Full Emergency as follow:
Local standby
Aircraft operator
Aircraft type & flight number
Nature of trouble
Number of person on board (pob)
Fuel on board
Planned runway
Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)

known.
17.24.3
Who and What?

are as follows:
17.24.4
Airport Rescue and fire fighting

If Fire Watch Tower / control room is activated for the Local Standby,
the Watch supervisor concerned shall:
a. Broadcast the Local Standby message twice in succession to Fire
Station on the PA system.
b. All crew at Fire Station alert.
c. The Fire Watch Tower/ control room concerned shall notify:(i) Airport Fire Service In charge, (AFSI)
(ii) Duty Officer/Operational In charge Concerned(DO/OI)
(iii)Airport Operation Control Centre (AOCC) Duty Manager
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 453
d. The DO/OCI concerned shall ensure that the ARFF vehicles at the
Fire Station concerned are manned at least 10 minutes prior to the
ETA of the aircraft.
17.24.5
WEATHER / VISIBILITY STAND-BY
17.24.5.1 When weather has deteriorated to such an extent as to render the

landing of aircraft more difficult. Bad weather will indicate high speed
wind, thunder storm, heavy rain etc., and while poor visibility will be
considered when visibility falls below 2000 meters
17.24.5.2 In this emergency, Air Traffic Controller and Airport Fire Service have
to take action. This standby shall be initiated 15 minutes before
landing of aircraft.
17.24.5.3 Action by the Aerodrome Fire Service
a) A full attendance will be turned out and stationed at the predetermined standby points for the runway in use.
b) Should there be a likelihood of the weather standby /Visibility StandBy
being of prolonged duration, the senior fire service member should
agree with ATCO for a reduced attendance at the standby point so that
a proportion of the personnel available can in rotation be withdrawn to
the station for rest. This would also enable essential maintenance etc.
to continue.
c) If any aircraft which is the subject of Full Emergency or Local
Standby procedure is involved in an accident on landing the Air
Traffic Control Officer follows: Aircraft Accident at ________person
abroad___________.
17.25 AIRCRAFT GROUND INCIDENT
When an aircraft on the Movement Area is in trouble or is involved in an
incident (whether or not another aircraft or vehicle is concerned) the
following procedure will be adopted.
17.25.1 Action by the Aerodrome Fire Service.
a. Calls to aircraft ground the incident will normally be received from
the Air Traffic Control Officer on duty. When, however a call is
received from any other person, or an accident is observed, or there
is reason to consider that one is imminent, the Aerodrome Fire
Service will take action in the same manner as if the Air Traffic
Control Officer had originated the call, and the Air Traffic Control
Officer will be informed of the nature of the call and of the appliances
sent.
b. A full attendance of appliances will be made to all aircraft ground
incidents as follows:(As appropriate)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 454
c. The Officer-in-Charge of the Aerodrome Fire Service

responsible for all subsequent action by the service.
will
be
.
17.25.2 Cancellation of Aircraft Ground Incident.
17.25.3 Cancellation of Aircraft Ground Incident will be taken only after
consultation with Aerodrome Fire Service Officer-in-Charge.
17.26
BOMB INCIDENTS
17.26.1 Building Bomb Threat
Should anyone receive a bomb threat directed towards any airport
building, structure, or an aircraft, the person receiving the call should
contact Police Department by telephone (100 or XXX-XXX-XXX)
immediately, and notify the Airport Director.
17.26.2 Use the Bomb Threat checklist by asking the caller the following
questions:
a) When is the bomb going to explode?
b) Where is it right now?
c) What does it look like?
d) What kind of bomb is it?
e) What will cause it to explode?
f) Did you place the bomb?
g) What is your address?
h) What is your name?
i) Note the exact wording of the threat.
j) What is the sex, race, and age of the caller.
k) What was the length in time of the call?
l) What was the number at which the call was received?
m) List the time and date received.
n) Was the callers voice familiar? If so, who did it sound like?
o) Was the callers voice calm, angry, excited, slow, rapid, soft, loud,
laughter, crying, normal, distinct, slurred, nasal, stutter, lisp, raspy,
deep, ragged, clearing throat, deep breathing, cracking, disguised,
accent, familiar, or whispered?
p) Did you hear any background sounds?
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 455
q) Was the threat language well spoken, foul, irrational, incoherent, taped
or read like a rehearsed message?
17.27
17.27.1
DANGEROUS GOODS EMERGENCIES

Dangerous goods accident / incidents may occur:
a. During an Aircraft crash in which the aircraft concerned is carrying
dangerous goods.
b. During the Full emergency in which the aircraft concerned is carrying
dangerous goods.
c. During the Fires on the ground in which the aircraft is carrying or in
the process of loading/ unloading dangerous goods.
d. When consignments of dangerous goods are damaged during loading
or unloading from the aircraft or during delivery or collection from
cargo terminals / warehouses/ within the airport.
17.27.2
Definition and classification of dangerous goods
17.27.3
Dangerous goods are defined as articles or substances transported by

air which is capable of posing a significant risk to health, property or
environment when exposed or if the packing is in an unsafe condition.
Such goods are classified under the following:
17.27.4
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
1 : Explosive
2 : Compressed and liquefied gases
3
: Flammable Liquids
4
: Flammable solids
5
: Oxidizing substances
6 : Poisonous / toxic substances
7
: Radioactive materials
8
: Corrosives
9
: Miscellaneous
17.27.5
When a dangerous goods accident / incident occurs on the ground, the

organizations / units involved and their roles and responsibilities:
17.27.5.1 Airport Rescue and fire fighting
a. Fire watch tower concerned shall upon receiving the information,
immediately relay the message to the duty officer / officer in
charge concerned and notify.
b. Upon arrival the airport fire service personnel shall quickly
control and contain the accident / incident until the arrival of
local fire brigade.
c. Rescue and fire fighting personnel should familiarize themselves
with the various distinctive diamond shaped dangerous goods
labels.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 456
17.27.2
Local fire service

Local fire service shall respond with the necessary resources needed
for mitigating the dangerous goods accident / incident.
17.28
17.28.1
HANDLING OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

In the event radioactive materials are suspected the following
general procedures should be followed:
a. The nearest nuclear energy facility, hospital with a radiological unit,
military base or civil defense organization should be required to
dispatch immediately a radiological team to the accident site.
b. If the dangerous goods accident / incident involving radioactive
material occur in the airport, Head DRP, BARC, Mumbai (+91-2225505300) shall be informed. His advice in regard to proper
handling of the accident / incident shall be sought and acted
accordingly.
17.28.2
Precautionary measures for Rescue and fire fighting

a. Only properly attired rescue and fire fighting personnel should
remain on the scene. All other persons should be kept as far from
the scene as possible.
b. The Airport fire service or Local fire service will set up a HOT zone (a
recommended radial distance of 100 m) around the accident /
incident site. Where applicable, a WARM zone about 100m
(measured from the boundary of the HOT zone) will be cordoned. A
transfer point between the HOT and WARM zones is to be clearly
demarcated.
c. All rescuers should assemble at the transfer point before proceeding
towards the aircraft or the damaged radioactive consignment. The
rescuers assigned to work in the HOT zone will be kept to a
minimum and they shall be equipped with standard protective
clothing and respiratory protection. However, there should not be
any reduction in the effectiveness of rescue and fire fighting
operations.
d. Rescuers and fire fighting personnel should stay upwind and avoid
the smoke, fumes and dust blowing from the accident / incident
site.
17.29
DISEMBARKATION OF PASSENGERS FROM AIRCRAFT DISABLED

FOR IMMOBILISED ON RUNWAY/TAXIWAY
17.29.1
How?
a. The decision to disembark passengers from the immobilized aircraft
on the runway or taxiway rests with the pilot-in-command. To
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 457
facilitate the pilot in his/her decision making, the Duty Officer who
responds to the aircraft incident will establish communication with
the pilot at the scene via radio frequency as assigned by the Air
Traffic Control. i.e. ----- MHz if RWY----or RWY ----- is involved. He
will convey relevant information such as the extent of damage to
undercarriage, the time required to replace the burst tyres as per
advice by the ground engineer, etc. to the pilot and seek the pilots
intention to manage the situation.
b. If the pilot has decided to disembark the passengers in situ, the
Duty officer concerned shall immediately relay the message to the
Air Traffic Control. Or, the pilot may convey his/her decision
directly to the Air Traffic Control. In either case, the Air Traffic
Control, on receipt of the message, shall activate this
supplementary plan immediately.
17.29.2
Who and What?

are as follows:
a. Airport Rescue And Fire Fighting
The Fire Watch Tower concerned shall notify:a. Duty Officer /Operation Incharge
b. Incharge Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting
c. Airport Operation Control Center Duty Manager
.
17.29.3 Airport Medical Centre
a)
Medical Officer shall inform hospitals.
b)
Proceed to the Action Group at the assigned parking bay.
c)
Activate his medical team to provide treatment to injured/sick

passengers.
d)
Call in the available ambulances to standby.
e)
If the number of mass casualties is more than 15, activate

hospitals.
f)
Shall dispatch the two ambulances to the assigned parking bay

where the aircraft will be parked to assist with the evacuation of
the injured/sick passengers.
17.29.4 Termination
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 458
Decision on termination of the In Flight Mass Casualty operations will

be made by the Chairman of the Action Group, once all injured/sick
passengers are evacuated from the aircraft. The Head of the Action
Group shall inform the Tower Supervisor of the termination.
17.30
Fires on Ground (Aircraft Related Fires Occurring in Aircraft

Movement Area):
17.30.1 When?
v An aircraft can catch fire whilst it is taxing in the movement area or
parked at an aerobridge or remote bay. Such a scenario can arise from
a defect or malicious act, and may develop into a major disaster. The
resources required to mitigate are thus identical to that of an aircraft
crash on the airport. This chapter outlines the procedures to be
adopted by the parties concerned under such circumstances.
17.30.2 How?
When the aircraft on ground on fire is sighted by the Air Traffic
Controller or the sighting is reported to the Air Traffic Control by any
reliable source, the Air Traffic Control shall activate the Airport Rescue
and Fire fighting Services through the crash alarm/Omni line system
and provide details of the aircraft fire, for example:
v Location of aircraft.
v Nature of fire (e.g. undercarriage fire, engine fire).
v Number of POB; and Presence of dangerous goods, if known.
v The Air Traffic control shall give clearance to the responding fire
vehicles to enter the runway/taxiway as soon as possible.
v If the fire is large and has caused extensive damage to the aircraft and
external resources are required to aid in the mitigation process, the Air
Traffic Control shall declare Aircraft on Fire.
v The standard text and format used for the Aircraft on Fire message
shall be as follow:a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
AIRCRAFT ON FIRE
Aircraft Operator
Aircraft Type & *Flight Number.
Location of Aircraft.
Nature of Fire (e.g. undercarriage fire, engine fire).
Number of Person on Board (POB).
Dangerous Goods on Board
(*The information shall be provided if it is available and applicable)

The Sequence of Activation for Aircraft on Fire shall be similar to that
of Aircraft Crash on the Airport. The use of the phrase Aircraft on
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 459
Fire is to give distinction and therefore avoid confusion between

aircraft crash and aircraft on the ground on fire.
17.31
Fires on the Ground (Fire Involving airport Buildings and

Installations, i.e. Non aircraft Related Fires)
17.31.1 When?
Fire may occur at any of the airport installations and buildings. If out
of control, such a fire may cripple the key airport facilities and disrupt
the normal airport operations. This chapter outlines the general
procedures to be followed by the parties concerned during such a fire
occurrence.
17.31.2 How?
During a fire occurrence, however small it may appear to be, any
person discovering it shall :(a) Raise the fire alarm via the nearest manual call point. If, no manual
call point is available, raise the alarm by other available means.
(b) Inform the Airport Rescue And Fire Fighting (ARFF) Services
immediately of the exact location of the fire via the following telephone
numbers :For fire or smoke observations in & around Terminal Building
XXXXXX
For fire or smoke observations in & around Cargoxxxxxxx
(c) Operate a suitable fire extinguisher where readily available, or any

water hose reel within range (* Note : attempt to put the fire using a
fire extinguisher shall only be carried out if the fire is small (i.e. at
incipient stage) and does not pose any danger to the operator). (Also
take note that water shall not be used on fire involving liquid such as
oil, petrol and kerosene, as well as on energized electrical equipment
unless such equipment has been de-energized).
(d) On receipt of a structural fire call, the Fire Watch Tower Supervisor
shall request the caller to provide the following details:i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Location of fire.
Type of fire.
Name of caller.
Telephone number of caller.
17.31.3 Who and What?

are as follows:a) Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 460
The Fire Watch Tower concerned shall activate the fire bell at the fire
station concerned for at least 10 seconds, followed by a PA broadcast of
the fire message twice in succession. (* Note: If any of the Fire
Control Room receives the fire call first, the fire party concerned shall
quickly relay the message to the Fire Watch Tower concerned, and the
latter will initiate the above action accordingly).
b) Dispatch a Water Tender from the nearest Fire Station to the reported
fire location and notify:d. DO/OC Concerned
e. ARFF
f. AOCC Duty Manager
A) Water Tender Crew shall proceed to the reported fire location by the
most expeditious
route and commence fire fighting and rescue
operations.
17.31.4 Evacuation
a) The concerned fire teams of the building shall initiate and direct the
evacuation of the affected occupants if the conditions indicate such
need prior to the arrival of the duty Officer or fire Officer-InCommand. The evacuation can be total or partial, depending on
the severity of the fire and the extent of damage.
b) Once the instructions for evacuation are made, all the occupants
shall stops their work and leave the building immediately in a
systematic and orderly manner via the shortest escape route.
c) The detailed procedures for responding to fire outbreaks and for
quick and safe evacuation of occupants in case of fire or other
emergency are provided in the Fire Strategy Plan drawn up for the
respective buildings.
17.32 Natural Disasters
The specific organization structure and associate responsibilities that are
assigned during an earthquake, tornado, volcano, flood, etc. and
ensuring that SOPs and checklist are developed and maintained as Per
Draft AAI Disaster Management Plan.
17.33
Recovery of Disabled Aircraft

Disabled aircraft at the runway or taxiway interferes with normal
activity of an aerodrome. The disabled aircraft that interferes with the
normal operation of an aerodrome should be removed as per the model
disabled aircraft recovery plan
17.34 GRID MAP
{Internal & External}
17.34.1 Internal Grid map

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 461
The airport internal map should depict all relevant airport details
including taxiways, access roads water supplies, staging areas and
rendezvous points.
17.34.2 External Grid map:
The airport external map should in detail the perimeter of the airport,
surrounding communities, access roads, stretches of water or swampy
areas, rendezvous points, etc. up to approx. 8 (eight) Km from the
airports.
---------------------------------
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL
P a g e | 462
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

FireManual2015 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FireManual2015 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FireManual2015 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FIRE

AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING SERVICES

AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan

Htr-flqr E{r$ qqsr, T{ ftd-110

AIRPORTS AUTHORIW OF INDIA

Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi-110 003

'Member (Air Navigation Services)

AIRPORTS AUTHORTI OF INDIA

. November 16, 2015

Fire Services has compiled a

The information contained in the form of Fire Orders,

guidelines to fire safety standarQs to all and certainly ah established way

for all the .efforts

^'Directorate of Fire Services team in compiling the'Fire Safety Manual.

qrrfrq frflqrffiq srDqwq

In the present aviation scenario and fast changing development, it thus

alert to meet the challengqs of airport safety,

It's a matter e1 -pleasure . that such comprehensive manual has

placed by the team.

vrfrs ritff rffr

Safdarjung Airport, New Dethi - il0003

AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

Member (Human Resource)

q!F<q.r eq( .tr{gr, T{ fud-110 oo3

q6s (qsa *iurw)

q{r, 'fr' d-s

Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan, C'Block

It is really a pleasure to know that Fire Directorate has brought out a

orrlqloo Diuo (tRqler.r)

,"tll-'.ono. trdhr rrldl

irttw 1 ffice : 011 -24621628

rtusrtrr ea{ cqo. q{ ft"il-rrooos

- fm,z Fax :011-24621$23

AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

Safdariung Airports, New Dethi-1 1 0003

the contribution of the ofliciars of.Airport-Rescue. & Fire Services

The Fire Safety Mdnual, I am'sure will proye to be a miiestone in maintaining

qrrfu Eqmqtffi qriYdrl

AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

{--fi-q .riefr r14{,

GENERAL MANAGER (FS)

Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan,

/ Tele Fax : 91-11-2465 1296

HrE(c,flT 6Erg otqsl,

Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi-110 003

Airport fire service is firmly committed to safe operating practices and

Hs-{cit a+( qsr, r$

Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan

Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi-110 003

Phone : +91-11- 24632950

Fax. +91-11- 24632990

Hkkjrh; foekuiRruizkf/kdj.kdk /;s; ,oams;

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

SAFETY POLICY OF AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

a. Aerodrome operation at airside and terminal operation of all AAI airports.

International Civil Aviation Organization

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL